Your Operating Instructions

Digital in the vehicle Familiarize yourself with the contents of the Operating Instructions directly via the vehicle's multimedia system (Menu item "Vehicle"). Start with the quick guide or deepen your knowledge with practical tips.

Vehicle document wallet in the vehicle Here you can find information on operation, service work and the guarantee for your vehicle in printed form.

Sprinter Operating Instructions

É9075842606wËÍ 9075842606

Order no. T907 0204 13 Part no. 907 584 26 06 Edition B-2020 Sprinter Operating Instructions Co-driver airbag warning Publication details Internet Further information about Freightliner Sprinter vehicles and about Mercedes-Benz AG can be found on the following websites: https://www.mbusa.com (USA only) https://www.freightlinersprinterusa.com Documentation team ©Daimler VANS USA, LLC ©Mercedes-Benz AG: not to be reprinted, transla‐ Example ted or otherwise reproduced, in whole or in part, without written permission from Mercedes- & WARNING Risk of injury or fatal injuries Benz AG. if the front-passenger airbag is enabled Vehicle manufacturer If the front-passenger front airbag is enabled, a child on the front-passenger seat may be Mercedes-Benz AG struck by the front-passenger airbag during Mercedesstraße 120 an accident. 70372 Stuttgart NEVER use a rearward-facing child restraint Germany system on a seat with an ENABLED FRONT AIRBAG, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the Vehicle dealer CHILD can occur. Daimler VANS USA, LLC One Mercedes-Benz Drive Observe the chapter "Children in the vehicle". Sandy Springs, GA 30328 https://www.mbusa.com (USA only) https://www.freightlinersprinterusa.com Customer Assistance Center: 1-877-762-8267 Daimler VANS USA, LLC is a Daimler Company.

As at 06.09.19 Welcome to theworld of Freightliner Sprinter Beforeyou firstdrive off, read these Operating Instructionscarefullyand familiarize yourself with your vehicle. Foryour ownsafetyand alonger vehicle life, followthe instructions and warning notices in these Operating Instructions. Disre‐ garding them mayresult in damagetothe vehicle or environment or in personal injury. Vehicle damagecaused by failuretoobserve the instructions is notcovered by theNew Vehicle Limited Warranty. The standardequipmentand productdescription of your vehicle mayvaryand depends on thefol‐ lowing factors: R Model R Order R National version R Availability Freightliner Sprinter reservesthe right to intro‐ duce changes in: R Design R Equipment R Technicalfeatures Therefore, thedescription maydifferfromyour vehicle in some cases. The following documentsare integralparts of the vehicle: R Digital Operator's Manual R Printed Operating Instructions R Maintenance Booklet R Equipment-dependent supplements Alwayskeep these documentsinthe vehicle. If yousell thevehicle, alwayspass all documents on to thenew owner. DaimlerVANS USA, LLC ADaimler Company

90758426069075842606 2 Contents

Electricalstep...... 55 Symbols ...... 4 Side window...... 56 Anti-theftprotection ...... 59 At aglance ...... 6 Cockpit ...... 6 Seats and stowage ...... 62 Overheadcontrol panel...... 8 Correct driver's seat position ...... 62 Door control panel...... 13 Seats ...... 62 Emergencies and breakdowns ...... 15 Adjusting thesteering wheel ...... 74 Stowageareas ...... 75 DigitalOperator'sManual ...... 17 Bottle holder ...... 76 Callingupthe Digital Operating Cup holder ...... 76 Instructions ...... 17 Ashtray and cigarette lighter ...... 77 Sockets ...... 78 Wirelesslycharging themobile phone Generalnotes ...... 18 and coupling withthe exterior antenna ..... 80 Environmental protection ...... 18 Installing or removing thefloor mats ...... 81 Freightliner Sprinter Genuine Parts...... 18 Notesabout attachments, add-on equipment, installationsand conver‐ Light and vision ...... 82 sions ...... 19 Exterior lighting ...... 82 Operating Instructions ...... 20 Adjusting theinterior lighting ...... 85 Service and vehicle operation ...... 20 Changing bulbs ...... 88 Operating safety...... 21 Windshield wipers ...... 93 Declarations of conformity ...... 22 Mirrors ...... 95 Diagnostics connection ...... 23 Using sunvisors...... 96 Notesonchanges to theengine output ..... 23 Qualified specialistworkshop ...... 23 Climatecontrol ...... 97 Vehicle registration ...... 23 Overviewofclimatecontrolsystems ...... 97 Correct useofthe vehicle ...... 24 Operating climatecontrolsystems ...... 99 Multi Purpose Vehicle ...... 24 Operating air vents ...... 102 Information on problems withyour Auxiliary heating ...... 103 vehicle ...... 24 Operating cargo compartment ventila‐ Reportingsafetydefects ...... 24 tion...... 106 Limited Warranty...... 25 QR codesfor rescue card...... 25 Datastorage ...... 25 Drivingand parking ...... 107 Copyright ...... 27 Driving ...... 107 Batterymainswitch...... 118 Automatic transmission ...... 120 Occupant safety ...... 29 All-wheeldrive ...... 122 Restraint system ...... 29 DSR (DownhillSpeed Regulation) ...... 124 Seatbelts ...... 30 Electroniclevelcontrol ...... 126 Airbags...... 33 Refueling ...... 131 Safely transporting children in the Parking ...... 138 vehicle ...... 34 Driving and driving safety systems ...... 143 Notesonpetsinthe vehicle ...... 43 Work mode ...... 166 Trailer operation ...... 167 Opening and closing ...... 44 SmartKey ...... 44 Instrument Displayand on-board Doors ...... 47 computer ...... 173 Sliding door...... 49 OverviewofInstrument Display...... 173 Electric sliding door...... 50 Overviewofthe buttons on thesteer‐ Rear-enddoors...... 53 ing wheel ...... 174 Partition sliding door ...... 54 Contents 3

Operating theon-boardcomputer ...... 174 Cleaning and care...... 283 Overviewofthe displays on themulti‐ function display...... 175 Setting theinstrument lighting ...... 176 Breakdownassistance ...... 289 Menus and submenus ...... 176 Emergency ...... 289 Emergency Call System ...... 289 Flat tire...... 291 Voice Control System ...... 182 Battery...... 291 Notesonoperating safety...... 182 Towing or tow-starting...... 297 Operation...... 182 Electricalfuses ...... 301 Using theVoice Control System effec‐ Vehicle tool kit ...... 302 tively ...... 184 Hydraulic jack...... 303 Basicvoice commands ...... 185 Wheels and tires ...... 305 MercedesPRO ...... 193 Information on noise or unusual driving Information aboutMercedes PRO characteristics...... 305 (Mercedes me) ...... 193 Notesonregularly inspecting wheels Information aboutMercedes PROcon‐ and tires ...... 305 nect (Mercedes me connect) ...... 193 Informationondrivingwithsummer Callingthe Freightliner Sprinter Cus‐ tires ...... 305 tomer Center using themultimedia InformationonM+S tires ...... 306 system ...... 193 Notesonsnowchains ...... 306 Making acall via theoverhead control Tire pressure...... 307 panel ...... 194 Loadingthe vehicle ...... 314 Information on thebreakdown assis‐ Tire labeling ...... 316 tance callvia theoverhead control Information on definitions (tires and panel ...... 194 loading) ...... 320 Givingpermission fordatatransfer ...... 194 Changing awheel ...... 321 Transferred dataduring aservice call ...... 194 Spare wheel ...... 329

Multimedia system ...... 196 Technical data ...... 334 Overviewand operation ...... 196 Information on technicaldata...... 334 System settings ...... 207 On-board electronics...... 334 Vehicle information ...... 213 Vehicle identification plate, vehicle Navigation ...... 214 identification number (VIN) and engine Telephone...... 240 number ...... 335 Online and Internetfunctions ...... 251 Operating fluids and capacities ...... 337 Media ...... 258 Vehicle data...... 345 Radio ...... 262 Trailer hitch ...... 346 Sound ...... 267 Lashing points and carrier systems ...... 350

Transporting ...... 268 Displaymessages and warning and Notesonloading guidelines ...... 268 indicator lamps ...... 352 Load distribution ...... 269 Displaymessages ...... 352 Securing loads ...... 269 Indicator and warning lamps ...... 373 Carrier systems ...... 271 Using theinterior roof carrier system ...... 272 Placing aload on thewheel arch ...... 274 Index ...... 383

Maintenanceand care ...... 275 ASSYSTPLUSservice intervaldisplay...... 275 Engine compartment ...... 275 4 Symbols

In these Operating Instructions, youwill find the following symbols:

& DANGER Dangerdue to notobserving thewarning notices Warning notices draw your attention to haz‐ ards that mayendanger your healthorlife, or thehealthorlifeofothers. # Observe thewarning notices.

+ ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental damagedue to failuretoobserve environ‐ mental notes Environmental notesinclude information on environmentally responsible behavior or envi‐ ronmentally responsible disposal. # Observe environmentalnotes.

* NOTE Damage to property due to failure to observe notesonmaterial damage Notesonmaterial damageinformyou of risks whichmay lead to your vehicle being dam‐ aged. # Observe notesonmaterial damage.

% These symbols indicateuseful instructions or further information that could be helpful to you. X Instructions (Q Further information on atopic page) Display Displayinthe multifunction display/ media display + Highestmenu leveltobeselected in themultimedia system * Corresponding submenus to be selec‐ tedinthe multimedia system *Indicates acause

6 At aglance–Cockpit

1 Combination switch G 12 Vsocket → 78 Turn signals → 83 H 230 Vsocket High beam → 83 I Opens and closes theelectric → 50 sliding door Windshield wipers → 93 J Hazardwarning lamps → 83 Rear window wiper → 93 K Vehicles withKEYLESSSTART: → 108 2 Steering wheel buttons → 174 keyslot 3 DIRECT SELECTlever → 120 L USB port → 75 4 Inside rearviewmirror → 96 M Start/stop button → 108 5 Overheadcontrol panel → 85 N Right-hand switch panel 6 DIN slot, e.g. formounting a Activates/deactivatesall-wheel → 123 tachograph or thetimer forthe drive stationaryheater Engages/disengages LOW → 124 7 Sun screen → 96 RANGE 8 Co-driver's powerwindow → 58 Activates/deactivatesDSR → 125 switch Raises/lowers thevehicle level → 127 9 Central locking → 47 Activates/deactivatespower A Stowagecompartment cover → 303 take-off B Co-driver's stowagecompart‐ Activates/deactivatesworking → 166 mentortachograph housing speed control (ADR) C Cup holders → 76 Activates/deactivatescargo → 106 D Climatecontrol system → 97 compartment ventilation E MBUX multimedia system dis‐ → 196 Activates/deactivatesthe play rotating beacon F MBUX multimedia system con‐ → 199 O Steering wheel gearshiftpad‐ → 122 trol elements dles At aglance–Cockpit 7

P Opens thehood → 275 S Adjusts driver'sseat → 64 Q Left-hand switchpanel T Seatheating → 74 Sets theworking speed (ADR) → 166 Centrallocking → 47 R Light switch U Driver'spowerwindowswitch → 58 Headlamprangeadjuster 8 At aglance–Overhead control panel

Version 1ofthe overhead controlpanel 1 Sun visors → 96 7 w Switches therear interior lighting on/off 2 Breakdown assistance callbut‐ ton(Mercedes PROconnect) 8 p Switches theright-hand reading light on/off 3 Ì Activates/deactivates → 61 interior protection 9 ËSwitches thetow-away → 60 alarmon/off Activates/deactivatesthe bus interior lighting A Eyeglasses compartment → 76 4 p Switches theleft-hand B G SOS emergency callsys‐ reading light on/off tem 5 | Switches automatic light C ATAindicatorlamp controlon/off 6 c Switches thefront inte‐ rior lighting on/off At aglance–Overhead control panel 9

Version 2ofthe overhead controlpanel 1 Sun visors → 96 5 w Switches therear interior lighting on/off 2 p Switches theleft-hand reading light on/off 6 p Switches theright-hand reading light on/off 3 | Switches automatic light controlon/off 4 c Switches thefront inte‐ rior lighting on/off 10 At aglance–Overhead control panel

Version 3ofthe overhead controlpanel 1 Sun visors → 96 3 c Switches thefront inte‐ → 61 rior lighting on/off 2 | Switches automatic light controlon/off 4 w Switches therear interior lighting on/off At aglance–Overhead control panel 11

Version 4ofthe overhead controlpanel 1 Sun visors → 96 2 Switches theinterior lighting on/off 12 At aglance–Overhead control panel

Overhead control panel forvehicles withbus equipment 1 Sun visors → 96 7 w Switches therear interior → 87 lighting on/off 2 F Breakdown assistance callbutton 8 p Switches thereading light on/off, right 3 → 87 Switches thebus func‐ 9 Switches reading lightsinthe → 87 tion on/off passenger compartment 4 p Switches thereading on/off light on/off, left A Eyeglassescompartment → 76 5 | Switches automatic light → 87 controlon/off 6 c Switches thefront inte‐ rior lighting on/off At aglance–Doorcontrol panel 13

Door control panel in vehicles withelectricallyadjustable seats 1 To adjustthe outside mirrors → 95 6 To open adoor → 47 2 To activate/deactivatethe cen‐ → 48 7 To open/close theright-hand → 56 trallocking system side window 3 To switchseat heating on/off → 74 8 To open/close theleft-hand → 56 side window 4 To adjustthe front seats elec‐ → 65 tronically 5 To operatethe memoryfunc‐ → 67 tion 14 At aglance–Door control panel

Door control panel vehicles without electricallyadjustable seats 1 To adjustthe outside mirrors → 95 5 To open/close theright-hand → 56 side window 2 To activate/deactivatethe cen‐ → 48 trallocking system 6 To open/close theleft-hand → 56 side window 3 To switchseat heating on/off → 74 4 To open adoor → 47 At aglance–Emergencies andbreakdowns 15

5 Hazardwarning lights → 83 1 Checkingand topping up oper‐ → 337 ating fluids 6 QR code foraccessing theres‐ → 25 cue card Startingassistance → 292 7 To disconnect thestarter bat‐ → 295 2 Buttons forthe SOS emergency → 290 tery call system and roadside assis‐ tance 8 Fuel filler flap withinstruction → 131 labels fortirepressure,fuel 3 Warning lamp → 289 type and QR code foraccess‐ Safetyvest → 289 ing therescue card First-aidkit (soft sided) → 289 9 Flattire → 291 4 Vehicles withrear-wheel drive: → 303 hydraulic jackand tire-change tool kit 16 At aglance–Emergenciesand breakdowns

A Spare wheel (example) → 329 Digital Operator's Manual 17

Callingupthe DigitalOperating Instructions Additional options forcalling up the Digital OperatingInstructions Multimedia system: Deep link: pressingand holdingdownanentry in 4 Info 5 Operator's Manual 5 Õ thetab bar of themultimedia system opens the corresponding content in theDigital Operating Instructions.

The Digital Operating Instructionsdescribes the function and operation of: R The vehicle Voice Control System: callingupvia thevoice R The multimedia system control system The Digital Operating Instructionsare deactivated # Select one of thefollowing menu items in the forsafetyreasons while driving. Digital Operating Instructions: R Search:hereyou can use keywords to quickly locateanswerstoquestions concerning vehi‐ cle operation. R Quick start:the firststeps towardssetting up your driver'sseat can be found here. R Tips:providesyou withinformation on spe‐ cific everydaysituationsfor your vehicle. R Bookmarks:you can access your savedper‐ sonal bookmarks here. R Language:you can setthe languagefor the Digital Operating Instructions here.

1 Back 2 Addbookmarks 3 Picture 4 Content area 5 Menu Some sectionsofthe Digital Operating Instruc‐ tions, e.g. warnings,can be expanded and col‐ lapsed. 18 Generalnotes

Environmental protection Freightliner Sprinter Genuine Parts

+ ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental + ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental damagedue to operating conditions and damagecaused by notusing recycled personal driving style reconditionedcomponents The pollutant emission of thevehicle is Mercedes-Benz AG offers recycled recondi‐ directlyrelated to thevehicle's operation. tionedcomponents and partswiththe same Operateyour vehicle in an environmentally quality as newparts.The same entitlement responsible manner to help protect theenvi‐ from theLimited Warrantyisvalid as fornew ronment. Please observe thefollowing recom‐ parts. mendations on operating conditions and per‐ # Recycled reconditionedcomponents sonaldriving style. and partsfromMercedes-Benz AG. Operating conditions: # Makesurethat thetirepressures are * NOTE The effectivenessofthe restraint alwayscorrect. systems can be impaired by installing accessoryparts, performing repairsor # Do nottransportany unnecessary welding operations weight (e.g. aroof rack whichisnolon‐ gerrequired). Airbags, Emergency Tensioning Devicesas # Observe theservice intervals. well as control unitsand sensorsfor the Aregularly serviced vehicle will contrib‐ restraint systems can be installed in thefol‐ utetoenvironmentalprotection. lowing areas of thevehicle: # Alwayshave maintenance work carried R Door frames out at aqualified specialistworkshop. R Roof frames R Personal driving style: Doors R Door pillars # Do notdepress theacceleratorpedal when startingthe engine. R Door sills # Do notwarmupthe engine while sta‐ R Seats tionary. R Cockpit # Drivecarefully and maintainasufficient R Instrument cluster distance to other vehicles. R Center console # Avoid frequent, sudden acceleration and braking. # Do notinstall anyaccessories suchas audio systems in these areas. # Shiftgearsingood timeand use each gear onlyuptoÔof its maximum # Do notperform repairsorwelding oper‐ engine speed. ations. # Switchoff theengine when in stationary # Have accessory parts installed at a trafficfor aprolonged time. qualified specialistworkshop. # Driveinafuel-efficient manner. Pay If youuse parts,tires, wheelsorsafety-relevant attention to theECO displayfor afuel- accessories whichhavenot been approvedby efficient driving style. Freightliner Sprinter ,the operating safetyofthe vehicle maybejeopardized. Safety-relevant sys‐ Environmental issues and recommendations tems, e.g. thebrake system, maymalfunction. It is recommended to re-useand recycle substan‐ Onlyuse Freightliner Sprinter Genuine Partsor ces instead of immediatelydisposingofthem. parts of equal quality.Use onlytires, wheels and The relevant environmental guidelinesand regula‐ accessories that areapprovedfor your vehicle tions serve to protect theenvironmentand model. should be followedcarefully. Freightliner Sprinter testsgenuine parts, conver‐ sion parts and accessoryparts that have been approvedfor your vehicle model forreliability, General notes 19 safetyand suitability. Despiteongoing market % Youcan obtain further information at aquali‐ research,weare unable to assessother parts. fied specialistworkshop. We thereforeacceptnoresponsibility forthe use of suchparts in Freightliner Sprinter vehicles, & WARNING Risk of accident and injuryin eveniftheyhavebeen officially approvedorinde‐ theevent of incorrect conversions or pendentlyapproved by atesting center. changes to thevehicle In some other countries, certain parts areonly Conversions or changes to thevehicle can officially approvedfor installation or modification impair thefunction of systems or compo‐ if they comply with legal requirements. All nents. Freightliner Sprinter Genuine Partssatisfy these As aresult, they maynolonger function as requirements. Makesurethat all parts aresuita‐ intended and/or endanger theoperating ble foryour vehicle. safetyofthe vehicle. Alwaysspecify thevehicle identification number # Alwayshave conversions or changes to (VIN) and theengine number when ordering thevehicle made at aqualified work‐ Freightliner Sprinter Genuine Parts shop. (/ page335). If youintend to makechanges to your vehicle, Notesabout attachments, add-on equip‐ Freightliner Sprinter urgentlyrecommends con‐ ment, installations and conversions tacting thedealer,who will giveyou all theinfor‐ mation youneed. Theremay be achargefor this Forsafetyreasons, have add-on equipmentpro‐ service. ducedand installed in accordancewiththe valid If body manufacturersand dealersmakemodifi‐ Freightliner Sprinter body/equipment mounting cations that affect thefinalinspection of the directives. These body/equipment mounting engine, vehicle or equipment, they mustaccept directives ensurethat thechassisand add-on sole responsibility forthe vehicle. This also equipmentformone unit and that thegreatest appliestomarking and documenting thevehicle possible levelofoperational and driving safetyis parts affected by thechanges that they make. achieved. Both vehicle manufacturersand body manufac‐ Youare responsible forcertifying and providing turersmustalwaysensurethat theproducts they evidencethat thefollowing conditionsare met: manufacturecome intocirculation onlyinasafe R The vehicle complies withall relevant stand‐ stateand do notpose anyriskstopeople. Other‐ ards and regulations that areaffected by the wise, theremay be consequences under civil, modification. criminal or public law. All manufacturersare R The modified vehicle still meets thevehicle responsible forthe products that they have man‐ safetystandards and emission regulations. ufactured. Manufacturersofattachments, add-on R The modification does notimpair thesafetyof equipment, installationsand conversions must thevehicle. guarantee compliancewithDirective 2001/95/ECongeneral product safety. Freightliner is notresponsiblefor thefinalinspec‐ Freightliner Sprinter recommends thefollowing tion, product liability or warrantyclaimsresulting procedurefor safetyreasons: from modification. This applies forthe following R Do notmakeany other changes to thevehi‐ points: cle. R themodified components or systems R Obtain approval from thedealer named on R theresultant violationofemission regulations theinside title pageinthe event of deviations or vehicle safetystandards from theapprovedbody/equipment mounting R all consequences resulting from themodified, directives. less safeorevenfaulty vehicle Acceptance testsperformed by public test bodies Freightliner accepts no responsibility as final or officialapprovals do notrule out safetyrisks. manufacturer or forthe resultant product liability. Observe theinformation about Freightliner Even seemingly minor changes to thevehicle, Sprinter Genuine Parts(/page18). suchasattaching aradiator grill in winter,are not 20 Generalnotes permitted. Do notcoverthe radiator.Donot use Serviceand vehicleoperation anythermal mats, insect protection covers etc. Warranty Otherwise, thevalues of thevehicle's diagnostic system will be distorted. Some of these values The LimitedWarrantyfor your vehicle is in areprescribed by lawand mustbecorrect at all accordance withthe warrantyterms and condi‐ times. tions in theService and WarrantyInformation The factoryequipsthe vehicle withawooden or booklet. plastic cargo compartmentfloor;this is an inte‐ Your authorizedFreightliner Sprinter Center will gral partofthe vehicle structure. If youhavethe replace and repair all factory-installed parts in cargocompartment floor removed, thevehicle accordancewiththe termsofthe following war‐ body maybedamaged. Load securing will then ranty termsand conditions: be impaired and themaximum loading capacity R NewVehicle Limited Warranty of thetie-down points will no longer be guaran‐ teed. Therefore, do nothave thecargo compart‐ R ExhaustSystemWarranty ment floor removed. R EmissionSystems Warranty Notesonthe partition R California, Connecticut,Maine, Massachu‐ Without apartition,vehicles that areapprovedas setts, NewYork, Pennsylvania,RhodeIsland commercial vehicles (N1,N2) do notfulfill and Vermont Emission Control System War‐ ISO 27956, which describes theequipment for ranty properly securing aload in deliveryvehicles. If R StateWarrantyEnforcement Laws ("Lemon thevehicle is used to transport goods, retrofitting Laws") thepartition is strongly recommended,asprop‐ erly securing theload in vehicles without aparti‐ Replacement parts and accessories arecovered tion will alwaysbeacomplexoperation. by theFreightliner Sprinter Partsand Accessories Warranties. Theseare available at anyauthorizedFreightliner Operating Instructions Sprinter Center. These Operating Instructions describe all models, % Should youlose your Serviceand Warranty as well as standardand optional equipmentof Informationbooklet, have an authorized your vehicle that wasavailable at thetime of Freightliner Sprinter Center arrangefor a going to press. Country-specific differences are replacement.The newService and Warranty possible.Notethat your vehicle maynot be Informationbookletwill be postedtoyou. equipped withall functions described. This is also thecase forsystems and functions relevant to Vehicleoperation outside theUSA or Canada safety. Therefore, theequipment on your vehicle maydifferfromthat in thedescriptions and illus‐ When youare traveling abroad withyour vehicle, trations. observe thefollowing points: The original purchase agreement documentation R service points or replacement parts maynot foryour vehicle contains alistofall thesystems be available immediately. in your vehicle. R unleaded fuel forvehicles withacatalytic Should youhave anyquestions concerning equip‐ converter maynot be available. Leadedfuel ment and operation, pleaseconsult aFreightliner can cause damagetothe catalytic converter. Sprinter service center. R thefuel mayhave aconsiderablylower The Operating Instructionsand Maintenance octane number.Unsuitable fuel can cause Bookletare important documents and shouldbe engine damage. kept in thevehicle. Certain Freightliner Sprinter models areavailable Note on vehicles whichare equipped by body in Europe through theEuropean DeliveryPro‐ manufacturers gram. Alwaysobserve thebody manufacturer's Operat‐ Formoreinformation, please consult an author‐ ing Instructions. Youcouldotherwise fail to rec‐ ized Freightliner Sprinter Center,orwrite to one ognize dangers. of thefollowing addresses. General notes 21

DaimlerVANS USA, LLC One Mercedes-Benz Drive Sandy Springs, GA 30328

Maintenanceinformation Your customer service advisor willrecordevery service foryou in theService and WarrantyInfor‐ mation booklet.

Information on Roadside Assistance Operating safety Roadside Assistance offers technicalhelpinthe event of abreakdown. Your calls to thetoll-free & WARNING Risk of accident duetomal‐ Roadside Assistance Hotline areansweredbyour functions or system failures agents 24 hoursaday,365 days ayear. If youdonot have theprescribed service/ 1-877-762-8267(USA) maintenanceworkorany required repairs carried out, this could result in malfunctions 1-800-387-0100(Canada) or system failures. Youcan find further information in theRoadside # Alwayshave theprescribed service/ Assistance brochure (USA) or the"Roadside maintenanceworkaswell anyrequired Assistance" section in theService and Warranty repairscarried out at aqualified special‐ booklet(Canada). Youwill find both in thevehicle istworkshop. document wallet.

& WARNING Risk of accident and injuryas Information on changing address or owner aresult of incorrect modifications to In theevent of achangeofaddress, please send electronic componentparts us the"Notification of Address Change" in the Modification to electronic components, their Service and WarrantyInformationbookletorsim‐ softwareorwiring could impair their function plycall theCustomer Assistance Center (USA) at and/or thefunction of other networkedcom‐ thehotline number 1-877-762-8267orCustomer ponentparts. In particular,systems relevant Service (Canada) at 1-800-387-0100. This way, if to safetycould also be affected. necessary, we can reachyou in atimelyfashion. As aresult, they maynolonger function as If yousell your Freightliner Sprinter,please leave intended and/or endanger theoperating theentireliteratureinthe vehicle so that it is safetyofthe vehicle. available to thenextowner. If youhavepur‐ chased aused vehicle, please send us the"Notifi‐ # Nevertamper withthe wiring and elec‐ cation of Purchase of Used Car" in theService tronic component parts or their soft‐ and WarrantyInformationbookletorcall theCus‐ ware. tomer Assistance Center (USA) at thehotline # Youshouldhave all work on electrical number 1-877-762-8267orCustomer Service and electronic componentscarried out (Canada) at 1-800-387-0100. at aqualified specialistworkshop.

Observe the"Vehicle electronics" section in the Possible danger due to substances hazardous "Technical data". to health In compliance withProposition 65 ("Prop65"), the & WARNING Risk of fire due to flammable following detachable label has been added to materials on hotparts of theexhaust sys‐ eachvehicle sold in California: tem Flammable materialsuchasleaves, grass or twigs mayigniteiftheycome intocontact with hotparts of theexhaust system. 22 General notes

# When driving on unpavedroads or off- Declarations of conformity road, regularly checkthe vehicle under‐ Radio equipment approval forwirelesscen‐ side. tral locking # Remove trappedplants or other flam‐ mable material. Radio equipment approval numbers920510A # If thereisdamage, consult aqualified Country Radio equipment approval specialistworkshop immediately. information Indonesia60598/SDPPI/2019 * NOTE Damage to thevehicle Suppliernumber:16833352 In thefollowing situations, in particular,there Radio frequency: 433.47 - is arisk of damagetothe vehicle: 434.37MHz R The vehicle becomes grounded, e.g. on a high curb or an unpavedroad Vietnam C0290181218AF04A2 R The vehicle is driven toofastoveran Suppliernumber: 16833352 obstacle, e.g. acurb,speed bump or pot‐ Radio frequency: 433.47 - hole 434.37MHz R Aheavy object strikesthe underbody or chassis components Information about thedeclarationofconform‐ In situations suchasthis, thebody,the ity forwirelessvehicle components underbody,chassiscomponents, wheels or tires could be damaged without thedamage USA: "Thewirelessdevices of this vehicle comply being visible. Components damaged in this withPart15ofthe FCC Rules. Operation is sub‐ waycan unexpectedlyfail or,inthe case of an jecttothe following twoconditions: 1) These accident, maynot absorb theloads that arise devicesmay notcause harmful interference, and as intended. 2) These devicesmustaccept anyinterference If theunderbody paneling is damaged, flam‐ received, including interference that maycause mable materials suchasleaves, grass or undesired operation.Changes or modifications twigs can collect between theunderbody and notexpressly approvedbythe party responsible theunderbody paneling. These materials may forcompliance could void theuser's authority to igniteiftheycome intocontact with hotparts operatethe equipment." on theexhaust system. Canada: "The wireless devices of this vehicle # Have thevehicle checkedand repaired complywithIndustryCanada license-exemptRSS immediatelyataqualified specialist standard(s). Operationissubject to thefollowing workshop. twoconditions: (1) These devicesmay notcause interference, and (2) These devicesmustaccept or anyinterference, including interference that may # If driving safetyisimpaired while con‐ cause undesired operation of thedevice." tinuing your journey, pull over and stop USA: "Wireless chargingsystemfor mobile devi‐ thevehicle immediatelyinaccordance withthe trafficconditions, and contact ces (model: WMI2 Wireless Mobile Interface): this aqualified specialistworkshop. device complies withPart18ofthe FCC Rules." The name and address of theresponsibleparty is: peiker acustic GmbH Max-Planck-Str. 28-32 61381Friedrichsdorf Germany General notes 23

Diagnosticsconnection Notesonchanges to theengine output The diagnosticsconnectionisonly intendedfor Output increases can: theconnection of diagnostic devices at aquali‐ R changethe emission values. fied specialistworkshop. R lead to malfunctions. & WARNING Risk of accident duetocon‐ R result in consequential damage. necting devicestothe diagnostics con‐ The operating safetyofthe engine is notguaran‐ nection teed in all situations. If youconnectequipment to adiagnostics Anytampering withthe engine management in connectioninthe vehicle, it mayaffect the order to increase theengine output will lead to operation of vehicle systems. theloss of theNew Vehicle Limited Warrantyand As aresult, theoperating safetyofthe vehicle other warrantyentitlements. could be affected. If yousell thevehicle, informthe buyer of any # Only connect thevehicle diagnostics alterations to thevehicle's engine output. This connection to devices whichhavebeen mayconstituteapunishable offense under tested withregardtotheir use and are nationallegislation. considered safe.

Qualifiedspecialist workshop & WARNING Risk of accident dueto objectsinthe driver's footwell Aqualified specialistworkshop has thenecessary special skills, tools and qualificationstocorrectly Objectsinthe driver's footwell mayimpede carry out anynecessaryworkonyour vehicle. pedal travel or blockadepressed pedal. This particularly appliestosafety-relevant works. This jeopardizes theoperating and road Alwayshavethe following work on thevehicle safetyofthe vehicle. carried out at aqualified specialistworkshop: # Stow all objectsinthe vehicle securely R safety-relevant works so that they cannotget intothe driver's footwell. R service and maintenance work R # Alwaysinstall thefloor mats securely repair work and as prescribed in order to ensure R modifications as well as installationsand con‐ that thereisalwayssufficient room for versions thepedals. R work on electronic components # Do notuse loose floor mats and do not place floor mats on topofone another. Freightliner Sprinter recommends that youuse an authorizedFreightliner Sprinter Center forthis purpose. * NOTE Batterydischarging from using devicesconnectedtothe diagnostics connection Vehicleregistration Using devices at thediagnostics connection Freightliner Sprinter mayask its service centers drains thebattery. to carry out technicalinspections on certain vehi‐ cles. The quality or safetyofthe vehicle is # Checkthe charge levelofthe battery. improvedasaresult of theinspection. # If thecharge levelislow,charge thebat‐ tery,e.g. by driving aconsiderable dis‐ Freightliner Sprinter can onlyinformyou about tance. vehicle checks if it Freightliner Sprinter has your registration data. Connecting equipment to thediagnostics connec‐ tion can lead to emissions monitoring information being reset, forexample. This maylead to the vehicle failing to meetthe requirements of the next emissions inspection during themain inspection. 24 Generalnotes

In thefollowing cases your vehicle maynot be Youand all vehicle occupants should alwayswear registeredtoyou yet: aseat belt. R Youdid notpurchase your vehicle at an authorized specialistdealer. Information on problemswithyour vehicle R Your vehicle has notyet been inspected at a If youshouldexperience aproblem withyour Freightliner Sprinter service center. vehicle, particularly one that youbelieve may It is advisable to registeryour vehicle witha affect its safeoperation, we urge youtocontact Freightliner Sprinter service center. an authorized Freightliner Sprinter Center imme‐ diatelytohave theproblem diagnosed and recti‐ InformFreightliner Sprinter as soon as possible fied. about anychangeinaddress or vehicle owner‐ ship. If theproblem is notresolved to your satisfaction, please contact an authorized Freightliner Sprinter Youcan do this, forexample, at aFreightliner Center again or writetoone of thefollowing Sprinter service center. addresses. Daimler VANS USA, LLC Correct use of thevehicle One Mercedes-Benz Drive If youremove warning stickers,othersmay fail to Sandy Springs, GA 30328 recognize thedangers. Leave warning stickers in position. Observe thefollowing information in particular Reporting safetydefects when operating thevehicle: USAonly: R Safetynotes in these Operating Instructions The following text is published as required of R Technicaldatafor thevehicle manufacturersunder Title 49, Code of U.S. Fed‐ eral Regulations, Part 575pursuant to the R Trafficrules and regulations "National Trafficand MotorVehicle SafetyAct of R Laws pertaining to motorvehicles and safety 1966". standards If youbelieve that your vehicle has adefect which could cause acrash or could cause injuryor Multi Purpose Vehicle death, youshouldimmediatelyinformthe National Highway TrafficSafetyAdministration & WARNING Risk of accident duetoahigh (NHTSA)inaddition to notifying DaimlerVANS centerofgravity USA, LLC. If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it mayopen As aresult of thehigh center of gravity the an investigation,and if it finds that asafety vehicle can skid or rolloverinthe event of defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it mayorder a abrupt steering movements and/or inappro‐ recalland remedy campaign. However, NHTSA priatespeed. cannotbecome involved in individual problems # Adaptthe speed and thedriving styleto between you, your dealer,orDaimler VANS USA, thedriving characteristicsofthe vehicle LLC. as well as theprevailing road and To contact NHTSA,you maycall theVehicle weather conditions. SafetyHotline toll-freeat1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);gotohttps:// Utilityvehicles have asignificantlyhigherrollover www.safercar.gov; or writeto: Administrator, rate than other types of vehicles. NHTSA,400 SeventhStreet, SW., Washington, If this vehicle is notoperated in asafemanner it DC 20590, USA. could result in an accident, rolloveraswell as to Youcan find moreinformation on vehicle safety severe or fatalinjuries. at:https://www.safercar.gov In arollovercrash, an unbeltedperson is signifi‐ cantly morelikelytodie than aperson wearing a seat belt. General notes 25

Canada only: Data storage The following text is published as required of manufacturersunder subsection 18.4 (4) of the Electronic control units MotorVehicle SafetyRegulations. Electronic control unitsare installed in your vehi‐ If youbelieve that your vehicle has adefect which cle. Some of them arenecessaryfor your vehicle could cause acrash or could cause injuryor to function safely, some provide supportwhen death, youshouldimmediatelyinformTransport driving (driver assistance systems). In addition, Canada in addition to notifying Mercedes-Benz your vehicle offers comfortorentertainment CanadaInc. functionswhichare also made possible withelec‐ If TransportCanada received similarcomplaints, tronic control units. it mayopenaninvestigation, and if it finds that a Electronic control unitscontain datamemories safetydefect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may whichcan permanentlyortemporarily storetech‐ order arecall and remedy campaign. However, nical informationonthe vehicle's operating state, TransportCanada cannotbecome involved in component stress, service requirements as well individual problems between you, your dealer or as technicaleventsand malfunctions. Mercedes-BenzCanada Inc. This information generally documents thestate of To contact TransportCanada, youmay call the acomponent part, amodule, asystemorofthe Defect Investigationsand Recalls Divisiontoll- environment suchas: free in Canada at 1-800-333-0510 or R operating statuses of system components 819-994-3328in theGatineau-Ottawa area or (e.g. fluid levels, batterystatus,tirepressure) internationally; youmay also go to thefollowing R websites formoreinformation: status messages concerningthe vehicle and its individual components (e.g. number of R English:https://www.tc.gc.ca/recalls wheel revolutions/speed, deceleration,lateral R French: https://www.tc.gc.ca/rappels acceleration,displayofthe fastened seat belts) R malfunctions or defects in important system Limited Warranty components (e.g. lights, brakes) R * NOTE Damage to thevehicle arising from information on events in whichthe vehicle is violation of these operating instructions. damaged R Damagetothe vehicle can arise from viola‐ system reactionsinspecial drivingsituations tion of these operating instructions. (e.g. airbag deployment, intervention of sta‐ bilitycontrol systems) Suchdamageisnot coveredbyeither the R Limited Warrantyorthe neworused-vehicle ambient conditions (e.g. temperature, rain warranty. sensor) # Observe theinstructionsinthese oper‐ In addition to theprovision of control unitfunc‐ ating instructions on proper operation tions, this dataservestorecognize and rectify of your vehicle as well as regarding pos‐ malfunctions as well as to optimize vehicle func‐ sible vehicle damage. tions by themanufacturer.Mostofthis datais volatile and is onlyprocessed in thevehicle itself. Onlyasmall proportion of thedataisstoredin QR codes forrescue card event or fault memories. The QR code stickers areaffixed to theB-pillar on When youuse services, thetechnical datafrom thedriver's and co-driver's side. In theevent of thevehicle can be read out by service network an accident, emergency servicescan usethe QR employees (e.g. workshops, manufacturers) or code to quicklydetermine thecorresponding res‐ thirdparties (e.g. breakdown services). Services cue cardfor your vehicle. The current rescue card include repair services, maintenanceprocesses, contains, in compact form,the mostimportant warrantyevents and quality assurancemeasures, information aboutyour vehicle e.g. therouting of forexample. The dataisread out via theconnec‐ electric cables. tion forthe diagnostics connection in thevehicle, whichisrequired by law. The respectiveservice Further information can be obtained at https:// networklocations or thirdparties collect, process www.mercedes-benz.de/qr-code. 26 General notes and use thedata. The datadocumentstechnical Dependingonthe type of integration, this can states of thevehicle, helps in finding errors and include: in improving quality and is transferredtothe R general vehicle data manufacturer if necessary.Inaddition, themanu‐ facturer is subject to product liability.For this R position data purpose, themanufacturer requires technical This enables theuse of selected smartphone data from vehicles. apps, e.g. navigation or music playback. Thereis Fault memories in thevehicle can be resetbya no additional interaction between thesmart‐ service outletduring repairsormaintenance phone and thevehicle, particularly activeaccess work. to vehicle data. Whichtype of further datapro‐ Depending on theequipment selected, youcan cessingoccursisdetermined by theproviderof enter dataincomfort and infotainment functions thespecific app used. Whichsettings youcan of thevehicle. make, if any, depends on thespecific app and the operating system of your smartphone. This includes, forexample: R multimediadata, suchasmusic,films or pho‐ Onlineservices tosfor playbackinanintegratedmultimedia system Wireless networkconnection R address book datafor use in an integrated If your vehicle has awireless networkconnection, hands-free system or an integrated navigation datacan be exchanged between your vehicle and system other systems. The wireless networkconnection R navigation destinations entered is enabled via thevehicle's transmission and R reception unitorvia connected mobile end devi‐ dataonthe use of Internetservices ces (e.g.smartphones). Online functionscan be This datacan be savedlocally in thevehicle or used via this wireless networkconnection.These located on adevice that youhave connected to include onlineservicesand applications/apps, thevehicle (e.g. smartphone, USB memorystick whichare provided by themanufacturer or by or MP3player). If this dataissavedinthe vehicle, other providers. youcan delete it at anytime. Transferofthis data Manufacturer's ownservices to thirdparties onlyoccursonyour request, In thecase of themanufacturer's online services, especially as partofonline services according to themanufacturer describes thefunctions in a thesettings youselected. suitable place (e.g. operating instructions, manu‐ Youcan save convenience settings/customiza‐ facturer's website) and provides theassociated tions in thevehicle and changethem at anytime. information subject to dataprotection legislation. Dependingonthe equipment, this includes, for Personal identification datamay be used to pro‐ example: vide online services. The dataexchangefor this takesplace via asecureconnection, e.g. withthe R settingsofthe seat and steering wheel posi‐ manufacturer's IT systems intended forthe pur‐ tions pose. The collecting, processing, and use of per‐ R suspension and climatecontrolsettings sonal identification databeyond theprovision of R customizations suchasinterior lighting services occursexclusively on thebasis of alegal permit or afterdue consent. If your vehicle is equipped appropriately,you can connectyour smartphone or another mobile end Generally,you can activateordeactivatethe device to thevehicle. Youcan operatethese devi‐ services and functions (partlysubject to afee). In ces via thecontrolelements integrated in the some cases, this also applies to thewhole data vehicle. The smartphone's pictureand sound can connection of thevehicle. Excluded from this are be output via themultimedia system. Simultane‐ special legally prescribed functionsand services. ously,specific items of information aretransfer‐ Services of thirdparties redtoyoursmartphone. If it is possible to use online services from other providers, these services aresubject to thedata protection and termsofuse of theresponsible provider.The manufacturer has no influenceon General notes 27 thecontentsexchanged whilstusing these serv‐ anyand all liability arising from theextraction of ices. this informationbyunauthorizedFreightliner Please ask therespectiveservice provider for Sprinter personnel. details on thetype, extent and purpose of the DVUSAwill notshareEDR datawithotherswith‐ collectionand use of personaldatainthe context out theconsent of thevehicle ownersor, if the of thirdparty services. vehicle is leased, without theconsent of theles‐ see. Exceptions to this representation include responses to subpoenas by lawenforcement;by Event Data Recorders federal, stateorlocal government;inconnection USAonly: withorarising out of litigation involvingDVUSAor This vehicle is equipped withanevent data its subsidiaries and affiliates; or,asrequired by recorder (EDR).The mainpurpose of an EDRisto law. record, in certain crash or near crash-likesitua‐ Warning: The EDRisacomponentofthe tions, suchasanair bag deployment or hitting a Restraint System Module. Tampering with, alter‐ road obstacle, data that will assistinunderstand‐ ing, modifying or removing theEDR component ing howavehicle's systems performed. The EDR mayresult in amalfunction of theRestraint Sys‐ is designed to recorddatarelated to vehicle temModule and other systems. dynamics and safetysystems forashortperiod Statelaws or regulations regarding EDRs that of time, typically 30 seconds or less. conflict withfederal regulation arepre-empted. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to recordsuch This means that in theevent of such conflict, the data as: federal regulation governs. As of December 2016, 17 states have enacted laws relatingtoEDRs. R Howvarious systems in your vehicle were operating; R Whether or notthe driver and passenger Copyright safetybeltswerebuckled/fastened; Information on free and open-source software R Howfar (if at all) thedriverwas depressing theaccelerator and/or brakepedal; and, Information on licensefor free and open-source softwareused in your vehicle can be found on the R Howfastthe vehicle wastraveling. datastorage medium in your vehicle document This datacan help provide abetterunderstanding walletand withupdates on thefollowing website: of thecircumstances in whichcrashes and inju‐ https://www.mercedes-benz.com/opensource. ries occur.NOTE: EDRdataare recorded by your vehicle onlyifanon-trivial crash situation occurs; Information on registeredtrademarks no dataare recorded by theEDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data(e.g. R Bluetooth® is aregisteredtrademarkofBlue‐ name, gender, ageand crash location) arerecor‐ toothSIG Inc. ded. However, other parties suchaslaw enforce‐ R DTS™ is aregisteredtrademarkofDTS,Inc. ment could combine theEDR datawiththe type of personally identifying dataroutinelyacquired R Dolby® and MLP™ areregisteredtrademarks during acrash investigation. of DOLBYLaboratories. Access to thevehicle and/or theEDR is needed R BabySmart™, ESP® and PRE-SAFE® areregis‐ to read datathat is recorded by an EDR, and spe‐ teredtrademarks of Mercedes-Benz AG. cial equipmentisrequired. In addition to thevehi‐ R HomeLink® is aregisteredtrademarkofGen‐ cle manufacturer,other parties that have thespe‐ texCorporation. cial equipment, suchaslaw enforcement, can read theinformation by accessingthe vehicle or R iPod® and iTunes® areregisteredtrademarks theEDR. of Apple Inc. EDRdatamay be used in civil and criminal mat‐ R Burmester® is aregisteredtrademarkof ters as atool in accident reconstruction, accident BurmesterAudiosysteme GmbH. claims and vehicle safety. Since theCrash Data R Microsoft® and Windows Media® areregis‐ RetrievalCDR tool that is used to extract data teredtrademarks of MicrosoftCorporation. from theEDR is commerciallyavailable, Daimler Vans USA, LLC("DVUSA") expresslydisclaims 28 General notes

R SIRIUS® is aregisteredtrademarkofSirius XM Radio Inc. R HD Radio™ is aregisteredtrademarkofiBiq‐ uity Digital Corporation. R Gracenote® is aregisteredtrademarkof Gracenote,Inc. R ZAGATSurvey® and related brands areregis‐ teredtrademarks of ZagatSurvey, LLC. Occupant safety 29

Restraint system Limited protection from therestraint system Protection provided by therestraint system & WARNING Risk of injury or deathfrom The restraint system includes thefollowing com‐ modifications to therestraint system ponents: The restraint system can no longer function R Seat belt system correctly afteralterations have been made. R Airbags The restraint system maythen notprotect the R Child restraint system vehicle occupants as intended by failing in an accident or triggering unexpectedly,for exam‐ R Child seat securing systems ple The restraint system can help prevent thevehicle # Neveralter theparts of therestraint occupants from coming intocontact withparts of system. thevehicle interior in theevent of an accident. In # Nevertamper withthe wiring or any theevent of an accident, therestraint system can electronic component parts or their also reduce theforces to whichthe vehicle occu‐ software. pants aresubjected. Onlyaseat belt whichisworncorrectlycan pro‐ If it is necessarytoadjustthe vehicle to accom‐ videthe intended levelofprotection.Depending modateaperson withdisabilities, contact a on thedetected accident situation, Emergency Freightliner Sprinter service center fordetails. Tensioning Devicesand/or airbags supplement USAonly: contact ourCustomer Assistance Cen‐ theprotection offeredbyacorrectlywornseat terat1‑877‑762‑8267. belt. Emergency Tensioning Devicesand/or air‐ bags arenot deployed in everyaccident. Restraint system functionality Vehicles withaco-driver benchseat:the Emer‐ gency Tensioning Device on theco-driver seat is When theignition is switched on, aself-testis triggered whether or notthe seat belt tongueis performed, during whichthe 6 restraint sys‐ engaged in theseat belt buckle. temwarning lamplightsup. It goes out no later In order forthe restraint system to provide the than afew secondsafter thevehicle is started. intended levelofprotection,eachvehicle occu‐ The components of therestraint system arethen pant mustobserve thefollowing information: functional. R Fasten seat belts correctly. Restraint system malfunction R Sit in an almostupright seat position with their backagainstthe seat backrest. Amalfunction has occurredinthe restraint sys‐ R Sit withtheir feet resting on thefloor,ifpossi‐ teminthe following cases: ble. R The 6 restraint system warning lampdoes R Alwayssecurepersons under 5ft(1.50 m) notlight up when theignition is switched on. tall in an additional restraint system suitable R The 6 restraint system warning lamp forthis vehicle. lightsupcontinuouslyorrepeatedly during a However, no system available todaycan com‐ journey. pletely eliminateinjuries and fatalities in every accidentsituation. In particular,the seat belt and & WARNING Risk of injury due to malfunc‐ airbag generally do notprotect againstobjects tions in therestraint system penetrating thevehicle from theoutside. It is also If therestraint system is malfunctioning, notpossible to completely rule out therisk of restraint system components maybetrig‐ injurycaused by theairbag deploying. geredunintentionallyormay notdeployas intended during an accident. This mayaffect theEmergency Tensioning Devicesorairbags, forexample. 30 Occupant safety

# Have therestraint system checkedand & WARNING Risk of burnsfromhot air bag repaired immediatelyataqualified spe‐ components cialistworkshop. The air bag parts arehot afteranair bag has been deployed. Function of therestraint system in an acci‐ # Do nottouchthe air bag parts. dent # Have adeployedair bag replaced at a Howthe restraint system worksisdetermined by qualified specialistworkshop as soon as theseverity of theimpact detected and thetype possible. of accident anticipated: Foryour safetyand that of your passengers, it is R Frontal impact recommended that youhave thevehicle towedto R Rear impact aqualified specialistworkshop afteranaccident. R Side impact Take this intoaccount,particularly if an Emer‐ gency Tensioning Device hasbeentriggered or an R Rollover airbag hasbeen deployed. The activation thresholds forthe components of If theEmergency Tensioning Devicesare trig‐ therestraint system aredetermined based on the geredoranairbag is deployed, youwill hear a evaluationofthe sensor values measured at vari‐ bang,and asmallamountofpowder mayalso be ous points in thevehicle. This process is pre- released: emptiveinnature. The triggering/deployment of R The bang will notgenerallyaffect your hear‐ thecomponents of therestraint system should ing. take place in good time at thestart of thecolli‐ sion. R In general,the powder released is nothazard‐ ous to healthbut maycause short-term Factorswhich can only be seenand measured breathing difficulties to persons suffering afteracollision has occurredcannot playadeci‐ from asthma or other pulmonaryconditions. siverole in airbag deployment. Nordotheypro‐ vide an indication of airbag deployment. Provided it is safetodoso, leave thevehicle immediatelyoropen thewindowinorder to The vehicle maybedeformed significantlywith‐ prevent breathing difficulties. out an airbag being deployed. This is thecase if onlyparts whichare relatively easilydeformed Airbags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning areaffected and therateofvehicle deceleration Devicescontainperchloratematerial, whichmay is nothigh. Conversely,anairbag maybe requirespecial handlingorenvironmental protec‐ deployedeventhough thevehicle suffers only tion measures. National guidelinesmustbe minor deformation. If very rigid vehicle parts such observedduring disposal. In California, see as longitudinal membersare hit, forexample, this https://www.dtsc.ca.gov/HazardousWaste/ mayresult in sufficiently highlevels of vehicle Perchlorate/index.cfm. deceleration. Depending on thedetected deployment situation, Seat belts thecomponents of therestraint system can be activated or deployedindependentlyofeach Protection provided by theseat belt other: Alwaysfastenyour seat belt correctlybefore R Emergency Tensioning Device:frontal impact, startingajourney.Onlyaseat belt whichisworn rear impact,side impact1),rollover correctly can provide theintended levelofprotec‐ R Driver'sairbag, co-driverairbag: frontal tion. impact & WARNING Risk of injury or deathdue to R Side airbag: side impact incorrectly fastened seat belt R Windowcurtain airbag: side impact,rollover, If theseat belt is notworncorrectly,itcannot frontal impact perform its intended protectivefunction. 1) Onlywhen thevehicle is equipped withaside airbag or windowcurtain airbag. Occupant safety 31

In addition, an incorrectly fastened seat belt If children aretraveling in thevehicle, always can also cause injuries, forexample, in the observe theinstructionsand safetynotes on event of an accident or when braking or "Children in thevehicle" (/ page35). changing direction suddenly. # Alwaysensurethat all vehicle occupants Limitations of theprotection provided by the have their seat belts fastened correctly seat belt and aresitting properly. & WARNING Risk of injury or deathdue to Alwaysobserve theinstructionsabout thecorrect incorrect seatposition driver's seatpositionand adjusting theseat ( page62). The seatbeltdoesnot offerthe intended level / of protection if youhavenot movedthe seat In order forthe correctly worn seat belt to pro‐ backresttoanalmostvertical position. vide theintended levelofprotection,eachvehicle In this case, youcouldslide underneaththe occupant mustobserve thefollowing information: seat belt and sustain abdominal or neckinju‐ R The seat belt mustnot be twistedand mustfit ries, forexample, particularly in theevent of tightlyand snuglyacross thebody. sudden braking or an accident. R The seat belt mustberouted across thecen‐ # Adjustthe seat properly beforecom‐ terofthe shoulder and as lowdownacross mencing your journey. thehips as possible. # Alwaysensurethat theseat backrestis R The shoulder section of theseat belt should in an almostvertical position and that nottouchyour necknor be routed underyour theshoulder section of your seat belt is armorbehindyour back. routed across thecenter of your shoul‐ R Avoid wearing bulky clothing, e.g. awinter der. coat. R Push thelap belt down as faraspossible & WARNING Risk of injury or deathwhen across your hips and pull tight withthe shoul‐ additional restraint systems arenot used der section of thebelt. Neverroutethe lap forpersons withasmaller build belt across your abdomen. Persons under 5ft(1.50 m) tall cannotwear Pregnant women mustalso take particular theseat belt correctly without asuitable addi‐ carewiththis. tional restraint system. R Neverroutethe seat belt across sharp, poin‐ If theseat belt is notworncorrectly,itcannot ted, abrasiveorfragile objects. perform its intended protectivefunction. In R Onlyone person should use eachseat belt at addition, an incorrectly fastened seat belt can anyone time. Infants and children mustnever also cause injuries, forexample, in theevent travelsitting on thelap of avehicle occupant. of an accident or when braking or changing direction suddenly. R Neversecureobjects withaseat belt if the seat belt is being used by one of thevehicle's # Alwayssecurepersons under 5ft occupants. Alwaysobserve theinstructions (1.50 m) tall in asuitable restraint sys‐ forloading thevehicle when securing objects, tem. luggageorloads (/ page268). Also ensurethat no objects, e.g. acushion, areeverplaced between aperson and the seat. The seat belts on thefollowing seats areequip‐ ped withaspecial seatbelt retractor: R Co-driver seat R Rear seats Activateordeactivate thespecial seatbelt retrac‐ torofthe seat belt (/ page38). 32 Occupant safety

& WARNING Risk of injury or deathdue to * NOTE Damage caused by trapping the damaged or modified seat belts seat belt Seat belts cannot provide protection in the If an unused seat belt is notfully retracted,it following situations: maybecome trappedinthe door or in the R The seat belt is damaged, has been modi‐ seat mechanism. fied, is extremely dirty, bleached or dyed # Alwaysensurethat an unused seat belt R The seat belt buckle is damaged or is fully retracted. extremely dirty R Modificationshave been made to the Fastening and adjusting seat belts Emergency Tensioning Device,seatbelt anchorageorseatbeltretractor If theseat belt is pulled quicklyorsharply, the seat belt retractor locks. The seat belt strapcan‐ Seatbelts maysustain non-visible damagein notbepulled out anyfurther. an accident, e.g.due to glass splinters. Modified or damaged seat belts could tear or fail in theevent of an accident, forexample. Modified Emergency Tensioning Devicesmay be deployed unintentionally or notfunction as intended. # Nevermodify theseat belts, Emergency Tensioning Devices, seatbeltancho‐ ragesorseat belt retractors. # Make surethat theseat belts arenot damaged, arenot worn and areclean. # Alwayshave theseat belts checked immediatelyafter an accident at aquali‐ fied specialistworkshop.

Only use seat belts whichhave been approvedfor # Alwaysengageseat belt tongue 2 of the your vehicle by thesales organization namedon seat belt intoseat belt buckle 1 of thecor‐ theinside front cover. responding seat. # Press and hold theseat belt outletrelease & WARNING Risk of injury or deathfrom and slide seat belt outlet 3 intothe desired deployedpyrotechnicEmergency Ten‐ position. sioning Devices # Letgoofthe seat belt outletrelease and Pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices ensurethat seat belt outlet 3 locks into that have been deployedare no longer opera‐ position. tional and areunable to perform their inten‐ ded protectivefunction. Vehicles with single co-driver seat: # Therefore, have deployedpyrotechnic NOTE Deployment of theEmergency Ten‐ EmergencyTensioning Devices immedi‐ * sioning Device when thefront-passenger ately replaced at aqualified specialist seat is unoccupied workshop. If theseat belt tongueisengaged in theseat Foryour safetyand that of your passengers, it is belt buckle of theunoccupied front-passenger recommended that youhave thevehicle towedto seat, theEmergency Tensioning Device may aqualified specialistworkshop afteranaccident. also deploy in theevent of an accident along with other systems. # Onlyone person should use eachseat belt at anyone time. Occupantsafety 33

Releasing theseat belt Potentialprotection of eachairbag:

# Press therelease button in theseat belt AIRBAG Possible protection for: buckle and guide theseat belt backwiththe seat belt tongue. Driver'sairbag, Head and chest co-driverairbag:

Function of theseat belt warning system for Windowcurtain Head driver and co-driver airbag The ü seatbeltwarning lampinthe Instru‐ Side airbag Chestand pelvis ment Displayremindsyou that all vehicle occu‐ pants mustfastentheir seat belts correctly. Protection by theairbags The ü seat belt warning lamplightsupfor six seconds every time afterswitching on theigni‐ Dependingonthe accident situation, an airbag tion. maysupplement theprotection offeredbyacor‐ rectly fastened seat belt. Awarning tone mayalsosound. Afterthe vehicle is started, theseat belt warning & WARNING Risk of injury or deathdue to goes out as soon as thedriver's and theco-driver incorrect seatposition seat belts arefastened. If youdeviatefromthe correct seatposition, While driving, theseat belt warning lightsupin theairbag cannot perform its intended pro‐ thefollowing cases: tectivefunction and deployment mayeven R If thevehicle's speed is higher than 15 mph cause further injuries. (25 km/h) and thedriver's or co-driver's seat In order to avoid risks, eachvehicle occupant belt is notfastened mustalwaysmakesureofthe following: R If thedriverorco-driver unfastentheir seat R Fasten seat belts correctly.Pregnant belt during thejourney women musttakeparticular careto ensurethat thelap belt neverliesacross Airbags theabdomen. R Overviewofairbags Adoptthe correct seatpositionand keep as farawayaspossible from theairbags. R Observe thefollowing information.

# Alwaysmakesurethat thereare no objectsbetween theairbag and vehicle occupant.

To avoid therisksresulting from thedeployment of an airbag, eachvehicle occupant mustobserve thefollowing information in particular: R Beforestartingyour journey, adjustyour seat 1 Driver's airbag correctly; both thedriver's and co-driver seat 2 Windowcurtain airbag should be movedasfar backaspossible. 3 Co-driver airbag When doing so, alwaysobserve theinforma‐ 4 Side airbag tion on thecorrect driver's seatposition (/ page 62). An airbag's installation location is identified by R Onlyhold thesteering wheel by thesteering thelabel AIRBAG. wheel rim. This allows theairbag to be fully When activated, an airbag can increase protec‐ deployed. tion forthe respectivevehicle occupant. R Alwayslean againstthe seat backrestwhen thevehicle is in motion. Do notlean forwards or againstthe door or side window. Youmay 34 Occupant safety

otherwise be in thedeployment area of the & WARNING Risk of injury or deathdue to airbags. theuse of unsuitable seat covers R Alwayskeep your feet on thefloor.Donot put your feet on thecockpit, forexample. Your Unsuitable seat covers can obstruct or pre‐ feet mayotherwise be in thedeployment area vent thedeployment of theairbags integrated of theairbag. intothe seats. R If children aretraveling in thevehicle, observe Consequently, theairbags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they aredesigned to do. theadditional notes(/page35). R Alwaysstowand secureobjectscorrectly. # Onlyuse seat covers that have been approvedfor your vehicle by thesales Objects in thevehicle interior mayprevent an air‐ organization namedonthe inside front bagfromfunctioning correctly.Eachvehicle cover. occupant mustalwaysmakesureofthe following in particular: & WARNING Risk of injury due to malfunc‐ R Thereare no people, animals or objects tions of thesensorsinthe door paneling between thevehicle occupants and an airbag. Sensorstocontrol theairbags arelocated in R Thereare no objects between theseat, door thedoors. Modificationsorworknot per‐ and door pillar (B-pillar). formed correctlytothe doorsordoor panel‐ R Thereare no hardobjects, e.g. coat hangers, ing, as well as damaged doors, can lead to hanging on thegrabhandles or coat hooks. thefunction of thesensorsbeing impaired. The airbags might thereforenot function R Thereare no accessoryparts, suchasmobile properly anymore. navigation devices, mobile phones or cup holders, attached to thevehicle within the Consequently,the airbags cannotprotect deployment area of an airbag, e.g. on the vehicle occupants as they aredesigned to do. cockpit, on thedoor,onthe side windowor # Nevermodify thedoorsorparts of the on theside wall trim. doors. In addition,noconnectingcables, tensioning # Alwayshave work on thedoorsordoor straps or retaining straps mustberouted or paneling carried out at aqualified spe‐ attached to thevehicle within thedeployment cialistworkshop. area of an airbag. Alwayscomply withthe accessorymanufacturer's installation instruc‐ & WARNING Risk of injury due to deployed tionsand, in particular,the notesonsuitable airbag places forinstallation. Adeployedairbag no longer has aprotective R Thereare no heavy,sharp-edged or fragile function and cannot protect as intended in objectsinthe pockets of your clothing. Store theevent of an accident. suchobjectsinasuitable place. # Have thevehicle towedtoaqualified specialistworkshop in order to have the Limited protection provided by airbags deployedairbag replaced.

& WARNING Risk of injury due to modifica‐ Have deployedairbags replaced immediately. tions to theairbag cover If youmodify thecoverofanairbag or affix Safelytransporting children in thevehicle objectssuchasstickers to it, theairbag may no longer function correctly. Alwaysobserve when children aretraveling in thevehicle # Nevermodify thecover of an airbag and do notaffix objectstoit. % Alwaysobserve thesafetynotes relevant to thesituation.Indoing so, youwill be able to An airbag's installation location is identified by identify possible risksand avoid dangers thelabel AIRBAG (/ page33). when children aretraveling in thevehicle (/ page35). Occupant safety 35

Be consistent Confirmationthat thechild restraint system cor‐ Bear in mindthat negligence when securing the responds to thestandards can be found on an child in thechild restraint system mayhave seri‐ instruction label on thechild restraint system. ous consequences. Alwaysbeconsistent and This confirmation can also be found in theinstal‐ secure achild carefullybeforeeachjourney. lation instructions that areincluded withthe child To improve protection forchildren younger than restraint system. 12 yearsold or under5ft (1.50 m) in height, Freightliner Sprinter recommends youalways Detectingrisks, avoiding danger observe thefollowing notes: Securing systems forchild restraint systems R Alwayssecurethe child in achild restraint in thevehicle system suitable foryour Freightliner Sprinter vehicle. Onlyuse thefollowing securing systems forchild restraint systems: R The child restraint system mustbeappropri‐ atetothe age, weight and size of thechild. R The LATCH-type (ISOFIX)securing rings R The vehicle seat mustbesuitable forthe child R The seatbeltsystem of thevehicle restraint system to be installed. R The TopTether anchorages Alwaysinstall achild restraint system on asuita‐ Installing aLATCH-type (ISOFIX)child restraint ble rear seat.Accident statisticsshowthat chil‐ system is preferred. dren secured on therear seats aresafer than Simplyattaching to thesecuring rings on the children secured on theco-driver seat. vehicle can reduce therisk of installing thechild Accident statisticsshowthat children secured on restraint system incorrectly. therear seats aregenerallysafer than children When securing achild withthe integrated seat secured on thefront seats. Forthis reason, belt of theLATCH-type (ISOFIX)child restraint Freightliner Sprinter strongly advises that you system, alwayscomply withthe permissible gross install achild restraint system on arear seat. weight forthe child and child restraint system The generic term child restraint system (/ page39). The generic term child restraint system is used in Aboosterseat maybenecessarytoachieve these Operating Instructions. Achild restraint proper seat belt positioning forchildren over system is, forexample: 40 lbs (18kg) untiltheyreachaheightwherea three-point seat belt fits properly without aboos‐ R Ababycar seat terseat. R Arearward-facing child seat Freightliner Sprinter recommends achild booster R Aforward-facingchild seat seat withabackrestand seat belt guides. R Achild boosterseat withabackrestand seat Advantageofarearward-facingchild restraint belt guides system The child restraint system mustbeappropriateto It is preferable to transport ababyorasmall theage,weight and size of thechild. child in asuitable rearward-facing child restraint system. In this case, thechild sits in theopposite Observing laws and regulations direction to thedirection of traveland faces Alwaysobserve thelegal requirements forusing a backwards. child restraint system in thevehicle. Babies and small children have comparatively Observing thestandardsfor child restraint weak neckmuscles in relation to thesize and systems weight of their head. The risk of injurytothe cer‐ vical spine during an accident can be reduced in All child restraint systems mustmeetthe follow‐ arearward-facing child restraint system. ing standards: R U.S. Federal MotorVehicle SafetyStandards 213and 225 R Canadian MotorVehicle SafetyStandards 213 and 210.2 36 Occupant safety

Alwayssecureachild restraint system cor‐ instructions as well as thevehicle-specific rectly information: - Install theLATCH-type (ISOFIX)child & WARNING Risk of injury or deathcaused restraint system on therear seat by incorrect installation of thechild (/ page39). restraint system - Securethe child restraint system withthe If thechild restraint system is incorrectly seat belt on therear seat (/ page40). installed on asuitable seatingposition, it can‐ - Securethe child restraint system withthe notperform its intended protectivefunction. seat belt on theco-driver seat In particular,the child cannotberestrained in (/ page41).Observe thespecific theevent of an accident,heavy braking or a instructionsfor therearward-facing and sudden changeofdirection. forward-facingchild restraint systems # Alwayscomplywiththe manufacturer's (/ page41). installation instructions forthe child R Observe thewarning labels in thevehicle restraint system and its correct use. interior and on thechild restraint system. # Makesurethat theentirebase of the R Also secureTop Tether if present. child restraint system alwaysrests on thesitting surface of theseat. Do notmodify thechild restraint system # Neverplace objects, e.g. cushions, & WARNING Risk of injury due to modifica‐ under or behind thechild restraint sys‐ tions to thechild restraint system tem. The child restraint system maynolonger # Alwaysuse child restraint systems with function as it is supposed to if youmakemod‐ theoriginal coverdesigned forthem. ificationsorattachobjectstoit, e.g. toys or # Alwaysreplace damaged covers with unsuitable accessories. This poses an genuine covers. increased risk of injury! Nevermodify thechild restraint system. Only & WARNING Risk of injury or deathdue to attachaccessories whichthe manufacturer of unsecured child restraint systems in the thechild restraint system has authorized vehicle especially forthis child restraint system. If thechild restraint system is notcorrectly installed or secured, it could release, in par‐ Onlyuse child restraint systems whichare in ticular,inthe event of an accident, sudden proper working condition braking or asuddenchangeindirection. & WARNING Risk of injury or deathcaused The child restraint system could be flung by theuse of damaged child restraint aroundand hit vehicle occupants. systems # Alwaysinstall child restraint systems correctly, evenwhennot in use. Child restraint systems or their retainingsys‐ tems that have been subjected to aload in an # Alwayscomplywiththe child restraint accidentmay then notbeable to perform system manufacturer's installation their intended protectivefunction. instructions. In particular,the child cannotberestrained in R Alwaysobserve thechild restraint system theevent of an accident, heavy braking or a manufacturer's installation and operating sudden changeofdirection. # Alwaysreplace child restraint systems immediatelythat have been damaged or involved in an accident. # Have thesecuring systems forthe child restraint systems checkedataqualified specialistworkshop beforeinstalling a child restraint system again. Occupant safety 37

Avoid direct sunlight & WARNING Risk of fatalinjurydue to exposuretoextreme heatorcoldinthe & WARNING Risk of burnswhen thechild vehicle seat is exposed to direct sunlight If people –particularly children –are exposed If thechild restraint system is exposed to to extreme temperatures overanextended direct sunlight or heat, parts could heat up. periodoftime, thereisarisk of serious or Children could sufferburns from these parts, evenfatal injury. particularly on metallic parts of thechild # Neverleave anyone –particularly chil‐ restraint system. dren –unattendedinthe vehicle. # Alwaysmakesurethat thechild # Neverleave animals in thevehicle unat‐ restraint system is notexposedtodirect tended. sunlight. # Protect it withablanket,for example. # If thechild restraint system has been exposed to direct sunlight,allowitto cool beforesecuring achild intoit. # Neverleave children unattendedinthe vehicle.

Observe when stopping or parking

& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due to children leftunattendedinthe vehicle If children areleftunattendedinthe vehicle, they could: R Opendoors,therebyendangering other persons or road users. R Getout and be struck by oncomingtraf‐ fic. R Operate vehicle equipment and become trapped, forexample. In addition,the children could also setthe vehicle in motion, forexample by: R Releasing theparking brake. R Changing thetransmission position. R Startingthe vehicle.

# Neverleave children unattendedinthe vehicle. # When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake thekey withyou and lockthe vehicle. # Keep thevehicle keyout of reachof children. 38 Occupant safety

Overviewofsuitable seats in thevehicle forinstalling achild restraint system Securing systems forchild restraint systems

Vehicleseat

Left/right rear seat Preferredsecuring system: Alternativesecuring system: ® LATCH-type (ISOFIX)child R Seat belt on vehicle seat seat securing system (/ page39) ¯ If available, also securewith TopTether (/ page40)

Co-driver seat Securing system: R Seat belt on vehicle seat Center rear seat Securing system: R Seat belt on vehicle seat ¯ If available, also securewith TopTether (/ page40)

Activating/deactivatingthe special seatbelt Installingachild restraint system retractor of the seat belt # When installing achild restraint system, alwaysobserve themanufacturer's installa‐ & WARNING Risk of injury or deathifa tion and operatinginstructions forthe child seat belt is unfastened whilethe vehicle restraint system used as well as thenotes in is in motion these Operating Instructions. If theseat belt is released while thevehicle is # Pull theseat belt smoothly from theseat belt in motion, thechild restraint system is no lon‐ outlet. gercorrectlysecured. The child seat safety # Engage theseat belt tongueinthe seat belt featureisdeactivated and theseat belt is buckle. drawninabitbythe inertia reel. It is thereforenot possible to engagethe seat Activatingthe special seatbelt retractor belt again. # Extend theseat belt fullyand then allowthe # Pull overand stop thevehicle safely as inertia reel to retract thebelt. soon as possible, paying attention to When thespecial seatbelt retractor is activa‐ road and trafficconditions. ted, youshouldhear aratcheting sound. # # Activatethe child seat safetyfeature Push thechild restraint system down until the again and correctlysecure thechild seat belt is tight. restraint system. Deactivating the special seatbelt retractor Requirements # Press therelease button of theseat belt buckle. When enabled, thespecial seatbelt retractor ensures that theseat belts on theco-driver seat # Hold theseat belt tongueand guidebackto and therear seats do notslackenonce thechild theseat belt outlet. restraint system is secured. The seat belts on thefollowing seats areequip‐ ped withaspecial seatbelt retractor: R Co-driver seat R Rear seats Occupant safety 39

Attachingthe child restraint system with O Makesurethat thechild's feet do nottouch LATCH-type (ISOFIX) to therear seat thefront seat. If necessary, move thefront seat slightlyforwards. Installing aLATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint system on therear seat ® When installing aLATCH-type (ISOFIX)child restraint system, also observe thefollowing: & WARNING Risk of injury or deathifthe O When using acategory0/0+ babycar permissible gross mass of thechild and seat and acategoryIrearward-facing child restraint system is exceeded child restraint system on arear seat: the ForLATCH-type (ISOFIX)child restraint sys‐ rear seat mustbeinstalled in thedirection of tems in whichthe child is secured using the travel. Adjustthe rear seat and/or front seat integratedseat belt in thechild restraint sys‐ so that thefront seat does nottouchthe tem, thepermissible gross mass of thechild child restraint system. and child restraint system is 73 lb (33 kg). O When using acategoryIforward-facing If thechild and thechild restraint system child restraint system: thebackrestofthe together weigh morethan 73 lb (33 kg), the child restraint system must, as faraspossi‐ LATCH-type (ISOFIX)child restraint system ble, lie flat againstthe backrestofthe vehi‐ withintegrated seat belt does notoffer suffi‐ cle seat. cient protection.Anexcessiveload maybe O Forcertain child restraint systems of weight placed on theLATCH-type (ISOFIX)child seat categoryIIorIII, theremay be limitations for attachments and thechild maynot be themaximum size setting, e.g. due to possi‐ restrained in theevent of an accident, for ble contact with theroof. example. O The child restraint system mustnot be trap‐ # If thechild and thechild restraint sys‐ ped between theroof and theseat and/or temtogether weigh morethan 73 lb twistedwhen installed. (33 kg), use onlyaLATCH-type (ISOFIX) O The child restraint system mustnot be put child restraint system that secures the under strain by thehead restraints. Adjust child withthe vehicle seat belt. thehead restraintsasappropriate. # Also securethe child restraint system withthe TopTether belt, if available.

Alwayscomplywiththe information about the mass of thechild restraint system: R In themanufacturer's installation and operat‐ ing instructions forthe child restraint system used R On alabel on thechild restraint system, if available Checkregularly that thepermissible gross mass of thechild plus thechild restraint system is not exceeded. When installing achild restraint system, observe thefollowing: O Alwaysobserve thecorrect use and suitabil‐ 1 LATCH-type (ISOFIX)mounting brackets ity of theseats forattaching achild restraint Beforeevery journey, makesurethat theLATCH- system. type (ISOFIX)child restraint system is engaged O Alwayscomplywiththe manufacturer's correctlyinbothmounting brackets in thevehi‐ installation and operatinginstructions forthe cle. child restraint system used. 40 Occupant safety

* NOTE Be careful nottodamagethe seat belt forthe center seat when installing thechild restraint system

# Makesurethat theseat belt is nottrap‐ ped.

# Attach theLATCH-type (ISOFIX)child restraint system to both mounting brackets 1 in the vehicle. # If necessary, move thehead restraint Securing TopTether upwards (/ page73). # Install theLATCH-type (ISOFIX)child restraint & WARNING Risk of injury due to incorrect system withTop Tether.Complywiththe child attachment of theTop Tether belt restraint system manufacturer's installation instructions when doing so. If youattachthe TopTether belt incorrectly, e.g. on an eyeletinthe cargo compartment, # Guide TopTether belt 3 under thehead thechild restraint system will nothavebeen restraint between thetwo head restraint bars. secured correctly. # Hook TopTether hook 2 intoTop Tether In an accident, it will thereforebeunable to anchorage 1 without twisting. provide theintended levelofprotection. # TensionTop Tether belt 3.Comply withthe # Onlyeverattachthe TopTether hook to child restraint system manufacturer's installa‐ thedesignated TopTether anchorage. tion instructions when doing so. # If necessary, slide thehead restraint down‐ ¯ If thechild restraint system is equipped wards(/page73).Makesurethat youdo withaTop Tether belt: notinterfere withthe correct routingofTop The risk of injurycan be reduced by Top Tether belt 3. Tether.The TopTether belt enables an additional connection between thechild Securing thechild restraint system withthe restraint system attached withLATCH-type seat belt (ISOFIX)and thevehicle. Securing thechild restraint system withthe seat belt on therear seat Wheninstalling abelt-secured child restraint sys‐ tem, observe thefollowing: O Alwayscomplywiththe manufacturer's installation and operatinginstructions forthe child restraint system used. O When using acategory0/0+ babycar seat and acategoryIrearward-facing child restraint system on arear seat: adjust thefront seat so that theseat does nottouchthe child restraint system. O When using acategoryIforward-facing child restraint system: remove thehead restraint from therespectiveseat, if possi‐ TopTether anchorages 1 arelocated on the ble. backofthe rear bench seat on thebenchseat Afterthe child restraint system has been legs. removed, replace thehead restraintsimme‐ diatelyand adjustthem correctly. Occupant safety 41

O The backrestofthe forwards-facing child Sprinter strongly advises that youinstall achild restraint system must, as faraspossible, restraint system on arear seat. rest on thebackrestofthe rear seat. Securing thechild restraint system withthe O Forcertain child restraint systems of weight seat belt on theco-driverseat categoryIIorIII theremay be limitations for themaximum size setting, e.g. due to possi‐ Wheninstalling abelt-secured child restraint sys‐ ble contact with theroof. temonthe co-driver seat, alwaysobserve thefol‐ lowing: O The child restraint system mustnot be ten‐ sioned between theroof and theseat cush‐ O Observe themanufacturer's installation and ion and/or be installed facing thewrong operatinginstructions forthe child restraint direction.Wherepossible, adjustthe seat system used. cushion inclination accordingly. O The backrestofaforward-facingchild O The child restraint system mustnot be put restraint system must, as faraspossible, lie under strain by thehead restraint.Adjust the flat againstthe backrestofthe co-driver head restraintsasappropriate. seat. O Makesurethat thechild's feet do nottouch O Forcertain child restraint systems of weight thefront seat. If necessary, move thefront categoryIIorIII theremay be limitations for seat slightlyforwards. themaximum size setting, e.g. due to possi‐ ble contact with theroof. The seat beltsonthe following seats areequip‐ O The child restraint system mustnot be ten‐ ped withaspecial seatbelt retractor: sioned between theroof and theseat cush‐ R Co-driver seat ion and/or be installed facing thewrong R Rear seats direction. When enabled, thespecial seatbelt retractor O The child restraint system mustnot be put ensures that theseat belts on theco-driver seat under strain by thehead restraint.Adjust the and therear seats do notslackenonce thechild head restraintsasappropriate. restraint system is secured. (/ page38). O Neverplace objects under or behind the child restraint system, e.g. cushions. # Install thechild restraint system. The base of thechild restraint system must The seat belt on theco-driver side is equipped lie fully on theseat cushion of therear seat. withaspecial seatbelt retractor. # Alwaysmakesurethat theshoulder belt strap Whenenabled,the special seatbelt retractor is correctlyrouted from theseat belt outletof ensures that theseat belt does notslackenonce thevehicle to theshoulder belt guide on the thechild restraint system is secured child restraint system. (/ page38). The shoulder belt strapmustberouted for‐ # Setthe co-driver seat as farbackaspossible wardsand downwardsfromthe seat belt out‐ and move theseat intothe highestposition let. possible. Notesonrearward-facingchild restraint sys‐ # Fullyretract theseat cushion depth adjust‐ tems ment. The co-driverfront airbag cannotbedisabled. # Setthe seat cushion angle in suchaway that Alwaysinstall arearward-facing child restraint thefront edgeofthe seat cushion is in the system on asuitable rear seat,but neveronthe highestposition and therear edgeofthe seat co-driverseat. Observe themanufacturer's instal‐ cushion is in thelowest position. lation and operatinginstructions forthe child restraint system used. # Setthe seat backresttothe mostvertical position possible. Notesonachild restraint system on theco- # Install thechild restraint system. driver seat The base of thechild restraint system must Accident statisticsshowthat children secured on lie fully on theco-driver seat cushion. therear seats aresafer than children secured on # Alwaysmakesurethat theshoulder belt strap thefront seats. Forthis reason,Freightliner is correctlyrouted from theseat belt outletof 42 Occupant safety

thevehicle to theshoulder belt guide on the & WARNING Risk of accident and injury child restraint system. duetochildren leftunattendedinthe The shoulder belt strapmustberouted for‐ vehicle wardsand downwardsfromthe seat belt out‐ let. If children aretraveling in thevehicle, they could, in particular: # If necessary, adjustthe seat belt outletand theco-driver seat as appropriate. R Open doors, therebyendangering other persons or road users Child safetylocks R Getout and be struck by oncomingtraffic R Operatevehicle equipment and become Activating/deactivatingchild safetylocks for trapped, forexample thedoors # Alwaysactivatethe child safetylocks & WARNING Risk of accident and injury installed if children aretraveling in the due to children leftunattendedinthe vehicle. vehicle # Neverleave children unattendedinthe If children areleftunattendedinthe vehicle, vehicle. they could: # When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake R Opendoors,therebyendangering other theSmartKey withyou and lockthe persons or road users. vehicle. R Getout and be struck by oncomingtraf‐ The following doorshave child safetylocks: fic. R R Sliding doors Operate vehicle equipment and become The child safetylocks on thedoorssecureeach trapped, forexample. door separately. The doorscan no longer be In addition,the children could also setthe opened from theinside (exception: electric slid‐ vehicle in motion, forexample by: ing door). When thevehicle is unlocked, thedoor can be opened from theoutside. R Releasing theparking brake. R If theelectric sliding door is secured, onlythe Changing thetransmission position. sliding door controls in therear compartment are R Startingthe vehicle. deactivated. The electric sliding door can be opened at anytimeusingthe switchinthe center # Neverleave children unattendedinthe console vehicle. # When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake thekey withyou and lockthe vehicle. # Keep thevehicle keyout of reachof children.

& WARNING Risk of fatalinjurydue to exposuretoextreme heatorcoldinthe vehicle If people –particularly children –are exposed to extreme temperatures overanextended periodoftime, thereisarisk of serious or evenfatal injury. # Neverleave anyone –particularly chil‐ dren –unattendedinthe vehicle. # Neverleave animals in thevehicle unat‐ Example: sliding door child safetylock tended. # Slide child safetylockbolt 1 to position 2 (activate) or 3 (deactivate). Occupant safety 43

# Makesurethat thechild safetylocks are working properly.

Notesonpetsinthe vehicle

& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due to animals leftunsecured or unatten‐ dedinthe vehicle If youleave animals in thevehicle unattended or unsecured, they could possibly press down buttons or switches. Therebyananimal may: R activatevehicle equipment and become trapped, forexample R switch systems on or offand endanger other road users Unsecured animals maybethrownaroundin thevehicle in theevent of an accident or sud‐ densteering and braking maneuver and injure vehicle occupants in theprocess. # Neverleave animals in thevehicle unat‐ tended. # Alwayscorrectly secure animals while driving, forexample usingasuitable ani‐ mal carrier. 44 Opening and closing

SmartKey In addition,the children could also setthe Notesonradio connectionsofthe key vehicle in motion, forexample by: R Releasing theparking brake. & DANGER Risk of fatalinjurytopersons R Changing thetransmission position. withmedical devices from theelectro‐ R Startingthe vehicle. magnetic radiation of thestart/stopbut‐ ton # Neverleave children unattendedinthe Persons withmedical devices, e.g. pacemak‐ vehicle. ersordefibrillators: # When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake When youoperatethe start/stop button, a thekey withyou and lockthe vehicle. radio connection is established between the # Keep thevehicle keyout of reachof keyand thevehicle. children. The electromagnetic radiation can affect the functionality of amedical device. * NOTE Damage to thekey caused by mag‐ # Beforeoperating thevehicle, consult netic fields your doctororthe manufacturer of the # Keep thekey away from strong mag‐ medicaldevice aboutany possible netic fields. effects of emissions from suchsystems.

Detection rangeofantenna of KEYLESS- STARTfunction

Overviewofkey functions 1 To lock & WARNING Risk of accident and injury 2 Battery checklamp due to children leftunattendedinthe 3 To unlock vehicle 4 To unlock cargo compartment (sliding doors If children areleftunattendedinthe vehicle, and rear-enddoors)/to unlock and open/ they could: close electric slidingdoors R Opendoors,therebyendangering other 5 Emergency key persons or road users. The key's factorysetting enables youtocentrally R Getout and be struck by oncomingtraf‐ lockand unlockthe following components: fic. R thedriver's door and theco-driver's door R Operate vehicle equipment and become R trapped, forexample. thesliding doors R therear-end doors % If youdonot open thevehicle within approx‐ imately40seconds of unlocking, thevehicle will lockagain and anti-theftprotection will be armed again. Opening and closing 45

Do notkeep thekey together withelectronic devi‐ Removing and inserting themechanical key ces or metallic objects. This can affect thekey's functionality. % If thebatterychecklampdoes notlight up when youpress the % or & button, the batteryisdischarged. Replace thekey battery (/ page45).

Activating/deactivatingthe acoustic locking verification signal

Multimediasystem: # To remove: press release button 2. 4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle Mechanical key 1 is pushed slightly out. # Activateordeactivate Acoustic Lock. # Pull mechanical key 1 out completely. # To insert: press release button 2. Changingthe unlockingsettings # Slide mechanical key 1 in completely untilit engages. The keyhas thefollowing adjustable unlocking functions: Replacing the keybattery R Unlockcentrally R Unlockthe driver's door (vehicles without & DANGER Serious damagetohealth partition or withcab) caused by swallowing batteries R Unlockthe driver's door and co-driver's door Batteries contain toxic and corrosivesubstan‐ (vehicles withpartition) ces. Swallowing batteriesmay cause serious # To switchbetween thesettings: press and damagetohealth. hold the % and & buttons at thesame Thereisarisk of fatalinjury. time forapproximately six seconds until the # Keep batteries out of thereachofchil‐ batterychecklampflashes twice. dren. When theunlocking function is selected forthe # If batteries areswallowed, seek medical driver's door or thedriver's and co-driver door: attention immediately. R Pressing the % button asecondtime unlocks thevehicle centrally + ENVIRONMENTALNOTE Environmental damagecaused by improper disposal of Reducing the energy consumption of the batteries SmartKey If youdonot use thevehicle or aSmartKey foran extendedperiod,you maydeactivatethe KEY‐ LESS STARTfunctionofthe SmartKey. Batteries contain pollutants. It is illegal to dispose of them withthe household # To deactivate: press the & button on the rubbish. SmartKey twice in quicksuccession. The batterychecklamponthe SmartKey # lightsuptwicequicklyand oncefor longer. # To activate: press anybutton on theSmart‐ Dispose of batteries in an Key. environmentallyresponsiblemanner. When startingthe vehicle withthe SmartKey in Take dischargedbatteries to aqualified theslotinthe shiftconsole, theSmartKey func‐ specialistworkshop or to acollection tions areactivated automatically. pointfor used batteries. 46 Openingand closing

Requirements: R ACR20323Vcell battery Freightliner Sprinter recommends that youhave thebatteryreplaced by aqualified specialist workshop. # Remove theemergency key(/page45).

Example image

# Press release button 2 down fullyand slide cover 1 forward. # Remove batterycompartment 3 and remove thedischargedbattery. # Insertthe newbatteryintobatterycompart‐ ment 3.Observe thepositivepole marking in thebatterycompartmentand on thebat‐ tery. # Insertbatterycompartment 3. # Replace cover 1 so that it engages. # Slidethe emergency keyincompletely until it engages(/page45).

Problems with thekey

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Possible causes: Youcannotlockorunlock thevehicle anymore. R thekey battery is weak or discharged R thereisinterference from apowerful source of radio waves R thekey is defective

# Checkthe batteryusing thebatterychecklampand replace if neces‐ sary(/page45). # Use theemergency keytounlock and lockthe vehicle (/ page45). # Have thekey checkedataqualified specialistworkshop.

# Have thekey deactivatedataqualified specialistworkshop. Youhave lostakey. # If necessary, have themechanical locks replaced. Openingand closing 47

Doors Locking thedoor centrallyfrominside Unlocking and opening thedoor from inside & WARNING Risk of accident and injury duetochildren leftunattendedinthe vehicle If children areleftunattendedinthe vehicle, they could: R Opendoors,therebyendangering other persons or road users. R Getout and be struck by oncomingtraf‐ fic. R Operate vehicle equipment and become trapped, forexample. In addition,the children could also setthe vehicle in motion, forexample by: R Releasing theparking brake.

# To unlock and open thefront door: pull R Changing thetransmission position. door handle 2. R Startingthe vehicle. Lockingpin 1 pops up when thedoor is unlocked. # Neverleave children unattendedinthe vehicle. # Open thedoor. # When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake thekey withyou and lockthe vehicle. # Keep thevehicle keyout of reachof children.

& WARNING Risk of fatalinjurydue to exposuretoextreme heatorcoldinthe vehicle If people –particularly children –are exposed to extreme temperatures overanextended periodoftime, thereisarisk of serious or evenfatal injury. # Neverleave anyone –particularly chil‐ dren –unattendedinthe vehicle. # Neverleave animals in thevehicle unat‐ The % symbol indicates that therear door is tended. unlocked. # To unlock and open therear door: pull Locking and unlocking manually opening lever 1 and open therear door. Youcan use thecentrallockingbuttons to cen‐ When thedoor unlocks,latch 2 moves trally lockand unlockthe entirevehicle from the forward. inside. The % symbolisvisible. The central lockingbuttons arelocated in the driver's and co-driver's doors. # To close: pull therear door closed by the door handle. # To lock: slide latch 2 down. The & symbol is visible. 48 Opening and closing

# To switchon: press and hold button 2 for approximately five seconds. An acoustic signal sounds. # To switchoff: press and hold button 1 for approximately five seconds. An acoustic signal sounds.

Unlocking/locking thedriver's door withthe emergency key % If youwant to lockthe vehicle completely with theemergency key, press thebutton for thelocking mechanism from inside firstwith thedriver's door open. Then lockthe driver's door withthe emergency key. Example: central locking buttons in thedriver's door

# To lock/unlockthe entirevehicle: press button 1 (unlock) or 2 (lock) when the doorsare closed.

Switching theautomatic locking feature on/off When theignition is switched on and thevehicle is driving at aspeed above 9mph (15km/h), the vehicle locks automatically.

# To unlock: turnthe emergency keycounter- clockwise to position 1. # To lock: turnthe emergency keyclockwise to position 1. % Right-handdrive vehicles: turnthe emer‐ gency keyinthe oppositedirection in each case.

Using thegrabhandleswhengettingintoand out of thevehicle The entrances on busesare equipped withgrab Example: central locking buttons in thedriver's handles and steps. door % To avoid risks: Thereisadanger of being lockedout when the R When getting intoand outofthe vehicle, function is activated in thefollowing situations: only use thegrabhandles and steps. Only they aredesigned forsuchaload. R When tow-startingorpushingthe vehicle R Keep steps and entry sills free from dirt, R On theroller dynamometer e.g. mud, clay, snowand ice. # When thedoorsare closed, switchonthe powersupply or ignition. Opening and closing 49

Getting intoand out of thevehicle (example: front % Your vehicle maybeequipped withalong door) sliding door withanintermediatedetent. You can also lockthe sliding door in place around halfway when opening and closing. If youdo this, thedoor does nothave to be opened fully when getting intoorout of thevehicle. The sliding door is notfullyengaged when in theintermediatedetent. # To open: pull door handle 1. The slidingdoor opens. # Push backthe sliding door using door handle 1 until it engages. # Checkthe sliding door detent. # To close: pull thesliding door by handle 1 and firmly slide it forwards until it closes.

Getting intoand out of thevehicle (example: slid‐ Opening/closing thesliding door from inside ing door) & WARNING Risk of entrapment by open # When getting intoand outofthe vehicle, use sliding door whichisnot engaged grab handles 1 and steps. When youopen thesliding door,the sliding door could hit other people as it movesback‐ Sliding door wards. Opening/closing thesliding door from out‐ # Only open thesliding door when traffic side conditionspermit.

& WARNING Risk of entrapment by open sliding door whichisnot engaged If theopen sliding door is notengaged, it could move on its ownifthe vehicle is on a slope. This could trap youorother persons. # Alwaysmakesurethat theopen sliding door is engaged. Open thesliding door as farasitwillgo. 50 Opening and closing

Youcan operatethe electric sliding door in the following ways: R by pressing thesliding door buttons on the center console R by pressing thesliding door button on the door sill (B-pillar) R using thedoor handle (inside or outside) R using thekey If theelectric sliding door is obstructed while opening, it movesafew centimetersinthe oppo‐ sitedirection and stops. If thesliding door is obstructed during theclosing procedure, it opens fully again. % Your vehicle maybeequipped withalong If theelectric motorofthe sliding door is in dan‐ sliding door withanintermediatedetent. You gerofoverheating, e.g. due to frequent opening can also lockthe sliding door in place around and closing within ashortperiod, thesliding door halfway when opening and closing. If youdo opens fully.The sliding door is then lockedin this, thedoor does nothave to be opened place. The sliding door is operational again after fully when getting intoorout of thevehicle. approximately30seconds. The sliding door is notfullyengaged when in If therehas been amalfunction or if thebattery theintermediatedetent. has been disconnected, youcan use therelease # To unlock: pull locking pin 3 upwards man‐ catchtodisconnect thesliding door from the ually or use thecentrallockingbutton to electric motor. Then youcan open or close the unlock thesliding door (/ page47). door manually (/ page52). # To open: press button 1. # Slide thesliding door by handle 2 backto Opening/closing theelectric sliding door thestop. withthe button # Checkthe sliding door detent. The sliding doormustbeengaged. & WARNING Risk of entrapment by open sliding door whichisnot engaged # To close: press button 1. When youopen thesliding door,the sliding # Slidethe sliding door firmly forwards by han‐ door could hit other people as it movesback‐ dle 2 until it closes. wards. # To lock: push lockingpin 3 downwards # Only open thesliding door when traffic manually or use thecentrallockingbutton to conditionspermit. lockthe sliding door (/ page47). & WARNING Risk of injury despiteobstacle Notesonelectrical closing assist detection If your vehicle is equipped withanelectrical clos‐ Obstacle detection doesnot react to soft, ing assist, youwill requireless forcetoclosethe light and thin objects, suchasfingers. These sliding door. or other parts of thebody could be pressed againstthe door frame, forinstance. Obstacle detection cannotprevent entrapment in these Electric sliding door instances. Function of theelectric sliding door # Whenopening and closing theelectric Your vehicle can be equipped withanelectric sliding door,makesurethat nobody is sliding door on theleftand/or right-handside. within theoperating rangeofthe sliding door. Opening and closing 51

# If someone becomes trapped, press the button again to stop thesliding door.

Object recognition: If an object obstructsthe closing of thesliding door,the sliding door is stopped. The object rec‐ ognition is only an aid. It cannotreplace your awareness of thesituation.

When thesliding door is locked, it can onlybe opened from theinside by manually unlocking locking pin 4.

# To unlock: pull locking pin 4 upwards man‐ ually or use thecentrallockingbutton to unlock thesliding door (/ page47). # To open: briefly press button 1, 2 or but‐ ton 3. Sliding door button on thecenter console The sliding dooropens automatically. 1 Opens and closes thesliding door on the When youopen thedoor using button 1 or right side of thevehicle 2,you will additionallyhear twowarning sig‐ nals. The indicator lampatthe topofbutton 1 or 2 will flash and button 3 will flash. When thesliding door is completely open, the indicator lampatthe topofbutton 1 or 2 will light up. # To close: briefly press button 1, 2 or but‐ ton 3. The sliding doorcloses automatically. When youclose thedoor using button 1 or Sliding door button on thedoor sill (B-pillar) 2,you will additionallyhear twowarning sig‐ On vehicles withapartition, button 3 is loca‐ nals. tedonthe partition next to thedoorwayatthe The indicator lampatthe topofbutton 1 or levelofthe inside door handle. 2 will flash and button 3 will flash. When thesliding door is completely closed, theindicator lampatthe topofbutton 1 or 2 will go out. # To stopautomaticoperation: brieflypress button 1 or 2. The sliding doorstops moving. # To lock: push lockingpin 3 downwards manually or use thecentrallockingbutton to lockthe sliding door (/ page47). 52 Opening and closing

% When youstopautomatic operation upon opening thedoor,the door closes when you press thebutton again. % In unfavorable operating conditions,e.g. frost, ice or heavy soiling, youcan press and hold thecorresponding button. The electric sliding door moveswithincreased force. Observe that, in suchcircumstances, the object recognition is lesssensitive. To stop themovement, release thebutton.

Opening/closing theelectric sliding door withthe key

# To unlock: brieflypress the 5 or 4 button on thekey. # To unlock: pull locking pin 2 upwards man‐ # To open: press and hold the 5 or 4 ually or use thecentrallockingbutton to button on thekey forlonger than 0.5sec‐ unlock thesliding door (/ page47). onds. # Press button 1 or pull outside handle 3. Youwill hear twoacoustic signals and the The sliding door opens or closes. sliding door will open automatically. # Press button 1 again or pull outside handle # To close: press and hold the 5 or 4 3. button on thekey forlonger than 0.5sec‐ The sliding door stops moving. onds. Youwill hear twoacoustic signals and the sliding door will close automatically. Unlocking theelectric sliding door manually # To interrupt automatic operation: briefly press the 5 or 4 button on thekey. The sliding door stops moving. % When youstopautomatic operation upon opening thedoor,the door closes when you press thebutton again.

Opening/closing theelectric sliding door withthe doorhandle

If therehas been amalfunction or if thebattery has been disconnected, youcan use release catch 2 to disconnect thesliding door from the electric motor. Then, youcan open or close the door manually. # Vehicles with complete sliding door trim: remove thecover from release catch 2. Service operationisaccessible. Openingand closing 53

# To disconnect the sliding doorfromthe Youmustresetthe sliding door if therehas been electric motor: turnrelease catch 2 180° amalfunction or avoltagesupplyinterruption. clockwise. # If thesliding door is open: press button 1 on The "MAN" position is set. thecenter console or sliding door button 3 # To unlock: pull locking pin 3 upwards man‐ on thedoor sill (B-pillar) and hold until the ually or use thecentrallockingbutton to door is closed. unlock thesliding door (/ page47). or # Press button 1. # Close thesliding door withthe door handle # Open or close thesliding door withthe out‐ (/ page52). side/inside door handle. # Then briefly press button 1 on thecenter # To connect thesliding door to theelectric console or sliding door button 3 on thedoor motor: turnrelease catch 2 180° counter- sill (B-pillar) once, or pull thedoor handle clockwise. (/ page52) to completely open thesliding The "AUTO" position is set. door. The sliding door is operational. # Adjustthe sliding door (/ page53). # If it is notpossible to rectify themalfunction, visit aqualified specialistworkshop. Rear-end doors Opening and closing therear-enddoorsfrom Resetting theelectric sliding door outside

& WARNING Risk of accident and injury whenopening therear-end door in poor trafficconditions Whenyou open arear-end door,the following is possible: R Other people or road usersmay be endan‐ gered R Youmay be caughtbyoncomingtraffic This is particularly thecase if youopen the rear-enddoor morethan 90°. # Only open therear-end doorswhen traf‐ ficconditions permit. # Alwaysmakesurethat therear-end Slidingdoor button on thecenter console doorsare properly locked. Sliding door button on thecenter console 1 Opens and closes thesliding door on the right side of thevehicle

Sliding door button on thedoor sill (B-pillar) 54 Opening and closing

Opening theright rear-end door Closing therear-enddoorsfromoutside # Close theleftrear-end door firmly from out‐ side. # Closethe right rear-enddoor firmly from out‐ side.

Opening/closingthe rear-end doorsfromthe inside

# Pullhandle 1. # Swing therear-end door to theside until it engages. Opening theleftrear-enddoor

The % symbol indicates that therear-end door is unlocked. # To unlock: slidelatch 2 to theleft. The % symbol is visible. # To open: pull opening lever 1 up and open therear-end door. # Swing therear-end door to theside until it engages. # To close: makesurethat theleftrear-end door is closed. # Pull theright rear-enddoor firmly closed by # Makesurethat theright rear-enddoor is thedoor handle. open and engaged. # To lock: slide latch 2 to theright # Pull release handle 1 in thedirection of the The & symbol is visible. arrow. # Swing therear-end door to theside until it Partition sliding door engages. Opening and closing thepartition slidingdoor Opening therear-enddoorsfully from thedriver's compartment # Open therelevant rear-enddoor out pastthe firstdetent (90°). & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped due to non-engaged partition sliding door # Open therear-end door fully. The rear-enddoor will stay in thestopposi‐ If theopen partition sliding door is not tion. engaged, it can move on its ownwhile the vehicle is in motion. Opening and closing 55

This can cause youorother people to # To close: slide thesliding door to theright become trapped. 2 until it engages. # Beforedriving, alwaysclose theparti‐ tion sliding door and ensurethat it is Electrical step engaged. Function of theelectrical step

# To open: turnthe keycounter-clockwise 3. Your vehicle's sliding door maybeequipped with The sliding door is unlocked. an electrical step. # Slide thesliding door to theright 2 as faras Electrical step 1 automaticallyextends when it willgo. thesliding door opens, and retracts afterthe slid‐ # To close: slide thesliding door to theleft 1 ing door closes. Electrical step 1 is equipped until it engages. withobstacle detection at thefront.Ifthe step Youcan lockthe sliding door withthe key. meets an obstacle while extending, it stops. Once youhave removedthe obstacle, youmustfirst closethe sliding door then re-openitsothat the Opening and closing thepartition slidingdoor step extends completely. from thecargo compartment If theelectrical step prevents loading,you can blockitvia obstacle detection whenthe sliding door opens. The electrical step then remains retracted and afork-lift truckorother lifting vehi‐ cle can move closer to thecargo compartment. % The displayshows the Step Not Extended See Operator's Manual messageorthe step not extended malfunction message. When theignition is switched off, awarning tone will sound if obstacle detection is blocked. The tone lastsfor twominutes. When theignition is switched on, thewarning tone will sound continuously. Vehicles with an instrument display(color display): if thedisplayshows the Step Not Retracted See Operator's Manual messageor # To open: push thelevertothe right 3. Step Not Extended See Operator's Manual mes‐ The sliding door is unlocked. sageand awarning tone sounds, electricalstep # Slide thesliding door to theleft 1 as faras 1 is malfunctioning (/ page373). it willgo. If electrical step 1 is malfunctioning, thestep maynot extend or retract, or do so only partially. 56 Openingand closing

Afteramalfunction occurs, youmustretract and lock theelectrical step 1 manually in order to continueyour journey(/page56).Beforepas‐ sengers exit thevehicle, informthem that electri‐ cal step 1 maybemissing.

Releasing theelectrical step in an emergency (manualretraction)

# Fold bars 1 intothe step's housing. # Slide thestepintoits housing. % When securing thestepfor thefirst time,you mustpunctureafoil withthe spring cotters.

# On both sides, insertspring cotters 1 through thehousing's holes and intothe step as farastheywill go. The step has been secured in its housing. If theelectrical step does notautomatically retract, youmustmanuallyretract thestepand lockitinorder to continuedriving. Side window # On theunderside of step 2 on both bars 1 Opening and closing theside windows remove thespring cotters 3 from thepin. # Remove thewashers 4 and detach both & WARNING Risk of entrapment when bars. opening asidewindow Whenopening asidewindow, parts of the body could be drawninorbecome trapped between theside windowand windowframe. # When opening, makesurethat nobody is touchingthe side window. Opening and closing 57

# If someone is trapped, release thebut‐ The windows in thefront doorscan also be oper‐ tonimmediately or pull it in order to ated automatically. closethe side windowagain. # To open completely: brieflypress button 1 or 2 beyond thepoint of resistance. & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped Automatic operation willstart. whenclosing asidewindow # To close completely: brieflypull button 1 or beyond thepoint of resistance. Whenclosing asidewindow, body parts could 2 Automatic operation willstart. be trapped in theclosing area in theprocess. # To interrupt automatic operation: briefly # When closing, makesurethat no body parts areinthe closing area. press or pull button 1 or 2 again. If an objectblocks aside window during the # If someone is trapped, release thebut‐ % tonimmediately or press thebutton in automatic closingprocess, theside window order to reopen theside window. will open again automatically. The automatic reversing function is onlyanaid and is nota substitutefor your attentiveness. & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped If automatic operation of theside windows whenchildren operate theside windows % does notwork, thereisnoanti-entrapment Children couldbecome trapped if they oper‐ function. atethe side windows,particularly when unat‐ tended. Automatic reversing function of theside win‐ dows # Activatethe child safetylockfor the If an object blocks aside window during theclos‐ rear side windows. ing process, theside windowwill open again # When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake automatically. The automatic reversing function is theSmartKey withyou and lockthe onlyanaid and is notasubstitutefor your atten‐ vehicle. tiveness. # Neverleave children unattendedinthe # During theclosing process, makesurethat no vehicle. body parts areinthe closing area.

& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped despitetherebeing reverseprotection on theside window The reversefunction does notreact: R To soft, light and thin objects, e.g. fingers R Over thelast ã in (4 mm) of theclosing path R During resetting R When theside windowisclosed again manuallyimmediatelyafter automatic reversing This means that thereverse function cannot prevent someone from becoming trappedin 1 Windowlifter, left these situations. 2 Windowlifter, right # During theclosing process, makesure that no body parts areinthe closing # To open manually: press and hold button 1 area. or 2. # If someone becomes trapped, press the # To close manually: pull and hold button 1 W button to open theside window or 2. again. 58 Opening and closing

Ventilating thevehicle beforestarting ajour‐ # To interrupt convenience closing: release ney(convenience opening) the & button.

& WARNING Risk of entrapment when Resetting theside windows opening asidewindow The side windows mustberesetafter amalfunc‐ Whenopening asidewindow, parts of the tion or avoltagesupplyinterruption. body could be drawninorbecome trapped between theside windowand windowframe. # Switch on theignition (/ page107). # When opening, makesurethat nobody # Push both windowlifterbuttons and hold for is touchingthe side window. approximately one second afterthe side win‐ dowhas closed. # Release thebutton immediately if some‐ body becomes trapped.

Youcan ventilatethe vehicle beforeyou start driving. To do this, thekey is used to carry out thefollow‐ ing functionssimultaneously: R unlockthe vehicle R open theside windows The "convenience opening"function can only be operatedusing thekey.The keymustbeinclose proximitytothe driver's or front-passenger door. # Press and hold the % button on thekey. The following functionsare performed: R thevehicle is unlocked R theside windows areopened # To interrupt convenience opening: release the % button.

Closing side windows from theoutside (con‐ venience closing)

& WARNING Risk of entrapment caused by inadvertent convenience closing Whenthe convenience closing featureis operating, parts of thebody could become trapped in theclosing area of theside win‐ dows. # Observe thecomplete closing proce‐ dure when using convenience closing. # Whenclosing,makesurethat no body parts areinthe closing area.

# Press and hold the & button on thekey. The following functionsare performed: R The vehicle is locked R The side windows areclosed Opening and closing 59

Problems with theside windows

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# Checktosee if thereare anyobjectsinthe windowguide. Aside windowcannot be closed and thecause is notobvious. & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped or fatallyinjured if revers‐ ing protection is notactivated If youclose aside window again immediatelyafter it has been blocked, theside windowwill close withincreased or maximum force. The reversing featurewill then notbeactive. Partsofthe body could become trapped in theclosing area in the process. # Makesurethat no parts of thebody areinthe closing area. # To stop theclosing process, release thebutton or press the button again to re-openthe side window.

If aside windowisobstructed during closing, and reopens again slightly, youcan proceed as follows: # Immediately afterthe windowisobstructed, pull thecorresponding button again until theside windowhas closed, and hold thebutton foranadditional second. The side windowisclosed withincreasedforce.

If theside windowisobstructed again and reopens slightly, youcan pro‐ ceedasfollows: # Repeat thepreviousstep. The side windowisclosed without theautomatic reversing function. The SmartKey batteryisweak or discharged. The side windows cannot be opened or closed # Checkthe batterywiththe batterychecklampand replace if neces‐ using theconvenience sary(/page45). opening feature.

Anti-theftprotection ATA (Anti-TheftAlarmsystem) Function of theimmobilizer Function of ATA (Anti-theftAlarmsystem) The immobilizerprevents your vehicle from being If theATA system is armed, avisual and audible startedwithout thecorrect key. alarmistriggered in thefollowing situations: The immobilizer is automaticallyactivated when R aside door is opened theignition is switched off, and deactivated when R therear-end door is opened theignition is switched on. R thehood is opened When leaving thevehicle, alwaystakethe key R theinterior motion sensor is triggered withyou and lockthe vehicle. If thekey is left (/ page61) inside thevehicle, anyone can startthe engine. R thetow-awayalarmistriggered In theevent theengine does notstart despite % (/ page60) thevehicle's starterbatteryhaving sufficient charge,the immobilizer is defective. Contact aqualified specialistworkshop or call 1-800-367-6372 (in theUSA)or 1-800-387-0100(in Canada). 60 Opening and closing

ATAisautomaticallyarmed afterapproximately Disarming five seconds in thefollowing situation: R afterthe vehicle has been lockedwiththe SmartKey

# Unlockthe vehicle withthe SmartKey. Indicator lamp 1 in theoverhead control panel goes out. When theATA system is armed, indicator lamp % The vehicle locks again automaticallyifyou 1 flashes in theoverhead controlpanel. do notopen adoor within 40 seconds after ATAisautomaticallydeactivated in thefollowing unlocking thevehicle. situations: Stopping thealarm R Afterunlocking thevehicle withthe Smart‐ # Press the % or & button on theSmart‐ Key. Key. R Afterpressing thestart/stopbutton withthe or SmartKeyinside thevehicle. # Press thestart/stopbutton withthe Smart‐ Arming/disarming ATA (Anti-theftAlarmsys‐ Keyinside thevehicle. tem) The alarmstops. If thealarmsystemisarmed, avisual and audible alarmistriggered in thefollowing situations: Function of thetow-awayalarm R Adoor is opened Function of thetow-awayalarm R The hood is opened Avisual and audible alarm is triggered if theincli‐ nation of thevehicle changes when thetow-away % The alarmisnot deactivated, evenifyou immediatelyclose theopen door that has alarmisactivated. This can be thecase if the triggered it, forexample. vehicle is raised on one side, forexample. Arming Arming/disarmingthe tow-away alarm Arming/disarming # Lockthe vehicle withthe key. The tow-away alarmisautomaticallyarmed afterabout40seconds: # Open thevehicle withthe key. The tow-away alarmisdeactivated. The tow-away alarmisonlyarmed when thefol‐ lowing components areclosed: R # Close all thedoors. thedriver's door and thefront-passenger door # Lockthe vehicle withthe SmartKey. Indicator lamp 1 in theoverhead control R theside doors panel flashes. R therear-end doors Opening and closing 61

Deactivating viewmirrororonthe grab handles on the headliner.This will prevent false alarms. # Lockthe vehicle withthe key. The interior motion sensor is activated after approximately 30 seconds. The interior motion sensor is onlyactivated when thefollowing components areclosed: R thedriver's door and theco-driver door R theside doors R therear-end doors Deactivating # Unlockthe vehicle withthe key. The interior motion sensor automatically switches off.

# Switchoff thepower supply (/ page107). Deactivating # Press button 1. When thebutton is released, indicator lamp 2 in thebutton lights up forapproximately five seconds. # Lockthe vehicle withthe key. The tow-away alarmisdeactivated. The tow-away alarmremainsdeactivated until youlockthe vehicle again. Deactivatethe tow-away alarmwhen lockingyour vehicle in thefollowing situations: R when loadingand/or transportingthe vehicle on aferry or car transporter, forexample R when parkingthe vehicle on amovable sur‐ face, suchasasplit-levelgarage # Switchoff thepower supply (/ page107). This will prevent false alarms. # Press button 1. When thebutton is released, indicator lamp Interior motion sensor 2 in thebutton lights up foraboutfivesec‐ onds. Function If theactivated theinterior motion sensor detects # Lockthe vehicle withthe key. motion in thevehicle interior,avisual and acous‐ The interior motion sensor is deactivated. tic alarmistriggered. This can happen if some‐ The interior motion sensor remains deactivated one reaches intothe vehicle interior,for example. until youlockthe vehicle again. Deactivatethe interior motion sensor when lock‐ Activating/deactivatingthe interior motion ing your vehicle in thefollowing situations: sensor R if thereare people or animals remaining Activating inside R if theside windows remain open # Close theside windows. R when transporting thevehicle on aferry or # Makesurethat nothing (suchasmascotsor coat hangers) is hanging on theinside rear‐ car transporter, forexample This will prevent false alarms. 62 Seats and stowage

Correct driver'sseat position R Youhaveagood overviewofthe trafficsitua‐ tion. & WARNING Risk of injury from adjusting R Your safetybelt fits securely around your thevehicle settings while thevehicle is in body and runs across themiddle of your motion shoulder,your pelvic area and groin. Youcouldlose control of thevehicle in the following situations: Seats R if youadjustthe driver's seat, thehead Adjustingthe frontseats manually(without restraint,the steering wheel or themirror Seat ComfortPackage) while thevehicle is in motion R if youfastenyour seat belt whilethe vehi‐ & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if cle is in motion theseats areadjustedbychildren

# Beforestarting theengine: adjustthe Childrencould becometrapped if they adjust driver's seat, thehead restraint,the theseats, particularly when unattended. steering wheel or themirrorand fasten # When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake your seat belt. theSmartKey withyou and lockthe vehicle. # Neverleave children unattendedinthe vehicle.

& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped whenadjusting theseats When youadjustaseat,you or other vehicle occupants could become trapped, e.g. on the seat guide rail. # When adjustingaseat, makesurethat no one has anybody parts in thesweep of theseat.

Observe thesafetynotes on "Airbags"and "Chil‐ dren in thevehicle". Complywiththe following when adjustingsteer‐ ing wheel 3,safetybelt 2 and driver'sseat 1: & WARNING Risk of accident duetothe R Sit as farawayaspossible from thedriver's driver's seat notbeing engaged airbag. If thedriver's seat is notengaged, it could R Sit in an upright position. move unexpectedlywhile thevehicle is in motion. R Your thighs areslightly supportedbythe seat cushion. This could cause youtolose control of the vehicle. R Your legs arenot fullyextendedand youcan easilyfullypress on thepedals. # Alwaysmakesurethat thedriver's seat is engaged beforestartingthe vehicle. R The backofyour head is supportedateye levelbythe middle partofthe head restraint. R Youcan reachthe steering wheel withyour arms in aslightlybentposition. R Youcan move your legs freely. R Youcan easilysee all displaysonthe instru‐ ment display. Seatsand stowage 63

Using thehead restraint fore-and-aftadjustment, & WARNING Risk of injury from adjusting thevehicle settings while thevehicle is in adjustthe head restraint so that it is as close to motion thebackofthe head as possible. Youcouldlose control of thevehicle in the & WARNING Risk of injury or deathdue to following situations: incorrect seatposition R if youadjustthe driver's seat, thehead The seatbeltdoesnot offerthe intended level restraint,the steering wheel or themirror of protection if youhave notmovedthe seat while thevehicle is in motion backresttoanalmostvertical position. R if youfastenyour seat belt whilethe vehi‐ When braking or in theevent of an accident, cle is in motion youcouldslide underneaththe seat belt and sustain abdominal or neckinjuries, forexam‐ # Beforestarting theengine: adjustthe driver's seat, thehead restraint,the ple. steering wheel or themirrorand fasten # Adjustthe seat properly beforebegin‐ your seat belt. ning your journey. # Alwaysensurethat theseat backrestis & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if in an almostvertical position and that theseat height is adjustedcarelessly theshoulder section of your seat belt is routed across thecenter of your shoul‐ If youadjustthe seat height carelessly,you or der. other vehicle occupants could be trapped and therebyinjured. * NOTE Damage to theseats when moving Children in particular could accidentallypress theseats back theelectrical seat adjustmentbuttons and become trapped. The seats maybedamaged by objectswhen # While moving theseats, makesurethat moving theseats back. hands or other body parts do notget # When moving theseats back, makesure underthe leverassembly of theseat that thereare no objectsinthe footwell, adjustmentsystem. under or behindthe seats.

& WARNING Risk of injury due to head restraintswhichare notinstalled or are adjustedincorrectly If headrestraints arenot installed or are adjustedincorrectly,the head restraintscan‐ notprovide protection as intended. Thereisanincreased risk of injuryinthe head and neckarea, e.g. in theevent of an accident or when braking. # Alwaysdrive withthe head restraints installed. # Beforedriving off, makesurefor every vehicle occupant that thecenter of the head restraint supports thebackofthe head at about eyelevel. 1 Seat fore-and-aftposition 2 Seatheight Do notinterchangethe head restraintsofthe 3 Seatbackrestinclination front and rear seats. Otherwise, youwill notbe able to setthe height and inclination of thehead % Depending on theseat model, certainadjust‐ restraintstothe correct position. ment options maynot be available. 64 Seats and stowage

# To setthe seatfore-and-aftadjustment: & WARNING Risk of injury from adjusting raise lever 1 and slidethe seat intothe thevehicle settings while thevehicle is in required position. motion # Ensurethat theseat is engaged. Youcouldlose control of thevehicle in the # To setthe seatheight: keep on pressing or following situations: pulling lever 2 until therequired seat height R has been reached. if youadjustthe driver's seat, thehead restraint,the steering wheel or themirror # To setthe seatbackrestinclination: rotate while thevehicle is in motion handwheel 3 forwards and backwards until R therequired position has been reached. if youfastenyour seat belt whilethe vehi‐ cle is in motion

Adjustingthe frontseats mechanically(with # Beforestarting theengine: adjustthe Seat ComfortPackage) driver's seat, thehead restraint,the steering wheel or themirrorand fasten your seat belt. & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if theseats areadjustedbychildren & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if Childrencould becometrapped if they adjust theseat height is adjustedcarelessly theseats, particularly when unattended. If youadjustthe seat height carelessly,you or # When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake theSmartKey withyou and lockthe other vehicle occupants could be trapped and vehicle. therebyinjured. Children in particular could accidentallypress # Neverleave children unattendedinthe vehicle. theelectrical seat adjustmentbuttons and become trapped. # While moving theseats, makesurethat WARNING Risk of becoming trapped & hands or other body parts do notget whenadjusting theseats underthe leverassembly of theseat When youadjustaseat,you or other vehicle adjustmentsystem. occupants could become trapped, e.g. on the seat guide rail. & WARNING Risk of injury due to head # When adjustingaseat, makesurethat restraintswhichare notinstalled or are no one has anybody parts in thesweep adjustedincorrectly of theseat. If headrestraints arenot installed or are Observe thesafetynotes on "Airbags"and "Chil‐ adjustedincorrectly,the head restraintscan‐ dren in thevehicle". notprovide protection as intended. Thereisanincreased risk of injuryinthe & WARNING Risk of accident duetothe head and neckarea, e.g. in theevent of an driver's seat notbeing engaged accident or when braking. If thedriver's seat is notengaged, it could # Alwaysdrive withthe head restraints move unexpectedlywhile thevehicle is in installed. motion. # Beforedriving off, makesurefor every This could cause youtolose control of the vehicle occupant that thecenter of the vehicle. head restraint supports thebackofthe head at about eyelevel. # Alwaysmakesurethat thedriver's seat is engaged beforestartingthe vehicle. Do notinterchangethe head restraintsofthe front and rear seats. Otherwise, youwill notbe able to setthe height and inclination of thehead restraintstothe correct position. Seats and stowage 65

Using thehead restraint fore-and-aftadjustment, 6 Seatsuspension adjustthe head restraint so that it is as close to 7 Vibration limiting thebackofthe head as possible. % Depending on theseat model, certainadjust‐ & WARNING Risk of injury or deathdue to ment options maynot be available. incorrect seatposition # To adjustthe seatcushion length: raise The seatbeltdoesnot offerthe intended level lever 1 and slidethe front partofthe seat of protection if youhave notmovedthe seat cushion forwards or backwards. backresttoanalmostvertical position. # To setthe seatbackrestinclination: rotate When braking or in theevent of an accident, handwheel 2 forwards and backwards until youcouldslide underneaththe seat belt and therequired position has been reached. sustain abdominal or neckinjuries, forexam‐ # To setthe seatheight: pull or push lever 3 ple. until therequired position has been reached. # Adjustthe seat properly beforebegin‐ # To setthe seatcushion inclination: rotate ning your journey. handwheel 4 forwards and backwards until # Alwaysensurethat theseat backrestis therequired position has been reached. in an almostvertical position and that # To setthe seatfore-and-aft adjustment: theshoulder section of your seat belt is raise lever 5 and slidethe seat intothe routed across thecenter of your shoul‐ required position. der. # Ensurethat theseat is engaged. # To setthe seatsuspension: take theweight NOTE Damage to theseats when moving * offthe seat. theseats back # On handwheel 6,set thebody weight (88lb The seats maybedamaged by objectswhen (40 kg)to264 lb (120 kg)) so that theseat moving theseats back. suspension worksoptimally. If youset a # When moving theseats back, makesure higher weight,the seat suspension will that thereare no objectsinthe footwell, become firmer.The seat will then notvibrate under or behindthe seats. as much. If theseat vibrates oftenand signifi‐ cantly,you can engageitinthe lowerarea. # To engagevibration limiting: turnlever 7 upwards. The next time theseat vibrates, it will engage. # To release vibration limiting: turnlever 7 to theright. The seat can vibrate.

Adjustingthe frontseatelectrically

& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if theseats areadjustedbychildren Childrencould becometrapped if they adjust theseats, particularly when unattended. # When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake Sample imageofcomfortsuspension seat theSmartKey withyou and lockthe 1 Seat cushion length vehicle. 2 Seat backrestinclination # Neverleave children unattendedinthe 3 Seat height vehicle. 4 Seat cushion inclination 5 Seat fore-and-aftposition The seats can be adjustedwhile theignition is off. 66 Seats and stowage

& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped & WARNING Risk of injury due to head whenadjusting theseats restraintswhichare notinstalled or are adjustedincorrectly When youadjustaseat,you or other vehicle occupants could become trapped, e.g. on the If headrestraints arenot installed or are seat guide rail. adjustedincorrectly,the head restraintscan‐ # When adjustingaseat, makesurethat notprovide protection as intended. no one has anybody parts in thesweep Thereisanincreased risk of injuryinthe of theseat. head and neckarea, e.g. in theevent of an accident or when braking. Observe thesafetynotes on "Airbags"and "Chil‐ # Alwaysdrive withthe head restraints dren in thevehicle". installed. & WARNING Risk of accident duetothe # Beforedriving off, makesurefor every driver's seat notbeing engaged vehicle occupant that thecenter of the head restraint supports thebackofthe If thedriver's seat is notengaged, it could head at about eyelevel. move unexpectedlywhile thevehicle is in motion. Do notinterchangethe head restraintsofthe This could cause youtolose control of the front and rear seats. Otherwise, youwill notbe vehicle. able to setthe height and inclination of thehead restraintstothe correct position. # Alwaysmakesurethat thedriver's seat is engaged beforestartingthe vehicle. Using thehead restraint fore-and-aftadjustment, adjustthe head restraint so that it is as close to thebackofthe head as possible. & WARNING Risk of injury from adjusting thevehicle settings while thevehicle is in & WARNING Risk of injury or deathdue to motion incorrect seatposition Youcouldlose control of thevehicle in the The seatbeltdoesnot offerthe intended level following situations: of protection if youhave notmovedthe seat R if youadjustthe driver's seat, thehead backresttoanalmostvertical position. restraint,the steering wheel or themirror When braking or in theevent of an accident, while thevehicle is in motion youcouldslide underneaththe seat belt and R if youfastenyour seat belt whilethe vehi‐ sustain abdominal or neckinjuries, forexam‐ cle is in motion ple.

# Beforestarting theengine: adjustthe # Adjustthe seat properly beforebegin‐ driver's seat, thehead restraint,the ning your journey. steering wheel or themirrorand fasten # Alwaysensurethat theseat backrestis your seat belt. in an almostvertical position and that theshoulder section of your seat belt is & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if routed across thecenter of your shoul‐ theseat height is adjustedcarelessly der. If youadjustthe seat height carelessly,you or other vehicle occupants could be trapped and * NOTE Damage to theseats when moving therebyinjured. theseats back Children in particular could accidentallypress The seats maybedamaged by objectswhen theelectrical seat adjustmentbuttons and moving theseats back. become trapped. # When moving theseats back, makesure # While moving theseats, makesurethat that thereare no objectsinthe footwell, hands or other body parts do notget under or behindthe seats. underthe leverassembly of theseat adjustmentsystem. Seats and stowage 67

Operating thememoryfunction

& WARNING Risk of an accident if the memoryfunction is used whiledriving If youuse thememoryfunction on thedriv‐ er's side while driving, youcouldlose control of thevehicle as aresult of theadjustments being made. # Onlyuse thememoryfunction on the driver's side when thevehicle is station‐ ary.

& WARNING Risk of entrapment whenset‐ ting theseat withthe memoryfunction 1 Seatbackrestinclination When thememoryfunction adjusts theseat, 2 Seat height youand other vehicle occupants –particu‐ 3 Seat cushioninclination larly children –could becometrapped. 4 Seat fore-and-aftposition # During theadjustmentprocess of the memoryfunction, makesurethat no # Save thesettings withthe memoryfunction one has anybody parts in thesweep of (/ page67). theseat. # If somebody becomes trapped, immedi‐ Setting 4-waylumbar support atelyrelease thememoryfunction posi‐ tion button. The adjustmentprocess is stopped.

& WARNING Risk of entrapment if the memoryfunction is activated by children Children could becometrapped if they acti‐ vate thememoryfunction, particularly when unattended. # Neverleave children unattendedinthe vehicle. # When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake thekey withyou and lockthe vehicle.

The memoryfunction can be used when theigni‐ tion is switched off. 1 Higher Storing seat settings 2 Weaker Seat settings foruptothree people can be stored 3 Lower and called up using thememoryfunction. You 4 Stronger can adjustthe seat and thebackrest.

# Use buttons 1 to 4 to adjustthe backrest curvatureindividually to your spine. 68 Seatsand stowage

steering wheel or themirrorand fasten your seat belt.

# Adjustthe seat intothe desired position. # Press memorybutton Mtogether withone of thepresetposition buttons 1, 2or3. An acoustic signal sounds.The settings are Youcan rotate thedriver's and front passenger stored. seat 50° and 180°. The seats engagebothinand # To call up: press and hold therelevant preset oppositetothe direction of travelaswell as at position button 1, 2or3until thefront seat is 50° to theexit. in thestoredposition. # Ensure that theparking brakeisapplied and thebrake leverisfolded downwardsasfar as it will go ( page139). Rotating thefront seats / # Adjustthe steering wheel in suchaway that & WARNING Risk of injury or deathifthe thereissufficient free space to rotate and driver's seat and front-passengerseat adjustthe driver's seat (/ page74). arenot engaged # Slide thefront passenger seat forwardbefore rotating it ( page 62). If thedriver's and front-passenger seats are / notengaged in thedirection of travelduring # To rotatethe seat: push lever 1 towards thetrip, therestraint systems cannot offer thedoor and rotate theseat slightlyinwards. protection as intended. The rotationdeviceisunlocked. # Engage thedriver's and front-passenger # Release lever 1 again. seat in thedirection of travel beforethe # Rotate theseat by around 50°outwardsor engine is started. inwardsintothe required position.

& WARNING Risk of injury from adjusting thevehicle settings while thevehicle is in motion Youcouldlose control of thevehicle in the following situations: R if youadjustthe driver's seat, thehead restraint,the steering wheel or themirror while thevehicle is in motion R if youfastenyour seat belt whilethe vehi‐ cle is in motion

# Beforestarting theengine: adjustthe driver's seat, thehead restraint,the Seats and stowage 69

Folding theco-driverbench seat cushionfor‐ # To setthe armrestinclination: fold thearm‐ wardsand backwards rest morethan 45° upwards 2. The armrestwill be unlocked. # Fold thearmrest forwards 3 as farasitwill go. # Slowly fold thearmrest upwards intothe required position. # To fold thearmrest upwards: if necessary, fold thearmrest morethan 90° upwards 1.

Folding thefolding seat up or down

& WARNING Risk of injury when using the folding seat due to insertedkey When thekey is in thelockofthe partition sliding door,itcan come intocontact withthe person on thefolding seat. # To fold theseat cushion forwards: liftthe seat cushion out of front anchorage 1. # Alwaysremove thekey from theparti‐ tion sliding door beforeaperson sits on # Pull theseat cushion out of rear anchorage 2 and move it slightly forwards. thefolding seat. # Fold therear edgeofthe seat cushion upwards. % Youcan stow individual objectsinthe stow‐ agespacebeneaththe co-driver benchseat. # To fold theseat cushion backwards: fold therear edgeofthe seat cushion downwards. # Slide theseat cushion under theseat back‐ rest intorear anchorage 2. # Push thefront seat cushion downwardsuntil it engages in front anchorage 1.

Adjustingarmrests

# Remove key 1 from thepartition sliding door. # Press thepush button on catch 2 and fold seat cushion 3 up or down. # Release push button on catch 2 when seat cushion 3 reaches its end position. # Move seat cushion 3 until it has locked. The push button on catch 2 mustbecompletely flush withthe seat frame.

Exampleimage 70 Seatsand stowage

Installingand removing the rear bench seat rear bench seat onlybeside themount‐ ing shells. & WARNING Risk of injury if rear bench # Do notroll therear benchseat when it seat is installed incorrectly has been removedoruse it as ameans If youdonot install therear benchseat as of transport. described, or install an unsuitable rear bench seat, theseat belts maynot provide theinten‐ ded protection. # Install therear benchseat as described and only in thedirection of travel. # Installing therear benchseat in the oppositedirection is notpermitted. # Use onlyrear benchseats that Freight‐ liner Sprinter has approvedfor your vehicle.

& WARNING Risk of injury if therear bench seat is notlockedinplace If thelocking mechanisms on therear bench seat legs arenot correctly engaged, therear benchseat will notbeheld firmly and could Warning on rear bench seat withcorrectly roll overduring travel. installed rear bench seat shown. # Ensurethat therear benchseat is Installation position of three-person and four- engaged beforesetting off. Theremust person rear bench seat with strut be no redindicator tabs visible on the The three-person rear bench seat is available with release handle. or without astrut. The four-person rear bench # If redindicator tabs arevisible on the seat is available onlywithastrut. release handle, re-engagethe rear The strutislocated on therear side of therear bench seat intoplace. benchseat. The three-person rear bench seat withstrut must & WARNING Risk of injury when installing be installed onlyonthe thirdrow of seats (above and removing therear benchseat therear axle). The four-person rear bench seat When youinstall or remove therear bench mustbeinstalled onlyonthe lastrow of seats. seat, body parts suchasfeetmay become trapped when therear benchseat is tipped. # When installing and removing therear benchseat, ensurethat thereare no body parts between therear benchseat and thefloor.

* NOTE Damage to rear bench seat rollers caused by incorrect use The rear bench seat rollerscan be damaged if therear benchseat is used improperly or is Vehicles withfour rows of seats removedincorrectly. 1 First rowofseats 2 Second row of seats # As long as therear benchseat is in the mounting shells, do notpullthese in the 3 Thirdrow of seats: three-person rear bench direction of therear-end doors. Roll the seat withstrut 4 Fourth row of seats: four-person rear bench seat withstrut Seats and stowage 71

# Install thethree-person rear bench seat on thirdrow of seats 3. # Install thefour-person rear bench seat on fourth row of seats 4.

Vehicles withthree rowsofseats # Push release handle 2 forthe benchseat all 1 First rowofseats theway down and hold it therewhile tilting 2 Second row of seats thebenchseat backwards slightlyatthe 3 Thirdrow of seats: four-person rear bench same time using therelease handle and pull it seat withstrut slightly backwards. # Letgoofthe release handle. # Install thefour-person rear bench seat on The locks on thebenchseat legs will be thirdrow of seats 3. unlockedand redindicator tabs 3 on the Removing the rear bench seat housing of release handle 2 will be visible. # Hold theunlockedbenchseat by grab han‐ dles 1 and pull backwards slightly.

Performthese taskscarefully withthe assistance of asecond person. # To remove thecovers of themounting # Tilt benchseat 1 backwards and pull it out shells: push clip 1 in thedirection of the of themounting shells. arrow and detach cover 2 by pushing to the toprear at an angle. % If thebenchseat cannot be pulled out of the mounting shells, thebenchseat maybe wedged in theseat anchorage. This can hap‐ pen if thebenchseat is tilted toofar back‐ wards. If thebenchseat cannot be pulled out of the mounting shells, youcan rectify this situation as follows: 72 Seats and stowage

# Tilt thebenchseat forwards without engaging # Remove thecovers of themounting shells as it. described under "Removing therear bench # Pull thebenchseat backwards again using seat". release handle 2. # Ensurethat thereare no objectsinthe seat # Tilt thebenchseat backwards slightlyand anchorages and mounting shells. pull it out of themounting shells. # Position thebenchseat behind theinstalla‐ # To remove or storethe benchseat, place it tion position. next to themounting shells and roll it towards # Hold thebenchseat by thegrabhandles and therear-end doors. tilt it backwards. or # Roll thebenchseat forwards on thelevel # Liftthe benchseat out from theside to store plastic carriers. it. # Ensurethat therear legs of thebenchseat % It maybenecessaryfor thebenchseats in areengaged. front or behind to be removed.

# Tilt thebenchseat forwards firmly until the # To attachthe covers of themounting locks on thefront legs of thebenchseat shells: hold cover 3 suchthat retaininglug engageaudibly. 1 is pointing towardsrear seat anchorage The locks on thefront legs of thebenchseat 2. will nowbelockedand thered indicator tabs on thehousing of release handle should # Insertcover 3 intorear seat anchorage 2 1 by pushing it downwardsatanangle and then no longer be visible. clip it to themounting shell. % If thered indicator tabs on therelease handle # Afterremoving therear benchseat, ensure housing arevisible, thebenchseat is notcor‐ that therear benchseat can stand firmly and rectly engaged. nottip overwhen in storage. If thebenchseat is notcorrectlyengaged, you Please note that themetallic seat supportinthe can rectify this situation as follows: vehicle floor will heat up during ajourneyifthe # Unlockthe benchseat again and tilt it for‐ rear seating has been removed. wardsfirmlyuntil thelocks on thebenchseat front legs engageaudibly. Installing therear benchseat Secureengagement of therear benchseat is # Attach thecoversofthe mounting shells as guaranteed only if youkeep theseat anchorages described under "Removing therear bench clean and free of objects. seat". % In vehicles registeredaspassenger vehicles, observe themaximum permitted number of seats. Seats and stowage 73

Adjustingthe seat backrestofthe rear bench Thereisanincreased risk of injuryinthe seat head and neckarea, e.g. in theevent of an accident or when braking. # Alwaysdrive withthe head restraints installed. # Beforedriving off, makesurefor every vehicle occupant that thecenter of the head restraint supports thebackofthe head at about eyelevel.

Do notinterchangethe head restraintsofthe front and rear seats. Otherwise, youwill notbe able to setthe height and inclination of thehead restraintstothe correct position. Using thehead restraint fore-and-aftadjustment, adjustthe head restraint so that it is as close to thebackofthe head as possible. % If apartition is installed: therear benchseat mustnot come intocontact withthe partition at anytime. # Move theseat backresttothe desired posi‐ tion.

Head restraints Adjustingthe headrestraints manually

& WARNING Risk of injury from adjusting thevehicle settings while thevehicle is in motion Youcouldlose control of thevehicle in the following situations: R if youadjustthe driver's seat, thehead Head restraint (example of comfort head restraint restraint,the steering wheel or themirror on thedriver's seat) while thevehicle is in motion # To raise: pull thehead restraint upwards into R if youfastenyour seat belt whilethe vehi‐ therequired position and ensurethat the cle is in motion head restraint is engaged. Onlyuse thehead restraint in theengaged # Beforestarting theengine: adjustthe state. driver's seat, thehead restraint,the steering wheel or themirrorand fasten # To lower: push release button 1 and slide your seat belt. thehead restraint downwardsintothe required position and ensurethat thehead restraint is engaged. & WARNING Risk of injury due to head Onlyuse thehead restraint in theengaged restraintswhichare notinstalled or are state. adjustedincorrectly # To move forwards: pushrelease button 2 If headrestraints arenot installed or are and pull thehead restraint forwards until it adjustedincorrectly,the head restraintscan‐ engages in therequired position. notprovide protection as intended. # To move backwards: push release button 2 and slide thehead restraint backwards into therequired position. 74 Seats and stowage

% Depending on thehead restraint model, indi‐ # To switchon: press button 1. vidual adjustment optionsmay be omitted. All indicator lamps on thebutton light up. # To lowerthe level: press button 1 until the Switching theseat heating on and off required heatinglevelisreached. Depending on theheating level, one to three & WARNING Risk of burnsdue to repeat‐ indicator lamps light up. edly switching on theseat heating # To switchoff: press button 1 until all indi‐ Repeatedly switching on theseat heating can cator lamps areoff. cause theseat cushion and seat backrest % The seat heating automaticallyswitches back padding to become very hot. out of thethree heating levels after8,10and The healthofpersons withlimited tempera‐ 20 minutes until theseat heating switches turesensitivity or alimited ability to react to off. high temperatures maybeaffected or they mayevensufferburn-likeinjuries. Adjustingthe steering wheel # Do notrepeatedlyswitchonthe seat heating. & WARNING Risk of injury from adjusting thevehicle settings while thevehicle is in To protect againstoverheating, theseat heating motion maybetemporarilydeactivated afteritis switched on repeatedly. Youcouldlose control of thevehicle in the following situations: * NOTE Damage to theseats caused by R if youadjustthe driver's seat, thehead objectsordocumentswhen theseat restraint,the steering wheel or themirror heating is switched on while thevehicle is in motion When theseat heating is switched on, over‐ R if youfastenyour seat belt whilethe vehi‐ heating mayoccur due to objectsordocu‐ cle is in motion mentsplaced on theseats, e.g. seat cushions # Beforestarting theengine: adjustthe or child seats.This could cause damageto driver's seat, thehead restraint,the theseat surface. steering wheel or themirrorand fasten # Makesurethat no objects or docu‐ your seat belt. ments areonthe seats when theseat heating is switched on. & WARNING Risk of entrapment forchil‐ dren when adjusting thesteering wheel Requirements: R The powersupply has been switched on. Children could injurethemselves if they adjustthe steering wheel. # Neverleave children unattendedinthe vehicle. # When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake theSmartKey withyou and lockthe vehicle. Seats and stowage 75

1 Lever 1 Lockable compartmentabove windshield 2 Steering column height (/ page76) 3 Steering column fore-and-aftadjustment 2 Windshield stowagecompartment withtwo cup holders/ashtray stowagespace # To adjustthe steering wheel: swing lever Stowagecompartment withcover,depending 1 down as farasitwillgo. on specification (/ page75) The steering wheel is unlocked. 3 Center console stowagecompartment with # Move thesteering wheel to thedesired posi‐ USBport, charginginterface, NFC interface tion. and 12 Vsocket # Pull lever 1 up as farasitwillgo. 4 Stowagecompartment above windshield The steering wheel is locked. (subject to amaximum load of 5lb(2.5kg)) 5 Front passenger side stowagecompartment (subject to amaximum load of 11 lb (5 kg)) Stowageareas 6 Cup holders Overviewofthe front stowage compartments 7 Stowagecompartment in thedoors Overview of thefront stowage compartments Opening and closing thecenter console/ Observe thenotes on loading thevehicle windshield stowage compartment (/ page268).

Stowagecompartment cover(example: center console) 76 Seats and stowage

# To open: press button 2 on stowagecom‐ Opening theeyeglasses compartment partment 1. The coverfolds upwards. # To close: fold thecover downwards. % The windshield stowagecompartmentshave acover,depending on thespecification. Opening and closing thelockable compart‐ ment above thewindshield Youcan lockand unlock thestowage compart‐ mentwiththe emergency key(/page45). Opening

# Press button 1.

Bottle holder

# To unlock: turnthe emergency keyclockwise to position 3. # Slide handle 1 upwards in thedirection of thearrow. # Swivelthe coverupwards. % The weight in thecompartmentmustnot exceed 4lbs (2 kg). Closing # Fold thecoverdownwards and slide handle 1 downwardsinthe direction of thearrow. # To lock: turnthe emergency keycounter- clockwise to position 2. 1 Bottle holderinthe front doors(example: co- driver's door)

Cup holder Opening thecup holder in therear passenger compartment

& WARNING Risk of injury when getting out, duetoextendedcup holder If thecup holder in therear passenger com‐ partment is extendedwhenyou aregetting out, youmay bumpintoit. # Beforegetting out, slidethe cup holder backunder therear benchseat. Seats and stowage 77

Usingthe cigarette lighter in thecenter con‐ sole

& WARNING ‑Riskoffireand injuryfrom hotcigarette lighter Youcan burnyourself if youtouchthe hot heating element or thesocketofthe cigarette lighter. In addition,flammable materials mayigniteif: R youdropthe hotcigarette lighter R achild holds thehot cigarette lighter to objects, forexample

# Alwayshold thecigarette lighter by the knob. # To open: press cup holder 1 or 2. # Alwaysmakesurethat thecigarette # Fold out thecup holder. lighter is out of reachofchildren. # To close: slide cup holder 1 or 2 backin # Neverleave children unattendedinthe until it engages. vehicle.

Ashtrayand cigarette lighter Requirements: R Using ashtrays The ignition is switched on While driving # Place theclosed ashtray in acup holder in thewindshield stowagecompartmentswhile driving. # Checkthat theashtrayisseated securely. % Do notplace theashtrayinthe center con‐ sole cup holders. It cannotsit securely here. Opening

# Press in cigarette lighter 1. The cigarette lighter will pop out when the heating element is red-hot.

# Fold cover 1 upwards. 78 Seats and stowage

Sockets Using 12 Vsocketonthe driver'sseat Using 12 Vsockets in the center console Requirements: R Onlydevices withamaximum powercon‐ sumption of 180W(15 A) maybeconnected. 12 Vsocketinstowage compartment

# Fold up cover 1 of thesocket. # Insert theplug of thedevice.

Using the115 Vsocketinthe lowercontrol panel

# Openthe lid of thestowage compartment in & DANGER Risk of fatalinjurydue to dam‐ thecenter console (/ page75). aged connecting cables or sockets # Fold up cover 1 of thesocket. If asuitabledeviceisconnected,the 115V # Insert theplug of thedevice. socketwillbecarrying ahigh voltage. If the connecting cable or the115 Vsocketispulled 12 Vsocketinlowercontrol panel outofthe trim or is damaged or wet, you could receiveanelectric shock. # Only use dryand damage-free connect‐ ing cables. # When theignition is switched off, ensurethat the115 Vsocketisdry. # If the115 Vsocketisdamaged or gets pulled outofthe paneling, immediately have thesocketcheckedorreplaced at aqualified specialized workshop. # Neverplugthe connecting cable intoa 115Vsocketthat is damagedorhas been pulled out of thetrim.

& DANGER Risk of fatalinjurydue to incor‐ rect handling of thesocket # Liftupcover 1 of thesocket. Youcouldreceive an electric shock: # Insert theplug of thedevice. R if youreachintothe socket. R if youinsertunsuitable devices or objects intothe socket.

# Do notreachintothe socket. Seats and stowage 79

# Only connectsuitable devices to the Using sockets in the cargo compartment socket. Requirements: R Requirements: Onlydevices withamaximum powercon‐ sumption of 180W(15 A) maybeconnected. R The devices mustbeequipped withasuitable plug whichconformstothe standards spe‐ cific to thecountry youare in. R Only devices up to amaximum of 150watts arepermitted. R Do notuse multiple socketoutlets.

# Fold up cover 1 of thesocket. # Insert theplug of thedevice.

Charging amobile phone using theUSB socketinthe rear

# Openflap 3. # Insertthe plug of thedevice into115 Vsocket 1. When theon-boardelectrical system voltage is sufficient, indicator lamp 2 lightsup. If youwill notbeusingthe 115Vpowersocket, keep theflap closed.

# Place themobile phone in stowagecompart‐ ment 1 and connectittoUSB port 2 to charge. 80 Seatsand stowage

Wirelesslycharging themobilephone and # Do notplace credit cards, storage coupling with theexterior antenna media or other objects sensitivetoelec‐ Notesonwireless chargingofthe mobile tromagnetic fields in themobile phone stowagecompartment. phone

& WARNING Risk of injury due to objects * NOTE Damage to themobile phone stow‐ being stowedincorrectly agecompartment causedbyliquids If youdonot adequatelystowobjectsinthe If liquids enter themobile phone stowage vehicle interior,theycould sliporbetossed compartment,the compartment maybedam‐ around and therebystrikevehicle occupants. aged. In addition, cup holders, open stowage # Ensurethat no liquids enter themobile spaces and mobile phonebracketscannot phone stowagecompartment. always restrain theobjectstheycontaininthe event of an accident. Observethe following notesonwireless charging: There is arisk of injury, particularly in the R The chargingfunction is onlyavailable when event of sudden braking or asuddenchange thedrive system has been started. in direction. R In some cases, it maynot be possible to # Alwaysstowobjectsinsuchaway that charge small mobile phones at every position they cannotbetossed about in these or of themobile phone receptacle. similar situations. R It maynot be possible to charge large mobile # Alwaysmakesurethat objects do not phones that do notrestinthe mobile phone project from stowagespaces, parcel receptacle. nets or stowagenets. R The mobile phone can warm up during the # Close thelockable stowagespaces chargingprocess. This depends on theappli‐ beforestarting ajourney. cations(apps) currentlyrunning. # Stow and secureobjectsthat areheavy, R Formoreefficientcharging, theprotective hard, pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or case should be removedfromthe mobile toolarge in thecargo compartment. phone. Protectivecases designed forwireless chargingare an exception. Complywiththe instructions forloading thevehi‐ R When charging, themat should be used if cle. possible. & WARNING Risk of fire from placing objects in themobile phone stowage Charging themobilephone in thefront wire‐ compartment lessly Thereisarisk of fire,inparticular,ifyou Requirements: place morethan one mobile phone in the R The mobile phone mustbesuitable forwire‐ mobilephone stowagecompartment. less charging. Alistofcompatible mobile # Apartfromamobile phone, do not phones can be found at: place anyother objects in themobile http://www.mercedes-benz.com/connect phone stowagecompartment,especially those made of metal.

* NOTE Damage to objectscaused by plac‐ ing them in themobile phone stowage compartment If objectsare placedinthe mobile phone stowagecompartment,theymay be damaged by electromagnetic fields. Seats and stowage 81

# Open theflap of stowagecompartment 1 above themedia display. # Place themobile phone as centrallyaspossi‐ ble withthe displayfacing upwards on the markedsurface of mat 2. Whenthe chargingsymbolisshown in the multimedia system, themobile phone is being charged. Malfunctions during chargingare shown in themultimedia system display. % The mat can be removedfor cleaning, e.g. withclean, lukewarm water.

Installingorremovingthe floormats

& WARNING Risk of accident dueto objectsinthe driver's footwell Objectsinthe driver's footwell mayimpede pedal travel or blockadepressed pedal. This jeopardizes theoperating and road safetyofthe vehicle. # Stow all objectsinthe vehicle securely so that they cannotget intothe driver's footwell. # Alwaysinstall thefloor mats securely and as prescribed in order to ensure that thereisalwayssufficient room for thepedals. # Do notuse loose floor mats and do not place floor mats on topofone another.

# To install: press pushbuttons 1 ontohold‐ ers 2. # To remove: pull thefloor mats offholders 2. 82 Light and vision

Exterior lighting % The turnsignal light,the high beam and the high-beam flasher areoperated withthe com‐ Notesonchanging thelightswhen driving bination switch(/page83). abroad % Leaving thestandinglightsonfor several Vehicles with halogen or static LED head‐ hoursdrains thebattery. lamps: Changing theheadlamps is notneces‐ If thebatterycharge is very low, thestanding sary. The legal requirements will also be fulfilled lightswill switch offautomatically to enable in countries withleftand right-handtraffic. thenextvehicle start. Automatic drivinglights function Informationabout lighting systems and your responsibility & WARNING Risk of accident whenthe low beam is switched offinpoor visibility The vehicle's various lighting systems areonly aids. The vehicle driver is responsible foradjust‐ When thelight switchisset to Ã,the low ing thevehicle's lighting to theprevailinglight, beam maynot be switched on automaticallyif visibility, statutoryconditionsand trafficcondi‐ thereisfog, snoworother causes of poor vis‐ tions. ibility suchasspray. # In suchcases, turnthe light switchto Light switch L. Operating the light switch The automatic driving lights areonlyanaid. Responsibility forvehicle lighting restswithyou. Turn thelight switchfrom à to L immedi‐ atelyinthe event of fog, snoworspray.Other‐ wise, thedriving light is temporarilyinterrupted. To switchthe automatic driving lights on: R Turn thelight switchtothe à position. Switchthe powersupply on: theparking lamps will automaticallyswitchonoroff depending on thebrightness of theambient light. The daytime running lampsare switched on when theengine is running.The parking lamps and thelow beam also switchonoroff depending on thebrightness of theambient light. # 1 T Activates or deactivatesparking When thelow beam is switched on, the L lights and license plateand instrument light‐ indicator lamponthe instrument clusterwill ing. also switchon. # 2 à Activates or deactivatesautomatic Switching foglight and rear foglight on or off driving lights/daytime running lights (prefer‐ Requirements: redlight switchposition). R The light switchisinthe L or à posi‐ # 3 L Activates or deactivateslow beam/ tion. high beam. R The powersupply or theengine has been # 4 Activates or deactivatesfog light. switched on. # 5 R Activates or deactivatesrear fog light. # To switchthe foglight on or off: press but‐ ton 7. # 6 Applies or releases theelectric parking brake(/ page141) # To switchthe rear foglight on or off: press button 6. % If youhear awarning tone when exitingthe vehicle, thelight maystillbeon. Light and vision 83

Complywiththe country-specific regulations for % Vehicles with Highbeam Assist: when usingthe rear foglamp. Highbeam Assistisactive, it controls the activationand deactivationofthe high beam ( page84). Operating thecombination light switch / # To activateheadlampflashing: switchon thepowersupply or ignition. # Briefly pull thecombination switchinthe direction of arrow 3.

Switching hazardwarninglights on or off

1 High beam 2 Right turnsignal light 3 Headlampflashing 4 Leftturnsignal light

# To indicate: push thecombination switchin therequired direction 2 or 4 until it # To switchonand off: press button 1. engages. In thecase of larger steering move‐ ments, thecombination switchwill automati‐ If youoperateaturnsignal indicator while the cally switchback. hazardwarning lightsare switched on, onlythe # To indicatebriefly: tapthe combination turnsignallamps on therelevant sideofthe vehi‐ switchbriefly in therequired direction 2 or cle will light up. 4.The corresponding turnsignal lampwill % The hazardwarning lightswill work even flash threetimes. when thevehicle has been switched off. # To switchonthe highbeam: switch on the lowbeam (/ page82). Cornering light function # Push thecombination switchforwards 1. The K indicator lamponthe instrument clusterwilllightup. The combination switch willreturntoits startingposition. % The high beam switches to the à position onlyindarkness and when theengine is run‐ ning. # To switchoff thehigh beam: push thecom‐ bination switchforwards 1 or briefly pull it in thedirection of arrow 3 (the actionfor headlampflashing switches thehigh beam The cornering light improvesthe illuminationof off). theroadway overawideangle in theturning The K indicator lamponthe instrument direction,e.g. enabling better visibility in tight clusterwillgoout. The combination switch bends. willreturntoits startingposition. 84 Light and vision

The function is activeunder thefollowing condi‐ At speeds greater than 19 mph(30 km/h), a tions: changeismade to thefollowing setting: R The speed is less than 37 mph(60 km/h) and R If no other road usersare detected, thehigh theindicator has been switched on or the beam switches on automatically. steering wheel is turned. At speeds less than 16 mph(25 km/h) or if there R The speed is between 37 mph(60 km/h) and is sufficient road lighting,achangeismade to 50 mph(80 km/h)and thesteering wheel is thefollowing setting: turned. R The high beam automatically switches off. The cornering light maystilllight up forashort time but is switched offautomatically aftera System limitations maximumofthree minutes. AdaptiveHighbeam Assistcannottakethe road, weather or trafficconditions intoconsideration. % When reversegear is engaged, thelighting switches to theoppositeside. The detection of obstacles can be restricted if: R Visibility is impaired, e.g. in fog, heavy rain or Highbeam Assist snow R The sensorsare dirty or covered AdaptiveHighbeam Assistfunction AdaptiveHighbeam Assistisonlyanaid. Youare & WARNING Risk of accident despite responsible forensuring correct vehicle lighting AdaptiveHighbeam Assist in accordance withthe prevailinglight,visibility and trafficconditions. AdaptiveHighbeam Assistdoes notrecognize thefollowing road users: The system's optical sensor is located behind the windshield near theoverhead controlpanel. R Road userswithout lights, e.g.pedes‐ trians Switching HighbeamAssistonoroff R Road userswithpoor lighting,e.g.cyclists # To switchon: turnthe light switchtothe à position. R Road userswhose lighting is obstructed, e.g.byabarrier # Switchthe highbeam on using thecombina‐ tion switch. On very rare occasions, AdaptiveHighbeam If thehighbeam is automaticallyswitched on Assistmay fail to recognize other road users in darkness, the _ indicator lamponthe withtheir ownlighting, or mayrecognize multifunction displaylights up. them toolate. # To switchoff: switchoff thehighbeam using In these or similar situations, theautomatic thecombination switch. high beam is notdeactivated or is activated despitethe presence of other road users. Setting theexterior lighting switch-offdelay # Alwaysobserve thetraffic carefullyand time switchoff thehigh beam in good time. Requirements: The AdaptiveHighbeam Assistautomatically R The light switchisinthe à position. switches between thefollowing settings: R Lowbeam Multimedia system: 4 © 5 5 R High beam Settings Light 5 Exterior LightingDelay The system detects that vehicle lights are # Setaswitch-offdelaytime. approaching in theoppositedirection or driving ahead of thevehicle. When thevehicle engine is switched off, theexte‐ rior lighting will be activated forthe settime. Lightand vision 85

Activatingand deactivatingthe surround lighting Multimediasystem: 4 © 5 Settings 5 Light 5 Locator Lighting # Activateordeactivate thefunction. The exterior lighting remains on for40seconds afterthe vehicle is unlocked. When youstart the vehicle, thesurround lighting will be deactivated and theautomatic driving lights activated.

Adjustingthe interior lighting Adjustingthe frontinterior lighting Variant 2

# 1 p Switches thefront leftreading lamp on/off # 2 To switchoff theautomatic interior lighting control: press the | button. The interior lighting will switchonautomati‐ cally if you: R Unlockthe vehicle or R Open adoor # 3 c Switches thefront interior lighting on/off # 4 w Switches therear passenger com‐ partment/cargo compartment lampon/off # 5p Switches thefront right reading lamp Variant 1 on/off

# 1 p Switches thefront leftreading lamp on/off # 2 To switchoff theautomatic interior lighting control: press the | button. The interior lighting will switchonautomati‐ cally if you: R Unlockthe vehicle or R Open adoor # 3 c Switches thefront interior lighting on/off # 4 w Switches therear passenger com‐ partment/cargo compartment lampon/off # 5p Switches thefront right reading lamp on/off Variant 3

# 2 To switchoff theautomatic interior lighting control: press the | button. The interior lighting will switchonautomati‐ cally if you: 86 Lightand vision

R Unlockthe vehicle or 6 p Switches thefront right reading lamp R Open adoor on/off # 2 c Switches thefront interior lighting 7 j Switches reading lightsinthe on/off passenger compartment on/off # 3 w Switches therear passenger com‐ # To activatethe bus function: press button partment/cargo compartment lampon/off 1. The LEDlightsup. The bus function is in one of thefollowing modes: R Stopmode If thevehicle comes to ahalt at abus stop, forexample, and thepassenger door opens, thepassenger compartmentwill be illuminated and undimmed. R Driving mode If all doorsare closed and thevehicle is traveling faster than walkingpace, the passenger compartmentwill be illumina‐ tedbut dimmed. R Automatic offmode Variant 4 If automatic interior lighting control 3 is deactivated, and therebyautomatic off # 1 c Switches theinterior lighting on/off mode is active, thepassenger compart‐ ment will be continuouslyilluminated Adjustinginterior lighting on bus equipment (dimmed). When thebus function is activated, the passenger compartmentlighting on/offmodes can be selected using button 5.Passenger com‐ partment lighting is then deactivated completely. When button 5 is pressed againtoswitch passenger compartment lighting on/off, thebus function is again in one of themodes. R If automatic interior lighting control 3 was previouslyactivated, automatic offmode will be inactiveagain. R If automatic offmode wasnot previouslyacti‐ vated, either driving or stop mode is active. % The bus function can be used to switch passenger compartment lighting on/offwith‐ out using button 5.The passenger compart‐ 1 i Activates/deactivatesbus function ment lighting mustnot be switched on 2 p Switches thefront leftreading lamp beforehand. on/off # To deactivatethe bus function: press but‐ 3 | Activates/deactivatesautomatic inte‐ ton 1. rior lighting control The LED doesnot light up. 4 c Switches thefront interior lighting # To switchthe front leftreading lampon on/off or off: press button 2. 5 w Switches passenger compartment light‐ ing on/off Light and vision 87

# To deactivatethe automaticinteriorlight‐ Rear interior lighting ing: press button 3. The interior lighting control will switchon automatically,for example, if you: R Unlockthe vehicle R Open adoor # To switchfront interior lighting on or off: press button 4. # To switchpassenger compartment light‐ ing on or off: press button 5. # To switchthe front right reading lampon or off: press button 6. # To switchreading lightsoninthe passenger compartment: press button 7. The LED lights up.

Passengerscan switchthe reading lamps on # 1 Switches rear compartment/cargo com‐ and off. partment lamponoroff # To switchreading lightsoff in the passenger compartment: press button 7. Motion detector The LED does notlight up. Passengerscan no longer operatethe reading & WARNING Risk of injury by laser beam lamps. from motion detector The motion detector transmits invisible radia‐ Switching thereading lampabove the tion from LEDs(light-emitting diodes). passenger seat on and off(bus equipment) These LEDsare classified under the1Mlaser class and can cause retina damage in thefol‐ lowing situations: R If youlook directly intothe unfiltered laser beam from themotion detector for an extendedperiod R If youlook directly intothe laser beam of themotion detector with optical instru‐ mentssuchaseyeglasses or amagnifying glass.

# Neverlook directly intothe laser beam.

The motion detector is locatedinthe cargo com‐ partment behind thepartition,inthe middle of theroof.

# To switchthe reading lamponand off: press button 1. 88 Light and vision

Changingbulbs Instructionsfor changing bulbs

& WARNING Risk of burnsfromhot com‐ ponent parts whilstreplacing abulb Bulbs, lamps and plug connectorscan become very hotduring operation. When replacing abulb, youcouldburnyour‐ self on these componentparts. 1 Position of motion detector # Allowthe component parts to cool If thevehicle is equipped withamotion detector, down beforereplacing thebulbs. thecargo compartmentlighting is also activated via themotion detector. When youare replacing thebulb, observe thefol‐ If themotion detector detects movement in the lowing: cargo compartment whilethe vehicle is station‐ R Do notuse anybulb that has been dropped or ary, thecargo compartmentlighting will switch has scratches on its glass surface. Otherwise, on forapproximately twominutes. thebulb mayexplode. The cargo compartment lighting can be switched R Thebulb mayexplodeifitishot or if you on via themotion detector if: touch, drop or scratchit. R The vehicle is stationary, theparking brakeis R Stains on theglass surface reduce the applied and youare notdepressing thebrake service lifeofthe bulb. Do nottouchthe glass pedal. surface with your barehands. If necessary, R Vehicles with automatic transmission: the cleanthe glass surface with alcohol or spirits selector leverisinposition j and youare in acoldstate and wipe it down withalint- notdepressing thebrake pedal. free cloth. R R The vehicle has notbeen lockedfromthe out‐ Protect bulbs from humidity and do notbring side using thekey. them intocontact withliquids. Alwaysensurethe bulbs arefirmlysecured. If no changetothe vehicle, suchasadoor open‐ If your vehicle is equipped withLED lamps, you ing, is detected over severalhours, themotion can checkthis as follows:the light cone will move detector will automatically switchoff.This pre‐ from toptobottomand backagain when the vents thebatteryfromdischarging. vehicle starts.For this to work,the lowbeam needs to have been switched on beforethe vehi‐ Switching theinterior lighting switch-off cle is started. delaytimeon/off Bulbs and lamps areamajor partofvehicle safety. Therefore, ensurethat they arealways Multimedia system: working. Have theheadlampsetting checkedreg‐ 4 © 5 Settings 5 Light ularly. 5 Interior LightingDelay R Beforechanging thebulbs, switchoff the # Switchthe switch-offdelaytime on or off. vehicle's lighting system. This will prevent a If thefunction is active, theinterior lighting short circuit. will remain lit up forashorttime when the R Use bulbs only in closed lights that have been seat belt buckle is released. designed forthem. R Use onlysparebulbs of thesame type and withthe correct voltage. If thenew bulb also does notlight up, consult a qualified specialistworkshop. Light and vision 89

Replacing frontlight bulbs (vehicles with hal‐ ogen headlamps) Overviewoffront light sourcetypes Youcan replace thefollowing light sources.

1 Lowbeam/perimeterlighthousing cover 2 High beam/daytimerunninglamps housing cover 3 Turn signal light socket

Halogen headlamps # Switchoff thelighting system. 1 High beam/daytime running lights: # Lowbeam/perimeterlight: remove housing H1555W/15W cover 1 towardsthe rear. 2 Lowbeam/perimeterlights: H7 55 W/W 5W # Pull out thesockettowards therear. 3 Turn signal lights: 3457NAK 28 W # Remove thebulb from thesocket. Replacing halogenheadlamps # Insert thenew bulb intothe socketsuchthat Requirements: thebase of thebulb restsfullyagainstthe base of thesocket. R Lowbeam: bulb type H7 55 W # Align and insertthe socket. R High beam/daytimerunninglamps: bulb type H1555W/15W # Attach housing cover 1. R Perimeterlights: bulb typeW5W # High beam/daytime running lamps: remove housing cover 2 towardsthe rear. R Turn signal lights: bulb type 3457NAK 28 W # Turn thesocketcounter-clockwise and pull it out. # Remove thebulb from thesocket. # Insert thenew bulb intothe socketsuchthat thebase of thebulb restsfullyagainstthe base of thesocket. # Insert thesocketand turnitclockwise. # Attach housing cover 2. # Turn signal light: # Turn socket 3 counter-clockwise and remove it. # Gently turnthe bulb counter-clockwise and take it out of thesocket. # Insert thenew bulb intothe socketand turnit clockwise. # Insertsocket 3 and turnitclockwise. 90 Light and vision

Additional turnsignal light Requirements: R Additional turnsignal light (all-wheel drivevehicles): bulb typeP21W

Vehicles withstandardtail lamps 1 Brakelights/tail lamps/perimeterlights: P21W 2 Backing up light:P21W 3 License plate lamp: W5W # Switching offthe lighting system. 4 Rear foglight:P21W # Unscrew screws1 and remove lens 2. # Gently turnthe bulb counter-clockwise and Youcan changethe following light sources. take it out of thesocket. # Insert thenew bulb intothe socketand turnit clockwise. # Place lens2 in position and tightenthe screws1.

Replacing rear light bulbs(Cargo Vanand Passenger Van) Overviewofrear light sourcetypes (Cargo Vanand Passenger Van) Youcan changethe following light sources.

Vehicles withpartial LED tail lamps 1 Backinguplight:P21W 2 License plate lamp: W5W 3 Rear foglight:P21W Changing thetail lamps (Cargo Vanand Passenger Van) Requirements: R Brakelights/tail lights/perimeterlights: bulb typeP21W R Backinguplights: bulb typeP21W R Rear foglights: bulb type P21W Light and vision 91

# To remove: loosenscrews 1 and pull out thetail lampinthe direction of thearrow. # Remove theplug from bulb mount 3. # Loosen screws 2 and remove bulb mount 3 from thetail lamp. # Gently turnthe bulb counter-clockwise and take it out of thesocket. # Insert thenew bulb intothe socketand turnit clockwise. # To install: setbulb mount 3 on thetail lamp and screw in screws 2. # Press theplug intobulb mount 3. # Insertthe tail lampand screw in screws 1. 1 Brakelight/taillight/perimeterlight License platelamp 2 Backing up light Requirements: 3 Rear foglight R License platelamp: light bulb type W5W

# Switchoff thelighting system. # Open therear-end door.

# Switch offthe lighting system. # Place ascrewdriver,for example, at opening 2 between lamp 3 and panel 1 and care‐ fullypry offlamp 3. # Remove lamp 3 from panel 1. # Rotate thebulb holder by around 45°and detach it from thelamp. # Remove thelight bulb. # Insertthe newbulb intothe bulb holder. # Insertthe bulb holder intothe lampand rotate it by around 45°. # Insertthe lampintothe panel opening until it engages.

Replacing rear light bulbs(chassis) Overviewofrear light sourcetypes (chassis) Youcan replace thefollowing light sources. 92 Light and vision

3 Rear foglight 4 License platelamp 5 Backing up light 6 Turn signal light 7 Clearance lamp 8 Brakelight 9 Tail light

# Switch offthe lighting system. # Unscrew screws 2 and remove light lens 1. # Remove theplug from thebulb mount. # Gentlyturnthe bulb counter-clockwise and take it out of thesocket. Vehicles withstandardtail lamps # Insert thenew bulb intothe socketand turnit 1 Clearance lamp: R5W clockwise. 2 Tail light:R5W # Position light lens 1 and tighten screws 2. 3 Brakelight:P21W 4 Turn signal lights: PY 21 W Replacing interiorlight bulbs 5 Backing up light:P21W 6 Rear foglight (driver's side): P21W Replacing rear interior lamps Requirements: 7 License plate lamp: R5W % Forthe standardbulb failureindicator func‐ Replacing the taillamps on the chassis tion to work correctly,only lights bulbs must Requirements: be usedthat arethe same type and poweras R Rear foglights: bulb type P21W those installed during production. R License plate lighting: bulb type R5W R Backing up lights: bulb type P21W R Turn signal lights: bulb type PY 21 W R Clearance lamps: bulb type R5W R Brakelights: bulb type P21W R Tail lights: bulb type R5W

# Switch offthe interior lighting. # Press in catchspring of lens 1 withasuita‐ ble object e.g. ascrewdriver,and then lever offthe lens withthe lamphousing. # To pull backlensfromthe lamphousing: press thelugs of lens 2 inwards. # Remove light bulb 3 from thelamphousing. 1 Light lens # Insertthe newlight bulb. 2 Screws Light and vision 93

# Insertthe lens in thelamphousing until it Switching therear windowwiperon/off engages. # Place thelens withthe lamphousing in posi‐ tion and engageit.

Windshield wipers Switching thefront windshield wipersonand off

1 ô Single wipe/wash 2 è Intermittent wiping

# Single wipe: press button 1 to thepoint of resistance. # Wiping with washer fluid: press button 1 beyond thepoint of resistance. # To switchintermittent wiping on or off: 1 î Singlewipe/wiping withwasherfluid press button 2. 1 g Windshield wipers off If therear windowwiper is switched on, the 2 Ä Intermittent wiping, normal è symbol will appearonthe Instrument Display. Vehicles withrain sensors: automatic wiping, normal 3 Å Intermittent wiping, frequent Replacing the windshieldwiper blades Vehicles withrain sensors: automatic wiping, frequent & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if 4 ° Continuous wiping, slow thewindshield wipersare switched on while wiper blades arebeing replaced 5 ¯ Continuous wiping, fast If thewindshield wipersbegin to move while # Turn thecombination switchtothe corre‐ youare changing thewiper blades, youcan sponding position 1 – 5. be trapped by thewiper arm. # Single wipe/washing: press thebutton on # Alwaysswitchoff thewindshield wipers thecombination switchinthe direction of and theignition beforechanging the arrow 1. wiper blades. R í Single wipe R î Wipes withwasherfluid & WARNING Risk of injury from using the windshield wiperswhile theengine hood is open When theengine hood is open and thewind‐ shield wipersare setinmotion, youcan be trapped by thewiper linkage. # Alwaysswitchoff thewindshield wipers and ignition beforeopening theengine hood. 94 Light and vision

If thewiper blades arewornout, they will not % & WARNING Risk of injury from using the wipe thewindshield properly.Replace the windshield wiperswhile theengine hood wiper blades twiceayear,preferablyin is open spring and fall. When theengine hood is open and thewind‐ shield wipersare setinmotion, youcan be trapped by thewiper linkage. # Alwaysswitchoff thewindshield wipers and ignition beforeopening theengine hood.

% If thewiper blades arewornout, they will not wipe thewindshield properly.Replace the wiper blades twiceayear,preferablyin spring and fall.

# Fold wiper arm 3 away from thewindshield. # Hold wiper arm 3 and turnthe wiper blade away from wiper arm 3 in thedirection of thearrow as farasitwillgo. # Slide catch 2 upwards in thedirection of the arrow until it engages. # Fold backthe wiper blade ontothe wiper arm. # Remove wiper blade 1 from wiper arm. # Insertnew washer blade 1 in theholder on wiper arm 3. # Fold wiper arm 3 away from thewindshield. When doing so, take intoaccount thedifferent # Hold wiper arm 3 and turnthe wiper blade lengths of thewiper blades: away from wiper arm 3 in thedirection of R Driver's side: long wiper blade thearrow as farasitwillgo. R Front-passenger side: shortwiper blade # Slide catch 2 upwards in thedirection of the arrow until it engages. # Slide catch 2 downwardsuntil it engages. # Remove wiper blade 1 from thewiper armin # Fold wiper arm 3 backontothe windshield. thedirection of arrow 4. # Carefullyremove hose 5 from thewiper Replacing the windshieldwiper blades (WET blade. WIPER SYSTEM) # Attach hose 5 to thenew wiper blade. # Insertnew washer blade 1 in theholder on & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if wiper arm . thewindshield wipersare switched on 3 while wiper blades arebeing replaced When doing so, take intoaccount thedifferent If thewindshield wipersbegin to move while lengths of thewiper blades: youare changing thewiper blades, youcan R Driver's side: long wiper blade be trapped by thewiper arm. R front-passengerside:shortwiper blade # Alwaysswitchoff thewindshield wipers and theignition beforechanging the # Slide catch 2 downwardsuntil it engages. wiper blades. # Fold backthe wiper blade ontothe wiper arm. Light and vision 95

# Fold wiper arm 3 backontothe windshield. steering wheel or themirrorand fasten your seat belt. Replacing the rear windowwiperblade & WARNING Risk of accident duetomis‐ judgment of distances when using the passenger mirror The outside mirroronthe front-passenger side reflects objectsonasmaller scale. The objectsinvieware in fact closer than they appear. As aresult, youmay misjudgethe distance between youand theroad user driving behind you, forexample, when changing lanes. # Therefore, alwayslook overyour shoul‐ der in order to ensurethat youare awareofthe actual distance between youand theroad usersdrivingbehind you. # Fold wiper arm 3 away from therear win‐ dow. Adjustingthe outside mirrors manually # Press both retainingclips 2 in thedirection # Adjustthe outside mirrors to thecorrect posi‐ of thearrow and swivel thewiper blade away tion manually. from thewiper arm. # To engageanoutside mirrorthat has # Pull wiper blade 1 upwards out of theholder been pushed out of position: push theout‐ on wiper arm 3. side mirrorintoposition manually. # Insertnew washer blade 1 in theholder on Adjustingthe outside mirrors electrically wiper arm 3. # Push newwiper blade 1 ontowiper arm 3 until theretainingclips engage. # Fold wiper arm 3 backontothe rear win‐ dow.

Mirrors Operating theoutside mirrors

& WARNING Risk of injury from adjusting thevehicle settings while thevehicle is in motion Youcouldlose control of thevehicle in the following situations: R if youadjustthe driver's seat, thehead Example image restraint,the steering wheel or themirror while thevehicle is in motion * NOTE Damage to theelectric outside mirrors R if youfastenyour seat belt whilethe vehi‐ cle is in motion If youfold theelectric outside mirrors in or out manually, youmay damagethe outside # Beforestarting theengine: adjustthe mirrors and they will notlockinplace prop‐ driver's seat, thehead restraint,the erly. 96 Light and vision

If theoutside mirrors arenot folded in when # To dim the inside rearviewmirror: move washing thevehicle in acar wash, thewasher anti-glarelever 1 in thedirection of the brushes mayfold them in forciblyand dam‐ arrow. agethem. # The outside mirrors mustonly be folded Using sun visors in and out electrically. # Fold theoutside mirrors in beforewash‐ ing thevehicle in acar wash.

# Beforedriving off, switchonthe powersupply or theignition. # To fold in or out: briefly press button 2. # To adjust: use button 1 or 3 to select the outside mirrortobeadjusted. # Setthe position of themirrorglass by press‐ ing button 4. # Glarefromfront: fold sun visor 1 down‐ wards. # To engageanoutside mirrorthat has been pushed out of position: press and # Glarefromthe side: swivelsun visor 1 to holdbutton 2. theside. Youwill hear aclickand themirrorwillaudi‐ bly engageinposition. The outsidemirroris setinthe correct position. Heating the outside mirrors # Vehicles without arear windowheater: at lowtemperatures, themirrorheater will switchonautomatically afterthe engine is started. # Vehicles with arear windowheater: at low temperatures, themirrorheater willswitchon automatically afterthe engine is started. The mirrorheater can also be switched on together withthe rear window heater using therear windowheater button.

Dimming theinsiderearviewmirror Climatecontrol 97

Overviewofclimatecontrol systems Heating system overview

1 Sets thetemperature 2 / Switches therear-compartment heating on/off 3 ¤ Switches therear windowheater on/off(/page102) 4 O Switches footwell air distribution on/off 5 ¬ Switches windshield defrosting on/off (/ page101) 6 Vehicles withstationaryheater or heater booster: & switches thestationary heater or heater boosteron/off(/page104) 7 Sets theairflow % The indicator lamps on thebuttons signal that thefunction in question has been activa‐ ted. 98 Climatecontrol

Overviewofautomatic climatecontrol

1 w Sets thetemperature 2 Display 3 K Sets theairflow 4 Î Vehicles withawindshield heater: switches thewindshield heater on/off (/ page102) 5 Vehicles withstationaryheater or heater booster: & switches thestationary heater or heater boosteron/off(/page104) 6 Vehicles witharear windowheater: ¤ switches therear windowheater on/off (/ page102) 7 h Switches air-recirculation mode on/off (/ page102) 8 ¬ Switches windshield defrosting on/off (/ page101) 9 _ Adjusts theair distribution (/ page101) A ¿ Switches theA/C function on/off (/ page100) B / Vehicles withdual-zone climatecontrol systems: adjusts therear-compartment cli‐ matecontrol/heating (indicator lamp flashes)(/page100) % The indicatorlamps on thebuttons signal that thefunction in question has been activa‐ ted. Climatecontrol 99

Overviewof3-zone automatic climatecontrol

1 w Sets thetemperature % The indicator lamps on thebuttons signal 2 Display that thefunction in question has been activa‐ ted. 3 K Sets theairflow 4 Î Vehicles withawindshield heater: switches thewindshield heater on/off Operating climatecontrol systems ( page102) / Switching theclimate control system on or 5 Vehicles withstationaryheater or heater off booster: & switches thestationary heater or heater boosteron/off(/ page104) # To switchon: setthe airflow to 1orhigher 6 Vehicles witharear windowheater: ¤ on thefront-compartmentmenu. switches therear windowheater on/off # To switchoff: setthe airflow to 0orOFF on (/ page102) thefront-compartmentmenu. 7 d Switches air-recirculation mode on/off OFF will appear on theclimatecontrolsystem (/ page102) display. 8 ¬ Switches windshield defrosting on/off % When theclimatecontrolsystemisswitched (/ page101) off, thewindows mayfog up morequickly. 9 _ Adjusts theair distribution Switchthe climatecontrolsystemoff only (/ page101) briefly. A ¿ Switches theA/C function on/off % If thefront-compartmentsystemhas already (/ page100) been switched on and therear-compartment B Ã Automatically controls theclimatecon‐ system has been switched off, youcan trol, front (/ page100) and rear compart‐ switch it on by turning up thebloweronthe ment(/page101) rear-compartment menu. If thefront-com‐ C 0 Switches synchronization on/off partmentsystem is switched on, therear- (/ page101) compartment system will automatically D switchonaswell. Vehicles withdual-zone climatecon‐ trol systems: adjusts therear-compartment climatecontrol/heating (indicator lamp flashes)(/page100) 100 Climatecontrol

Adjustingthe rear-compartment climatecon‐ temdisplayflash, setthe airflow to 0onthe trol rear-compartment menu. Requirements: % Indicator lampon: rear-compartment climate control has been switched on. R The climatecontrol system has been Indicator lampoff:rear-compartment climate switched on (/ page99). control has been switched off. Setting thetemperature and airflowwith Indicator lampflashes: thesetting mode of dual-zone and 3-zone automatic climate con‐ therear-compartment climatecontrol is trol: active.

# Switching theA/C function on and off Press the button. Requirements: R The climatecontrol system has been The indicator lamponthe button and switched on (/ page99). The A/C function controls theclimateand dries the symbol on theclimatecontrolsys‐ theair inside thevehicle. temdisplaywillflash. # Press the ¿ button. The displaywill switch to thetemperatureand thebloweronthe rear menu. % Switchoff theA/C function onlybriefly.Oth‐ erwise, thewindows could fogupfaster. # Use therockerswitches w and K to setthe required temperatureand airflow on % Condensation mayleak from theunderside of therear-compartment menu. thevehicle in cooling mode. This is notasign of adefect. % If thereare significant differences between thetemperaturesettings of thefront and rear systems, these cannot be regulated accu‐ Automaticallyregulating climatecontrol rately. Requirements: % If therear-compartment climatecontrol has R been switched off, youcan switch it on auto‐ The climatecontrol system has been switched on ( page99). matically by pressing the 0 button. / Dependingonthe vehicle equipment, climate Switching on automatic climatecontrol controlwill switchonthe roof-mounted air condi‐ In automatic mode, thetemperature, airflow and tioningsystemorrear-compartment heating as air distribution areregulated and kept constant. required: # Press the à button. R Vehicles with aroof-mounted air condi‐ The displaywill showthe temperature. The tioning system: therear compartment can airflow and air distribution will disappear from onlybecooled. thedisplay. R Vehicles with rear-compartment heating: If therear-compartment climatecontrol has therear compartment can onlybeheated. been switched on, thesetting will be carried overfor therear compartment. Switching offrear-compartment climatecon‐ trol via dual-zone and 3-zone automatic cli‐ Switching offautomatic climatecontrol matecontrol: # Use the K rocker switchtochangethe air‐ flow setting and air distribution # (/ page101). Press the button. The other settingremainsunaffected by the # change. If theindicator lamponthe button and

the symbol on theclimatecontrolsys‐ Climatecontrol 101

Automaticallycontrolling the climatecontrol Settingthe air distribution in the rear compartment Requirements: Requirements: R The climatecontrol system is switched on. R Rear-compartment climatecontrol has been # _ switched on ( page100). Press the button repeatedlyuntil the / desired air distribution appearsinthe air con‐ In automaticmode, thetemperature, airflow and ditioning system display. air distribution areregulated and kept constant. # Switching thesynchronization function on Press the button. and off # Press the à button. Requirements: % Even if thefront-compartmentsystemisin R The climatecontrol system has been automatic mode, therear-compartment sys‐ switched on (/ page99). temcan exit automatic mode if youadjust The synchronization function controls theclimate thebloweronthe rear-compartment menu. controlfunction centrally.The settings forthe % If theair is cooled and thedriver's, front temperatureand airflow in thefront zoneare passenger or sliding door is opened, therear automaticallyadoptedfor therear zone. compartment air conditioning system blower # Press the button. will be turned down afteraround 15 minutes. 0 When all doorshave been closed again, the % If therear-compartment climatecontrol has blowerwillberesettothe previous setting been switched off, youcan switch it on auto‐ afteraround one minute. matically by pressing the 0 button.

Information on theair distribution settings Clearing condensation from thewindows The symbols on thedisplayindicatethe vents Misting on theinsideofwindows through whichthe air is being directed. # Press the ¬ button. Dual-zone automatic climatecontrol When thewindshield defrosterisswitched on, R b Defrosterand center vents thetemperatureand airflow cannotbeadjus‐ ted. R _ All vents # In vehicles withaheating system and aman‐ R P Center vents ual air-conditioningsystem, also close the R S Center and footwell vents side and center air vent (/ page 102) as well as theair vents forthe rear compartment 3-zone automatic climate control (/ page103). R ¯ Defrostervents # Vehicles with dual-zone or 3-zone auto‐ R b Defroster and center vents matic climatecontrol: press the ¿ but‐ R _ All vents tonand,ifnecessary,use the _ button to direct theair ontothe windshield ¯. R a Defrosterand footwell vents # Increase theairflow as necessaryand close R P Center vents all air vents (/ page 102). R S Center and footwell vents # If thewindows remain fogged up: press R O Footwell vents the ¬ button. When thewindshield defrosterisswitched on, thetemperatureand airflow cannotbeadjus‐ ted. ¬ or no symbol will appear on theclimate controlsystemdisplay. # Vehicles with awindshieldheater: press the Î button. 102 Climatecontrol

# Close thecenter air vent (/ page 102) and Operating air vents air vents forthe headroom (/ page103) and Adjustingthe front-compartmentair vents rear compartment (/ page103). Misting on theoutside of windows & WARNING ‑Danger of burnsorfrostbite # Switchonthe windshield wiper (/ page93). due to being tooclose to theair vents Very hotorverycold aircan flow from theair Switching air-recirculation mode on or off vents. Thiscould result in burns or frostbiteinthe # Press the h button. immediatevicinity of theair vents. The interior air is recirculated. # Make surethat all vehicle occupants The air-recirculation mode switches offautomati‐ alwaysmaintain asufficient distance to cally. theair vents. % When air-recirculation mode is switched on, # If necessary,direct theairflow to thewindows mayfog up morequickly. Switch another area of thevehicle interior. on air-recirculation mode only briefly. Air-recirculation mode will automatically switch on in thefollowing cases: R At high outside temperatures R While thevehicle is driving through atunnel (vehicles with3-zoneautomatic climatecon‐ trol and navigationonly) R When thewindshield wipersare switched on (/ page93) The indicator lamponthe h button will not light up in this case. Afteramaximumof 30 minutes, outsideair is automatically intro‐ duced again.

Switching thewindshield heater on and off # To open or close: hold center 2 of air % In theevent of high outsidetemperatures, vent 1 and turnittothe leftorright as far thewindshield heater maynot switchon. as it will go. # Press the Î button. # To setthe air direction: holdcenter 2 of If theindicator lamponthe button lights up, air vent 1 and swivel it upwards, down‐ thewindshield heater has switched on. wards, to theleftortothe right. % The windshield heater switches offautomati‐ cally afterafew minutes. % If thebatteryvoltageistoo low, it maynot be possible to switchthe windshield heater on. If thebatteryvoltagebecomes toolow while thewindshield heater is in operation, the windshield heater will switch offautomati‐ cally.

Switching therear windowheater on or off

# Press the ¤ button. If theindicator lamplights up, therear win‐ dowheater is switched on. Climatecontrol 103

# To open or close: turnthe adjustment wheels 1 on thehigh-powerair vents to the leftorright as farastheywill go. % Cooled air will flow out of thehigh-powerair vents. Heating will notbepossible.Openthe high-powerair vents only in summer during cooling modeand keep them closed in win‐ ter.

Adjustingair vents in theroof air duct

Depending on thevehicle equipment, therewill be an air duct or aheater withadditional air vents in therear compartment footwell on theleft-hand side 1.Noobjectsmay be placed there. Occu‐ pants mustmaintain asufficient distance dueto thewarmair flow and air intake.

Auxiliaryheating Notesabout auxiliaryheating

In vehicles witharear compartment air condition‐ & DANGER Risk of fatalinjurydue to poi‐ ing system, adjustable air vents have been inte‐ sonous exhaustgases grated in theroof air duct. If thetailpipe is blockedorsufficient ventila‐ # To adjustthe airflow: if necessary, open or tion is notpossible,poisonous exhaustgases close theair flaps in air vents 1. suchascarbon monoxide mayenter thevehi‐ cle. This is thecase in enclosed spaces or if # To adjustthe air distribution: turnair vents thevehicle getsstuckinsnow, forexample. 1 to therequired position. # Alwaysswitchthe stationaryheater off in enclosed spaces without an air Information about air vents in therear com‐ extraction systems, e.g. in garages. partment # Keep thetailpipe and theareaaround thevehicle free from snowwhen the & WARNING ‑Danger of burnsorfrostbite engine or thestationaryheater arerun‐ due to being tooclose to theair vents ning. Very hotorverycold aircan flow from theair # Open awindowonthe windwardside of vents. thevehicle to ensureanadequatesup‐ Thiscould result in burns or frostbiteinthe ply of fresh air. immediatevicinity of theair vents. # Make surethat all vehicle occupants & WARNING Risk of fire due to hotstation‐ alwaysmaintain asufficient distance to aryheater components theair vents. When thestationary heater is switched on, # If necessary,direct theairflow to parts of thevehicle can become very hot, e.g. another area of thevehicle interior. thestationary heater exhaustsystem. 104 Climatecontrol

Flammable materials suchasleaves, grass or Hot-water auxiliaryheater twigs mayigniteiftheycome intocontact Function of thehot-water auxiliaryheater with: The hot-water auxiliaryheater complements your R hotparts of thestationary heater exhaust vehicle's climatecontrolsystem, and has a system heater booster, auxiliaryheating and auxiliary R theexhaust gasitself ventilation function. In addition, theauxiliary heating system heats theengine coolant to pro‐ Thereisarisk of fire. tect theengine and save fuel during thewarming- # When thestationaryheater is switched up phase. The auxiliaryheatingheats theair on, makesurethat: inside thevehicle to theset temperature. It is not R Hotvehicle parts do notcome into dependent on theheat output of therunning contact withflammable materials. engine.The auxiliary heating is operated directly using thevehicle's fuel. Forthis reason,the fuel R The exhaustgas can flow out of the tank musthave been filled above thereserve fuel stationaryheater exhaustpipe levelsothat theauxiliaryheating can work.The unhindered. auxiliary heating automatically adapts its operat‐ R The exhaustgas doesnot come into ing mode to theoutside temperatureand contact withflammable materials. weather.Itisthereforepossible that theauxiliary heating mayswitchfromventilation to heating * NOTE Damage to theauxiliaryheating mode or from heating to ventilation mode. When theengine is running,auxiliary ventilation is not If theauxiliaryheating is notused foran active.Auxiliaryheating automatically switches extendedperiod of time,itcan be damaged. itself offafter amaximumof50minutes. You # Switchthe auxiliaryheating on for cannotuse the"auxiliaryventilation" operating around tenminutesatleastonce a mode to cool theair inside thevehicle to below month. theoutside temperature. Auxiliary heating helps to heat up thevehicle while theengine is running and at lowoutsidetemperatures. * NOTE Damage to theauxiliaryheating due to overheating Operating thehot-water auxiliaryheater draws powerfromthe vehicle battery. Therefore, drivea If thehot air flow is blocked, theauxiliary reasonablylongdistance afterheating or ventilat‐ heating can overheat and switchoff. ing thevehicle twice in succession at most. # Do notblockthe hotair flow. Auxiliary heating can be activated onlyattemper‐ atures below40°F(4.5 °C). % Vehicles with modified fuel displays: if an externallyoperated consumerisconnected Switching thehot-water auxiliaryheateron via thecable forthe auxiliaryheater,this is and offwiththe button nottaken into considerationonthe "range Requirements: remaining" displayofthe on-boardcomputer. R The fuel tank is filled above thereserve level. In this case, observe thefuel display. The fuel displayprovidesthe current level. Switching auxiliaryheating on and off If youare transporting hazardous materials, com‐ # To switchon: press the & button. ply withthe relevant safety regulations. Always # To switchoff: press the & button. place objects at asufficient distance from the outletopening of theauxiliaryheating. Activatingthe specified temperature Auxiliary heating worksindependentlyofthe # Switch on theignition. engine and complements theclimatecontrolsys‐ # To switchon: press the & button. teminthe vehicle. Auxiliary heating heats theair inside thevehicle to theset temperature. # To switchoff: press the & button. # Setthe temperatureusing the w button. # Press the & button. The redorblue indicator lamponthe & button goes on or off. Climate control 105

Colorsofthe indicator lamp: R Blue: stationaryventilation has been switched on. R Red: thestationaryheater has been switched on. R Yellow: thedeparturetime has been pre- selected. The stationaryheater or ventilation switches off afteramaximumof50minutes. Switching heater booster modeonand off # Switch on theignition. # To switchon: press the & button. # To switchoff: press the & button. Heater boostermode willbeswitched on at an outsidetemperatureofless than 32 °F (0 °C) when necessary. % Heater booster mode is available onlyfor vehicles withhot-water auxiliary heaters. Adjustingthe hot-water auxiliaryheaterwith the on-boardcomputer Requirements: R The fuel tank is filled above thereserve fuel level. R The ignition is switched on. On-boardcomputer: 4 Settings 5 Heating Setting theswitch-on time # Select Settings. # Selectthe desired departuretime. Activatingthe departuretime # Activatethe departuretime by ticking the box. % Ensurethat A, Band Ceachcorrespond to a programmed departuretime. % The programmed time remains setonlyuntil thenexttime theengine is started. Selecting programmed time # Setthe required programmed timeA,BorC. % The required programmed time A, BorCwill appearonly if thebox to activatethe depar‐ turetime is ticked. # Select therequired programmed time by swiping leftorright, e.g. A, BorC. 106 Climatecontrol

Problems with hotwater auxiliaryheating Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Signal transmission between transmitter and vehicle is malfunctioning. FAIL¨ # Changeyour position in relation to thevehicle, moving closer if nec‐ essary. The starterbatteryisnot sufficiently charged. FAIL # Chargethe starterbattery. The fuel tank is notfilled up to thereserve level. # Refuel at thenearestgas station. Auxiliary heating is malfunctioning. FAIL¯ # Have theauxiliaryheating checkedataqualified specialistwork‐ shop.

Operating cargo compartment ventilation

If your vehicle is equipped witharoof ventilator, youcan admit fresh air to thecargo compart‐ ment,orextract airfromitaswell. # Switchonthe ignition. # To switchonand extract: press switch 1 at thetop. The roof ventilator removesused air from the cargo compartment. # To switchonand admit fresh air: press switch 2 at thebottom. The roof ventilator feeds fresh air intothe cargocompartment. # To switchoff: setthe switchtothe center position. Drivingand parking 107

Driving # Therefore, checkregularly that thereare Switching on powersupplyorignitionwith no flammable materials in theengine the start/stopbutton compartmentoronthe exhaustsystem. Requirements: & WARNING Risk of accident and injury due to children leftunattendedinthe R The keyisindetection rangeofthe antenna vehicle (/ page44) and thekey battery is notdis‐ charged. If children areleftunattendedinthe vehicle, they could: R Opendoors,therebyendangering other persons or road users. R Getout and be struck by oncomingtraf‐ fic. R Operate vehicle equipment and become trapped, forexample. In addition,the children could also setthe vehicle in motion, forexample by: R Releasing theparking brake. R Changing thetransmission position. R Startingthe vehicle.

# Neverleave children unattendedinthe # To switchonthe powersupply: press but‐ vehicle. ton 1 once. # When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake Youcan nowactivatethe windshield wipers, thekey withyou and lockthe vehicle. forexample. # Keep thevehicle keyout of reachof The powersupply is switched offagain when one children. of thefollowing conditionsismet: R The driver's door is open. & DANGER Risk of deathcausedby R exhaustgases Youpress button 1 twice. Combustionengines emit poisonous exhaust # To switchonthe ignition: press button 1 gases suchascarbon monoxide. Inhaling twice. these exhaustgases is hazardoustohealth The indicator lamps appear in theinstrument and leads to poisoning. cluster. # Neverleave theengine or,ifpresent, The ignition is switched offagain when one of the theauxiliaryheating running in an following conditionsismet: enclosedspace without sufficient venti‐ R Youdonot startthe vehicle within lation. 15 minutes. R Youpress button 1 once. & WARNING Risk of fire due to flammable material in theengine compartmentor theexhaust system Flammable materials brought in by either ani‐ mals or environmentalinfluences mayigniteif they come intocontact with hotparts of the engine or exhaustsystem. 108 Driving and parking

Starting theengine # Vehicles with automatic transmission: shiftthe transmission to position j or i. Starting thevehicle withthe start/stopbut‐ ton # Depress thebrake pedal and press button 1 once. & WARNING Risk of accident and injury # If thevehicle does notstart:switchoff unnec‐ due to children leftunattendedinthe essaryconsumersand press button 1 once. vehicle # If thevehicle still does notstart and the If children areleftunattendedinthe vehicle, Place the Key in the Marked Space See Oper- they could: ator's Manual displaymessageappearsinthe multifunction display: startthe vehicle in R opendoors,therebyendangering other emergency operation mode. persons or road users. R getout of thevehicle and be hit by Starting thevehicle in emergency operation oncomingtraffic. mode R operatevehicle equipment and become WARNING Risk of accident and injury trapped, forexample. & duetochildren leftunattendedinthe In addition,children could also setthe vehicle vehicle in motion, forexample, by: If children areleftunattendedinthe vehicle, R releasing theparking brake. they could: R shifting theautomatic transmission out of R Opendoors,therebyendangering other parkposition j. persons or road users. R startingthe engine R Getout and be struck by oncomingtraf‐ fic. # Neverleave children and animals unat‐ tendedinthe vehicle. R Operate vehicle equipment and become trapped, forexample. # When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake theSmartKey withyou and lockthe In addition,the children could also setthe vehicle. vehicle in motion, forexample by: # Keep theSmartKey out of thereachof R Releasing theparking brake. children. R Changing thetransmission position. Requirements: R Startingthe vehicle.

R The keyisindetection rangeofthe antenna # Neverleave children unattendedinthe (/ page44) and thekey battery is notdis‐ vehicle. charged. # When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake thekey withyou and lockthe vehicle. # Keep thevehicle keyout of reachof children.

If thevehicle does notstart and the Place Key in Marked Space See Operator's Manual display messageappearsinthe multifunction display, youcan startthe vehicle in emergency operation mode. Driving and parking 109

This also applies if theengine or parts of thedriv‐ etrain have been replaced. Also observe thefollowing breaking-in notes: R The sensorsofthe ESP® driving safetysystem adjustautomaticallywhile acertain distance is being driven afterthe vehicle has been delivered or afterrepairs. Full system effec‐ tivenessisnot reached until theend of this teach-in process. R Neworexchanged brakepads, brakediscs and tires onlyprovide optimal braking and bonding afterseveralhundred kilometers. Until then, compensatefor thereduced brak‐ ing effect by applying greater pressuretothe brakepedal. # Remove key 1 from your keyring. # Insertkey 1 intothe slot. The vehicle is startedafter abrief time. Driving tips # Leave thekey insertedduring theentirejour‐ Notesondriving ney. WARNING Risk of accident dueto # If youpull key 1 out of theslot, theengine & continues to run. objectsinthe driver's footwell # Have key 1 checkedataqualified specialist Objectsinthe driver's footwell mayimpede workshop. pedal travel or blockadepressed pedal. This jeopardizes theoperating and road If thevehicle doesnot start: safetyofthe vehicle. # Leave key 1 in theslot. # Stow all objectsinthe vehicle securely # Depress thebrake pedal. so that they cannotget intothe driver's # Startthe vehicle withthe start/stop button. footwell. % Youcan also switch on thepower supplyor # Ensurefloor mats and carpets cannot theignition withthe start/stop button. slip and provide sufficient room forthe pedals. Breaking-in notes # Do notlay multiple floor mats or carpets on topofone another. Protect theengine during thefirst 1,000 miles (1,500 km) by: & WARNING Risk of accident dueto R Driving at varying road and engine speeds. unsuitable footwear R Shifting to thenextgear up when or before Operationofthe pedals mayberestricted due thetachometerneedle is Ô of theway to the to unsuitable footwear suchas: redarea. R Shoes withplatform soles R Avoiding stress on thevehicle suchasdriving R at full throttle. Shoes withhigh heels R R Notshifting manuallytoalowergear to Slippers brake. # When driving alwayswear suitable R After1,000 miles (1,500km),gradually shoes in order to be able to operatethe increasing theengine speed and accelerate pedals safely. thevehicle up to full speed. R Vehicles with automatic transmission: not depressing theacceleratorpedalbeyond the pressurepoint (kickdown). 110 Driving and parking

& WARNING Risk of accident whenswitch‐ # Do notdrink alcohol or take drugs while ing offthe ignition when driving driving, and do notallowanyone to drive who has been drinkingalcohol or taking If youswitch offthe ignition while driving, drugs. safetyfunctionsare restricted or no longer available. This mayaffect thepower steering system and thebrake forceboosting, for & WARNING Risk of accident and injury example. from operating mobilecommunications equipment Youwill then need to use considerablymore forcetosteer and brake. If youoperatemobile communication equip‐ # Do notswitchoff theignition while driv‐ mentwhen driving, youwill be distracted ing. from thetraffic situation.Thiscould also cause youtolose control of thevehicle. The probability of aserious or evenfatal acci‐ & DANGER Risk of deathcausedby exhaustgases dent increases greatlyifyou operatemobile communication equipment when driving. Combustionengines emit poisonous exhaust # Only operatemobile communication gases suchascarbon monoxide. Inhaling equipment when thevehicle is station‐ these exhaustgases is hazardoustohealth ary. and leads to poisoning. # Neverleave theengine or,ifpresent, Foryour ownsafety, always observe thefollowing theauxiliaryheating running in an points when operating mobile communications enclosedspace without sufficient venti‐ equipment: lation. R Observe thelegal requirements forthe coun‐ tryinwhichyou aredriving. & DANGER Risk of fatalinjurydue to poi‐ R While driving, only operatemobile communi‐ sonous exhaustgases cations equipment when thetraffic conditions If thetailpipe is blockedorsufficient ventila‐ permit it. Youmay otherwise be distracted tion is notpossible,poisonous exhaustgases from thetraffic conditionsand cause an acci‐ suchascarbon monoxide mayenter thevehi‐ dent, injuring yourself and others. cle. This is thecase when thevehicle becomes stuckinsnow, forexample. & WARNING Risk of accident duetoover‐ heated brakesystem # Keep thetailpipe and theareaaround thevehicle free from snowwhen the If yourestyour foot on thebrake pedal during engine or thestationaryheater arerun‐ while driving, thebrake system mayoverheat. ning. This increases thebraking distance and the # Open awindowonthe side of thevehi‐ brakesystemmay evenfail. cle facing away from thewind to ensure # Neveruse thebrake pedal as afootrest. an adequatesupply of fresh air. # Do notpress thebrake pedal and accel‐ erator pedal simultaneously while driv‐ & WARNING Risk of accident and injury ing. due to being under theinfluence of alco‐ hol and drugs while driving On long and steep downhill gradients, youshould Driving when under theinfluence of alcohol changedowntoalowergear in good time. Take and/or drugs is an extremely dangerous com‐ particular note of this when driving aladen vehi‐ bination.Evensmall quantitiesofalcohol or cle. By doing so, youwill makeuse of the drugs mayaffect your reflexes, perception engine'sbraking effect. Thiswilltakesome of the and judgment. strain offthe brakesystemand prevent the brakes from overheating and wearing tooquickly. The probability of aserious or evenfatal acci‐ dent greatlyincreases if youdrive when underthe influence of alcohol or drugs. Driving and parking 111

minutes every 480 km (300 miles). This facili‐ * NOTE Wearing out thebrake linings by continuously depressing thebrake pedal tatesthe regeneration of thediesel particulatefil‐ ter. # Do notdepress thebrake pedal continu‐ ously whilstdriving. Notesonthe speed limit # To use thebraking effect of theengine, & WARNING Risk of injury through exceed‐ shifttoalowergear in good time. ing thespecified tireload rating or the permissible speed rating NOTE Damage to thedrivetrainand * Exceeding thespecified tireload rating or the enginewhen pulling away permissible speed rating mayleadtotire # Do notwarmupthe engine while the damage and to thetires bursting. vehicle is stationary. Pull away immedi‐ # Therefore, onlyuse tiretypes and sizes ately. approvedfor your vehicle model. # Avoid high engine speeds and driving at # Observe thetireload rating and speed full throttle untilthe engine has reached rating required foryour vehicle. its operatingtemperature. As thedriver, youmustfind out about themaxi‐ * NOTE Damage to thecatalytic converter mum permissible speed forthe tires (tireand tire due to non-combusted fuel pressure). In particular,observe thelegal require‐ ments fortires forthe countryyou arein. The engine is notrunningsmoothly and is Youcan permanently limit thespeed of your vehi‐ misfiring. cle. Non-combustedfuel mayget intothe cata‐ Freightliner Sprinter recommends aqualified spe‐ lytic converter. cialistworkshop forprogramming thespeed limit. # Onlydepress theacceleratorpedal Note that youcannotexceed aprogrammed limit slightly. speed when overtaking. # Have thecause rectified immediately at On downhill gradients,the speed limit maybe aqualifiedspecialistworkshop. exceeded. Applythe brakes if necessary. Exhaustemission monitoring Display messages indicate that youare approach‐ Specific engine systems aredesigned to keep ing thelimit speed. poisonous components of exhaustemissions % Forbuses, thespeed is limited at thefactory within legal limits. to 100km/h. When overtaking, bear in mind These systems onlyworkoptimally if they are that thelimit speed cannot be exceeded. maintained exactly according to manufacturer's Information about driving abroad specifications. It is forthis reason that all work on theengine should onlybeperformed by quali‐ Service fied and authorized Freightliner Sprinter service An extensiveFreightliner Sprinter service is also center technicians. available abroad. Nevertheless, please remember Under no circumstances shouldengine settings that servicefacilities or spareparts maynot be be changed. In addition,all specific maintenance available immediately. The relevant workshop work mustbeperformed at regular intervals and directories areavailable from aFreightliner in compliancewiththe service regulations of the Sprinter service center. dealer named in theimprint. Refertothe Mainte‐ Fuel nance Bookletfor details. In some countries, onlyfuels withanincreased Notesonshort-distance trips sulfur content areavailable. If thevehicle is predominantlyused forshort-dis‐ Mercedes-Benzrecommends installing afuel fil‐ tance driving, fuelmay accumulateinthe engine terwithawater separator forcountries withan oil and cause engine damage. increasedwater content in diesel. If youmainly driveshortdistances, youshould driveonafreeway or go foracountrydrive for20 112 Driving and parking

Unsuitable fuel can causeengine damage. Infor‐ Heavy and light loads mation aboutfuel can be found in the"Fuel" sec‐ If thebrakeshave been subjected to aheavy tion (/ page338). load, do notstopthe vehicle immediately. Drive on forashortwhile. The brakes cool down more Information about transportbyrail quicklyinthe airflow. Transportingyour vehicle by rail maybesubject to certain restrictions or requirespecial meas‐ If thebrakeshave been used onlymoderately, ures to be takeninsomecountriesdue to varying youshouldoccasionallytesttheir effectiveness. tunnel heightsand loading standards. To do this, brakemorefirmlyfromahigherspeed whilepaying attention to thetraffic conditions. Youcan obtain information about this from any Thebrakeswillgripbetterasaresult. Freightliner Sprinter service center. Wetroad surfaces Notesonbrakes If youhave been driving foralong time in heavy rain without braking, theremay be adelayed & WARNING Risk of skidding and of an response when youfirst apply thebrakes. This accident duetoshifting down on slippery mayalso occur afterdriving through acar wash road surfaces or deep water. Youmustdepress thebrake pedal If youshiftdownonslipperyroad surfaces to morefirmly. Maintainagreater distancetothe increase theengine braking effect, thedrive vehicle in front. wheels maylose traction. While paying attention to thetraffic conditions, # Do notshiftdownonslipperyroad sur‐ youshouldbrake thevehicle firmly afterdriving faces to increase theengine braking on awet road surface or through acar wash. This effect. heats thebrake discs so that they drymore quickly, whichprotects them againstcorrosion. & WARNING Risk of accident duetothe Limited braking effect on salt-treatedroads: brakesystem overheating R Alayer of salt on thebrake discs or brake‐ If youleave your foot on thebrake pedal pads can increase braking distances consid‐ when driving, thebrake system mayoverheat. erably,orbraking mayhappen on only one side This increases thebraking distance and the brakesystemmay evenfail. R Maintainanespecially largesafedistance to thevehicle in front # Neveruse thebrake pedal as afootrest. # Do notdepress thebrake pedal and the To remove thelayer of salt: accelerator pedal at thesame time R Applythe brakes from time to time,paying while driving. attention to trafficconditions R Carefully depress thebrake pedal at theend Downhill gradients of ajourneyand afterthe startofanew jour‐ On long and steep downhill gradients youshould ney observethe following instructions: Checking thebrakepadthickness R In vehicles withanautomatic transmission, In addition to monitoring using thebrakepad wear shiftdowntoshiftranges 2 or 1 in good time sensor,regularly monitor and checkall of the so that theengine is running at amediumto brakepads by performing avisual inspection to high engine speed (/ page122). look forpad material wear. % Changethe shiftrangeingoodtime when If youare unabletocheckthe brakepad wear on cruise control is activated. Observe thedriv‐ theinside of thewheels, remove thewheels if ing tips (/ page109). youpossess therequired skills, or visit aqualified Youtherebymakeuse of thebraking effect of the specialistworkshop. engine and do nothave to brakeasoften to main‐ If thebrakepad material thickness is less than tainthe speed. This relievesthe load on the 0.12 in (3 mm), have thebrakepads checkedand service brakeand prevents thebrakesfromover‐ replaced at aqualified specialistworkshop, if heating and wearing tooquickly. necessary. Do notsolely rely on thebrakepad wear sensor. Driving and parking 113

It is also strongly recommended that youhave Information about driving on wet roads thebrakepads checkedataqualified specialist workshop, notonly at every service displayedby Hydroplaning themaintenanceintervaldisplay, but also prior to long journeys and whenever thewheels are & WARNING Risk of aquaplaning because removed. tiretread is toolow Newbrake discs and brakepads Depending on thedepth of thewater on the roadway,aquaplaning can occur despitesuffi‐ Newbrakepads and brakediscsonly reachtheir cient tiretread depth and lowspeed. optimal braking effect afterapproximately 100miles(100kilometers). # Avoid tireruts andbrake carefully. Untilthen, compensatefor thereduced braking Therefore,inheavy rain or other conditions in effect by applying greater pressuretothe brake pedal. Forsafetyreasons, Freightliner Sprinter whichhydroplaning can occur, driveasfollows: recommends that youonlyhavebrakepads and R Reduce your speed brakediscs whichare approvedbyFreightliner R Avoid tireruts Sprinter installed on your vehicle. R Brakecarefully Other brakediscs or brakepads maycompromise thesafetyofyour vehicle. Drivingonflooded roads Bear in mind that vehicles traveling in front or in Alwaysreplace all brakediscs and brakepads on theoppositedirection createwaves. This may an axle at thesame time. Alwaysinstall new cause themaximum permissible depth of water brakepads when replacing brakediscs. to be exceeded. These notesmustbeobserved Parking brake underall circumstances. Otherwise, youcan damagethe engine, electrics and transmission. & WARNING Risk of skidding or an acci‐ If youhave to driveonstretches of road on which dent by braking withthe parking brake waterhas collected, please bearinmind thefol‐ If youhave to brakeyour vehicle withthe lowing: parking brake, thebraking distance is consid‐ R The waterlevelofstandingwater maynot be erably longer and thewheels maylock. There above theloweredgeofthe front bumper. is an increased risk of skidding and/or acci‐ R Youmay drivenofasterthan walkingpace. dent. # Only brakethe vehicle withthe parking Observe thenotes on fording while off-road for brakeifthe service brakehas failed. all-wheel drivevehicles (/ page114). # In this case, do notapplythe parking Informationabout drivinginwinter brakewithtoo muchforce. # If thewheels lock, immediately release & DANGER Risk of fatalinjurydue to poi‐ theparking brakeasmuchasrequired sonous exhaustgases forthe wheels to turnagain. If thetailpipe is blockedorsufficient ventila‐ tion is notpossible,poisonous exhaustgases Vehicles with amanual parking brake suchascarbon monoxide mayenter thevehi‐ When driving on wetroads or dirt-coveredsurfa‐ cle. This is thecase when thevehicle ces, road salt or dirtmay get intothe parking becomes stuckinsnow, forexample. brake. This causes corrosion and areduction of braking force. # Keep thetailpipe and theareaaround thevehicle free from snowwhen the In order to prevent this, drivewiththe parking engine or thestationaryheater arerun‐ brakelightlyapplied from time to time. ning. Whendoing so, drivefor adistance of approx‐ # Open awindowonthe side of thevehi‐ imately300 ft at amaximum speed of 13 mph cle facing away from thewind to ensure (20 km/h). an adequatesupply of fresh air. The brakelights do notlight up when youbrake thevehicle withthe parking brake. 114 Driving and parking

Information about driving off-road & WARNING Risk of skidding and of an accident duetoshifting down on slippery road surfaces & WARNING Risk of accident if youdonot keep to line of fall on inclines If youshiftdownonslipperyroad surfaces to increase theengine braking effect, thedrive If youdrive at an angle or turnonanincline, wheels maylose traction. thevehicle could slip sideways,tip and roll‐ over. # Do notshiftdownonslipperyroad sur‐ faces to increase theengine braking # Alwaysdrive on inclines in theline of fall effect. (straight up or down) and do notturn.

Vehicles withautomatic transmissions mayroll in & WARNING Risk of injury due to acceler‐ neutralposition i foronly ashorttime. Allowing atingforce during off-road driving thewheels to roll forlonger,e.g. when towing, When driving off-road on unevensurfaces, causes transmission damage. theforce of thevehicle's acceleration affects If thevehicle threatens to skid, or cannotbestop‐ your body from all directions. ped when traveling at alow speed, youcan stabi‐ Youcould, forexample, be thrown from your lize thevehicle using thefollowing measures: seat. R Shiftthe automatic transmission to neutral # Alwayswear aseat belt when driving position i. off-road. R Trytomaintain control of thevehicle using correctivesteering. & WARNING Risk of injury to thehands Driveparticularly carefullyonslipperyroads. when driving overobstacles Avoid sudden acceleration, steering and braking If youdrive over obstacles or in tireruts,the maneuvers. steering wheel mayfold backand cause inju‐ Have your vehicle winterized at aqualified spe‐ ries to thehands. cialistworkshop in good time at theonsetofwin‐ # Steering wheel mustalwaysbeheld ter. securely withbothhands. Observe thenotes on snowchains # When driving overobstacles, expect (/ page306). increased steering forces at short Regularly checkthe vehicle and remove snowor notice. ice when traveling in wintryconditions. An accumulation of snowand ice, particularly & WARNING Risk of fire due to flammable when frozen, in theareaaround theair intake, materials on hotparts of theexhaust sys‐ moving parts, theaxles and thewheel housing, tem maycause thefollowing problems: Flammable materialsuchasleaves, grass or R Obstruction of theair intake twigs mayigniteiftheycome intocontact R Damagetovehicle parts with hotparts of theexhaust system. R Malfunctionsdue to restriction of mobility # When driving on unpavedroads or off- intendedbythe design (e.g. reduced steering road, regularly checkthe vehicle under‐ movement) side. # Remove trappedplants or other flam‐ If thereisany damage, informaqualified special‐ mable material. istworkshop. # If thereisdamage, consult aqualified specialistworkshop immediately. Driving and parking 115

system checkedimmediately at aqualified spe‐ * NOTE Damage to thevehicle afterdriving off-road cialistworkshop. Adjustyour driving styletothe changed brakingcharacteristics. When driving off-road or on unpavedsurfa‐ Driving off-road or on construction sites increa‐ ces, foreign bodies suchasstones and ses thepossibility of vehicle damagewhichmay branches could become trapped on thevehi‐ in turnlead to thefailureofcertain major assem‐ cle underside, on wheels and tires, causing blies and systems. Adaptyour driving styletothe damagetothe vehicle. off-road driving conditions. Drivecarefully. Have Foreign bodies could cause thefollowing anyvehicle damagerectified at aqualified spe‐ damage: cialistworkshop as soon as possible. R Damagethe suspension, thefuel tank or When driving on rough cross-countryterrain, do thebrake system. notshiftthe transmission to neutral and do not R Disturb thebalance and cause vibrations. disengagethe clutch. Youcouldlose control when attempting to brakethe vehicle withthe # Regularly remove anytrapped foreign service brake. If your vehicle cannotmanagean bodies, e.g. stones and branches. uphill incline, drivebackdowninreverse gear. # Afterdriving off-road, checkcarefully When loadingyour vehicle foroff-road driving or whether thereisany damagetothe on aconstruction site, keep thevehicle's center vehicle. of gravity as lowaspossible. # If thereisdamage, have thevehicle Checklistbeforeoff-road driving checkedataqualified specialistwork‐ R Checkthe fuel and DEF levels (/ page173) shop. and refill if necessary(/page131). When driving off-road or on unpavedsurfaces, R Engine: checkthe oil leveland add oil if nec‐ checkthe vehicle underside, wheels and tires essary(/page278). Beforedriving up or regularly at regular intervals. In particular, down extreme inclinesorslopes, fill theoil to remove anytrapped foreign bodies, suchas themaximum level. stones and branches. % If youdrive up or down extreme inclinesor Observe thefollowing notesregarding foreign slopes, the 4 symbol mayappear in the bodies of this kind: multifunction display. The engine operating R Theymay damagethe suspension, thefuel safetyisnot put at risk if youhave filled the tank or thebrake system. engine oil to themaximum levelbeforethe journey. R Theymay disturb thebalance and cause R vibrations. Vehicletool kit: checkthat thejackiswork‐ ing (/ page324). R Theymay be flung out from thevehicle when youcontinue driving. R Makesurethat alug wrench(/page324), a wooden underlayfor thejack, arobusttow If thereisany damage, informaqualified special‐ rope, afolding spade and awheel chock istworkshop. (depending on equipment) arecarried in the When driving off-road on steep inclines, youmust vehicle. makesurethat theDEF tank is sufficientlyfilled. R Tiresand wheels: checkthe tiretread depth Therefore, ensurealevelofatleastten liters (/ page305) and thetirepressure beforeoff-road driving. (/ page313). When driving off-road and on construction sites, Rules foroff-road driving sand,mud and water, also mixed withoil, can get Alwaysbeaware of theground clearance of the intothe brakes. This maylead to areduction in vehicle and avoid obstacles suchasdeeptire braking effect or total brakefailure, also as a ruts. result of increased wear.The brakingcharacteris‐ tics will vary depending on thematerial that has gotintothe system. Clean thebrakesafter driv‐ ing off-road. If youthen notice areduced braking effect or hearscraping noises, have thebrake 116 Driving and parking

Obstacles can damagethe following parts of the R The auxiliaryheating is switched off vehicle, forexample: (/ page104). R Suspension R Activateall-wheeldrive (/ page 123) and R Drivetrain activateitonvehicles withthe LOWRANGE transmission ratio (/ page 124). R Fuel and supplytanks R Restrict theshiftrangeto1or 2. Therefore, alwaysdrive slowlywhen off-road. If R Avoid high engine speeds. youmustdrive over obstacles,have theco-driver R instruct you. Driveslowlyand smoothly at no more than a walkingpace. Freightliner Sprinter recommends that you % R additionallycarry ashoveland arecovery Ensurethat no bowwaveforms while driving. rope withashackle in thevehicle. R Afterfording, drythe brakes. R Makesurethat loadsand items of luggage Afterdriving through abody of waterdeeper than aresecurelystoredorlashed down 19.7 in (50 cm), makesuretocheckall vehicle (/ page268). fluids forany signs of penetration by water. R Beforedriving off-road, stop thevehicle and Checklistafter driving off-road engagealow gear. Driving over rough terrain placesgreater R Vehicles with DSR: activateDSR when you demands on your vehicle than normal road opera‐ aredrivingdownhill (/ page125). tion. Checkyour vehicle afterdriving on rough R All-wheel drivevehicles: activatethe all- terrain. This allows youtodetect damage wheel drive(/page123) and, if necessary, promptly and reduce therisk of an accident for activatethe LOWRANGE transmission ratio yourself and other road users. Clean your vehicle (/ page 124). thoroughlybeforedriving on public roads. R If thesurface requires, temporarilydeactivate If youfind damage to thevehicle afteroff-road ESP® when pulling away (/ page145). driving, have thevehicle checkedataqualified specialistworkshop immediately. R Onlydrive off-road withthe engine running and agear engaged. Observe thefollowing points afterdriving off- R Driveslowlyand smoothly. Walkingpace is road, on construction sites and beforedriving on necessaryinmanysituations. publicroads: R R Avoid spinning thedrivenwheels. Vehicles with DSR: deactivateDSR (/ page125). R Alwaysensurethat thewheels remain in con‐ tact with theground. R All-wheel drivevehicles: deactivatethe all- wheel drive( page123). R Exercise theutmostcaution when driving / across unfamiliar,unpredictable terrain. As a R ActivateESP® (/ page 145). precaution,get out of thevehicle to take a R Clean theexteriorlighting, particularly the look at theroutetobetaken first. headlampsand tail lamps, and checkthem R Lookout forobstacles (e.g. rocks, holes, tree fordamage. stumps and tireruts). R Clean thefront and rear licenseplates. R Avoid edges wherethe surface could crumble R Clean thewindshield, windows and outside or breakaway. mirrors. Rules forfording off-road (all-wheel drive R Clean thesteps, entrances and grab handles. vehicles) Thisincreases thesafetyofyour footing. R Observe thesafetynotes and general notes R Clean thewheels and tires, wheel wells and on driving off-road. theunderbody of thevehicle withawater jet. R Checkthe depth and characteristicsofthe Thisincreasesroad adhesion,especiallyon body of waterbeforefording. The watermust wetroadways. notbedeeper than 23.6 in (60 cm). R Checkthe wheels and tires and wheel wells R The climatecontrol system is switched off fortrapped foreign objectsand remove them. (/ page99). Trapped foreign objectscan damagethe Driving and parking 117

wheels and tires or maybeflung out from the The segment's lettering is gray,the outer edgeis vehicle when continuing thejourney. darkand thesegment is emptied when thevehi‐ R Checkthe underbody fortrapped branches or cle is driven withthe following characteristics: other parts of plants and remove them. R 1 ACCELERATION:sporty acceleration R Clean thebrake discs, brakepads and axle R 2 CONSTANT:speed fluctuations joints, particularly afteroperation in sand, R 3 :heavy braking mud, grit and gravel, waterorsimilarly dirty COASTING conditions. Youhavedriveninaconsumption-optimized man‐ R Checkthe entirefloor assembly,the tires, ner when: wheels, bodyworkstructure, brakes, steering, R The threesegmentshave been completely fil‐ suspension and exhaustsystemfor anydam‐ led simultaneously. age. R The edgeofall threesegmentslights up. R Checkthe service brakefor operating safety, e.g. carry out abrake test. R If younoticestrongvibrations afterdriving off-road, checkthe wheels and drivetrain for foreign objectsagain. Remove anyforeign objectswhichcan lead to imbalances and thus causevibrations.Inthe event of damage to thewheels and thedrive train, visit aquali‐ fied specialistworkshop immediately.

Function of theECO display Instrument Displaywithblackand whitedis‐ The ECOdisplaysums up your drivingcharacter‐ play istics from thestart to theend of thetripand The barswill fill up when thevehicle is driven supports aconsumption-optimized driving style. withthe following characteristics: Youcan influence consumption as follows: R 1 Moderateacceleration R Anticipate road and trafficconditions. R 2 Consistent speed R Observe thegearshiftrecommendation. R 3 Gentle deceleration and rolling The barswill emptywhen thevehicle is driven withthe following characteristics: R 1 Sportyacceleration R 2 Speed fluctuations R 3 Heavy braking The display will also showthe additional range (4 BonusXXX mi Fr. Start or XXX mi From Start)that youhave achievedwithyour driving Instrument Displaywithcolordisplay stylecompared withadriverwithaverysporty driving style. This rangedoesnot correspond to The segment's lettering lights up brightly, the anyfixed consumption saving. outer edgelights up and thesegment is filled when thevehicle is driven withthe following char‐ acteristics: R 1 ACCELERATION:moderate acceleration R 2 CONSTANT:consistent speed R 3 COASTING:gentledeceleration and roll‐ ing 118 Driving and parking

Diesel particulatefilter Displaying load On-boardcomputer: Notesonregeneration 4 Service 5 Consumption Info & DANGER Risk of deathcausedby The load of thediesel particulatefilter is dis‐ exhaustgases played. Combustionengines emit poisonous exhaust gases suchascarbon monoxide. Inhaling these exhaustgases is hazardoustohealth and leads to poisoning. # Neverleave theengine or,ifpresent, theauxiliaryheating running in an enclosedspace without sufficient venti‐ lation.

& WARNING Risk of fire caused by hot exhaustsystemparts Load displayat75% load Flammable materials suchasleaves, grass or # To exit thedisplay: press thebackbutton on twigs mayignite. theleft-hand side of thesteering wheel. # Park thevehicle so that no flammable Bear in mind thefollowing related topic: material can comeintocontact with hot R Operating theon-boardcomputer vehicle components. (/ page118) # In particular,donot parkondry grass‐ land or harvested grain fields. Batterymain switch Regeneration without interruption takesapprox. Notesonthe batterymain switch 15 minutes. If thevehicle is predominantlyused forshortdis‐ * NOTE Damage to theelectrical system tance driving or extendednon-operationaltimes, If youremove thebatterymain switch, it this could lead to amalfunctioninthe automatic could lead to theelectrical system becoming cleaning function forthe diesel particulatefilter. damaged. As aresult, permanent blocking of thediesel par‐ ticulatefilter mayoccur.and fuel mayalso accu‐ # Makesurethat theignition is switched mulateinthe engine oil and cause engine failure. offand that at least15minutes have passed beforeremoving thebattery If youmainly driveshortdistances, youshould main switch. Otherwise, electrical sys‐ driveonafreeway or go foracountrydrive for20 temcomponents could be damaged. minutes every 500 km (300 miles). This facili‐ tatesthe diesel particulatefilter's burn-offproc‐ Youcan use thebatterymain switchtodiscon‐ ess. nect thecurrent to all your vehicle's consumers. This will prevent uncontrolledbattery discharge * NOTE Damage due to hotexhaust gases caused by quiescent current consumers. During regeneration, extremely hotexhaust If your vehicle is equipped withanauxiliary bat‐ gases escape from thetailpipe. tery in theengine compartmentorinthe base of # During regeneration, maintainamini‐ theco-driver's seat, youmustdisconnectboth mum distanceof7ft(2m)fromother batteries. Onlythen is theelectrical system fully objects, e.g. parkedvehicles. disconnected from thepowersupply. Driving and parking 119

% Only disconnect thevehicle from thepower # Pull plug 2 out of theground pin. supply using thebatterymain switchinthe # Push plug 2 as faraspossible in thedirec‐ following situations: tion of thearrow so that it cannotmakecon‐ R The vehicle is stationaryfor along time tact with theground pin. R It is absolutely necessarytodisconnect All starterbatteryconsumersare disconnec‐ thevehicle from thepower supply tedfromthe powersupply. Switching on thepowersupply Afterswitching on thepowersupply,you will need to resetthe side windows (/ page56) and theelectric sliding door (/ page53).

Switching thepowersupplyon/off Switching offthe powersupply

Batterymainswitch

# Press plug 2 ontothe ground pin until you feel it engageand plug 2 is in full contact withthe ground pin. All starterbatteryconsumersare reconnec‐ tedtothe powersupply. Batterymainswitch # Fasten cover 1.Todothis, place thecover on from above. * NOTE Damage to theauxiliarybatteryin # Press thecover intothe neighboring switch‐ vehicles witharear wheel driveand auto‐ ing console on theright hand side. matic transmission If thebatterymain switchisremoved, the auxiliarybatterycould be damaged by heavy discharging. # Do notremove thebatterymain switch. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop to put thevehicle out of use.

% Note theremaining time beforethe next service due dateand oil change.The time recording is also disrupted if thepower sup‐ ply is disconnected. # Switch offthe ignition and wait at least 15 minutes. # Remove cover 1.Todothis, take hold of the coveratthe upper edge, move it outwards in thedirection of thedriver's door and liftitoff. # Press and hold button 3. 120 Driving and parking

Automatic transmission DIRECTSELECT lever Function of theDIRECT SELECT lever

& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due to children leftunattendedinthe vehicle If children areleftunattendedinthe vehicle, they could: R opendoors,therebyendangering other persons or road users. R getout of thevehicle and be hit by oncomingtraffic. R operatevehicle equipment and become j Park position trapped, forexample. k Reversegear In addition,children could also setthe vehicle i Neutral in motion, forexample, by: h Driveposition R releasing theparking brake. Engaging reversegear R R shifting theautomatic transmission out of parkposition j. R startingthe engine

# Neverleave children and animals unat‐ tendedinthe vehicle. # When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake theSmartKey withyou and lockthe vehicle. # Keep theSmartKey out of thereachof children.

& WARNING Risk of accident duetoincor‐ rect gearshifting If theengine speed is higher than theidle speed and youengagethe transmission posi‐ # Depress thebrake pedal and push the tion h or k,the vehicle mayaccelerate DIRECT SELECTleverupwards pastthe first sharply. point of resistance. Transmission position display k is shown in # If youengagethe transmission position themultifunction display. h or k alwaysdepress thebrake pedal firmly and do notaccelerateat Selecting neutral N thesame time. & WARNING Risk of accident and injury Youuse theDIRECT SELECT levertoswitchthe whenneutral positionisengaged transmission position. The current transmission If youparkthe vehicle withthe transmission position appearsinthe multifunction display. in neutral position i and theparking brake is notengaged, thevehicle mayroll away. Thereisarisk of accident and injury. # Beforeparkingthe vehicle, apply the parking brake. Driving and parking 121

# Press button 1. Transmission position display j is shown in themultifunction display. Park position j is engaged automaticallywhen one of thefollowing conditionsismet: R Youswitch offthe engine in transmission position h or k. R Youopen thedriver's door when thevehicle is stationaryorwhen drivingataverylow speed and in transmissionposition h or k. Engaging driveposition D

# Press thebrake pedal and theDIRECT SELECT leverupwards or downwardstothe firstpoint of resistance. Transmission position display i is shown in themultifunction display. Releasing thebrake pedal will allowyou to move thevehicle freely,e.g. to push it or towit. If theautomatic transmission should also stay in neutral i when theignition is switched off, carry out thefollowing: # Startthe vehicle.

# Depress thebrake pedal and shifttoneutral # Depress thebrake pedal and push the i. DIRECT SELECTleverdownwards pastthe # Release thebrake pedal. firstpoint of resistance. # Switchoff theignition. Transmission position display h is shown in themultifunction display. % If youthen leave thevehicle and theSmart‐ Keyisstillinthe vehicle, theautomatic trans‐ The automatic transmission shifts through the mission will stay in neutral i from then on. individual gearsautomaticallywhen it is in trans‐ mission position h.This is determined by the Engaging parkposition P following factors: R Position of theaccelerator pedal R Driving speed 122 Driving and parking

Restrictingthe shift range The shiftrangeselected is shown in themulti‐ function display. The automatic transmission Requirements: shifts onlyasfar as theselected gear. R Transmission position h is engaged # To derestrictthe shift range: pull and hold (/ page121). steering wheel paddle shifter 2. or # Engagetransmission position h again (/ page121). The automatic transmission shifts up one or moregearsdepending on thegear currently engaged.Simultaneously,the shiftrange restriction is deactivated and thetransmis‐ sion position appearsinthe multifunction dis‐ play h. Adaptthe shiftrangetothe driving situation: 3 Use theengine'sbraking effect. 2 Use theengine'sbraking effect on downhill gradients and whendriving on steep roads, in mountainous areas as well as under ardu‐ ous operatingconditions. # To restrict theshiftrange: briefly pull steer‐ ing wheel paddle shifter 1. 1 Use theengine'sbraking effect on extremely The automatic transmission shifts to thenext steep downhill gradients and on long down‐ gear down, dependingonthe gear currently hill stretches. engaged.The shift rangeisalsorestricted. The shiftrangeselected is shown in themulti‐ Usingkickdown function display. The automatic transmission shifts onlyasfar as theselected gear. # Formaximum acceleration: depress the accelerator pedal beyond thepressurepoint. # Pull and hold steering wheel paddle shifter 1. # Ease offthe acceleratorpedalonce the The automatic transmission will changetoa desired speed is reached. shiftrangewhich allows easy acceleration and deceleration. To do this, theautomatic transmission shifts down one or moregears All-wheel drive and restricts theshiftrange. Notesonall-wheel drive Theshift rangeselected is shown in themulti‐ All-wheel driveensures permanent drivefor all function display. The automatic transmission four wheels, and together withESP® it improves shifts onlyasfar as theselected gear. thetraction of thevehicle. % The automatic transmissiondoes notshift The traction controlofthe all-wheel drivealso down if youpull steering wheel paddle shifter takesplace via thebrake system. Therefore, the 1 whilsttraveling at toohigh aspeed. brakesystem can overheat during extreme off- If theshiftrangeisrestricted and themaxi‐ road use. In this case, ease offthe accelerator mum engine speed forthe restricted shift pedal or stop to allowthe brakesystemtocool rangeisreached, theautomatic transmission down. will notshiftup. If adrivenwheel spins duetoinsufficient trac‐ # To derestrictthe shift range: briefly pull tion, observe thefollowing notes: steering wheel paddle shifter . 2 R When pulling away,makeuse of thetraction The automatic transmission shifts to thenext controlintegrated in ESP®.Depress the gear up, dependingonthe gear currently accelerator pedal as farasnecessary. engaged.Thisderestricts theshiftrangeat thesame time. R Take your foot offthe acceleratorpedal, slowly,whilethe vehicle is in motion. Driving and parking 123

In wintrydriving conditions, alwaysuse winter When stationary, thefollowing mustbeobserved: tires (M+S tires) and, if necessary, snowchains R The engineisrunning. ( page306). Only in this waycan themaximum / R effect of all-wheeldrive be achieved. Thesteering wheel in thestraight-aheadposi‐ tion. Use DSR(Downhill Speed Regulation) when driv‐ ing downhill off-road (/ page124). If theall-wheel drivecannot be engaged when If youfail to adaptyour driving styleorifyou are stationary: inattentive,the all-wheel drivesystem can neither # Vehicles with automatic transmission: reduce therisk of an accident nor override the shiftthe selector leverfrom i to h from laws of physics. The all-wheel drivesystemcan‐ h to i from i to k and backtoi. nottakeroad, weather and trafficconditions into Engaging and disengaging theall-wheel drive account. The all-wheeldrive system is onlyan can be made easier in this way. aid. Youare responsible formaintaining asafe distance from thevehicle in front, forvehicle Observe thefollowing when driving slowly: speed, forbraking in good time and forstaying in R The engine is running. lane. R The vehicle is nottraveling faster than 6.2mph (10km/h). NOTE Risk of damagetothe drivetrain * R The vehicle is notbeing driven around abend. and thebrake system If youoperatevehicles withall-wheel driveon If it is notpossible to engageall-wheel drivewhen aone-axle test stand, youmay damagethe thevehicle is rolling: drivetrain or thebrake system. # Vehicles with automatic transmission: briefly move theselector levertoi. # Afunction or performancetestshould only be carried out on atwo-axle test stand. Engaging/disengaging all-wheel drive # If youwish to operatethe vehicle on suchateststand, please consult a * NOTE Risk of damagetothe transfer qualified specialistworkshop in case advance. If yousteponthe accelerator pedal while the all-wheel driveisengaged or disengaged, the * NOTE Risk of damagetothe transfer transfercase maybedamaged. case # Do notsteponthe acceleratorpedal If youtow thevehicle witharaised axle, the when theindicator lampinthe switch transfercase can get damaged. Suchdamage forthe all-wheel driveisflashing. is notcovered by Freightliner Sprinter Limited Warranty. # Nevertow thevehicle witharaised axle. # Onlytow thevehicle withall wheels on theground or fullyraised. # Note theinstructionsontowing the vehicle withfull contact withthe ground forall wheels.

Engaging all-wheel drive Conditions forengaging/disengaging Youcan engageand deactivatethe all-wheel drive when stationaryorwhile drivingslowly. 124 Driving and parking

# To engage/disengage: press theupper sec‐ Engaging and disengaging LOWrange tion of switch 1. The indicator lampinswitch 1 flashes while theall-wheel driveisengaged or disengaged. The ÷ and : warning lamps light up in theinstrument display. ESP® and ASR are deactivatedfor theduration of theshiftoper‐ ation. If theshiftoperation is successful, the ÷ and : warning lamps in theinstru‐ ment displaygoout and ESP® and ASR are reactivated. As longasthe indicator lampinswitch 1 is flashing, youcan cancel theshiftoperation by pressing switch 1 again. If theshiftoperation fails, theindicator lampinswitch 1 briefly flashes threetimes. One of theshiftconditions wasnot met. 1 Engaging and disengagingLOW range If theindicator lampinswitch 1 lights up, all- wheel driveisengaged. Arelevant message % On vehicles withDSR (Downhill Speed Regu‐ appearsinthe displayofthe on-boardcomputer. lation), switch 1 is replaced withthe switch forDSR. % If theLOW RANGE gear reduction is engaged, theall-wheel drivecannot be disengaged. # To engageand disengage: press theupper section of switch 1. The + indicator lampflashes in theinstru‐ Function of theLOW RANGE gear reduction ment displayfor theduration of theshift The LOWRANGE gear reduction enables very operation. slowdriving in therespectivegears. If youengage R When theshiftoperation takesplace and LOWRANGE, theengine'sperformancecharac‐ LOWRANGE is engaged, the + indica‐ teristics and theautomatic transmission's shift‐ torlamp lights up. ing characteristicsare adjustedaccordingly.The R transmission ratio from theengine to thewheels When theshiftoperation takesplace and + is around 40% lowerthan in theroad position. LOWRANGE is disengaged, the indi‐ The drivetorque is increased correspondingly. cator lampgoes out. Conditions forengaging/disengaging As long as theindicator lamp + is flashing, Thefollowing shifting conditionsmustbemet in youcan cancel theshiftoperation by pressing order to engageordisengageLOW RANGE: button 1 again. If theshiftoperation fails, the indicator lamp + briefly flashes threetimes. R All-wheel driveisengaged (/ page123). One of theshiftconditions wasnot met. R The engine is running. R The vehicle is stationary. DSR (Downhill Speed Regulation) R Youdepress thebrake pedal. NotesonDSR R Vehicles with automatic transmission: the selector leverisinposition j or i. If youfail to adaptyour driving styleoryou are inattentive,DSR can neither reduce therisk of accident nor override thelaws of physics. DSR cannottakeroad, weather and trafficconditions intoaccount. DSR is only an aid. Youare respon‐ sible forasafedistance to thevehicle in front, for vehicle speed and forbraking in good time. DSR supports youwhen drivingdownhill. DSR maintains aset speed foryou on downhill gradi‐ ents by applying thebrakesasrequired. Main‐ Driving and parking 125 tainingthe speed is dependent on theroad sur‐ maintains thestoredspeed on thedownhill face conditions and thedownhill gradient and gradient and brakes automatically. cannot thereforebeguaranteed in all situations. When DSR is activated and thevehicle pulls Youcan setthe speed depending on thegear away,accelerates or brakes on an incline, the rangetobetween 2mph (4 km/h) and 11 mph speed setcorresponds to thespeed at whichthe (18km/h) using thebrake and accelerator pedals acceleratororbrake pedal is released or the or therockerswitchonthe steering wheel. rocker switchispressed during DSR regulation. DSR automaticallycontrols in thefollowing situa‐ This is onlythe case if youare notdrivingfaster tions: than 11 mph(18 km/h). R If thevehicle is stationary, or its speed is less DSR status displayinthe on-boardcomputer than 2mph (4 km/h) ,the speed is setto R DSR is activated: 2mph (4 km/h)oritisset to theminimum - speed forthe respectivegear range. DSR and theset speed appear in thesta‐ tus area of theon-board computer. R If youdrive faster than 11 mph(18 km/h) off- R DSR is activated, but is notintervening: road, DSRswitches to standbymode.DSR remains activated, but does notbrake auto‐ - Youare drivingbetween 11 mph matically. (18km/h) and 28 mph(45 km/h). R If youdrive downhill slowerthan 11 mph - DSR and thespeed 11 mph(18 km/h) (18km/h), DSRsetsthe speed to theprevi‐ appear in thestatus area of theon-board ously setspeed. computer. R If youdrive faster than 28 mph(45 km/h), DSR is in standbymode. DSR switches offautomatically. R DSR is inactive: - Youare exceeding aspeed of 28 mph Activating/deactivatingDSR (45 km/h). ActivatingDSR - DSR appearsinthe status area of theon- boardcomputer.Inaddition, the DSR Off messageappears. - DSR ---appearsinthe status area of the on-boardcomputer. Setting thespeed while driving downhill Youcan setthe speed to between 2mph (4 km/h) and, depending on thegear range, up to 11 mph(18 km/h) using thebrake and accelera‐ torpedals or therockerswitchonthe steering wheel.

Youcan activateDSR when thevehicle is station‐ aryormoving. # Press theupper section of switch 1. # Brakeoracceleratethe vehicle to thedesired speed between 2mph (4 km/h) and 11 mph (18km/h). # Release thebrake or acceleratorpedal. The current speed is stored. When stationary, 2mph (4 km/h) or theminimum possible speed foreachgear rangeisstored. DSR 126 Driving and parking

# Brakeoracceleratethe vehicle to thedesired Electronic levelcontrol speed on thedownhill gradient. Function of ENR (electronic levelcontrol) # Release thebrake or acceleratorpedal. The current speed is stored. & WARNING Risk of entrapment from vehi‐ or cle lowering # Press rocker switch 1 up or down during a DSR regulation. Whenlowering thevehicle, people could The lastsavedspeed is increased or reduced. become trapped if their limbs arebetween thevehicle body and thetires or underneath # Release rocker switch 1. thevehicle. The current speed is stored. # Makesurenoone is underneaththe or vehicle or in theimmediatevicinityof # Press rocker switch 1 up or down until thewheel arches when thevehicle is desired speed is reached. being lowered. # Release rocker switch 1. The current speed is stored. & WARNING Risk of injury from jacktip‐ % It maybeamoment beforethe vehicle starts ping to braketothe setspeed. Take this delayinto If youparkavehicle withair suspension, the account when setting thespeed withrocker air suspension mayremain activatedfor up to switch 1. one hour,evenwhen theignition is switched Deactivating DSR off. If youthen raise thevehicle withthe jack, theair suspension will attempt to adjustthe vehicle level. The jackmay tip. # Press theService button on theair sus‐ pension remote control beforeraising thevehicle. This prevents automatic readjustment of thevehicle leveland prevents it from being raised or loweredmanually.

& WARNING Risk of accident duetolow‐ ered or raised chassis Drivingwithaloweredorraised chassis may greatlyimpair brakingand handlingcharac‐ teristics. Youmay also exceed thepermissible # Press theupper section of switch 1. vehicle height when thechassisisraised. or # Setthe driving levelbeforepulling away. # Accelerate and drivefasterthan 28 mph (45 km/h). & WARNING Risk of accident from mal‐ DSRdeactivates automaticallyinthe following function of electronic levelcontrol situations: If electronic levelcontrol is malfunctioning, R Youdrive faster than 28 mph(45 km/h). thevehicle levelmay be asymmetrical, too high or toolow. R There is amalfunction in theESP® or ABS system. The driving and steering characteristicsofthe vehicle maybenoticeablydifferent. # Adaptyour driving styleaccordingly and drivecarefully. Driving and parking 127

# Stop, paying attention to road and traf‐ If electronic levelcontrol is malfunctioningorthe ficconditions. vehicle levelistoo high or toolow,anaudible sig‐ nal sounds. # Consultaqualified specialistworkshop. The drivingand steering characteristicsofthe vehicle will be noticeably different. Electronic * NOTE Risk of damagetothe chassis from levelcontrol adjusts thevehicle leveltothe nor‐ loweredvehicle level mal levelassoon as possible. Continue driving If electronic levelcontrol is malfunctioningor carefullyuntil theaudible signal stops. Onlythen readjusts while youare driving, thevehicle is thevehicle at normal level. levelmay be lowered. Automatic mode and electronic levelcontrol # Payattention to theroad conditions and automaticallyswitchonagain to restorethe vehi‐ ensurethereissufficient ground clear‐ cle level, depending on theoption selected: ance. R when theparking brakeisreleased # Drivecarefully. R from speeds of approximately6mph (10km/h) The levelofthe vehicle depends on vehicle load and theload distribution. Electronic levelcontrol If theelectronic levelcontrol compressor threat‐ adjusts thelevel of therear axle automaticallyon ens to overheat, e.g. due to repeated raising or vehicles withanair-sprung rear axle.The vehicle lowering within ashortperiod, electronic level levelistherebyalwaysmaintained at thedriving control is deactivated. Youcan raise or lowerthe level, regardless of vehicle load. Driving dynamics vehicle levelagain afterapproximately remain unaffected. The height difference one minute. between thesides of thevehicle maybeupto 0.4 in (1 cm). Raising and lowering thevehicle level Electronic levelcontrol is notengine-dependent and is onlyoperational when theignition is Certain special equipmentenables other opera‐ switched on. The electronic levelcontrol com‐ tion options: pressor worksaudibly. R Ambulance: raising thevehicle levelabove % If thecompressor worksconstantly or starts thedriving level(centerposition) is notpossi‐ up severaltimes per minute, electronic level ble. Only thelowest position and thedriving control is malfunctioning. levelcan be set. Depending on thevehicle equipment, electronic R Speed signal: in order to operateelectronic levelcontrol switches between manual and auto‐ levelcontrol, theparking brakemustnot be matic mode depending on either thevehicle applied. Electronic levelcontrol can be oper‐ speed or theposition of theparking brake. ated manuallyupto6.2 mph(10 km/h).If this speed is exceeded, driving levelwill be If electronic levelcontrol switches depending on setautomatically. vehicle speed, manual operation is automatically activated when thevehicle is stationary. Youmay R Castermodule, 30 min: electronic levelcon‐ raise or lowerthe vehicle level. If yousubse‐ trol can be operatedupto30min after quently drivefasterthan 6mph (10km/h), man‐ switching offthe ignition. ual mode is automaticallydeactivated and auto‐ Using theremote control matic mode sets thevehicle level. The remote control is locatedinaholder on the If electronic levelcontrol switches depending on B‑pillaronthe driver's side. Remove theremote theparking brakeposition,manual mode is auto‐ control from theholder beforeuse. maticallyactivated when theparking brakeis applied. Youmay raise or lowerthe vehicle level to load and unload. If yourelease theparking brake, manual mode is automaticallydeactivated and automatic mode sets thedriving level. When working on thevehicle or changing a wheel, youcan deactivateelectronic levelcontrol (/ page127). 128 Driving and parking

When thevehicle levelhas been set, theindi‐ cator lampinbutton 5 lights up. % By pressing button 4 during themovement, theoriginal position will be reset. # To raise automatically: briefly press button 4. Electronic levelcontrol automaticallyraises thevehicle to thenexthigher position: R From thelowest position to driving level Electroniclevelcontrol starts automaticallyifthe ignition is switched on. Operation is only possible R From driving leveltothe highestposition afterthe parking brakehas been applied. The indicator lampinbutton 4 flashes as Electronic levelcontrol performsaself-checkreg‐ longasthe vehicle levelisbeing changed. ularly when it is activated and while in use. Indi‐ When thevehicle levelhas been set, theindi‐ cator lamp 7 on theremote control lights up for cator lampinbutton 4 lights up. about one second when youswitch on theigni‐ tion. % By pressing button 5 during themovement, theoriginal position will be reset. Thereisamalfunction if indicator lamp 7 behavesinthe following ways: # To raise or lowerautomatically to driving level(center position): press and hold but‐ R The indicator lampdoes notlight up when you ton 6. switchonthe ignition. Electroniclevelcontrol automaticallyraises or or lowers thevehicle to driving level. R The indicator lampthen lights up again or # To save theset vehiclelevel: setthe flashes. required vehicle level. In addition,awarning tone is emitted from the # Press and hold button 1 or 2 until youhear remote control forapproximately 30 seconds. atone. Thefault that has been detected can be shown The vehicle levelset has been savedoncorre‐ using theindicator lamps (signaling of fault sponding button 1 or 2. codes). # To call up thesavedvehicle level: briefly # Park thevehicle, leaving theignition switched press button 1 or 2. on. Electronic levelcontrol automaticallyraises or lowers thevehicle to thesaveddriving level. # Applythe parking brake. The indicator lampinbutton 1 or 2 flashes # To raise or lowerthe vehiclelevel: press as longasthe vehicle levelisbeing changed. and hold button 4 or 5 until thevehicle When thevehicle levelhas been set, theindi‐ levelreaches therequired height. cator lampinbutton 1 or 2 lights up. The indicator lampinbutton 4 or 5 flashes as longasthe vehicle levelisbeing changed. % Service mode mayonlybeactivated or deac‐ When thevehicle levelhas been set, theindi‐ tivated at aqualified specialistworkshop by cator lampinbutton 4 or 5 lights up. trained personnel. In service mode, theair # To lowerautomatically: brieflypress button suspension system is deactivated formainte‐ 5. nance or fault detection. Electroniclevelcontrol automaticallylowers # To activateservicemode: press button 3. thevehicle to thenextlower position: Service mode is activeand theindicator lamp in button 3 lights up continuously. R From thehighestposition to driving level # To deactivateservicemode: press button R From driving leveltothe lowest position 3. The indicator lampinbutton 5 flashes as Service mode is deactivated and theindicator longasthe vehicle levelisbeing changed. lampinbutton 3 goes out. Driving and parking 129

# To switchonautomatically: driveatover Using thebuttoninthe rear compartment 6.2 mph(10 km/h) or release theparking brake. Electronic levelcontrol controls thevehicle levelautomatically. Using thebuttoninthe control panel

# Park thevehicle, leaving theignition switched on. # Applythe parking brake. # To raise or lowerthe vehiclelevel: press and hold button 1 or 2 until thevehicle # Park thevehicle, leaving theignition switched levelreaches therequired height. on. # To lowerautomatically: brieflypress the # Applythe parking brake. lowersection of switch 2. # To raise or lowerthe vehiclelevel: press Electronic levelcontrol automaticallylowers and hold button 1 or 2 until thevehicle thevehicle to thenextlowerposition: levelreaches therequired height. R From thehighestposition to driving level # To lowerautomatically: brieflypress the R From driving leveltothe lowest position lowersection of switch 2. Electronic levelcontrol automaticallylowers % By pressing button 1 during themovement, thevehicle to thenextlowerposition: theoriginal position will be reset. R From thehighestposition to driving level # To raise automatically: briefly press the lowersection of switch 1. R From driving leveltothe lowest position Electronic levelcontrol automaticallyraises % By pressing button 1 during themovement, thevehicle to thenexthigher position: theoriginal position will be reset. R From thelowest position to driving level # To raise automatically: briefly press the R From driving leveltothe highestposition lowersection of switch 1. Electronic levelcontrol automaticallyraises % By pressing button 2 during themovement, thevehicle to thenexthigher position: theoriginal position will be reset. R From thelowest position to driving level # To switchonautomatically: driveatover 6.2 mph(10 km/h) or release theparking R From driving leveltothe highestposition brake. % By pressing button 2 during themovement, Electronic levelcontrol controls thevehicle theoriginal position will be reset. levelautomatically. # To switchonautomatically: driveatover 6.2 mph(10 km/h) or release theparking brake. Electronic levelcontrol controls thevehicle levelautomatically. 130 Driving and parking

Using electronic levelcontrol forcharging # Disconnectthe external compressed-air with air in an emergency source. # Tighten thevalvecap on thevalve(1L= * NOTE Damage due to pressurebeing too left, 2 R=right). high # Driveoncarefullytothe nearestqualified If thepressureinthe air suspension bellows specialistworkshop. is toohigh, thecompressed-air lines or theair suspension bellows maybedamaged. # Ensureyou observe themaximum per‐ missible operating pressureof900 kPa (9 bar/130 psi).

Onlyfor vehicles withvalves forelectronic level control emergency charging. If electroniclevel control is malfunctioning and thevehicle is lean‐ ing, youcan raise or lowerthe vehicle by con‐ necting an external compressed-air source to one of theemergency valves (similarly as with tire valve).Ifelectronic levelcontrol is notopera‐ tional, youcan driveoncarefullytothe nearest qualified specialistworkshop and have themal‐ function remedied.

# Apply theparking brake. # Vehicles with automatic transmission: shiftthe transmission to position j. # Switchoff theengine. # Turn thevalvecap of thecorresponding valve (1 L=left, 2 R=right). # Connectthe external compressed-air source. # Raise or lowerthe vehicle levelbycharging or releasing compressed air until thedriving levelhas been reached and thevehicle is in a horizontal position. While doing so, ensure youobservethe maximum permissible oper‐ ating pressureof900 kPa(9bar/130 psi). Driving and parking 131

Problems with theelectronic levelcontrol

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

The compressor is in danger of overheating. Afterrepeatedly raising and Youcannotraise or lower lowering thevehicle, electronic levelcontrol (playprotection)isdeactiva‐ thevehicle levelwhen ted. stationary. # Trytoset thevehicle levelmanuallyagain afterapproximately one minute. Electriclevelcontrol has been deactivated due to undervoltage. The bat‐ tery maynot be charging. Handlingand ride comfortmay suffer. # Startthe engine. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop as soon as possible.

Refueling # If youswallowfuel, seek medical atten‐ Refueling thevehicle tionimmediately. Do notinduce vomit‐ ing. & WARNING Risk of fire or explosion from # Changeimmediately out of clothing that fuel has comeintocontact with fuel. Fuels arehighly flammable. & WARNING Risk of fire and explosion due # Fire, open flames,smokingand creation to electrostatic charge of sparks mustbeavoided. Electrostatic charge can create sparks and # Switch offthe ignition and, if available, thestationaryheater,beforeand while therebyignitefuel vapors. refueling thevehicle. # Beforeyou open thefuel filler cap or take hold of thepumpnozzle, touchthe metallic vehicle body. & WARNING Risk of injury from fuels This dischargesany electrostatic charge Fuels arepoisonous and hazardous to your that mayhave built up. health. # Do notget intothe vehicle again during # Do notswallowfuel or letitcomeinto therefueling process. contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Otherwise, electrostatic charge can # Do notinhale fuel vapor. buildupagain. # Keep children away from fuel. & WARNING Risk of fire from fuel mixture # Keep doorsand windows closed during therefueling process. Vehicles withadiesel engine: If youmix dieselfuel withgasoline,the flash If youorother people come intocontact with pointofthe fuel mixtureislowerthan that of fuel, observe thefollowing: puredieselfuel. # Immediatelyrinsefueloff your skin with While theengine is running,component parts soap and water. in theexhaust system mayoverheat without # If fuel comes intocontact withyour warning. eyes, immediatelyrinsethem thor‐ # Neverrefuel using gasoline. oughly withclean water. Seek medical attentionimmediately. # Nevermix gasoline withdiesel fuel. 132 Driving and parking

* NOTE Do notuse dieseltorefuel vehicles # Do notallowfuels to runintothe sew‐ withagasoline engine agesystem, thesurface waters,the ground waterorintothe ground. If youhave accidentally refueled withthe wrong fuel: Requirements: R Do notswitch theignition on. Otherwise R The vehicle is unlocked. fuel can enter theengine. R The auxiliaryheating is deactivated. Even small amounts of thewrong fuel R The ignition is switched off. could result in damagetothe fuel system and theengine. The repair costs arehigh. R The front left-hand door is open.

# Consult aqualified specialistworkshop. % Do notget back intothe vehicle during the refueling process. Otherwise, electrostatic # Have thefuel tank and fuellines drained charge could buildupagain. completely. Observe thenotes on operating fluids (/ page337). * NOTE Do notuse gasoline to refuel vehi‐ cles withadiesel engine If youhave accidentally refueled withthe wrong fuel: R Do notswitch theignition on. Otherwise, fuel can enter thefuel system. Even small amounts of thewrong fuel could result in damagetothe fuel system and theengine. The repair costs arehigh.

# Consult aqualified specialistworkshop. # Have thefuel tank and fuellines drained completely.

* NOTE Damage to thefuel system caused by overfilled fuel tanks 1 Fuel filler flap # Only fill thefuel tank untilthe pump 2 Fuel filler cap nozzle switches off. % The fuel filler flap is besidethe front left-hand door when viewedinthe direction of travel. * NOTE Fuel mayspray out when you The position of thefuel filler cap æ is also remove thefuel pumpnozzle shown in theInstrument Display. The arrow on thefilling pumpspecifies theside of the # Onlyfill thefuel tank untilthe pump nozzle switches off. vehicle. # Open fuel filler flap 1. * NOTE Damage to painted surfaces dueto # Turn fuel filler cap 2 counter-clockwise and fuel remove it. # Close all vehicle doorstoprevent fuelvapors # Do notspillany fuel on painted surfa‐ ces. from entering thevehicle interior. # Completely slide thefiller neckofthe pump nozzle intothe tank,hookinplace and refuel. + ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental damagedue to improper handlingoffuel # Fill thefuel tank only untilthe pumpnozzle switches off. If fuels arehandled improperly,theypose a danger to persons and theenvironment. Driving and parking 133

# Replace fuel filler cap 2 and turnitclock‐ wise. Youwill hear aclickwhen thefuel filler cap is closedfully. # Open thefront left-hand door. # Close fuel filler flap 1. % Vehicles with adieselengine and incor‐ rect fueling protector againstrefueling withgasoline: thefiller neckisdesigned for refueling at diesel filling pumps forpassenger vehicles. % Vehicles with adieselengine without an incorrect fueling protector: refueling pre‐ ferred at diesel filling pumps forpassenger vehicles. However, youcan also refuel at a diesel filling pumpfor trucks. % If thefuel tank hasbeenrun completely dry, add at least1.3 gal(5l)offuel.

Problems withthe fueland fuel tank

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

The fuel line or thefuel tank is defective. Fuel is leaking from the vehicle. # Apply theparking brake. # Switchoff theengine. # Remove thekey from theignition lock. Or,onvehicles withKEYLESS‑GO: # Open thedriver's door. The on-boardelectronics areinposition g.This corresponds to the "key removed". # Do notrestart theengine under anycircumstances. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop. The fuel tank hasbeenrun completely dry. The engine does not start. # Refuel thevehicle withatleast1.3 gal(5l)offuel. # Switch theignition on forapproximately tenseconds. # Startthe engine continuously foramaximumoften seconds until it runs smoothly.

If theengine does notstart: # Switchthe ignition on forapproximately tenseconds. # Startthe engine continuously foramaximumoften seconds until it runs smoothly.

If theengine does notstart afterthree attempts: # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop. 134 Driving and parking

DEF * NOTE DEF residue crystallizes after NotesonDEF some time. Remove DEF residue.

# Immediatelyrinsesurfaces that comein * NOTE Whenyou open theDEF tank, contact with DEF when filling with small amounts of ammoniavapor may water. escape. # DEF can also be removedwithadamp # Onlyfill theDEF tank in well-ventilated cloth and coldwater. areas. # If DEF has alreadycrystallized, clean # Do notlet DEFcomeintocontact with using asponge and coldwater. skin, eyes or clothes. # Keep DEFawayfromchildren. DEFisaliquid urea solutionused forexhaust gas aftertreatment of dieselengines. In order forthe exhaustgas aftertreatment to function properly, * NOTE Do notingestDEF. only use DEF in accordance withISO 22241. If DEF is swallowed: DEF hasthe following properties: # Immediatelyrinseout your mouththor‐ R non-toxic oughly. R colorless and odorless # Drink plenty of water. R non-flammable # Seek medicalattentionimmediately. DEFavailability: R * NOTE Damage caused by additives in youcan have DEF addedbyfastservice at a DEForbydiluting DEF qualified specialistworkshop, e.g aFreight‐ liner Sprinter service center. The DEFexhaust gasaftertreatment system R DEFisavailable at numerous gasstations via could be destroyed by thefollowing: DEFfilling pumps. R Additives in DEF R alternatively,DEF is available at qualified spe‐ R DilutingDEF cialistworkshops, e.g. aFreightliner Sprinter service center,and at numerous gasstations # Onlyuse DEFinaccordance withISO as aDEF refill canisterorDEF refill bottle. 22241. # Do notmix additives. % DEFfreezes at atemperatureofapprox‐ imately12.2 °F (-11°C).The vehicle is equip‐ # Do notdiluteDEF. ped withaDEF preheating system at thefac‐ tory.Thismeans that winter operation is also * NOTE Damage and malfunctions caused ensured fortemperatures below12.2 °F by impurities in DEF (-11°C).Ifyou add DEF at temperatures Impurities in DEFresult in thefollowing: below12.2 °F (-11°C),the DEF levelinthe instrument clustermay notbedisplayedcor‐ R Higher emission values rectly.Ifthe DEF is frozen, drivefor at least R Damagetothe catalytic converter 20 minutesand then parkthe vehicle fora R Engine damage minimumof30seconds, so that thelevel is correctlydisplayed. In extreme winter condi‐ R Malfunctions in theDEF exhaustgas tions, thetime needed to detect thetop-up aftertreatment system amount maybeconsiderably longer.Parkthe # Avoid impurities in DEF. vehicle in awarmgaragetospeed up this process. % Ensurethe connection between therefill con‐ tainer and vehicle filler neckdoes notdrip. Driving and parking 135

Callingupthe DEF levelgauge Requirements: On-board computer: R The ignition is switched off. 4 Service The following messages that appear in succes‐ # Select DEF and confirm. sion in themultifunction displayindicatethat you The DEF leveland theDEF rangeappear. need to refill theDEF tank: R RefillAdditive See Operator's Manual The DEF tankhas fallen belowthe firstwarn‐ ing threshold. R Refill Additive Starts until Emerg. Op.: XXX See Operator's Manual The DEF supply has fallen belowthe reserve mark. Afterthe messageappearsfor thefirst time, theremaining DEF supplywill lastfor approx‐ Instrument Displaywithcolordisplay imately 1,200 mi (1,900 km) and youcan 1 DEF level startthe engine afurther 16 times. The num‐ berofremaining engine starts XX (16to1)is shown in themessageevery time theengine is started. R Refill AdditiveEmergencyOp.: XXX mph See Operator's Manual Youcan only drivethe vehicle at amaximum speed of 5mph (8 km/h). Refill quantity: With apromptinthe displayatleast 2l Instrument Displaywithblack and whitedis‐ Without apromptinthe displayatleast 8l play 1 DEFlevel Youcan also have theDEF leveldisplayed ( page135). Refilling DEF / Opening theDEF filler cap on filler caps that * NOTE Engine damagedue to DEF being arenot lockable in thefuel

# DEFmustnot be used to fill thefuel tank. # Only useDEF to fill theDEF tank. # Do notoverfill theDEF tank.

* NOTE Contamination of thevehicle inte‐ rior due to DEF leakage

# Afteradding, carefully closethe DEF refill container. # Avoid carrying DEFrefill containersper‐ manentlyinthe vehicle.

# Open thehood. 136 Driving and parking

# Turn DEF filler cap 1 counter-clockwise and Preparing theDEF refill canister remove it. Opening theDEF filler cap on lockable filler caps

Variant 1

# Open thehood. # Take tool 4 forunlocking DEF filler cap 1 from thevehicle tool kit. # Pull cover 3 on DEF filler cap 1 up, turn Variant 2 90° and release. # Unscrew thecap on DEFrefill canister 1. # Inserttool 4 in holes 2 of DEF filler cap # Screw disposable hose 2 ontothe opening 1. of DEF refill canister 1 until hand-tight. # Turn DEF filler cap 1 counter-clockwise and remove it. Driving and parking 137

Refilling DEF

DEF refill bottles 1 can be obtained at manygas stations or at aqualified specialistworkshop. Variant 1 Refill bottles without athreadedcap offerno overfill protection.DEF mayleak out as aresult of overfilling. Mercedes-Benz offers special refill bottles withathreadedcap. Theseare available at anyFreightliner Sprinter service center.

Variant 2

# Screwdisposable hose 2 ontothe filler neck of thevehicle until hand-tight. # Liftupand tip DEF refill canister 1. The filling processstops when theDEF tank is # Unscrew theprotectivecap from DEFrefill completely full. bottle 1. DEF refill canister 1 can be removedwhen it # Place DEFrefill bottle 1 as shown on filler has been onlypartiallyemptied. opening 2 and screw it on clockwise until hand-tight. # Unscrew disposable hose 2 and close DEF and refill canister 1 in reverseorder. # Press DEFrefill bottle 1 towardsfiller open‐ ing 2. # Switchonthe ignition foratleast 60 seconds. The DEFtank is filled. This could takeupto # Startthe vehicle. one minute. % Avoid storing DEF containerspermanently in % When theDEF refill bottle is no longer thevehicle. pressed down, filling stops. The bottle can be DEF refill bottle removedwhen it has been onlypartially emp‐ Onlyscrew theDEF refill bottle hand-tightonto tied. thefiller openinginthe engine compartment. It # LetgoofDEF refill bottle 1. mayotherwise be damaged. 138 Driving and parking

# Turn DEF refill bottle 1 counter-clockwise Closing theDEF filler cap on lockable filler and remove it. caps # Screwthe protectivecap ontoDEF refill bot‐ tle 1 again. Filling procedurewiththe pumpnozzle of an DEF filling pump # Insertthe pumpnozzle intothe filler neckand add DEF. When doing so, do notoverfill the DEF tank.You can also use an DEF filling pumpfor trucks. Closing theDEF filler cap on filler caps that arenot lockable

# Afterfilling theDEF tank,place DEF filler cap 1 on thefiller neckand tightenitclockwise. # Afterfilling theDEF tank,place DEF filler cap # Remove tool 4 from DEF filler cap 1 and 1 on thefiller neckand tightenitclockwise. storeitinthe vehicle tool kit. # Turn theDEF filler cap until thelettering is # Pull cover on DEF filler cap up over legible and horizontal. 3 1 holes of DEF filler cap ,turnand The filler neckisonlylockedcorrectly when 2 1 release. this is thecase. # Turn DEF filler cap 1. # Close thehood. If DEFfiller cap 1 turns freely, theDEF tank is closed.

Parking Parking thevehicle

& WARNING Risk of fire caused by hot exhaustsystemparts Flammable material suchasleaves, grass or twigs mayigniteiftheycome intocontact with hotparts of theexhaust system or exhaustgas flow. # Park thevehicle so that no flammable material can comeintocontact with hot vehicle components. Driving and parking 139

# In particular, do notparkondry grass‐ # always applythe parking brake. land or harvested grain fields. # Vehicles with automatic transmission: engagetransmission position j. & WARNING Risk of accident and injury # On uphill or downhill inclines: turnthe due to children leftunattendedinthe front wheels towardsthe curb. vehicle # On uphill or downhill inclines: securethe If children areleftunattendedinthe vehicle, rear axle withachockoranobject without they could: sharpedges. R Opendoors,therebyendangering other % Youcan operatethe side windows forfive persons or road users. minutes afteryou have switched offthe vehi‐ cle. R Getout and be struck by oncomingtraf‐ fic. R Operate vehicle equipment and become Manual parking brake trapped, forexample. Applying/releasing thehandbrakelever In addition,the children could also setthe vehicle in motion, forexample by: & WARNING Risk of skidding or an acci‐ dent by braking withthe parking brake R Releasing theparking brake. R If youhave to brakeyour vehicle withthe Changing thetransmission position. parking brake, thebraking distance is consid‐ R Startingthe vehicle. erably longer and thewheels maylock. There is an increased risk of skidding and/or acci‐ # Neverleave children unattendedinthe dent. vehicle. # Only brakethe vehicle withthe parking # When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake brakeifthe service brakehas failed. thekey withyou and lockthe vehicle. # In this case, do notapplythe parking # Keep thevehicle keyout of reachof brakewithtoo muchforce. children. # If thewheels lock, immediately release theparking brakeasmuchasrequired NOTE Damage to thevehicle or thedrive‐ * forthe wheels to turnagain. train due to rolling away

# Alwaysparkyour vehicle safely and & WARNING Risk of fire and an accidentif according to legal requirements. theparking brakeisnot released # Alwaysproperly securethe vehicle If theparking brakeisnot fullyreleased when againstrolling away. driving, thefollowing situations can occur: R The parking brakecan overheat and cause WARNING Risk of accident and injury if & afire parkingbrake is notapplied R The parking brakecan lose its holding If youparkthe vehicle withthe transmission function in parkposition j and theparking brakeis notengaged, thevehicle mayroll away. # Completely release theparking brake Engaging park position j is notafully ade‐ beforedriving off. quatereplacement forthe parking brake. The brakelights do notlight up when youbrake Thereisarisk of accident and injury. thevehicle withthe parking brake. # Secure thevehicle againstrolling away as described below.

Observe thefollowing points to ensurethat the vehicle is properly secured againstrolling away unintentionally: 140 Driving and parking

Performing emergency braking with thehand‐ brakelever

Generally,you mayonlyapplythe parking brake when thevehicle is stationary. # To applythe parking brake: pullhandbrake If, in exceptional cases, theservice brakefails, lever 1 up as farasthe lastpossible detent. youmay use theparking braketoperform emer‐ F Whenthe engine is running,the gency braking. and ! indicator lamps in theInstrument Displaylight up. If thevehicle is in motion, a # Emergency braking: press and hold release warning tone sounds. button 2 and carefullypull brakelever 1. In vehicles withafolding handbrakelever, % Electric parking brake youcan then press handbrakelever 1 down as farasitwillgo. Information on theelectric parking brake # To release theparking brake: on vehicles withafolding handbrakelever, firstpullhand‐ & WARNING Risk of accident and injury brakelever 1 up as farasitwillgo. duetochildren leftunattendedinthe vehicle # Guide handbrakelever 1 down to as farasit willgo. If children areleftunattendedinthe vehicle, The F and ! indicatorlamps in the they could: Instrument Displaygoout. R Opendoors,therebyendangering other Folding thehandbrakelever up or down (only persons or road users. in vehicles with afolding handbrakelever) R Getout and be struck by oncomingtraf‐ Requirements: fic. R The handbrakeleverisapplied. R Operate vehicle equipment and become trapped, forexample. # To fold down thehandbrakelever: push the handbrakelever down as farasitwillgo. In addition,the children could also setthe # To raise thehandbrakelever: pull thehand‐ vehicle in motion, forexample by: brakelever up as farasitwillgo. R Releasing theparking brake. R Changing thetransmission position. R Startingthe vehicle.

# Neverleave children unattendedinthe vehicle. # When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake thekey withyou and lockthe vehicle. # Keep thevehicle keyout of reachof children. Drivingand parking 141

Forthe automatic functions to work correctly, the To prevent theelectric parking brakefromapply‐ driver mustbeseated in thecorrect seatposition ing automatically, pull switch 1. (/ page 62). The electric parking brakeisalso automatically The function of theelectric parking brakeis applied if ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONIChas dependent on theon-boardelectrical system volt‐ brought thevehicle to astandstill. age. If theon-boardelectrical system voltageis In addition,atleastone of thefollowing condi‐ loworthereisamalfunction in thesystem, it tions mustbefulfilled: maynot be possible to applythe electric parking R brakeand theyellow ! indicator lamplights The engineisswitched off up. R The driver is notsitting in thedriver's seat In this case, parkthe vehicle in thefollowing way: R The belt buckle is undone R Park thevehicle on levelgroundand secureit R Thereisasystemmalfunction to prevent it from rolling away. R The powersupply is insufficient R Vehicles with automatic transmission: R The vehicle is stationaryfor along time shiftthe transmission to position j. The red F and ! indicator lamps in the % The electric parking brakeisonlyactually instrument displaylight up. The electricparking applied when thered F and ! indica‐ brakeisonlyactually applied when thered F torlamps lightupcontinuously. and ! indicator lamps light up continuously. It maynot be possible to release aparkingbrake Releasing theelectric parking brakeautomat‐ if theon-boardelectrical system voltageislow or if thereisamalfunction in thesystem. Informa ically qualified specialistworkshop. Vehicles with automatic transmission: When theengine is switched off, theelectric The electric parking brakeofyour vehicle is parking brakecarries out afunction test at regu‐ released when all of thefollowing conditionsare lar intervals. Noisesare normal in this process. fulfilled: R The driver is sitting in thedriver's seat. Automaticallyapplying the electric parking brake R The driver is belted. Vehicles with automatic transmission: R The engine is running. The electric parking brakeisautomatically R The transmissionisinposition h or k and applied when thetransmission is in position j. youdepress theaccelerator. In addition, at leastone of thefollowing condi‐ or tions mustbefulfilled: Youswitch from transmission position j to R The engineisswitched off position h or k.You mustalso depress the R The driver is notsitting in thedriver's seat accelerator if traveling on steep uphill gradi‐ ents. R The belt buckle is undone R If thetransmission is in position k,the rear- end doorsmustbeclosed. 142 Driving and parking

Applying/releasing theelectric parking brake Emergency braking manually

& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due to children and animals leftunatten‐ dedinthe vehicle If youleave children and animals unattended in thevehicle, they maybeabletoset the vehicle in motion, forexample by: R Releasing theparking brake. R Shifting theautomatic transmission out of parkposition j. R Startingthe engine. In addition, they mayoperatevehicle equip‐ ment and become trapped. # Neverleave children and animals unat‐ In theevent of an emergency,you can brakethe tendedinthe vehicle. vehicle while it is in motion withthe electric park‐ ing brake. # When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake theSmartKey withyou and lockthe # While driving, press switch 1 of theelectric vehicle. parking brake. The vehicle is braked as long as youkeep switch 1 of theelectric parking brake depressed. The longer electric parking brakeswitch 1 is depressed, thegreater thebraking force. During thebraking procedure, youwill receivethe following feedbackfromthe vehicle: R awarning tone sounds R the"Release parking brake" displaymessage appears R thered F and ! indicator lamps in the instrument displayflash When thevehicle has been braked to astandstill, theelectric parking brakeisapplied.

# To apply: press switch 1. When theelectric parking brakeisapplied, Parking thevehicle foranextended period thered F and ! indicator lamps in the Parking thevehicle forlongerthan 4weeks instrument displaylight up. The electricpark‐ ingbrake is onlyactuallyapplied when the # Method 1: connectthe starterbatterytoa red F and ! indicator lamps light up trickle chargervia thejump-start connection. continuously. # Method 2: interrupt thepowersupply by acti‐ It is also possible to applythe electric parking vating standbymode (/ page143). brakewhen theignition is switched off. # Method 3: disconnect all batteries. In this # To release: pull switch 1. case, please contact aqualified specialist The red F and ! indicator lamps in the workshop. instrument displaygoout. % Chargethe starterbatteryevery 6months, Youmay only release theelectric parking evenifithas been disconnected or in brakeifthe ignition is switched on withthe standbymode. start/stop button. Driving and parking 143

The charge levelofthe starterbatterymustbe On-boardcomputer: checkedevery four weeksifnomeasures are 4 Settings 5 Vehicle takentomaintain thebatterycharge. 5 Ruhezustand (Standby) # Voltageofthe starterbatterybelow # To activate/deactivate: select Yes or No. 12.2 V: charge thestarter batterytoprevent deep dischargedamage. % If theoptions aregrayedout, then thebattery charge is notsufficient forstandbymode. % Youcan obtain further information at aquali‐ fied specialistworkshop. Driving and driving safetysystems Standbymode Note on driving systems and your responsibil‐ ity Activating/deactivatingstandbymode Requirements: Your vehicle is equipped withdriving systems R The engineisswitched off. whichassistyou in driving, parking and maneu‐ vering thevehicle. The driving systems areaids When youactivatestandbymode,the energy loss and do notrelieve youofyour responsibility. is minimized if thevehicle is parkedfor an exten‐ Alwayspay attention to thetraffic and intervene dedperiod. if necessary.Beaware of thelimitations regard‐ Standbymode has thefollowing characteristics: ing thesafeuse of these systems. R The starterbatteryisprotected. R The maximum non-operational time is shown Information about sensors in themedia display. R The connection to online services is interrup‐ ted. R The ATA (anti-theftalarmsystem) is notavail‐ able. R The interior motionsensor and tow-away alarmfunctionsare notavailable. If thefollowing conditionsare met, standbymode can be activated or deactivated usingthe multi‐ media system: R The engine is switched off. R The ignition is switched on. If thedisplayednon-operational time of thevehi‐ cle is exceeded, therecould be aloss of comfort Certain driving and driving safetysystems use and thestarter batterycan no longer be guaran‐ sensors 1 to monitor theareainfront of, behind teed to reliably startthe engine. or next to thevehicle (depending on thevehicle's The starterbatterymustfirst be chargedinthe equipment). following situations: Depending on thevehicle's equipment, theradar R The non-operational timeofthe vehicle is to sensorsare integrated behind thebumpers be extended. and/or behind theradiator grill. Keep these parts free of dirt, ice and slush ( page285). The sen‐ R The message that thebatterychargeisnot / sorsmustnot be covered, forexample by bicycle sufficient forstandbymode appearsinthe racks, overhanging loads or stickers.After acolli‐ media display. sion, have thefunction of theradar sensors % Standbymode is automaticallydeactivated checkedataqualified specialistworkshop as when theignition is switched on. damage(both visible or non-visible) mayhave occurredtothe bumper or radiator trim. 144 Driving and parking

Function of driving systems and driving If ABS intervenes, youwill feel apulsing in the safetysystems brakepedal. The pulsating brakepedal maybean indication of hazardous road conditionsand func‐ In this section, youwill find information aboutthe tions as areminder to take extracarewhile driv‐ following driving systems and driving safetysys‐ ing. tems: If ABS intervenes: keep thebrake pedal firmly R ABS (Anti-lock braking system) depresseduntil thebraking situation has passed. ( page144) / To carry out maximum full-stopbraking: R ASR (acceleration skid control)(/page 144) depress thebrake pedal withfull force. R BAS(Brake Assist System) (/ page144) R ESP® (Electronic Stability Program) Function of BAS(BrakeAssistSystem) (/ page145) R EBD (Electronic Brakeforce Distribution) & WARNING Risk of an accident caused by (/ page146) amalfunctioninBAS (BrakeAssist Sys‐ tem) R ActiveBrake Assist (/ page146) If BASismalfunctioning,the braking distance R Cruise control (/ page149) in an emergency braking situation is R ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONIC increased. (/ page 150) # Depress thebrake pedal withfull force R Hill startassist(/page152) in emergency braking situations. ABS R HOLD function (/ page152) prevents thewheels from locking. R Parking AssistPARKTRONIC (/ page 153) BASsupportsyou withadditional braking forcein R Rear viewcamera(/page154) an emergency braking situation. R Surround viewcamera(/page157) If youdepress thebrake pedal quickly, BASis R ATTENTION ASSIST(/page159) activated: R TrafficSign Assist (/ page160) R BASautomatically boosts thebraking forceof R Blind SpotAssist(/page162) thebrakes R ActiveLaneKeeping Assist(/page165) R BAScan shorten thebraking distance R ABS preventsthe wheels from locking Functions of ABS (Anti-lockBraking System) When yourelease thebrake pedal, thebrakes Observe theimportant safety guidelinesfor the function as usual again. BASisdeactivated. driving safetysystem. ABS controls thebrake pressureincritical situa‐ Functions of ASR (Acceleration Skid Control) tions: ASR can neither reduce therisk of an accident R The wheels areprevented from locking when nor override thelawsofphysics if thedriverdoes braking, e.g. during maximum full-stopbrak‐ notpay attention when pulling away or accelerat‐ ing or when thereisinsufficient tiretraction ing. ASR is onlyanaid. Alwaysadaptyour driving R The steerability of thevehicle in termsof styletosuit theprevailing road and weather con‐ physical possibilities is ensured when braking ditions. R ABSisactivefromspeeds of approx.3mph If youactivateordeactivatethe all-wheel drivein (5 km/h). On aslipperyroad surface, ABS avehicle withthis option, ASR will be deactivated intervenes even if youonlybrakegently. forthe duration of theactivation/deactivation process. System limits Vehicles without steering wheel buttons: if If thereisamalfunction and theyellow ! ABS ASR is malfunctioning, the ÷ indicator lamp warning lamplightsupcontinuouslyinthe instru‐ lights up while theengine is running and the ment displayafter startingthe engine, ABS may engine output maybereduced ( page23). be impaired or inoperative. / Drivingand parking 145

ASR improves traction,i.e. thetransfer of power % Onlyuse wheels withthe recommended tire from thetires to theroad surface, forasustained sizes. Only then will ESP® function properly. period and thereby, also improvesthe driving sta‐ ESP® can, within physical limits, monitor and bilityofthe vehicle. If thedrive wheels startto spin, ASR brakes individualdrive wheels and lim‐ improve driving stabilityand traction in thefol‐ its theengine torque. ASR thus significantly lowing situations: assists youwhen pullingawayand accelerating, R When pullingawayonwet or slippery road especiallyonwet or slippery roads. surfaces If traction on theroad surface is notsufficient, R Whenbraking evenASR will notallow youtopull away without R If youare drivingfasterthan 49.7 mph difficulty.The typeoftires and total weight of the (80 km/h) in strong crosswinds vehicle as well as thegradient of theroad also playacrucial role. If thevehicle is deviating from thedirection ® If ASRintervenes, the ÷ warning lampinthe desired by thedriver, ESP can stabilizethe vehi‐ Instrument Displayflashes. cle by performing thefollowing actions: R One or morewheels arebraked Functions of ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro‐ R The drivesystem performanceisadapted gram) depending on thesituation If ESP® is deactivated å,the ÷ warning ® & WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP is lamplightsupconstantly in theInstrument Dis‐ malfunctioning play: If ESP® is malfunctioning,ESP® cannotcarry R Vehicle stabilizationmay be delayed out vehicle stabilization. In addition,other R Crosswind Assistisstillactive driving safetysystems areswitched off. R The drivewheels maystart to spin # Driveoncarefully. R ASR traction control is no longer active # Have ESP® checkedataqualified spe‐ cialistworkshop. If ESP® is deactivated, ESP® will still supportyou when braking. & WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP® is If the ÷ warning lampinthe Instrument Dis‐ deactivated playflashes, one or morewheels have reached their tiretraction limit: If youdeactivateESP®,ESP® cannotcarry out vehicle stabilization. R Adaptyour driving styletosuit theprevailing road and weather conditions # ESP® shouldonlybedeactivated in the R ® following situations. Do notdeactivateESP underany circum‐ stances If thesurface requires, temporarilydeactivate ® ESP when pulling away (/ page145). Activating/deactivatingESP® (Electronic Sta‐ Do notoperate thevehicle on aroller dynamome‐ bility Program) ter(e.g. foraperformancetest). If youhave to operatethe vehicle on aroller dynamometer, con‐ Multimedia system: sult aqualified specialistworkshop beforehand. 4 © 5 Settings 5 Quick Access If youactivateordeactivatethe all-wheel drivein 5 ESP avehicle withthis option, ESP® will be deactiva‐ % ESP® can onlybeactivated and deactivated tedfor theduration of theactivation/deactiva‐ via quickaccess when at leastone other tion process. function is available in quickaccess. Other‐ ® If ESP® is malfunctioning or deactivated, the wise, youcan find ESP in the Assistance ÷ warning lamplightsupwhile theengine is menu. running and theengine output maybereduced # Select ESP. (/ page23). Apromptappears. 146 Driving and parking

# Select On or å Off. ESP® trailer stabilizationcounteracts criticaldriv‐

® ing situations in goodtime and therebyprovides If the å ESP OFF warning lamplightsupcon‐ considerable assistance when driving with a ® stantly in theinstrument cluster, ESP is deacti‐ trailer. Trailer stabilizationispartofESP®. vated. If thesensor system and evaluationlogic detect Observe theinformation on warning lamps and trailer swinging movements, ESP® trailer stabili‐ displaymessages whichmay appear in theinstru‐ zation initiallybrakesindividual vehicle wheels in ment cluster. atargetedmanner.Itthus counteracts swinging movements. If theswinging movements do not Functions of ESP® Crosswind Assist stop, thevehicle is braked until thevehicle/ trailer combination is stabilized. If necessary, the Crosswind Assistdoes notreact under thefollow‐ vehicle's engine output is limited. ing conditions: If your vehicle withtrailer (vehicle/trailer combi‐ R The vehicle is subjected to severe jolts and nation) starts to swerve,you areable to stabilize vibrations, e.g.asaresult of unevensurfaces thevehicle/trailer combination onlybybraking. or potholes. ESP® trailer stabilizationhelps youtostabilize R The vehicle loses traction, e.g. on snoworice thevehicle/trailer combination in this situation. or when hydroplaning. ESP® trailer stabilizationisactiveatspeeds R The driver is performing sudden and large above approximately 40 mph(65 km/h). steering movements. If ESP® is deactivated because of amalfunction, Crosswind Assistisoperational again as soon as trailer stabilizationwill notfunction. thedriving conditions returntonormal. Crosswind Assist detects strong crosswind gusts Function of EBD (electronic brakeforce distri‐ that can impair abilityofyour vehicle to drive bution) straight ahead. CrosswindAssistintervenes depending on thedirection and strengthofthe EBDhas thefollowing characteristics: crosswind. R monitoring and controllingthe braking force Astabilizing brakeapplicationhelps youtokeep on therear wheels thevehicle on track. R improving driving stabilizationwhen braking, Information is shown in theinstrument clusterin especiallyonbends theevent of aclearly discernible intervention by Crosswind Assist. Function of ActiveBrake Assist Crosswind Assistisactiveabove avehicle speed of 50 mph(80 km/h)when driving straight or ActiveBrake Assist consistsofthe following func‐ slightly cornering. tions: R Distance warning function R Function of ESP® trailer stabilization Autonomous braking function R Situation-dependent braking assistance & WARNING Risk of accident in poorroad ActiveBrake Assist can helpyou to minimize the and weather conditions risk of acollision withvehicles or pedestrians or In poor road and weather conditions, the to reduce theeffects of suchacollision. trailerstabilizationcannotprevent lurching of If ActiveBrake Assist has detected arisk of colli‐ thevehicle/trailer combination.Trailerswith sion, youwill be warned visuallyand acoustically. ahigh centerofgravity maytip overbefore If youdonot react to thevisual or acoustic warn‐ ESP® detects this. ing, autonomous brakingcan be initiated in criti‐ # Alwaysadaptyour driving styletosuit cal situations. thecurrent road and weather condi‐ If thereare pedestrians and cyclists crossing: in tions. especiallycritical situations, ActiveBrake Assist can initiateautonomous braking directly. In this Drivingand parking 147 case,the visual and acoustic warning occurs Assist alone. ActiveBrake Assist is only simultaneouslywiththe braking application. an aid. The driver of thevehicle is If youapplythe brakeyourself in acritical situa‐ responsible forkeeping asufficiently tion, or applythe brakes during autonomous safedistance to thevehicle in front, for braking, situation-dependent braking assistance vehicle speed and forbraking in good occurs.The brakepressureincreases up to maxi‐ time. mum full-stopbraking if necessary. Situation- # Be preparedtobrake or swerve if nec‐ dependent braking assistance only intervenes essary. when thebrakesare applied firmly;otherwise, it remains within theautonomous braking process. Also observe thesystemlimits of ActiveBrake Assist. & WARNING Risk of accident caused by limited detection performanceofActive The individualsubfunctions areavailable in BrakeAssist thefollowing speed ranges: Distance warning function ActiveBrake Assist cannotalwaysclearly identify objectsand complextrafficsitua‐ The distance warning function warnsyou at tions. speeds greater than approximately4mph (7 km/h), if your vehicle is critically close to a Due to thenatureofthe system, complex vehicle or pedestrian. driving conditions mayalso cause Brake Assisttointervene or notintervene without An intermittent warning tone sounds and the reason.Insuchcases, and in theevent of · distance warning lamplightsupinthe ActiveBrake Assist malfunctioning, thebrake instrument cluster. system will continue to be available withfull Brakeimmediately or take evasiveaction, provi‐ brakeboostand BAS. ded it is safetodosoand thetraffic situation # Alwayspay careful attention to thetraf‐ allows this. ficsituation; do notrelyonActiveBrake

Thedistance warning function can aid youinthe following situations withanintermittent warn‐ ing tone and awarninglamp:

Vehicles travel‐ Stationaryvehi‐ Crossing vehi‐ Crossing pedes‐ Stationary ing in front cles cles trians/cyclists pedestrians

Up to approx. Up to approx. No reaction Up to approx. No reaction 155mph 124mph 37 mph (250 km/h) (200 km/h) (60 km/h)

Autonomous braking function The autonomous braking function mayintervene at speeds starting from approximately 4mph (7 km/h)inthe following situations:

Vehicles travel‐ Stationaryvehi‐ Crossing vehi‐ Crossing pedes‐ Stationary ing in front cles cles trians/cyclists pedestrians

Up to approx. Up to approx. No reaction Up to approx. No reaction 155mph 124mph 37 mph (250 km/h) (200 km/h) (60 km/h) 148 Driving and parking

Situation-dependent braking assistance Situation-dependent braking assistance mayintervene at speeds starting from approximately 4mph (7 km/h) in the following situations:

Vehicles travel‐ Stationaryvehi‐ Crossing vehi‐ Crossing pedes‐ Stationary ing in front cles cles trians/cyclists pedestrians

Up to approx. Up to approx. No reaction Up to approx. No reaction 155mph 50 mph 37 mph (250 km/h) (80 km/h) (60 km/h)

Canceling abrake application of ActiveBrake R Pedestrians areobscured by other objects. Assist R In bends withanarrow radius. Youcan cancel abrakeapplicationofActive BrakeAssist at anytimeby: Setting ActiveBrake Assist R Fullydepressingthe accelerator pedal or with Requirements: kickdown. R R Fullyreleasing thebrake pedal (onlyduring The ignition is switched on. situation-dependentbraking assistance). Multimedia system: ActiveBrake Assist maycancel thebrake applica‐ 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance tion when one of thefollowing conditionsisfulfil‐ 5 Active Brake Assist led: The following settings areavailable: R Youmaneuver to avoid theobstacle. R Early R There is no longer arisk of collision. R Medium R An obstacle is no longer detected in front of R Late your vehicle. R Off System limits % It is recommended that ActiveBrake Assist is The system maybeimpaired or maynot function alwaysleftactivated. in thefollowing situations: # Select asetting. R The sensorsare affected by snow, rain, fogor heavy spray. The lastactivesetting is selected automatically every time theengine is started. R The sensorsare dirty,fogged up, damaged or covered. Exception:ifthe lastsetting was Off,the Medium setting will be automatically activated thenext R The sensorsare affected by interference from time theengine is started. other radar sources, e.g. strong radar reflec‐ tions in parking garages. Deactivating ActiveBrake Assist R If aloss of tirepressureorafaulty tirehas % It is recommended that ActiveBrake Assist is been detected and displayed. alwaysleftactivated. R Full system performanceisnot available fora # Select Off. fewsecondsafter switching on theignition or The distance warning function and autono‐ afterdriving off. mous brakingfunction aredeactivated. The system maynot react correctly in thefollow‐ The next timethe engine is started, the Medium ing situations: setting will be automaticallyactivated. R In complextrafficsituations, objects maynot % When ActiveBrake Assist is deactivated, the always be clearly detected. æ symbol appears in thestatus area of R Pedestrians or vehicles move quicklyintothe themultifunction display. detection rangeofthe sensors. Driving and parking 149

Cruise control Do notuse cruise control in thefollowing situa‐ tions: Function of cruise control Cruise controlaccelerates and brakes thevehicle R In trafficsituations where frequent speed automaticallyinorder to maintain apreviously changes arerequired, e.g. in heavy trafficor stored speed. on winding roads. If youacceleratetoovertake, forexample, the R On slippery roads. Accelerating can cause the stored speed is notdeleted. If youremove your drivewheels to lose traction and thevehicle foot from theaccelerator pedal afterovertaking, could then skid. cruise control will resume speed regulation back R If youare drivingwhen visibilityispoor. to thestoredspeed. Operating cruise control Cruise controlisoperated using thecorrespond‐ ing steering wheel buttons. Youcan storeany & WARNING Risk of accident duetostored road speed above 15 mph(20 km/h). speed If youfail to adaptyour driving style, cruise con‐ trol can neither reduce therisk of an accident nor If youcall up thestoredspeed and this is override thelaws of physics. It cannottakeinto lowerthan your current speed,the vehicle account road, weather or trafficconditions. decelerates. Cruise control is only an aid. Youare responsible # Take intoaccount thetraffic situation forthe distance to thevehicle in front, forvehicle beforecallingupthe stored speed. speed, braking in good time and forstaying in your lane. Requirements: R ® Displays in themultifunction display ESP is activated, but maynot intervene. The status of cruise control and thestoredspeed R The driving speed is at least15mph areshown in themultifunction display. (20 km/h).

Display in theInstrument Display(color display) 1 Cruise controlisselected 2 Setspeed gray:speed is stored, cruise con‐ trol is deactivated 3 Setspeed green: speed is stored, cruise con‐ trol is activated # To activatecruise control: pushrocker switch 1 up. System limitations Cruise control maybeunable to maintain the # Remove your foot from theaccelerator pedal. stored speed on uphill gradients. The stored The current speed is then savedand main‐ speed is resumed when thegradient evens out. tained by thevehicle. On long and steep downhill gradients, youshould # Push rocker switch 1 up. changedowntoalowergear in good time. Take # To increase/reduce speed: push rocker particular note of this when driving aladen vehi‐ switch 2 up or down. cle. By doing so, youwill makeuse of the The stored speed is increased or reduced by engine'sbraking effect. Thisrelievesthe load on 1mph (1 km/h). thebrake system and prevents thebrakesfrom or overheating and wearing tooquickly. 150 Driving and parking

# Press rocker switch 2 up or down and hold. (160 km/h) or between 15 mph(20 km/h) and The stored speed is increased or reduced in thevehicle's maximum speed. 1mph (1 km/h) increments. Other features of ActiveDistance Assist or DISTRONIC: # Push rocker switch 2 beyond thepressure R Depending on thepreselected distance, point. DISTRONIC intervenes either dynamically The stored speed is increased or reduced by (shortdistance) or to save fuel (long dis‐ 5mph (10km/h). tance). or R Depending on thevehicle mass detected, the # Push rocker switch 2 beyond thepressure dynamics of theDISTRONIC intervention are point and hold. reduced. The stored speed is increased or reduced in R Rapid acceleration to thestoredspeed is initi‐ 5mph (10km/h) increments. ated if theturnsignal indicator is switched on or to changetothe overtaking lane. # Accelerate thevehicle to thedesired speed. ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONICisonly an aid. # Push rocker switch 2 up. The driver is responsible forthe distance to the If cruise controlisactivated and TrafficSign vehicle in front, forvehicle speed and forbraking Assist has detected aspeed restriction signwith in good time. amaximum permissible speed and this appears System limitations in theinstrument display: The system maybeimpaired or maynot function # To adoptthe detected speed: push rocker in thefollowing instances: switch 3 up. The maximum permissible speed shown by R The radar sensorsare affected by snow, rain, thetraffic sign is stored and thevehicle main‐ fog, heavy spray,glare, direct sunlight or tains this speed. greatlyvarying ambientlight. # To deactivatecruisecontrol: push rocker R The radar sensorsmay malfunction in parking switch 3 (CNCL) down. garagesoronroads withsteep uphill or If cruise controlisdeactivated, it can be reactiva‐ downhill gradients. tedasfollows: R If theradar sensorsare dirty or covered. R rocker switch 2 (SET+)or(SET-) stores the R On icy or slipperyroads, braking or accelerat‐ current speed and thevehicle maintains this ing can causethe drivewheels to lose trac‐ speed tion and thevehicle could then skid. R rocker switch 3 (RES) calls up thelastspeed R Stationaryobjectsare notdetected if these stored and thevehicle maintains this speed were notpreviouslydetected as moving. R On bends, target vehicles maybelostornot % If youbrake, deactivateESP® or if ESP® inter‐ recognized correctly. As aresult, atarget venes, cruise control is deactivated. vehicle is notused to regulatethe speed When youswitch offthe vehicle, thelast whichmay lead to unwanted acceleration. speed stored is cleared. Do notuse ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONICin ActiveDistance AssistDISTRONIC these situations. Function of ActiveDistance AssistDISTRONIC ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONICmaintains the setspeed on free-flowing roads. If vehicles ahead aredetected, theset distance is maintained,if necessary until thevehicle comes to ahalt.The vehicle accelerates or brakes depending on the distance to thevehicle in front and theset speed. Speed and distance areset and stored on the steering wheel. The speed can be setinthe range between 15 mph(20 km/h) and 99 mph Driving and parking 151

& WARNING Risk of accident from acceler‐ # Alwaysobserve thetraffic conditions ation or braking by ActiveDistance Assist carefullyand react accordingly. DISTRONIC ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONICmay notdetect ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONICmay accel‐ narrow vehicles driving in front, e.g. motorcycles erateorbrake in thefollowing cases, for and vehicles driving on adifferent line. example: OperatingActive Distance AssistDISTRONIC R If thevehicle pulls away usingActiveDis‐ tance Assist DISTRONIC. Requirements: R R If thestoredspeed is called up and is con‐ The vehicle has been started. siderably faster or slowerthan thecur‐ R The parking brakehas been released. rently driven speed. R ESP® is activated and is notintervening. R If ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONICno R The transmissionisinposition h. longer detects avehicle in front or does R notreact to relevant objects. The driver'sand thefront-passengerdoor are closed. # Alwayscarefully observe thetraffic con‐ R The seat occupancy recognition on thedriv‐ ditions andbeready to brakeatall er's seat has detected that thedriverhas fas‐ times. tened theseat belt. # Take intoaccount thetraffic situation R The checkofthe radar sensor system has beforecallingupthe stored speed. been successfully completed. ActivatingActive Distance AssistDISTRONIC & WARNING Risk of accident duetoinsuf‐ ficient deceleration by ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONIC ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONICbrakes your vehicle withupto50% of themaximum possible deceleration. If this deceleration is notsufficient, ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONICalertsyou withavisualand acoustic warning. # In these cases, adjustyour speed and keep asufficient distance. # Brakethe vehicle yourself and/or take evasiveaction.

& WARNING Risk of accident if detection function of ActiveDistance Assist # Press button 1. DISTRONICisimpaired # To activatewithout astoredspeed: press ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONICdoesnot rocker switch 3 up (SET+)ordown(SET-). react or has alimited reaction: The current speed is then savedand main‐ tained by thevehicle. R when drivingonadifferent lane or when changing lanes or R to pedestrians, animals, bicycles or sta‐ # To activatewith astoredspeed: press tionaryvehicles, or unexpected obstacles rocker switch 4 up (RES). R to complextraffic conditions % If rocker switch 4 is pressed up twice, R to oncomingvehicles and crossing traffic ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONICisactiva‐ tedwiththe speed restriction displayedin As aresult, ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONIC theinstrument cluster. mayneither givewarningsnor intervene in such situations. 152 Driving and parking

Acceptingthe displayedspeedlimit whenDis‐ # Push rocker switch 3 beyond thepressure tance AssistDISTRONIC is activated point and hold. The stored speed is increased or reduced in # Press rocker switch 4 up (RES). The speed limit displayedinthe instrument 5mph (10km/h) increments. clusterisadoptedasthe stored speed. The Increasing or reducing the specifieddistance vehicle adapts its speed to that of thevehicle from the vehicleinfront in front, but only up to thestoredspeed. # To increase thespecified distance: press Pulling away again with ActiveDistance rocker switch 2 down (Ò). AssistDISTRONIC # To reduce the specifieddistance: press # Remove your foot from thebrake pedal. rocker switch 2 up (Ñ). # Press rocker switch 4 up (RES). or Information on Hill StartAssist # Depress theaccelerator pedal briefly with Hill StartAssistholds thevehicle forashorttime force. when pulling away on ahill under thefollowing The functions of ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONICcontinue to be carried out. conditions: R Vehicles with automatic transmission: the Deactivating ActiveDistance Assist transmission is in position h or k. DISTRONIC R The parking brakehas been released. & WARNING Risk of accident duetoActive This gives youenough timetomove your foot Distance Assist DISTRONICstillbeing from thebrake pedal to theaccelerator pedal and activated when youleave thedriver's depress it beforethe vehicle begins to roll. seat If youleave thedriver's seat while thevehicle & WARNING Risk of accident and injury is being braked by ActiveDistance Assist duetothe vehicle rolling away DISTRONIConly,the vehicle can roll away. Afterashorttime, Hill StartAssistnolonger # AlwaysdeactivateActiveDistance holds thevehicle and it can roll away. Assist DISTRONICand securethe vehi‐ # Therefore, swiftlymove your foot from cle to prevent it from rolling away before thebrake pedal to theaccelerator youleave thedriver's seat. pedal. Neverattempt to leave thevehi‐ cle if it is being held by Hill StartAssist. # Press rocker switch 4 down (CNCL). # Depress thebrake pedal. HOLD function Increasing or reducing the speed HOLD function # Push rocker switch 3 up (SET+)ordown (SET-). Requirements: The stored speed is increased or reduced by R The seat occupancy recognition on thedriv‐ 1mph (1 km/h). er's seat has detected that thedriverhas fas‐ or tened theseat belt. # Press and hold rocker switch 3 up (SET+)/ The HOLD function holds thevehicle at astand‐ down (SET-). still without requiring youtodepress thebrake The stored speed is increased or reduced in pedal, e.g. when pulling away on steep slopes or 1mph (1 km/h) increments. when waitingintraffic. Whenyou depress the or accelerator pedal to pull away,the braking effect # Push rocker switch 3 beyond thepressure is canceled and theHOLD function is deactiva‐ point. ted. The stored speed is increased or reduced by The HOLD function is onlyanaid. The responsibil‐ 5mph (10km/h). ity forthe vehicle safelystanding still remains or withthe driver. Driving and parking 153

System limits # Depress thebrake pedal until the ë dis‐ The HOLDfunction is onlyintendedtoprovide playappearsinthe multifunction display. assistance when driving and is notasufficient The HOLD function is activated. Youcan means of safeguarding thevehicle againstrolling release thebrake pedal. away when stationary. % If depressing thebrake pedal thefirst time R The incline mustnot be greater than 30%. does notactivate theHOLD function, wait briefly and then tryagain. Activating/deactivatingthe HOLDfunction Requirements: Deactivating the HOLD function R The vehicle is stationary. The HOLD function is deactivated in thefollowing situations: R The engine is running or it hasbeenautomati‐ cally switched offbythe ECOstart/stopfunc‐ # Vehicles with automatic transmission: tion. depress theaccelerator pedal when theauto‐ matic transmission is in position h or k. R The driver is seated and belted. # Depress thebrake pedal again withsufficient R The electric parking brakeisreleased. pressure until the ë displayinthe multi‐ R Vehicles with automatic transmission: the function displaygoes out. selector leverisinposition h, k or i. # ActivateActiveDistance Assist DISTRONIC. R ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONICisdeactiva‐ % Vehicles with automatic transmission: the ted. automatic transmissionofyour vehicle shifts Activatingthe HOLDfunction to j aftersome time. This relievesthe load on theservice brake. & WARNING Risk of an accident duetothe When theHOLD function is activated, theauto‐ HOLD function being activatedwhenyou matic transmission automaticallyshifts to j in leave thevehicle thefollowing situations: If youleave thevehicle while onlythe HOLD R The driver leavesthe driver's seat. function is braking thevehicle, thevehicle R The driver's door is opened. can roll away in thefollowing situations: R The engine is switched offwithout theECO R If thereisamalfunction in thesystemor start/stop function. in thepower supply. R If theHOLD function is deactivated by Parking AssistPARKTRONIC depressing theacceleratorpedalorbrake pedal, e.g. by avehicle occupant. Function of Parking AssistPARKTRONIC Parking AssistPARKTRONIC is an electronicpark‐ # Alwaysdeactivatethe HOLD function ing assistancesystemwithultrasound. It moni‐ and securethe vehicle againstrolling tors theareaaround your vehicle using six sen‐ away beforeleaving thevehicle. sorsonthe front bumper and six sensorsonthe rear bumper.Parking AssistPARKTRONIC indi‐ * NOTE Damage from automatic braking catesvisuallyand audiblythe distance between your vehicle and an object. When ActiveBrake Assist,ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONICorthe HOLD function are Parking AssistPARKTRONIC is only an aid. It is activated, thevehicle brakes autonomously in notasubstitutefor your attention to thesur‐ certainsituations. roundings. The responsibility forsafemaneuver‐ ing and parking remains withyou. Makesurethat To avoid damagetothe vehicle, deactivate thereare no persons, animals or objectsinthe these systems in thefollowing or similarsit‐ maneuvering area while maneuvering and parking uations: in/exiting parking spaces. # During towing In thestandardsetting,anintermittent warning # In acar wash tone sounds from adistanceofapproximately 1.3ft(0.4 m) to an obstacle. Acontinuoustone # Makesurethat theactivation conditions are sounds from adistanceofapproximately 1.0ft met. (0.3 m). Youcan setthe warning tone in themul‐ 154 Driving and parking timediasystem so that it will soundearlier at a Setting thewarningtones of Parking Assist greater distance of approximately3.3 ft (1 m) PARKTRONIC (/ page154). Multimedia system: Parking AssistPARKTRONIC displayinthe 4 Settings 5 Assistance multimedia system 5 Camera &Parking 5 Set Warning Tones If theParking AssistPARKTRONIC display in the Adjustingthe volume of thewarningtones multimedia system is notactiveand an obstacle is detected in thepathofthe vehicle, apop-up # Select WarningTone Volume. windowfor Parking AssistPARKTRONIC appears # Adjustthe value. in themultimedia system at speeds up to approx‐ imately 6mph (10km/h). Adjustingthe pitchofthe warning tones # Select Warning Tone Pitch. System limitations Adjustthe value. Parking AssistPARKTRONIC does notnecessarily takeintoaccountthe following obstacles: Specifying thestarting point forthe warning tones R Obstacles below thedetection range, e.g. per‐ Youcan specify whether theParking Assist sons,animalsorobjects. PARKTRONICwarning tones shouldcommence R Obstacles abovethe detection range, e.g. when thevehicle is further away from an obsta‐ overhanging loads, overhangs or loading cle. rampsoftrucks. # Select Warn EarlyAll Around. The sensorsmustbefreeofdirt, ice and slush. # Activateordeactivate thefunction. Otherwise, they maynot function correctly. Clean thesensorsregularly,taking care nottoscratch Activatingordeactivatingaudiofadeout or damagethem. Youcan specify whether thevolume of amedia source in themultimedia system is to be reduced Vehicles with trailerhitch: Parking Assist when Parking AssistPARKTRONIC givesawarn‐ PARKTRONICisdeactivated forthe rear zone ing tone. when youestablish an electrical connection between your vehicle and atrailer. # Select Audio FadeoutDuring Warning Tones. # Activateordeactivate thefunction. Deactivating/activating Parking Assist PARKTRONIC Rear viewcamera * NOTE Risk of an accident from objects at Function of therear viewcamera close range Parking AssistPARKTRONIC maynot detect certainobjects at close range. # Whenparkingormaneuvering thevehi‐ cle, payparticular attention to any objectswhichare above or belowthe sensors, e.g. flowerpotsordrawbars. The vehicle or other objects could oth‐ erwise be damaged.

Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Settings 5 Quick Access # Select PARKTRONIC On. The function is activated or deactivated depending on theprevioussetting. % Parking AssistPARKTRONIC is automatically If youhave activated thefunction in themultime‐ activated when startingthe vehicle. dia system, theimagefromrear viewcamera 1 appearsinthe multimedia system when reverse Driving and parking 155 gear is selected. Dynamic guide lines showthe R The cameralens is obstructed, dirty or fogged paththe vehicle will take withthe steering wheel up. Observe thenotes on cleaning therear in its current position. Thishelps youtoorient viewcamera(/page285). yourself and to avoid obstacles whenbackingup. R The cameraorrear of your vehicle is dam‐ The imagefromrear viewcamera 1 appearsin aged. In this event, have thecamera,its posi‐ themultimedia system when thefollowing condi‐ tion and its setting checkedataqualified spe‐ tions arefulfilled: cialistworkshop. R The ignition is switched on. The field of vision and other functions of therear R Reversegear has notbeen engaged. viewcameramay be restricted duetoadditional accessories on therear of thevehicle (e.g. a R The rear-enddoorsare opened. loading tailgate). This meansthat theareabehind thevehicle can % The displaycontrastmay be impaired due to be monitored. incident sunlightorother light sources. In When therear-end doorsare closed, theimage this case, payparticular attention. from therear viewcameraisswitched offafter % Have thedisplayrepaired or replaced if, for approximatelyten seconds. example, pixel errors considerably restrict its The rear viewcameraisonlyanaid. It is nota use. substitutefor your attention to thesurroundings. % Objects that arenot at ground levelappear The responsibility forsafemaneuvering and park‐ further away than they actuallyare.This ing remains withyou. Makesurethat thereare no includes, forexample: persons, animals or objectsetc., in themaneu‐ R vering area whilemaneuvering and parking. The bumper of avehicle parkedbehind. R The rear viewcameramay showadistorted view The drawbar of atrailer. of obstacles,showthem incorrectly or notatall. R The ball neckofatrailer coupling. The rear viewcameracannotdisplayall objects R The rear end of atruck. whichare very neartoorunder therear bumper. R It will notwarnyou of acollision, peopleor Slanted posts. objects. Only usethe guide lines of thecamera image Youcan selectfromthe following views: fororientation. Do nottravelfurther than the lowest horizontal guide line when approach‐ R Normalview ing objects. Youmay otherwise damageyour R Wide-angle view vehicle and/or theobject. R Trailer view Vehicles without Parking AssistPARKTRONIC The area behindthe vehicle is displayedasamir‐ Thefollowing cameraviews areavailable in the rorimage, as in theinside rearviewmirror. multimedia system: System limitations The rear viewcamerawill notfunction or will only partiallyfunction in thefollowing situations: R Thereisheavy rain, snoworfog. R The ambient light is poor,e.g. at night. R The area is lit by fluorescent light (the display mayflicker). R If thereisasudden changeintemperature, e.g. when driving intoaheated garage in win‐ ter. Normal view 1 Yellowlane markingthe course thetires will R The ambient temperatureisveryhigh. take at thecurrent steering wheel angle (dynamic) 156 Driving and parking

2 Yellowguide line, vehicle width(driven sur‐ face) depending on thecurrent steering wheel angle (dynamic) 3 Marking at adistance of approximately3.3 ft (1.0 m) (the rear-enddoorscan still be openedcompletely) 4 Redguide line at adistance of approximately 1.0in(0.3 m) from therear area 5 Redguide line at adistance of approximately 8in(0.2m)fromthe rear area, vehicle width withoutside mirror Normal view 1 Yellowlane markingthe course thetires will take at thecurrent steering wheel angle (dynamic) 2 Yellowguide line, vehicle width(driven sur‐ face) depending on thecurrent steering wheel angle (dynamic) 3 Marking at adistance of approximately3.3 ft (1.0 m) (the rear-enddoorscan still be openedcompletely) 4 Redguide line at adistance of approximately 1.0in(0.3 m) from therear area Wide-angle view 5 Redguide line at adistance of approximately 8in(0.2m)fromthe rear area, vehicle width withoutside mirror 6 Orangewarning displayofParking Assist PARKTRONIC: obstacles areamedium dis‐ tance away (between approximately 1.3ft (0.4 m) and 2.0 ft (0.6 m)) 7 Yellowwarning displayofParking Assist PARKTRONIC: obstacles areatadistance of between approximately2.0 ft (0.6 m) and 3.3 ft (1.0 m) View of trailer (if trailer hitchisinstalled) If thedistance to theobstacle is lessthan 1 % Yellowguide line, locating aid approx.1.3 ft (0.4 m), thewarning displayof 2 Redguide line at adistance of approximately Parking AssistPARKTRONIC will be red. 1.0in(0.3 m) from theball head of thetrailer hitch % If theentiresystemfails, theinner segments of thewarning displayare shown in red. 3 Ball head of thetrailer hitch If thesystemfails at therear,the displayof Vehicles with Parking AssistPARKTRONIC thesegmentschanges as follows: Thefollowing camera views areavailable in the R The rear segmentsare shown in redwhen multimedia system: backing up. R The rear segmentsare hiddenwhen driv‐ ing forwards. If Parking AssistPARKTRONIC is deactivated, thewarning displayfades out. Driving and parking 157

Topview

Wide-angle view 1 Yellowlane markingthe course thetires will take at thecurrent steering wheel angle (dynamic) 2 Yellowguide line, vehicle width(driven sur‐ face) depending on thecurrent steering wheel angle (dynamic) 3 Marking at adistance of approximately3.3 ft (1.0 m) (the rear-enddoorscan still be openedcompletely) 4 Redguide line at adistance of approximately View of trailer (if trailer hitchisinstalled) 1.0in(0.3 m) from therear area 1 Yellowguide line, locating aid 5 Redguide line at adistance of approximately 2 Redguide line at adistance of approximately 8in(0.2m)fromthe rear area, vehicle width 1.0in(0.3 m) from theball head of thetrailer withoutside mirror hitch 6 Redwarning displayofParking Assist 3 Ball head of thetrailer hitch PARKTRONIC: obstacles at adistance of approximately 1.3ft(0.4 m) or less 360° Camera When Parking AssistPARKTRONIC is operational Function of the360° Camera andnoobject is detected, thesegmentsofthe warning displayare shown in gray. The 360°Camera is asystem that consists of four cameras. The cameras coverthe immediate % If theentiresystemfails, thesegmentsofthe vehicle surroundings. The system assists you, warning displayare shown in red. e.g.when parkingoratexitswithreduced visibil‐ If thesystemfails at therear,the displayof ity. thesegmentschanges as follows: The 360° Cameraisonlyanaid. It is notasubsti‐ R The rear segmentsare shown in redwhen tutefor your attention to thesurroundings. The backing up. responsibility forsafemaneuvering and parking R The rear segmentsare hiddenwhen driv‐ remains withyou. Makesurethat thereare no ing forwards. persons, animals or objectsetc., in themaneu‐ vering area whilemaneuvering and parking. If Parking AssistPARKTRONIC is deactivated, The system evaluates images from thefollowing thewarning displayfades out. cameras: Guide lines R Rear viewcamera % The guide lines in themultimedia system dis‐ R Front camera playshowthe distances to your vehicle. The R Twoside cameras in theoutside mirrors distances only apply to road level. In trailer mode, theguide lines areshown at Viewsofthe 360°Camera thelevelofthe trailer hitch. Youcan selectfromdifferent views: 158 Driving and parking

View of trailer (if trailer hitch is installed)

System limitations

View of trailer (if trailer hitchisinstalled) The 360°Camera will notfunction or will only partiallyfunction in thefollowing situations: 1 Yellowguide line, locating aid R 2 Redguide line at adistance of approximately The front doorsare open. 1.0in(0.3 m) from theball head of thetrailer R The side mirrors arefolded in. hitch R Thereisheavy rain, snoworfog. 3 Ball head of thetrailer hitch R The ambient light is poor,e.g. at night. Side viewofthe mirrorcameras R The area is lit by fluorescent light (the display The sides of thevehicle can be seen in this view. mayflicker). R If thereisasudden changeintemperature, e.g. when driving intoaheated garage in win‐ ter. R The ambient temperatureisveryhigh. R The cameralens is obstructed, dirty or fogged up. R Cameras, or vehicle components in whichthe cameras areinstalled, aredamaged. In this event, have thecameras, their positionsand their setting checkedataqualified specialist 1 Lane indicating theroutethe vehicle will take workshop. withthe steering wheel in its current position 2 Yellowwarning displayofParking Assist Do notuse the360° Cameraunder suchcircum‐ PARKTRONIC: obstacles at adistance of stances. Youcouldotherwise injureothersorcol‐ approximately 3.3 ft (1.0 m) or less lide withobjects when parking thevehicle. 3 Your vehicle from above On vehicles withheight-adjustable suspension or 4 Markerofthe wheel contact points if thevehicle is carrying aheavy load, leaving the 5 Guide line of external vehicle dimensions standardheightcan result in inaccuracies in the withoutside mirrors folded out guide lines and in thedisplayofthe generated images, depending on technicalconditions. If thedistance to theobject lessens, thecolor of The field of vision and other functions of thecam‐ warning display 2 changes. erasystemmay be restricted duetoadditional System failure attachmentsonthe vehicle (e.g. loading tailgate). If thereisnooperational readiness, thefollowing % The contrastofthe displaymay be impaired messageappearsinthe multimedia system: by abruptdirect sunlight or by other light sources, e.g. when driving out of agarage. In this case, payparticular attention. % Have thedisplayrepaired or replaced if, for example, pixel errors considerably restrict its use. Driving and parking 159

The imagefromthe 360° Cameraappearsauto‐ ATTENTION ASSIST maticallyinthe multimedia system when thefol‐ Function of ATTENTION ASSIST lowing conditionsare fulfilled: ATTENTION ASSISTcan assistyou on long, R The ignition is switched on. monotonousjourneys, e.g. on highwaysand trunk R The rear-enddoorsare opened. roads. If ATTENTION ASSISTdetects indicatorsof fatigue or increased lapsesinconcentration on This meansthat theareabehind thevehicle can thepartofthe driver,itsuggests taking abreak. be monitored. ATTENTION ASSISTisonlyanaid. It cannot When therear-end doorsare closed, theimage alwaysdetect drowsiness or increased lapses in from therear viewcameraisswitched offafter concentration in good time. The system is nota approximatelyten seconds. substitutefor awell-restedand attentivedriver. See thenotes on cleaning the360° Camera On long journeys,takeregular and timelybreaks (/ page285). that allowyou to rest properly. Selecting aviewfor the360°Camera Youcan choose between twosettings: Requirements: R Standard: normal system sensitivity R The Auto. Rear View Cam. is activated in the R Sensitive: higher system sensitivity.The multimedia system (/ page159). driver is warned earlier and theattention level detected by thesystem(Attention Level) is # Engagereversegear. adaptedaccordingly. # Select thedesired viewinthe multimedia sys‐ tem. If fatigue or increased lapsesinconcentration are detected, the ATTENTION ASSIST: Take aBreak! Activating/deactivatingautomaticoperation warning appearsinthe Instrument Display. You of the rear viewcamera can acknowledgethe messageand take abreak if The rear viewcameraisonlyanaid. It is nota necessary. If youdonot take abreak and ATTEN‐ substitutefor youpaying attention to thesur‐ TION ASSISTcontinues to detect increased lap‐ roundings. Youare alwaysresponsiblefor safe ses in concentration, youwill be warned again maneuvering, parking and exitingaparking afteraminimumof15minutes. space. Makesurethat no persons, animals or objects etc. areinthe pathofyour vehicle. Pay attention to your surroundingsand be ready to brakeatall times. Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance 5 Camera &Parking # Switch Auto. Rear View Cam. on or off. Activating/deactivatingmaneuveringassis‐ tance Instrument Display(color display) Multimedia system: Youcan have thefollowing status information for 4 5 5 © Settings Assistance ATTENTION ASSISTdisplayedinthe Assistance 5 Camera &Parking menu of theon-boardcomputer: # Switch ManeuveringAssistance on or off. R The journeylengthsince thelastbreak % When maneuvering assistance is activated, R The attention leveldetermined by ATTENTION thefollowing functionsare active: ASSIST: R DriveAwayAssist (/ page163) - The fuller thecircle is, thehigher the R Rear Cross TrafficAlert(/page 163) detected attentionlevelis - The circle in thecenter of thedisplay empties from theoutside inwardsas attentiveness decreases 160 Driving and parking

R The time is setincorrectly R Youchangelanesand vary your speedfre‐ quently in activedriving situations The ATTENTION ASSISTdrowsinessoralertness assessment is deletedand restartedwhen con‐ tinuingthe journeyinthe following situations: R If youswitch offthe engine R Youunfastenyour seat belt and open thedriv‐ er's door (e.g. changedrivers or take abreak) Instrument Display(black and whitedisplay) Setting ATTENTION ASSIST Youcan have thefollowing status information for Multimedia system: ATTENTION ASSISTdisplayedinthe Assistance menu of theon-boardcomputer: 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance 5 R The journeylengthsince thelastbreak Attention Assist R The attention leveldetermined by ATTENTION Setting options ASSIST: # Select Standard, Sensitive or Off. - The fuller thebar is, thehigher thedetec‐ Suggesting arestarea tedattention levelis # Select . - The bar empties as attentivenessdecrea‐ Suggest RestArea ses # Activateordeactivate thefunction. If ATTENTION ASSISTdetects fatigue or an If ATTENTION ASSISTcannot calculatethe atten‐ increasing lack of attention,itsuggests a tion leveland cannotissue awarning,the Atten- nearbyrestarea. tion Level messageappears. # Select asuggestedrestarea. If awarning is displayedinthe Instrument Dis‐ Youare guided to theselected rest area. play, themultimedia system offers to search fora rest area. Youcan selectarestareaand start navigationtothis rest area. This function can be TrafficSign Assist activated and deactivated in themultimedia sys‐ Function of TrafficSign Assist tem. If ATTENTION ASSISTisdeactivated, the Û symbol appearsinthe assistance graphicinthe Instrument Displaywhen theengine is running. ATTENTION ASSISTisactivated automatically when theengine is re-started. The lastselected sensitivity levelremainsstored. System limits ATTENTION ASSISTisactiveinthe 37 mph (60 km/h) to 124mph (200 km/h)speedrange. Thefunctionality of ATTENTION ASSISTisrestric‐ TrafficSign Assist detects trafficsigns with multi‐ ted, and warnings maybedelayedornot occur at function camera 1.Itassistsyou by displaying all, in thefollowing situations: detected speed limits and overtakingrestrictions in theinstrument cluster. R The journeylasts less than approximately 30 minutes Since TrafficSign Assist also uses thedata stored in thenavigation system, it can also R The road condition is poor (unevenroad sur‐ updatethe displaywithout detecting trafficsigns: face or potholes) R R The vehicle is subjected to astrongcrosswind whenthe vehicle changes roads, e.g.freeway entry or exit road R Youhave asporty drivingstyle (highcorner‐ R ing speeds or high ratesofacceleration) when avillageorcityboundarystoredinthe digital map is passed Driving and parking 161

The cameraalso detects trafficsigns with a restriction indicated by an additional sign (e.g. in wetconditions). Warning when themaximum permissible speed is exceeded The system can warn youifyou unintentionally exceed themaximum permissible speed. To do this, youcan specify in themultimedia system by howmuchthe maximum permissible speed can be exceeded beforeawarning is issued. Youcan TrafficSign Assist is notavailable in all countries. specify whether thewarning is to be justavisual If it is unavailable, display 1 is shown in the warning or an audible one as well. speedometer. Displayinthe Instrument Display System limitations The system maybeimpaired or maynot function in thefollowing situations: R The system is affected by poor visibility,e.g. due to insufficient illumination of theroad, highlyvariable shade conditions, or due to rain, snow, fogorheavy spray R The system is impaired by glare, e.g.from oncomingtraffic, direct sunlightorreflections R The system is affected by dirtonthe wind‐ Instrument Display(color display) shield in theareaofthe multifunction cam‐ 1 Permissible speed era, or because thecamera is fogged up, 2 Permissible speed when thereisarestriction damaged or covered 3 Additional sign witharestriction R The traffic signsare hardtodetect, e.g.due to dirt, because they arecovered, due to % Onlyone of trafficsigns 1 or 2 is dis‐ snoworinsufficient lighting playedatany one time in theInstrument Dis‐ R The information in thenavigation system's play, if necessarywithadditional sign 3.If twovalid trafficsigns aredetected at the digital map is incorrect or out-of-date same time, aplus sign appears next to the R The system is affected by ambiguous signs, trafficsigninthe Instrument Displayasan e.g.trafficsigns on construction sites or in indication that both trafficsigns aredis‐ adjacent lanes playedinthe navigation system. Setting TrafficSign Assist SinceTraffic Sign Assistalso uses thedata Multimediasystem: stored in thenavigation system, it can also 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance updatethe displaywithout detecting trafficsigns: 5 Traffic Sign Assist R whenthe vehicle changes roads, e.g.freeway entry or exit road Displaying detected trafficsigns in themedia display R when avillageorcityboundarystoredinthe digital map is passed # Select Display in Central Display. # Activateordeactivate thefunction. Setting thetypeofwarning # Select Visual &Audible, Visual or None. Setting thewarningthreshold This value determines at whichpoint thewarning is given onceaspeed limit is exceeded. 162 Driving and parking

# Select Warning Threshold. lampinthe outside mirrorflashes. If theturnsig‐ # Setaspeed. nal indicator remains switched on, all other detected vehicles areindicated only by theflash‐ ing of thered warning lamp. Blind SpotAssist If youovertakeavehicle quickly, no warning is Function of Blind SpotAssistwith exit warn‐ given. ing Exit warning Blind SpotAssistuses twolateral, rear-facing The exit warning is an additional function of Blind radar sensorstomonitor theareadirectlynextto SpotAssistand warnsvehicle occupants when and on theside behind thevehicle. leaving thevehicle about anyapproaching vehi‐ % USAonly: cles. This device has been approvedbythe FCC as a"Vehicular Radar System". The radar sensor & WARNING Risk of accident despiteexit is intended foruse in an automotiveradar warning system only. Removal, tampering, or altering of thedevice will void anywarranties, and is The exit warning reactsneither to stationary notpermittedbythe FCC. Do nottamper objectsnor to vehicles approaching youata with, alter or use in anynon-approvedway. greatly different speed. Anyunauthorizedmodificationtothis device As aresult, theexit warning cannotwarndriv‐ could void theuser's authority to operatethe ersinthese situations. equipment. # Alwayspay particular attention to the trafficsituation whenopening thedoors & WARNING Risk of accident despiteBlind and makesurethereissufficient clear‐ SpotAssist ance. Blind SpotAssistreacts neither to stationary objectsnor to vehicles approaching and over‐ % An exit warning is notissued forsliding doors taking youatagreatly different speed. and rear-enddoors. As aresult, Blind SpotAssistcannotwarn Overview driversinthese situations. When thevehicle is Displayinoutsidemir‐ # Alwayspay careful attention to thetraf‐ stationary, an object ror ficsituation and maintainasafedis‐ is detected from tance at theside of thevehicle. behind in themonitor‐ ing range. Blind SpotAssistisonlyanaid. It mayfail to detect some vehicles and is no substitutefor When thevehicle is Visual and audible attentivedriving. Alwaysensurethat thereissuf‐ stationary, adoor on warning ficient distance to theside forother road users therelevant sideof and obstacles. thevehicle is opened. If avehicle is detected abovespeeds of approx‐ An object whichis imately7.5 mph(12 km/h) and this vehicle sub‐ close to your vehicle sequentlyentersthe monitoring rangedirectly is detected in the next to your vehicle, thewarning lampinthe out‐ monitoring range. side mirrorlights up red. This additional function is onlyavailable when When atrailer is connected, theradar sen‐ % % BlindSpotAssistisactivated and up to a sor's field of vision maybeimpaired, thereby maximumofthree minutes afterthe drive making limited monitoring possible. Always system has been switched off. The end of the paycareful attention to thetraffic situation availabilityofthe exit warning function is indi‐ and maintain asafedistance at theside of cated by aseries of flashes in theoutside thevehicle. mirror. If avehicle is detected closetoyour vehicle in the The exit warning function is onlyanaid and is no lateral monitoring rangeand youswitch on the substitutefor theattentiveness of thevehicle turnsignalindicatorinthe corresponding direc‐ occupants. Responsibility alwayslies withthe tion, awarning tone sounds. The redwarning Driving and parking 163 vehicle occupants when opening doorsand leav‐ & WARNING Risk of accident caused by ing thevehicle. limited detection performanceofDrive System limits Away Assist BlindSpotAssistand theexit warning function DriveAwayAssist cannotalwaysclearlyiden‐ maybelimited in thefollowing situations: tify objects and trafficsituations. R If thereisdirtonthe sensorsorthe sensors In suchcases, DriveAwayAssist might: areobscured R Warn youwithout reason and limit the R If thereispoor visibility,e.g. due to fog, heavy vehicle speed. rain, snoworspray R Notwarnyou or notlimit thevehicle R If narrowvehicles arewithin themonitoring speed. range, e.g. bicycles # Alwayspay careful attention to thetraf‐ R On very wide lanes ficsituation; do notrelyonDrive Away R If vehicles arenot driving in themiddle of Assist alone. their lane # Be prepared to brakeorswerveasnec‐ essary, provided thetraffic situation % Stationaryorslowlymovingobjectsare not displayed. permitsand that it is safetotakeeva‐ siveaction. Warnings maybeissued in errorwhen driving close to crash barriersorsimilar solid lane bor‐ DriveAwayAssist is onlyanaid. It is notasubsti‐ ders. Warnings maybeinterruptedwhen driving tutefor your attention to thesurroundings. You alongside long vehicles, forexample trucks,for a arealwaysresponsiblefor safemaneuvering, prolonged time. parking and exitingaparkingspace. Makesure Blind SpotAssistisnot operationalwhen reverse that no persons, animals or objectsetc. areinthe gear is engaged. pathofyour vehicle. The exit warning function maybelimited in the Arisk of acollision mayarise in thefollowing sit‐ following situations: uations, forexample: R When thesensor is blockedbyadjacent vehi‐ R If thedrivermixes up theaccelerator and cles in narrow parking spaces brakepedals. R When people areapproaching R If thewrong gear is selected. Activating/deactivatingBlind SpotAssist The DriveAwayAssist function is activeunder the Multimedia system: following conditions: 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance R If Parking AssistPARKTRONIC is activated. # Activateordeactivate Blind Spot Assist. R Everytimethe gear is changed to k or h when thevehicle is at astandstill. DriveAwayAssist R If thedetected obstacle is lessthan approx‐ imately 3.3 ft (1.0 m) away. Function of DriveAwayAssist R If themaneuvering assistance function is acti‐ % DriveAwayAssist is onlyavailable forvehi‐ vatedinthe multimedia system. cles withautomatic transmission. System limits DriveAwayAssist can reduce theseverity of an DriveAwayAssist is unavailable on inclines and impact when pulling away.Ifanobstacle is detec‐ when driving withatrailer. tedinthe direction of travel, thevehicle's speed is briefly reduced to approximately 1mph (2 km/h). If acritical situation is detected, asym‐ Rear Cross TrafficAlert bol appears on thecamera imageofthe multime‐ dia system. Function of Rear Cross TrafficAlert The radar sensorsinthe bumper areused forthe system. This waythe area adjacent to thevehicle is continually monitored. If theradar sensorsare 164 Driving and parking obscured by vehicles or other objects, detection servestoprotect youagainstunintentionally leav‐ is notpossible. ing your lane.You mayalso be warned by a % Also read thenotes on Blind SpotAssist vibrating message from thesteering wheel and by (/ page162). thestatus symbolflashing in theInstrument Dis‐ play. Vehicles with Blind SpotAssist: driverscan also be warned of anycrossing traffic when back‐ The warning is issued when thefollowing condi‐ ing up out of aparkingspace. If avehicle is tions aremet at thesame time: detected, thewarning lampinthe outside mirror R Lane Keeping Assistdetects lane markings. on thecorresponding side lights up red. If it R Afront wheel drives overalane marking. detects acriticalsituation, awarning tone also sounds. Youcan activateand deactivatethe Lane Keeping Vehicles with Blind SpotAssistand Parking Assistwarning. AssistPARKTRONIC: driverscan also be warned If youfail to adaptyour driving style, Lane Keep‐ of anycrossing traffic when backingupout of a ing Assistcan neither reduce therisk of accident parkingspace. If acritical situation is detected, a nor override thelawsofphysics. It cannottake warning symbol appearsonthe camera imageof intoaccount road, weather or trafficconditions. themultimedia system. If thedriverdoes not Lane Keeping Assistisonlyanaid and is not respond to thewarning,the vehicle's brakes can intended to keep thevehicle in thelane without be appliedautomatically.Inthis case, awarning thedriver's cooperation. Youare responsible for tone sounds. thesafedistance to thevehicle in front, forvehi‐ The Rear Cross TrafficAlertfunction is active cle speed, braking in good time and forstaying in underthe following conditions: your lane. R BlindSpotAssistisactivated. System limits R Reversegear is engaged or thevehicle is The system maybeimpaired or maynot function backing up at walkingpace. in thefollowing situations: R If themaneuvering assistance function is acti‐ R Thereispoor visibility, e.g. due to insufficient vatedinthe multimedia system. illumination of theroad, if thereare highly variable shade conditionsorinrain, snow, fog The Rear Cross TrafficAlertfunction is unavaila‐ or spray. ble when driving withatrailer. R Glarefromoncomingtraffic, direct sunlightor reflections. Lane Keeping Assistand ActiveLaneKeeping R Thereisdirtonthe windshield in thevicinity Assist of themultifunction camera or thecamerais Functions of Lane Keeping Assist fogged up, damaged or obscured. R No or severalunclear lane markings arepres‐ ent forone lane, e.g. in aconstruction area. R The lane markings areworn, darkorcovered. R The distance to thevehicle driving in front is tooshortand thus thelane markings cannot be detected. R The lane markings changequickly, e.g. lanes branchoff,cross one another or merge. R The road is very narrow and winding.

Lane Keeping Assistmonitorsthe area in front of your vehicle withmultifunction camera 1.It Driving and parking 165

Functions of ActiveLaneKeeping Assist notasystem forautomatically keeping to the lane. Youare responsible forthe distance to the vehicle in front, forvehicle speed, braking in good time and forstaying in your lane.

If alane-correcting brakeapplication from Active Lane Keeping Assistoccurs, display 1 appears in themultifunction display. ActiveLaneKeeping Assistmonitorsthe area in front of your vehicle by means of multifunction System limits camera 1.Itservestoprotect youagainstunin‐ No lane-correcting brakeapplication from Active tentionally leaving your lane.You mayalso be Lane Keeping Assistoccursinthe following situa‐ warned by avibratingmessagefromthe steering tions: wheel and by thestatus symbolflashing in the instrument display. In addition, youmay be gui‐ R Youclearly and activelysteer,brake or accel‐ ded backintoyour lane by alane-correcting erate. brakeapplication. Arelevant message appearsin R Youswitch on theturnsignal. theinstrument display. R Adriving safetysystemintervenes, such as The warning is issued when thefollowing condi‐ ESP® or ActiveBrake Assist. tions aremet at thesame time: R Youhave adoptedasporty driving stylewith R The driving system detects lane markings. high cornering speeds or high ratesofaccel‐ R Afront wheel passesoverthe lane markings. eration. R ® Alane-correcting brakeapplication occurs when ESP has been switched off. thefollowing conditionsare met: R When driving withatrailer,the electrical con‐ nection to thetrailer has been correctly R ActiveLaneKeeping Assistdetects lane established. markings on both sides of thevehicle. R If aloss of tirepressureorafaulty tirehas R Afront wheel drives overasolidlane mark‐ been detected and displayed. ing. Arelevant message appearsinthe instrument The system maybeimpaired or maynot function display. in thefollowing situations: R The brakeapplication is available in thespeed Thereispoor visibility, e.g. due to insufficient rangebetween approximately 40 mph(60 km/h) illumination of theroad, highly variable shade and 100mph (160 km/h). conditions, or due to rain, snow, fogorheavy spray. Youcan either deactivatethe ActiveLaneKeep‐ R ing Assistwarning or switchoff thesystem com‐ Glarefromoncomingtraffic, direct sunlightor pletely. reflections. R If youfail to adaptyour driving style, ActiveLane Thereisdirtonthe windshield in thevicinity Keeping Assistcan neither reduce therisk of an of themultifunction camera or thecamera is accident nor override thelawsofphysics. It can‐ fogged up, damaged or obscured. nottakeintoaccount road, weather or traffic R No or severalunclear lane markings arepres‐ conditions. The driving system is an aid forwhen ent forone lane, e.g. in aconstruction area. youunintentionally leave or cross thelane and R The lane markings areworn, darkorcovered. 166 Driving and parking

R The distance to thevehicle in front is too Activating/deactivatingADR small, and thereforethe lane markings cannot be detected. R The lane markings changequickly, e.g. lanes branchoff,cross one another or merge. R The roadway is very narrowand winding. Activating/deactivatingLaneKeeping Assist or ActiveLaneKeeping Assist Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance # Select Lane Keeping Assist or Act.Lane Keep Asst.On. Activatingordeactivatingthe warning # Select Lane KeepingAssist or Act. Lane Keep Asst. On. # To activate: while theengine is running, # Select Warning. press switch 1. The Working Speed GovernorActive message appearsinthe multifunction display. Work mode # To deactivate: while theengine is running, ADR(workingspeed control) press switch 2. Function of ADR (working speed control) ADR goesout automatically in thefollowing situa‐ When activated, ADRautomaticallyincreases the tions: engine speed to apresetspeed or aspeed you R Yourelease theparking brake. have set. R Youdepress thebrake pedal. Afteracold start, theidle speed of the % R engine is increased automatically. If thepre‐ The vehicle moves. setworking speed is lowerthan the R The controlunit detects amalfunction. increased idle speed,the working speed is AdjustingADR onlyreached once theengine has completed thewarm-up phase. It is only possible to activateADR withthe vehicle stationaryand theparking brake applied. On vehicles withautomatic transmission, the selector levermustbeinposition j.

# Engagepowertake-off or activate ADR. # To increase: press switch 1. # To reduce: press switch 2. Driving and parking 167

Traileroperation designed forthe trailer operation Notesontrailer operation requirements. # Do notmodifythe ball coupling or the & WARNING Risk of accident‑ and injury if trailerhitch. theload is exceeded If youexceed thepermitted load when using & WARNING Risk of accident and injury therack, theracksystemmay disconnect duetoanincorrectlyinstalled ball cou‐ from thevehicle and endanger other road pling users. If theball coupling is notinstalled and # Alwayscomplywiththe permitted load engaged correctly,itmay become detached when using therack. during travel and endanger other road users. Thereisarisk of fatalinjury. & WARNING Swerving of thevehicle/ # Install and securethe ball coupling as trailer combination due to increased described in theball coupling manufac‐ speed turer's installation instructions. If thevehicle/trailer combination swerves, # When theball coupling has been instal‐ youcan lose control of it. led, ensurethat it is correctly secured beforeevery trip. The vehicle/trailer combination can even tip over. & WARNING Risk of accident duetoan # Under no circumstances shouldyou try incorrectlyinstalled and secured ball to increase thespeed to straighten the coupling vehicle/trailer combination. If theball coupling has notbeen correctly # Reduce speed and do notcounter-steer. installed and secured, thetrailer can become # If necessary, applythe brakes. detached. # Install and securethe ball coupling as & WARNING Risk of accident duetothe described in theball coupling manufac‐ brakesystem overheating turer's installation instructions. If youleave your foot on thebrake pedal # When theball coupling has been instal‐ when driving, thebrake system mayoverheat. led, ensurethat it is correctly secured This increases thebraking distance and the beforeevery trip. brakesystemmay evenfail. # Neveruse thebrake pedal as afootrest. * NOTE Wearing out thebrake linings by continuously depressing thebrake pedal # Do notdepress thebrake pedal and the accelerator pedal at thesame time # Do notdepress thebrake pedal continu‐ while driving. ously whilstdriving. # To use thebraking effect of theengine, & WARNING Danger of accident dueto shifttoalowergear in good time. unsuitable ball coupling Alwayscomplywiththe operating instructions of If youinstall an unsuitable ball coupling, over‐ themanufacturer of thetrailer coupling and the loading of thetrailer hitchand rear axle will ball neck. be theresult. This is particularly thecase if theball coupling is relatively long or angled Place your vehicle/trailer combination on surfa‐ differently. ces that areasevenaspossible and secure it againstrolling away ( page138). Coupleand The handling characteristicsmay be heavily / uncouplethe trailer carefully. impaired and thetrailer can become detached. Thereisarisk of fatalinjury. When backing up thetowing vehicle, ensurethat thereisno-one between thevehicle and the # Only install aball couplingthat meets trailer. thepermitted dimensionsand has been 168 Driving and parking

If youdonot couple thetrailer to thetowing vehi‐ Your vehicle will behave differentlywithatrailer cle correctly, thetrailer maybecome detached. relativetowithout atrailer: Onceithas been coupled and is roadworthy, the R The vehicle/trailer combination will be heav‐ trailermustbeinahorizontalposition behindthe ier. towing vehicle. R The vehicle/trailer combination will be Note thefollowing regarding thetongue weight: restricted in its acceleration and climbing R Makefull use of themaximum tongueweight, ability. wherepossible. R The vehicle/trailer combination will have an R Neverfall belowalegallyprescribed minimum increased brakingdistance. tongueweight;the tongueweight must R The vehicle/trailer combination will be more alwaysbepositive. susceptible to crosswind gusts. R Do notexceed or fall belowthe permissible R The vehicle/trailer combination will require tongueweights –this mustbeobserveddur‐ moresensitivesteering. ing loading and unloading of thetrailer. R The vehicle/trailer combination will have a Do notexceed thefollowing values: largerturning circle. R Permitted braked or unbraked towing capa‐ This mayimpairthe vehicle's driving characteris‐ city tics. The maximum permissible towing capacity for When drivingwithavehicle/trailer combination, unbraked trailersis1,653 lbs (750 kg). alwaysadaptyour speed to thecurrent road and R Permissible rear axle load of thetowing vehi‐ weather conditions. Drivecarefully. Keep asuffi‐ cle cient safedistance. R Permissible gross mass of thetowing vehicle Comply withthe maximum speed of 49 mph R Permissible gross mass of thetrailer (80 km/h) or 62 mph(100km/h), even in coun‐ tries in whichhigher speeds arepermitted for R Permissible gross combination mass vehicle/trailer combinations. R Maximum permissible speed of thetrailer Complywiththe legally prescribed maximum The relevant permitted values, whichmustnot be speed forvehicle/trailer combinationsinforce in exceeded, can be found in thefollowing places: thecountry,stateorCanadian provinceinques‐ tion. Beforesetting off, consult thetrailer's vehi‐ R In your vehicle documents cle documents to see themaximum permissible R On theidentification plateofthe trailer hitch speed foryour trailer. R On thetrailer's identification plate Attach onlyanapprovedtrailer hitchtoyourvehi‐ R On thevehicle identification plate cle. Use only aball neckthat has been approved foryour vehicle. Further information about availa‐ If thereare discrepancies between thevalues, the bilityand installation of thetrailer electrics is lowest one shall apply. available from anyqualified specialistworkshop. Beforedriving off, ensurethe following: The trailer hitchisone of themostimportant R The tirepressureonthe rear axle of thetow‐ vehicle parts forroad safety. Complywiththe ing vehicle has been setfor themaximum instructions on operating, maintaining and servic‐ load. ing in themanufacturer's operating instructions. R The headlamps have been setcorrectly. % Your vehicle's bumpersare notsuitable for installing detachable trailer towhitches. Values approvedbythe manufacturer can be found on theidentification plates and in thesec‐ Do notattachany rented trailertow hitches or tion forthe towing vehicle ( page308). anyother detachable trailer towhitches to the / bumpers. % When using atrailer,remember that PARKTRONICisavailable onlytoalimited extent, if at all. Driving and parking 169

% The height of theball head will change Coupling/uncoupling atrailer depending on thevehicle's load. In this case, use atrailer withaheight-adjustable draw‐ Coupling atrailer bar. * NOTE Damage to thevehicle batterydue Driving notes to full discharge The maximum permissible speed forvehicle/ trailer combinationsdepends on thetype of Charging thetrailer batteryusing thepower trailer.Beforesetting off, consult thetrailer's supply of thetrailer can damagethe vehicle vehicle documents to see themaximum permissi‐ battery. ble speed foryour trailer. # Do notuse thevehicle's powersupply Your vehicle will behave differentlywithatrailer to charge thetrailer battery. relativetowithout atrailer,and will consume morefuel. In thecase of along and steep # Shiftthe selector levertoposition j. descent, youmustselectshiftrange 3, 2 or 1 in # Applythe vehicle's parking brake. good time. # Close all thedoors. % This also applies if thecruise controlis # Position thetrailer on alevel surface behind switched on. thevehicle. Youwill therebymakeuse of theengine'sbraking The ball head height changes depending on effect and will nothave to brakeasoften to con‐ % thevehicle's load. In this case, use atrailer trol thespeed. This will take some of thestrain withaheight-adjustable trailer drawbar. offthe brakesystemand prevent thebrakesfrom overheating and wearing tooquickly. If youneed # Couple up thetrailer. additional braking, depress thebrake pedal inter‐ # Establish all electrical and other connections mittently rather than continuously. to thetrailer. Drivingtips # Remove objectsordevices whichprevent the trailerfromrolling, e.g. wheel chocks. If thetrailer sways, remember thefollowing points: # Release thetrailer's parking brake. R Do notaccelerateunder anycircumstances. % The vehicle harness has acable connection to thebrake light indicator lamp. R Do notcountersteer. Observe themaximum permissible trailer dimen‐ R If necessary, applythe brakes. sions (widthand length). % Youcan prevent thetrailer from swaying and MostUSstatesand all Canadian provinces pre‐ rocking by retrofitting stabilizer bar or trailer scribe thefollowing points, and youare urgently stabilityprograms. Youcan obtain further recommended to comply with these: information from aFreightliner Sprinter R Safetychains between thetowing vehicle and service center. thetrailer.The chains should be routed in a When youare drivingwithatrailer,complywith criss-cross pattern underthe trailer drawbar. thefollowing points: Theymustbeconnected to thetrailer tow R Maintain agreater distance than when driving hitchand nottothe bumper or to thevehicle without atrailer. axle. R Avoid braking abruptly. If possible, brakegen‐ Leave sufficient slack in thechains. This tlyfirst of allsothat thetrailer closes up allows forevensharp cornering. behind your vehicle. Then, increase thebrak‐ R Aseparatebrake system is required forcer‐ ing forcerapidly. tain trailers. R The values given forstart-off gradeability R Asafetyfeatureisrequired forbrakedtrailers. refertosea level. When driving in mountain‐ Determine thespecific requirements accord‐ ous areas, note that engine output, and there‐ ing to therelevant laws. fore start-offgradeability,will decrease with If thetrailer becomes detached from thetow‐ increasingaltitude. ing vehicle, thesafetyfeaturetriggersthe trailer brakes and can thus reduce thedanger. 170 Driving and parking

Uncoupling atrailer gain driving experience and become accus‐ tomed to thenew handling characteristics. & WARNING Risk of being crushed and R Beforedriving, checkthe following: becoming trapped whenuncoupling a - that thetrailer towhitch and ball coupling trailer aresecure Whenuncoupling atrailer with an engaged - that thesafetyswitch forbrakedtrailersis inertia-activated brake, your handmay functioning correctly become trapped between thevehicle and the trailerdrawbar. - that thesafetychains aresecureand undamaged # Do notuncouple trailerswithan engaged overrun brake. - that theelectrical connectionsare secure - that thelights arefunctioning correctly Do notuncouple atrailer withanoverrun brakein - thewheels fordamage and correct tire astate of overrun. Otherwise, therebound of the pressure(/page 305) overrunbrake can damageyour vehicle. R Adjustthe outside mirrors so that youhave a # Shiftthe selector levertoposition j. clearviewofthe rear sectionofthe trailer. # Applythe vehicle's parking brake. R If thetrailer is equipped withanindividual # Close all thedoors. braking system, checkbeforeeachjourney # Applythe trailer's parking brake. whether thebrakesare functioning correctly. R # Securethe trailer againstrolling away witha If thetrailer has electronicallycontrolled wheel chockorsimilar object. brakes, pull away carefully with thevehicle/ trailer combination.Brake manually using the # Remove thetrailer cables and safetychains. brakecontroller and checkwhether the # Uncouple thetrailer. brakes arefunctioning correctly. R Secure theload on thetrailer in line withthe Information about towing atrailer requirements and rules forload-securing methods. Operatingatrailer is subject to manystatutory R regulations suchasspeed restrictions. When driving withatrailer,checkatregular intervals that theload is secureand that the Manystatesalso requireanauxiliaryseparate lightsand brakes arefunctioning correctly. functional brakingsystem when towing aweight R that exceeds acertain limit.For your safety, it is Bearinmind that thehandling characteristics recommended to use aseparatefunctional brak‐ aremoreunstable when towing atrailer than ing system on anytowedvehicle. when drivingwithout atrailer.Avoid sudden steering movements. Makesurethat your trailer combinationmeets R local regulations. This notonlyapplies to your The vehicle/trailer combination is heavier, placeofresidence, but also to your destination. accelerates moreslowly, has areduced Informationonthis can be obtained from the climbing ability and an increased braking dis‐ police and local authorities. tance. It is moresusceptible to side winds and requires careful steering. Complywiththe following when driving witha R If possible, do notbrake suddenly, but rather trailer: moderately at firstsothat thetrailer can acti‐ R Practice cornering, stopping and backing up vate its brakes. Then increase thepressureon in atraffic-free location. In this way, youwill thebrake pedal. R If theautomatic transmission shifts between gearsonuphill or downhill gradients, restrict theshiftrange. Select shiftrange4,3,2or1. Alower gear and reduced speed decrease the risk of engine damage. R When driving on adownhill gradient, shifttoa lowergear to use theengine'sbraking effect. Driving and parking 171

Avoid constant braking, as this could cause thepermissible gross vehicle weight plus theper‐ thevehicle brakes and possiblyalso the missible trailer load. If either thevehicle or the trailerbrakestooverheat. trailerisfully laden, thepermitted gross vehicle R If thecoolant temperatureincreases signifi‐ weight or thepermitted trailer load values are cantly when theair-conditioningsystemis reduced accordingly.Inthis case, youmay only switched on, switchthe air-conditioning sys‐ partially load thetrailer or thevehicle. temoff. The gross trailer weight (GTW)iscalculated by Coolant heat can also be dissipated by addingthe weight of thetrailer to theweight of switching theairflow and thetemperatureof theload and equipment. If thetrailer is equipped theheater or air conditioning to themaximum withaseparatebraking system, then themaxi‐ level. Open thewindows if necessary. mum gross trailer weight is 5000lbs (2268kg) or 7500 lbs (3402 kg). R When overtaking,pay particular attention to theincreased overtakingdistance of your Themaximumpermissible trailer drawbar nose‐ vehicle/trailer combination. weight on theball head is 500 lbs (227kg) or 750lbs (340 kg). However, theactual trailer Due to thelengthofyour vehicle/trailer com‐ drawbar noseweight mustnot exceed thevalue bination youwill requirealonger stretchof given on thetrailer towhitch or trailer identifica‐ road beforeswitching backtothe original tion plates. Wherethe values differ, thelowest lane. value alwaysapplies. The permissible gross weight forvehicle-trailer Permissible trailer loads and trailer drawbar combinations(GCWR)iscalculated by addingthe noseweights gross weight of thetrailer to thegross vehicle weight including adriver's weight of approx‐ Weight information imately150 lbs (68 kg). The maximum permissi‐ ble gross combination weight is vehicle-specific & WARNING Risk of accident dueto and equipment-dependent.When driving witha unbraked trailer withexcessivelyhigh trailer,you should notexceed themaximum per‐ gross weight mitted permissible gross weight forvehicle-trailer If youtow atrailer without aseparatefunc‐ combinations(GCWR). tional brakingsystemand agross trailer The permissible values, whichmustnot be excee‐ weight (GTW)ofmorethan 1635 lbs (750 kg), ded, can be found in your vehicle documents and then thevehicle brakesystemmay overheat. on theidentification plates of thetrailer tow This increases thebraking distance and the hitch, thetrailer and thevehicle. The values brakesystem mayevenfail. approvedbythe manufacturer can also be found in the"Technical data" section. Wherethe values # Alwaysuse atrailer withaseparate functional braking system when towing differ, thelowest value alwaysapplies. atrailer withagross trailer weight Loading thetrailer (GTW)ofmorethan 1635 lbs (750 kg). Use adrawbar noseweight that is as close as possible to themaximum permissible nose‐ * NOTE Damage to thedrive train, trans‐ weight.Donot undershootthe minimum permis‐ mission or trailer towhitch due to excess sible noseweight.Otherwise, thetrailer may gross combination weight become detached. R The permissible grosscombination weight is Distributethe load over thevehicle and the exceeded. trailersoasnot to exceed either themaxi‐ mum permissible values forthe gross vehicle The drivetrain, thetransmission or thetrailer weight rating (GVWR)and gross trailerweight towhitch maybedamaged. (GTW), thepermissible gross weight forvehi‐ # Complywiththe permissible gross com‐ cle-trailer combinations(GCWR), nor themax‐ bination weight. imum permissible gross axle weight rating (GAWR)and trailerdrawbar noseweight (TWR) Forvehicles withapermissible gross vehicle of your vehicle. weight of 11030 lbs (5003 kg), thepermissible R Addthe rear axle load to thetrailer drawbar gross combination weight is less than thesum of noseweight of thetrailer drawbar on theball 172 Driving and parking

head (TWR). This will ensurethat youdonot exceed thepermissible gross axle weight rat‐ ing (GAWR). R Addthe vehicle load to thetrailer drawbar noseweight of thetrailer drawbar on theball head (TWR). This will ensurethat youdonot exceed thepermissible gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR). Checking thevehicle and trailer weight R Makesurethat theweights of thetowing vehicle and thetrailer comply withthe maxi‐ mum permissible values. Have thecar/trailer combination weighed on acalibrated weigh‐ ing machine. The car/trailer combination comprises thetowing vehicle including driver, passengersand load as well as theladen trailer. R Checkthe maximum permissible gross axle weight rating of thefront and rear axles (GAWR), thegross trailer weight (GTW), the permissible gross weight forvehicle-trailer combinations(GCWR)and thetrailer drawbar noseweight rating (TWR).

Trailerpowersupply Incorrect cabling of theconnector plug mayinter‐ fere withother electronic systems in thevehicle. Freightliner Sprinter thereforerecommends that youhavethe cabling of theconnector plug car‐ ried out at aqualified specialistworkshop. Youcan connectaccessories up to amaximum of 240Wtothe permanent powersupply.Donot charge atrailer batteryusingthe powersupply. Your vehicle maybeequipped witharangeof electricalequipment fortrailer operation. Depending on your trailer,you mayneedan adapterfor theelectrical connection between the trailerand your vehicle. The trailer socketofyour vehicle is equipped with apermanent powersupply at thefactory. The permanent powersupply is supplied via trailer socketpin 4. Note that thetrailer's permanentpowersupply is notswitched offwhen thevehicle's on-board electrical system voltageislow.This could com‐ pletely dischargeyour vehicle's starterbattery. Further information on theelectrical equipment currentlyinstalled on your vehicle and on instal‐ ling thetrailer electrics can be obtained at a qualified specialistworkshop. Instrument Displayand on-boardcomputer 173

OverviewofInstrument Display

& WARNING Risk of accident duetoan instrumentdisplaymalfunction If theInstrument Displayhas failed or mal‐ functioned, youmay notrecognize function restrictions applying to safetyrelevant sys‐ tems. The operating safetyofyour vehicle maybe impaired. # Driveoncarefully. # Have thevehicle checkedimmediately at aqualified specialistworkshop.

If youare uncertain regarding theoperational Example: Instrument Displaywithblackand white safetyofyour vehicle, parkthe vehicle safelyas display soon as possible. Informaqualified specialist 1 Speedometer workshop. 2 Indicator lamps display Instrument Display 3 Tachometer 4 Multifunction display

* NOTE Engine damagedue to excessively high engine speeds The engine will be damaged if youdrive with theengine in theoverrevving range. # Do notdrive with theengine in theover‐ revving range.

Whenthe redmarking in tachometer 3 is reached (overspeed range),the fuel supply will be interruptedinorder to protect theengine.

& WARNING Danger of burnswhen open‐ ing thehood Example: Instrument Displaywithcolor display If youopen thehood when theengine has 1 Speedometer overheated or during afireinthe engine com‐ 2 Multifunction display partment, youcouldcomeintocontact with hotgases or other escaping operating fluids. 3 Tachometer 4 Coolanttemperaturedisplay # Beforeopening thehood, allowthe engine to cool down. 5 Fuel leveland fuel filler flap locationindicator # In theevent of afireinthe engine com‐ In normal drivingmode,coolant temperaturedis‐ partment, keep thehood closed and call play 4 is permitted to rise to thered marking. thefireservice. 174 Instrument Displayand on-boardcomputer

Overviewofthe buttons on thesteering 6 Makes/accepts acall wheel ~ Rejects/endsacall 6 ò Main menu button (multimedia system) 7 TouchControl, right (multimedia system) 8 % Backbutton, right (multimedia system)

Operating theon-board computer

& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor‐ mation systems and communications equipment Variant 1 If youoperateinformation and communica‐ 1 % Backbutton, left(on-boardcomputer) tionequipment integratedinthe vehicle when 2 TouchControl, left(on-boardcomputer) driving, youwill be distracted from thetraffic 3 Buttongroup forcruisecontrol or ActiveDis‐ situation. This could also cause youtolose tance Assist DISTRONIC control of thevehicle. 4 Button group: # Onlyoperatethis equipment when the trafficsituation permits. £ Voice-operatedcontrol f Displays favorites(multimedia system) # If youcannotbesureofthis, stop the vehicle whilstpaying attention to road VOL: using the 8 control, increases/ and trafficconditions and operate the reduces thevolume or switches offthe equipment withthe vehicle stationary. sound 6 Makes/accepts acall Youmustobservethe legal requirements forthe ~ Rejects/endsacall countryinwhich youare currentlydriving when 5 ò Main menu button (multimedia system) operating theon-boardcomputer. 6 TouchControl, right (multimedia system) Operating theon-board computer(vehicles 7 % Backbutton, right (multimedia system) with steering wheel buttons) % The displays of theon-boardcomputer appear on themultifunction display (/ page175). When thefunction is switched on, different signal tones will provide feedbackwhile theon-board computer is being operated. These include asig‐ nal tone when theend of alistisreached or when alistisbeingscrolled through.

Variant 2 1 % Backbutton, left(on-boardcomputer) 2 TouchControl, left(on-boardcomputer) 3 Main menubutton (on-boardcomputer) 4 Buttongroup forcruisecontrol or ActiveDis‐ tance Assist DISTRONIC 5 Button group: £ Voice-operatedcontrol f Displays favorites(multimedia system) VOL: using the 8 control, increases/ reduces thevolume or switches offthe sound Instrument Displayand on-boardcomputer 175

# To call up themainmenu: press backbut‐ tononthe left 1 repeatedly,orpress and hold it. % Vehicles without ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONIC: youcan call up themain menu of theon-boardcomputer withthe ò but‐ ton. # To browsethrough themenu bar: swipe to theleftorright on left-handTouchControl 2. # To call up amenuorconfirmaselection: press left-handTouchControl 2. # To browsethrough displays or lists in the menu: swipe upwards or downwardsonleft- The on-boardcomputer is operated via left-hand hand TouchControl 2. TouchControl and backbutton on theleft . 2 1 # To call up asubmenu or confirmaselec‐ tion: press left-handTouchControl 2. # To exit asubmenu: press backbutton on the left 1. If youare in asubmenu and press and hold back button on theleft 1,the main menu will appear.

Overviewofthe displays on themultifunc‐ tion display

The on-boardcomputer is operated using thefol‐ lowing buttons: R Backbutton on theleft 1 R Left-hand TouchControl 2 R Main menubutton on theleft 3 Instrument Displaywithcolor display 1 Outsidetemperature The following menus areavailable depending on 2 theequipment: Transmission position 3 Time R Service 4 Displaysection R Assistance R Trip R Navigation R Radio R Media R Phone R Settings 176 Instrument Displayand on-boardcomputer

Setting theinstrument lighting

Instrument Displaywithblack and whitedis‐ play 1 Outside temperature 2 Displaysection 3 Time 4 Transmission position

Further displays on themultifunction display: # Turn brightness control knob 1 upwards or Z Gearshiftrecommendation downwards. The lighting on theInstrument Displayand é Parking AssistPARKTRONIC switched thecontrolelements in thevehicle interior is off set. ¯ Cruise control ( page 149) / % In vehicles without brightness controlknob ç ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONIC 1,the instrument lighting can be setvia the (/ page 150) on-boardcomputer (/ page181). z DSR (/ page124) ë HOLD function(/page 152) Menusand submenus _ AdaptiveHighbeam Assist Calling up functionsonthe servicemenu (/ page84) On-boardcomputer: Û ATTENTION ASSISTswitched off 4 1 Adoor is notfully closed. Service è Rear window wiper switched on # Selectand confirm therequired function. (/ page93) The following functionsare available on the service menu: + LOWRANGE active(/page124) R SOS Emergency callsystem notactive Announcements:messagememory NOT (/ page352) READY R DEF:displaythe DEF fill level(/page135) h ActiveLaneKeeping Assistswitched R Tires: off(/page165) - Checkthe tirepressurewiththe tirepres‐ æ ActiveBrake Assist switched off suremonitor (/ page313) (/ page146) - Restartthe tirepressuremonitor e Blind SpotAssist switched off (/ page313) (/ page162) R ASSYST PLUS:callupthe service due date Vehicles with TrafficSign Assist: detected traf‐ (/ page275) ficsigns and messages (/ page 160). R Engine OilLevel:measure theengine oil level Instrument Displayand on-boardcomputer 177

Callingupthe Assistance graphic display The following status displays areavailable on the assistant display: On-board computer: R Lane markings dotted: Lane Keeping Assist 4 Assistance switched off # Select thedesired displayand confirm. R Lane markings solid and thin: Lane Keeping Assistswitched on, notready to issue warn‐ ings R Lane markings solid and thick: Lane Keeping Assistready to issue warnings R Û ATTENTION ASSISTswitched off R ¸ Changing Blind SpotAssiststatus dis‐ play Status displays forBlind SpotAssist

Instrument Displaywithcolor display The following displays areavailable on theassis‐ tant display: R Assistant display 1 On andready to issue warnings R Attention level(/page159) 2 On and notready to issue warnings # Switchbetween thedisplays and confirm the 3 Off selected display. The following status displays areavailable on the Calling up displays on thetripmenu assistant display: On-boardcomputer: R Û ATTENTION ASSISTswitched off 4 Trip R Specified minimum distance of ActiveDis‐ # Selectthe desired displayand confirm. tance Assist DISTRONIC(/page150) The following displays areavailable on thetrip menu: R Standarddisplay R Rangeand current fuelconsumption With certain engines arecuperation displayis also shown. If only asmall amount of fuelis leftinthe fuel tank,avehicle being refueled appearsinstead of theapproximaterange. R ECOdisplay (/ page117) Instrument Display withblackand whitedisplay R Trip computer: - FromStart - FromReset R Digital speedometer 178 Instrument Displayand on-boardcomputer

Instrument Displaywithcolor display Instrument Displaywithblackand whitedisplay Standarddisplay(example) Trip computer (example) 1 Trip distance 1 Distance covered(from start/from reset) 2 Totaldistance 2 Driving time (from start/from reset) 3 Averagespeed (from start/from reset) 4 Averagefuel consumption (from start/from reset)

Resetting values on theon-board computer trip menu On-board computer: 4 Trip % The spelling of thedisplayedmain menu may Instrument Displaywithblackand whitedisplay differ. Therefore, payattention to themenu Standarddisplay(example) overviewfor theinstrument display 1 Trip distance (/ page174). 2 Totaldistance Youcan resetthe values of thefollowing func‐ tions: R Trip Odometer: - Reset Trip Odometer? R Trip computer: - FromStart - FromReset R ECOdisplay

# Selectthe function that is to be resetand Instrument Displaywithcolordisplay confirmthis selection. Trip computer (example) # Confirmthe Reset Values? prompt with Yes. 1 Distance covered(from start/ from reset) 2 Driving time (from start/from reset) 3 Averagespeed (from start/from reset) 4 Averagefuel consumption (from start/from reset) Instrument Displayand on-boardcomputer 179

Callingupnavigation instructions on theon- R No Route:The routetothe selected destina‐ boardcomputer tion cannotbecalculated. R On-boardcomputer: Off Map:The map forthe current position is notavailable. 4 Navigation R Area of DestinationReached:You have reached thetargetarea. R O:You have reached thedestination or an intermediatedestination.

# Exit themenu or select and confirmadesti‐ nation. If adestination is entered and confirmed, routeguidance starts. # If routeguidance waspreviously active, a queryappearswhether thecurrent route No changeofdirection announced (example) guidance is to be terminated. 1 Distance to thenextdestination # Confirmthe prompt. 2 Estimated arrivaltime Routeguidance is started. 3 Distance to thenextchangeofdirection 4 Name of current road Selecting aradio station On-board computer: 4 Trip

Changeofdirection announced (example) 1 Street intowhichthe changeofdirection leads 1 Destinationrouteofthe changeofdirection 1 Frequency range 2 Distance to thechangeofdirection 2 Station 3 Changeofdirection symbol 3 Name of thetrack 4 Recommended lane and thenew lane that 4 Artist's name appearsduring thechangeofdirection The following displays areavailable: (white) R Frequency range 5 Possible lane R 6 Unrecommended lane (dark gray) Stationlist Further possible displays areavailable on the # Select theradio station'sfrequencyoraradio Navigation menu: stationfromthe stationlist. # Confirmthe selection. R Direction of Travel:The direction of traveland theroad currentlybeing traveled aredis‐ When youselectastationinthe stationmemory, played. thestorage location appearsbeside thestation R New Route... or Calculating Route...:Anew name. When youselectasavedstationinthe fre‐ routeisbeingcalculated. quency range, astarappearsbesidethe station name. R Road Not Mapped:The road is notknown, e.g. it has only recently beenconstructed. 180 Instrument Displayand on-boardcomputer

Operating media playbackwith theon-board Requirements: computer R The mobile phone is connectedtothe multi‐ On-boardcomputer: media system. 4 Media On-boardcomputer: 4 Phone Select one of thefollowing options: R Previous calls R Phonebook R Call status Vehicles with MBUX multimedia system: the mostrecenttelephone calls (dialed numbers, acceptedand missed calls) aredisplayedonthe Phone menu. 1 Media source # Select and confirmatelephone number. 2 Current trackand tracknumber If onlyone telephone number has been 3 Artist's name savedfor theentry: thetelephone number 4 Name of thealbum is dialed. The following displays areavailable on themedia # If severaltelephone numbershave been menu: savedfor theentry: select and confirma telephonenumber. R Media source selection list The telephonenumberisdialed. R Current playback Instead of theselected telephonenumbers,the # Select and confirm themedia source. following displays mayappear: # Select and confirmthe required playback. R Please Wait:The application is currently start‐ ® % This is howtoselect astationwhen TV is the ing.IfnoBluetooth connection to themobile media source. phone is established, themenu forauthoriz‐ ing and connecting amobilephone willbe displayedinthe multimedia system Dialing atelephone number using theon- (/ page241). boardcomputer R UpdatingData…:The calllistisbeing upda‐ ted. & WARNING Risk of distraction from infor‐ mation systems and communications R Importing Contacts:The mobile phone's con‐ equipment tacts, or amemory medium's contacts are being imported. If youoperateinformation and communica‐ tionequipment integratedinthe vehicle when Accepting/rejecting acall driving, youwill be distracted from thetraffic When youare called, the Incoming Call message situation. This could also cause youtolose appearsonthe display. control of thevehicle. # Press 6 to acceptthe call or ~ to # Onlyoperatethis equipment when the reject it. trafficsituation permits. Youcan also acceptorreject thecall using the # If youcannotbesureofthis, stop the 6 or ~ buttons on thesteering wheel. vehicle whilstpaying attention to road and trafficconditions and operate the equipment withthe vehicle stationary.

When using thephone, youmustobservethe legal requirements forthe countryinwhichyou arecurrently driving. Instrument Displayand on-boardcomputer 181

Callingupsettings on theon-board computer On-boardcomputer: 4 Settings The following entries can be setonthe Settings menu: R Light - Setting Instrument lighting R Vehicle - Switching Regensensor (Rain sensor) on and off R Setting Heating R Display and Operation - Switching permanent Display DEV Level on and off

# Select an entryand confirm theselection. # Makethe necessarychanges. 182 Voice ControlSystem

Notesonoperating safety Operation Multifunction steering wheel operation over‐ & WARNING Risk of distraction from infor‐ view mation systems and communications equipment The Voice ControlSystemisoperational approx‐ imatelythirty seconds afterthe ignition is If youoperateinformation and communica‐ switched on. tionequipment integratedinthe vehicle when driving, youwill be distracted from thetraffic situation. This could also cause youtolose control of thevehicle. # Onlyoperatethis equipment when the trafficsituation permits. # If youcannotbesureofthis, stop the vehicle whilstpaying attention to road and trafficconditions and operate the equipment withthe vehicle stationary.

& WARNING Risk of an accident from oper‐ ating mobile communication equipment while thevehicle is in motion Mobile communicationsdevices distract the driver from thetraffic situation.Thiscould 1 Press therockerswitchup: £ starts the also cause thedrivertolose control of the dialog vehicle. 2 Press thecontrolknob: 8 switches the # As thedriver, onlyoperatemobile com‐ sound offoron(ends thedialog) munications devices when thevehicle is Turn thecontrolknobup/down: increases/ stationary. decreases thevolume # As avehicle occupant, onlyuse mobile 3 Press therockerswitchdown: ~ rejects/ communicationsdevices in theareas endsacall(ends thedialog) intended forthis purpose, e.g. in the rear passenger compartment. Conducting adialog with theVoice Control Foryour ownsafety, always observe thefollowing System points when operating mobile communications Forthe dialog withthe Voice ControlSystem, you equipment and especiallyyour voice control sys‐ can use complete sentences of colloquial lan‐ tem: guageasvoice commands, suchas, forexample, R Observe thelegal requirements forthe coun‐ "Please showmethe listofthe lastcalls" or "How tryinwhichyou aredriving. warm is it outside?". It is also notnecessaryto R While driving, only operatemobile communi‐ firstchangetothe relevant application such as cations equipment and your voice control sys‐ "Telephone"or"Vehicle function". temwhen thetraffic conditionspermit it. You # To activateorcontinue dialogbyusing a mayotherwise be distracted from thetraffic keyword: say"Hello Sprinter" to activatethe conditionsand cause an accident, injuring Voice ControlSystem. Voice activation must yourself and others. be switched on in themultimedia system R If youuse thevoice control system in an (/ page183).For this, it is notnecessaryto emergency your voice can changeand your press up the £ rocker switchonthe multi‐ telephonecall, e.g. an emergency call, can function steering wheel. therebybeunnecessarily delayed. Voice activation can also be directly com‐ R binedwithavoice command, e.g. "Hello Familiarize yourself withthe voice control sys‐ Sprinter,how fast can Idrive?". temfunctions beforestartingthe journey. or Voice ControlSystem 183

# Press the £ rocker switchuponthe multi‐ Overviewoftypes of voice commands function steering wheel. Youcan sayavoice command afteranacous‐ Adistinction is made between thefollowing voice tic signal. commands: # To correct an entry: saythe "Correction" R Global voice commands can be said at any voice command. time and regardless of thecurrent applica‐ # To select an entryfromthe selection list: tion, e.g. thevoice commands "Navigate to", saythe line number or thecontents. "Call" or "Text message to". R Application-specific voice commands are # To browsethe selection list: saythe "Next" or "Back" voice command. onlyavailable forthe activeapplication. # To interrupt thedialog: saythe "Pause" On thedisplaynexttothe activeapplication, voice command. examples of global voice commands and thecor‐ The dialog can be continued withthe "Hello responding application-specific voice commands Sprinter" voice command or by pressing up aredisplayedonateleprompter. The lists can be the £ rocker switchonthe multifunction scrolled or operated by voice. steering wheel. # To jumptothe precedingdialog: saythe Numberentry functions "Back" voice command. R The numbers allowedare zero to nine. # To jumpbacktothe topdialog level: say R Telephonenumbers can be entered as single the "Home" voice command. digits. # To cancel thedialog: saythe "Close" voice command or press the 8 or ~ button on themultifunction steering wheel. Notesonthe languagesetting # To interrupt avoice output: speak in the Youcan changethe languageofthe Voice Control middleofavoice dialog when thesystemis System via thesystem languagesettings. If the still answering. setsystem languageisnot supportedbythe The voice output is shortened and theconclu‐ Voice ControlSystem, English will be selected. sion is reached morequickly. The Voice ControlSystemisavailable in English, The corresponding option mustbeswitched French, Portuguese and Spanish. on in themultimedia system. Setting theVoice Control System (multimedia Operable functions system) Youcan use theVoice Control System to operate Requirements thefollowing functionsdepending on theequip‐ Foronline voice control: ment: R Your vehicle is connected withyour Mercedes R Telephone PROuser account(/page193). R Text messages R ThereisanInternetconnection R Navigation (/ page251). R Address book R Radio R Media R Vehicle functions R Weather Full functionality is onlyavailable withonline voice control active(/page183). 184 Voice ControlSystem

Foractivation of contacts foronline use: will receivesuggestions and information R Online voice control is activated. about operation of theVoice Control System forthe current application. Multimedia system: R Continueddialog: saythe "Help" voice com‐ 4 © 5 Settings 5 System mand during avoice dialog.You receive 5 LINGUATRONIC alignedinformation foreachstepofthe dia‐ log. Switching voice activation forthe Voice Con‐ R trol System on/off Specific function: saythe voice command forthe desired function, e.g. with"Hi Sprinter, # Select VoiceActivation "Hey Sprinter". Iwould liketohave help withmyradio" or, The function is activated or deactivated afterpressing the £ rocker switchonthe depending on thepreviousstatus. multifunction steering wheel up, saythe When thefunction is active, the"Hi Sprinter" "Helpfor phone" voice command, forexam‐ voice command can activatethe dialog. ple. Activatingvoice interruption Notesonhow to improve speechquality # Select Speak DuringVoice Output. When thefunction is active, youcan speak a If theVoice Control System does notunderstand commandduring voice output from thesys‐ you: tem. R Activateonline services. Recognition is Switching online voice control on/off improved. R # Activate Online Voice Control. Onlyoperatethe Voice ControlSystem from thedriver's seat. Online voice control is activated at thefac‐ % R tory. Saythe voice commands coherentlyand clearly,but do notexaggeratethe words. # Select Online Voice Control Subscr.. R Youwill be forwarded to theMercedes PRO Avoid loud noises that cause interference portal. whilemaking avoice command entry, e.g. the entertainment in therear-passengercompart‐ # Activateonline voice control in theMercedes ment. PROportal. R Saythe voice tag with thesame intonation Activatingcontacts foronlineuse when creating voice tags. # Select Contacts for Online Use. R Fortelephone or address book entries: Whenactive thefunction allows contacts to - Onlycreatesensible address book entries be found moreeasilyusingvoice input. Also, in thesystem/mobile phone, e.g. enter thequality of thepronunciation of contact surname and firstnameinthe correct names through thesystem is enhanced. field. - Do notuse anyabbreviations, unneces‐ Using the Voice Control System effectively saryspaces or special characters. R Help functions Forradio station names: saythe "Read out station list" voice command and saythe Youreceive information and helpfor: desired stationnameinthe waythe voice R Foroptimal operation: saythe "Voice con- output reads aloud to you. trol tutorial" voice command or call up the Digital Operator's Manualwith "I want to Information on theonline services read the Operator's Manualfor the Voice Control System",for example. The full extent The onlineservices enable improvedrecognition of theDigital Operator's Manual is available and provide better and additional results based when thevehicle is stationary. on theexternal information,e.g.about weather or news.For this reason,werecommend youacti‐ R Current application: on themultifunction vate theonline services. steering wheel, press the £ rocker switch up and saythe "Help" voice command. You Voice ControlSystem 185

To do this, youneedauser accountinthe to callupspecific functions, in mostcasesthe Mercedes PROportal. If youdonot yethave a Voice ControlSystemalso understands agreat user account, this mustbecreated. many paraphrases from daily usage. Examples of Formoreinformation consult an authorized these arelistedinthe "Colloquial examples" col‐ Freightliner Sprinter Center or visit theMercedes umn.For some languages howeverthese exam‐ PROportal: http://www.mercedes.pro ples areonlyavailable to alimited extent.

Overviewofswitchvoice commands Basic voice commands Notesonthe voice commands Switch voice commands can be used to open cer‐ tain applications. Aside from theexact voice commands (see the "Voicecommand" column in thefollowing tables)

Switchvoice commands

Voice command Colloquial example Function

Switchtonavigation Iwould like to go to Switches to navigation navigation Switch to address Iwould like to switch Switches to theaddress book book to the address book SwitchtotelephoneIwould like to switch Switches to thetelephone to the phone Switch to messages Can you switch to mes- Switches to themessages application sages please? Switchtoradio Iwould like to switch Switches to radio to the radio Switchtomedia Iwould like to switch Switches to media to the media applica- tion Switch to comfort Iwould like to go to Switches to thecomfortsettings the comfort application Switchtovehicle info Iwould like to go to Switches to vehicle information the vehicle application Switch to settings Iwould like to go to Switches to themenu withthe setting options the settings menu

Overviewofnavigation voice commands The following listoffersjustasmall selection of thepossible navigation commands. Youwill Using navigation voice commands,you can enter receiveadditional suggestions if yousay "Help POIs or conventionaladdresses as well as for navigation". directly changeimportant navigation settings. 186 Voice ControlSystem

Navigation voice commands

Voice command Colloquial example Function

Navigate to

Navigate to address Starts navigationtoanaddress in theaddress "Baltimore, 34 Anne book directly Street" Navigate to Drive/bring me to the Destination entry to acontact in theaddress private address of book John Doe Home To my home address Starts navigationtohome address Navigate to <3 word Drive to Takeover Dot Starts navigationtoa3wordaddress, e.g.tothe address> Desk Dot Stumps Mercedes-BenzMuseum Work To my office/busi- Starts navigationtoyour workspace ness/my job Navigate to Navigate me to McDo- Starts navigationtoaPOI directly nald's Enter POI Iwould like to entera Destinationentryfor aPOI, e.g. thePOI Branden‐ new POI burg Gate. Iwould like to navi- Find/search in the Conducts aPOI search on theInternetonly gate to Internet/web for a Enter address in Iwould like to enter a Enters adestinationinthe desired country new address in "Can- ada" Enter countryEnter anew country Entersacountry Enter city Iwould like to entera Entersacity specific address Search for district Iwould like to search Entersadistrict for aspecific district Enter intersectionIwould like to enter a Navigates to an intersection junction. Enter thehouse num- Iwould like to enter Enters thehouse number ber house number "7" Enter ZIP code Startroute guidance Enters aZIP code to anew ZIP code Last destinationsDisplay the previous Selects adestination from thelistoflastentered destinations destinations Show alternative Iwould like you to dis- Switches routeguidance to another route routes play an alternative route Start routeguidance Iwould liketostart Starts routeguidance afterentering avalid desti‐ routeguidance nation Voice ControlSystem 187

Voice command Colloquial example Function

Cancel route guidance Can you quit route Cancels routeguidance guidance? Drivingrecommenda- Switch on driving rec- Switches on voice output forrouteguidance tions on ommendations Drivingrecommenda- Mutethe driving Switches offthe voice output forrouteguidance tions off instructions Show traffic map Iwould liketoswitch Switches on thetraffic map on thetraffic informa- tion Hide traffic map Switch off the traffic Switches offthe traffic map jam messages POI symbols on Show the symbols on Switches on displayofPOI symbols on themap the map Hide POI icons Iwould like to hide all Switches offthe POI symbols displayonthe map POI symbols

Overviewoftelephone voice commands tionofthe possible telephonecommands.You will receiveadditional suggestions if yousay Youcan use thetelephone voice commands to "Help for phone". makephone callsorsearch through theaddress book.The following listoffersjustasmall selec‐

Telephone voice commands

Voice command Colloquial example Function

Call number directly Call Iwould like you to call Makes atelephone call directlybyentering a "Doe, John on the O2 name from theaddress book number Call name Iwould like to call a Makes aphone call. All address book names are name available. Search for contactIwould like you to Searches foracontact. All address book names searchfor acontact areavailable. Latest calls Iwould like to see the Displays all outgoing, incomingand missed tele‐ latest calls phonecalls. Missed calls Iwould like you to The listofmissed calls is shown show me alist of missed calls Incomingcalls Iwould like to see a The listofincomingcalls is shown list of incomingcalls, please 188 Voice ControlSystem

Voice command Colloquial example Function

Outgoing calls Iwould like you to The listofoutgoing calls is shown show me alist of all outgoing calls Redial number I'd like to redial Selectsthe lastphone number dialed Change phone Could you please Changes theprimarytelephones switch to the second phone? Call the emergency Could you call the An emergency callisinitiated center emergencycenter? Call Mercedes PRO Call thebreakdown Mercedes PROiscalled service

Overviewofthe radio voice commands The following listoffersjustasmall selection of thepossible radio voice commands.You will Radio voice commands can also be used when receiveadditional suggestions if yousay "Help theradio application runs in thebackground and for radio". another application is visible in theforeground.

Radio voice commands

Voice command Colloquial example Function

Station Iwould like to select To select thestation/channel mentioned station "Cool FM". Radio station station"Cool FM" Frequency theradio station"One hundred and seventy". Next station Iwould like you to To switchtothe next stationthat can be received search for the follow- ing station Next radio station Iwould like youto The next radio stationinalistiscalledup search for the next sta- tion Previous stationIwould like to go back To switchtothe previous station to the previous station SavestationStore station To save thecurrent stationinthe favoriteslist Save radio station Save the radio station, To save astationnamefor aradio station please Showstationlist Showmealist of all To showthe listofstations that can be received stations Read outstation list Iwould like to listen to To listentothe names of all receivable stations the station list, please Voice ControlSystem 189

Voice command Colloquial example Function

Read out radio station Please read out the To have thelistofavailable stations forthe cur‐ list radio program rently selected radio application read aloud Traffic announce- Iwould like to switch To switchontraffic announcements ments on on thetraffic announcement Traffic announce- Iwould like to switch To switchoff trafficannouncements mentsoff off the traffic announcement Radio info on Iwantyou to turn on To switchoninformation about thecurrent sta‐ additional radio sta- tion tion text Radio infooff Iwant you to turnoff To switchoff information about thecurrent sta‐ additional radio sta- tion tiontext

Overviewofmedia playervoice commands small selection of thepossible media playervoice commands. Youwill receiveadditional sugges‐ Media playervoice commands can also be used tions if yousay "Help for media" or "Help for when themedia playerapplication runs in the player". background and another application is visible in theforeground. The following listoffersjusta

Media playervoice commands

Voice command Colloquial example Function

Play search.Inthe case of aclear search result the trackfound is playedbackimmediately. Play track Play song "So What" The available tracks areplayedback. Play album Play album "A Night at The available albums areplayedback. the Opera" Play artist Iwant to listen to the The available artists areplayedback. artist "Madonna" Play composer composer "Ludwig van Beethoven" Play music genre I'd like to hear the The available music genres are played back. music genre "Rock" Search for track Iwould like to search The namesofall available tracks areaccepted for the song "Sailing" during thesearch.Aselectionlistappearsfrom whichyou can select thedesired music. If you wish to playall thetracksinaselection list, say "Playall tracks". 190 Voice ControlSystem

Voice command Colloquial example Function

Search for album Search for album "A The names of all available albums areaccepted Night at the Opera" during thesearch.Aselectionlistappearsfrom whichyou can select thedesired music. If you wish to playall thetracksinaselection list, say "Playall tracks". Search for artist Iwould like to search The names of all available artists areaccepted for theartist "Elton during thesearch.Aselectionlistappearsfrom John" whichyou can select thedesired music. If you wish to playall thetracksinaselection list, say "Playall tracks". Search for composer Search for composer The names of all available composers areaccep‐ "Beethoven" tedduring thesearch.Aselectionlistappears from whichyou can select thedesired music. If youwish to playall thetracksinaselection list, say"Playall tracks". Search for music Search for music The names of all available music genres are genre genre "Pop" acceptedduring thesearch.Aselectionlist appearsfromwhichyou can select thedesired music. If youwish to playall thetracksina selection list, say"Playall tracks". Nexttrack Start thenextsong/ Plays backthe next track videoclip/film Previous track Play the last song/ Plays backthe previous track composition/clip again Repeat this track I'd like to listentothis The current trackisplayedbackfromthe begin‐ track again ning Play similar music I'd like to hear similar Similar tracksare playedback music Play random music Play me arandom Random tracks areplayedback track Random tracklist on Turn random playback Switches on random mode on Random track list off Switch off shuffle Switches offrandom mode mode What am Ilistening to? Which music is cur- The information aboutthe track currentlyplaying rentlyplaying? is read aloud

Overviewofmessagevoice commands thepossible messagecommands. Youwill receiveadditional suggestions if yousay "Help Text messagescan be created, edited and lis‐ for messaging". tened to usingthe messagevoice commands. The following listoffersjustasmall selection of Voice ControlSystem 191

Messagevoice commands

Voice command Colloquial example Function

Text message to Iwould like to write a To create atextmessage.All address book new text to "John namesare available. Doe's mobile number" Textmessage to Iwould like you to To writeatextmessage to theperson called up. writeanew textto The content of thetextcan be spokenimmedi‐ "list entry John Doe" ately if online voice control has been activated. Forward textmessageForward text message To forwardselectedoropen text messages. to "John Doe" Read out new text Iwould like you to To read out newtextmessages. messages read out the new text messages Read out the last text Iwould like you to The lasttextmessage from theperson men‐ message from read out the last text tioned is read. message from "John Doe" Reply Iwould like to answer To reply to amessage this textmessage Reply in Respondtothe SMS Areply is made to themessagejustread in in German another language.

Overviewofvehicle voice commands small selection of thepossible vehicle voice com‐ mands.You will receiveadditional suggestions if Youcan use thevehicle voice commands to yousay "Help for vehicle settings" or "Help for directly call up thecorresponding menus forthe vehicle functions". vehicle settings. The following listoffersjusta

Vehiclevoice commands

Voice command Colloquial example Function

Current speed limit Tell me the maximum To callupthe current speed limit permitted speed Outsidetemperature How coldisitout- To callupthe outside temperature side?/Howwarmisit? Average consumption Read out the average To callupaverage consumption fuel consumption VehicledataCan youpleasedis- To callupvehicle data play the vehicledata menu? Engine data Can Iswitch to the To callupengine data motor menu? Next service Tell me my next To callupthe next service due date service appointment 192 Voice ControlSystem

Voice command Colloquial example Function

Range Tell me the current To calluprangedata range ConsumptionOpen the consumption To callupconsumptionsettings menu Display and styles Go to display and To showdisplaysettings menu stylesmenu settings Assistance menu Show me the driver To displayassistance settings assistance settings Light menu Switch to the light set- To displaylight settings tings Mercedes PRO 193

Information aboutMercedes PRO(Mercedes service. In emergencies, always callthe national me) emergency servicesfirst using thestandard national emergency service phone numbers. In Freightliner Sprinter vehicles supportthe follow‐ emergencies, youcan also use theEmergency ing telematics solutions depending on what is Call System (/ page289). Observe thelegal selected: requirements forthe countryinwhichyou are R Mercedes PRO staying. R Mercedes me The following conditionsmustbemet to use Mercedes PROconnectorMercedes me connect When youlog in withauser accounttothe services in thevehicle: Mercedes PROportalorMercedes me Portal, then services and offers from Daimler VANS will R Youhave access to aGSM network be available to you. R The contract partner'sGSM networkcover‐ Availabilityiscountry-dependent. Youcan check ageisavailable in therespectiveregion theavailabilityofMercedes PROinyour country R The ignition is switched on, so that vehicle at thefollowing page: http://www.mercedes.pro datacan be transferredautomatically Youcan checkthe availabilityofMercedes me in your countryatthe following page: http:// Calling theFreightliner Sprinter Customer www.mercedes.me Center using the multimediasystem Formoreinformation on Mercedes PROor Mercedes me contact an authorized Freightliner Multimedia system: Sprinter Center or visit theMercedes PROPortal 4 © 5 Phone 5 g or Mercedes me Portal. # Call Mercedes PRO connect or Mercedes me connect. Information aboutMercedes PROconnect Then, youcan selectaserviceand be connected (Mercedes me connect) to aspecialistatthe Freightliner Sprinter Cus‐ Amongst others, Mercedes PROconnect or tomer Center. Mercedes me connect provide thefollowing serv‐ Youcan find information on thefollowing topics: ices: R Activation of Mercedes PROconnect or R Accident and breakdown management Mercedesmeconnect (breakdown assistancecall button or auto‐ R Operating thevehicle matic accidentorbreakdowndetection) as a R Nearestauthorized Freightliner Sprinter Cen‐ supplement to theemergency callsystem ter Use thebreakdown assistance callbuttonin R Other products and services from Mercedes- theoverhead controlpanel to makeacall to Benz theFreightliner Sprinter Customer Center (/ page194). Youcan also selectamenuentry in themulti‐ media system (/ page193). R Emergency Call System Use the G button (SOS button) in the overhead controlpanel to makeacall to the Freightliner Sprinter emergency callcenter (/ page 194). TheFreightliner Sprinter Customer Center and theFreightliner Sprinter emergency callcenter areavailable foryou around theclockfor theuse of theservices. Please note that Mercedes PROconnect, or Mercedes me connect, is aMercedes-Benz 194 Mercedes PRO

Making acall via the overhead control panel Giving permission fordatatransfer Requirements: R Thereisanactivebreakdown assistance call (/ page 194). Aqueryappearsasking if vehicle dataand the vehicle position can be transferredtothe Freight‐ liner Sprinter Customer Center so as to process your inquirymoreefficiently. # Select Yes. Relevant identification data is transmitted automatically.

Transferreddata during aservicecall In certain countries youmustconfirm thedata transfer. 1 Breakdown assistance callbutton The datatransferredwhen calling depends on the 2 Release catch forthe coveronthe G but‐ services activated and thetype of call made. ton(SOS button) R 3 G button (SOS button) General information about thevehicle R Concierge Service # To makeabreakdown assistancecall: R press button 1. Accident and breakdown assistance R Service appointment arrangement # To makeanemergency call: press the release catch forthe coveronGbutton The following dataistransmitted if thedatapro‐ 2 briefly to open. tection queryhas been confirmed in themultime‐ # Press and hold G button 3 foratleast dia system or in theinstrument cluster: one second. R Vehicle identification number An emergency callcan still be triggered when a R Reason forthe initiation of thecall breakdown assistance callisactive.Thishas pri‐ R Languageset in themultimedia system ority overall other activecalls. R Confirmation of thedataprotection prompt If acall is made foraservice appointment via the Information on thebreakdownassistance service reminder,the following datamay be call via the overhead control panel transmitted: Acall to theFreightliner Sprinter Customer Cen‐ R Current mileage and maintenance data terusing thebreakdown assistance button has been initiatedvia theoverhead controlpanel: Transferispossible assuming therequired datatransfer technology is supportedbythe In theevent of abreakdown, youwill getsupport: R Aqualified technician carries out repairson siteand/or thevehicle will be towedtothe nearestauthorizedFreightliner Sprinter Cen‐ ter These services mayrequirepayment. Dataistransmittedduring theconnection to the Freightliner Sprinter Customer Center (/ page194). Mercedes PRO 195

mobileservice operator and thequality of the mobileconnection is sufficient. If accident and breakdown assistance is called via thevoice control system, and thedataprotec‐ tion queryhas been confirmed, thefollowing data can also be called up from thevehicle by the Freightliner Sprinter Customer Center: R Current vehicle location The following dataistransmittedifthe datapro‐ tection queryhas been declined in themultime‐ dia system or in theinstrument cluster: R Reason forthe initiation of thecall R Rejection of thedataprotection prompt 196 Multimedia system

Overviewand operation themobile phone via Apple CarPlay™ or Android Auto. Overviewofthe MBUX multimedia system R Stowagespacewithcharging interface and NFC interface (ifavailable) & WARNING Risk of distraction from infor‐ mation systems and communications Youcan operatethe multimedia system withthe equipment following central control elements: If youoperateinformation and communica‐ R TouchControl 1 tionequipment integratedinthe vehicle when Operationtakes placebycursor control. driving, youwill be distracted from thetraffic R situation. This could also cause youtolose Media display(touchscreen) 2 control of thevehicle. R Buttonsonoperating strip 3 # Onlyoperatethis equipment when the % Alternatively youcan conduct adialog with trafficsituation permits. theVoice Control System (/ page182). # If youcannotbesureofthis, stop the Multiple applications areavailable foryou. You vehicle whilstpaying attention to road can callthese up using thehome screen or using and trafficconditions and operate the thebuttons on operating strip 3. equipment withthe vehicle stationary. Youcan convenientlycallupand addfavoriteson Youmustobservethe legal requirements forthe thesteering wheel using the f rocker switch. countryinwhich youare currentlydriving when Quick-access in thehome screen and in the operating themultimedia system. applications serve to select functions more quickly. If youuse thelearnfunction of themultimedia system, youwill receivesuggestions during oper‐ ation of themostprobable navigation destina‐ tions,radio stations and contacts. The configura‐ tionofthe suggestions takesplace in your pro‐ file. Youcan compile your profile from various vehicle settings and settings of themultimedia system. The Notifications Center collects incoming notifi‐ cations, e.g. aboutanavailable softwareupdate. Depending on thetype of notification it offers various actions. Youcan call up theNotifications Center on thehome screen and in themenus of theapplications. With theglobal search in thevehicle youcan 1 TouchControl and multimedia system control search on-boardacross manycategories as well panel as onlineinthe Internet. Youcan use theglobal 2 Media displaywithtouchfunctionality search in thehome screen and in thenotifica‐ Opens/closes thecenter console stowage tions. compartment above thedisplay(/page76) Anti-theftprotection 3 Operating strip, calls up applications This deviceisequipped withtechnical provisions In thecenter console stowagecompartment you to protect it againsttheft. Further information on can find thefollowing ports and interfaces: protection againsttheftcan be obtained from an authorized Freightliner Sprinter Center. R TwoUSB ports or one USB port The USB portwiththe symbol facilitates ç Notesonthe media display theconnection of themobile phone withthe multimedia system using asuitable cable. Observe thenotes on caring forthe interior This will enable youtouse thefunctions of (/ page287). Multimedia system 197

Automatic temperature-controlled switch-off feature: if thetemperatureistoo high, thebright‐ ness is initiallyreduced automatically.The media displaymay then switchoff completely fora while. % If youare wearing polarizedsunglasses,it maybedifficulttoread themedia display.

Home screen overview

1 On thehome screen: displays thefirst three TouchControl applications Operating TouchControl (multimediasystem) In other displays:calls up thehome screen 2 Calls up theprofile 3 Calls up theglobal search 4 SOS NOTREADYdisplay onlywhen theemer‐ gency callsystem (eCall) is notavailable 5 Displays,for example networkdisplay, bat‐ tery status of themobile phone connected, signal strengthofthe mobile phone network, time 6 Callsupthe Notifications Center The star indicates newnotifications. 7 Calls up an applicationusingthe symbol 8 Name of theapplication, beneaththe current selection or information 9 Quick-access (inthe example: calls up desti‐ nation entry and entersthe destination 1 © button address forhome) Calls up thehome screen A Number of applications and currently selec‐ 2 TouchControl teddisplayarea 3 Backbutton B Calls up SUGGESTIONS and FAVORITES Returns to thepreviousdisplay 4 Controlpanel formultimedia system 198 Multimedia system

Press the f rocker switchdown: shows # To increase themap scale: taptwice favorites quicklywithone finger. Turn thecontrolknob: sets thevolume # To reduce the map scale: tapwithtwo fin‐ Press thecontrolknob: switches sound off gers. Press the 6 rocker switchup: makes or # To enter characterswith thekeyboard: tap accepts acall on abutton. Press the ~ rocker switchdown: ends or Single-finger swipe declines acall # To navigateinmenus: swipe up, down, left # To call up thehomescreen: press button or right. 1. # To move thedigitalmap: swipe in anydirec‐ or tion. # Press and hold button 3. # To use handwriting to enter characters: # To open amenu or list: press TouchControl writethe character withone finger on the 2. touchscreen. # To close amenuorlist: press button 3. Two-finger swipe # To select amenu item: swipe up, down, left # To zoominand out of the map: move two or right on TouchControl 2. fingerstogether or apart. # Press TouchControl 2. # To enlarge or reduce the size of asection # To move thedigitalmap: swipe in anydirec‐ of awebsite: move twofingerstogether or tion. apart. Setting thesensitivityfor theTouchControl # To turnthe map: turncounter-clockwise or Multimediasystem: clockwiseusing twofingers. 4 © 5 Settings 5 System Touching, holding and moving 5 Controls 5 Touch Control Sensitivity # To move themap: touchthe touchscreen # Select Fast, Medium or Slow. and move your finger in anydirection. Switching acoustic operating feedback for # To setthe volume on ascale: touchthe theTouchControl on/off touchscreen and move thefinger to theleftor Multimediasystem: right. 4 © 5 Settings 5 System Touching and holding 5 Controls # To save thedestination in themap: touch The function is supportedbythe selection in a thetouchscreen and hold until amessageis list. shown. # Select Acoustic Operating Feedback. # To call up aglobal menu in theapplica‐ # Set Normal, Loud or Off. tions: touchthe touchscreen and hold until If thefunction is activated youwill hear a the OPTIONS menu appears. clickingsoundwhen scrolling in alist. When Setting acoustic operation feedback forthe thebeginningorend of thelistisreached you touchscreen will hear another clicking sound. Multimediasystem: 4 © 5 Settings 5 System Touchscreen 5 Controls 5 Touch Control Sensitivity Operating thetouchscreen The function is supportedbythe selection in a list. Tapping # Select Acoustic Operating Feedback. # To select amenu item or entry: tapona symbol or an entry. # Set Normal, Loud or Off. If thefunction is activated youwill hear a clickingsoundwhen scrolling in alist. When Multimedia system 199

thebeginningorend of thelistisreached you Using thehomescreen will hear another clicking sound. The home screen is shown in themedia display when youstart thevehicle. Applications # Select theapplication by swiping and tapping. Calling up applications or # In anydisplay: press the © button on the Using buttons on theoperating strip TouchControl. or # Taponthe © symbol on thetouchscreen. The applications aredisplayed. # Select theapplication by swiping and tapping. Changing thearrangementofapplications on thehomescreen # Call up thehome screen # Touchand hold an applicationonthe touchscreen until symbols appear. 1 % button Calls up thetelephone # Tapon=or ; and move theapplica‐ tion in themenu. 2 Volume rocker switch # Taponø. Adjusts thevolume(/ page200) 3 %/© button Press briefly:returns to thepreviousdisplay Switching thesound on/off Press and hold: calls up thehome screen On themultifunction steering wheel 4 8/Ü button Press briefly:switches sound off Press and hold: activates/deactivates the multimedia system 5 Quick-access button formedia Calls up thecontrolmenuofthe lastactive media source 6 Vehicle button Sets vehicle functions 7 | button Pressing repeatedlycalls up thedesired audio source 8 ß button Calls up navigation

# To access stations and music tracks # To mute: press volume control 1. quickly: press button 5. The 8 symbol appearsinthe status line of The control menu appearsfor theaudio themultimedia system display. source that waslastselected. Youwill also hear trafficannouncements and # Swipe to theleftorright. navigation announcements even when the Radio: thepreviousornextstationisset. sound is muted. Media source: thepreviousorthe next music # To switchon: turnvolume control 1 or track is selected. changethe media source. # To hide thecontrol menu: press button 5. 200 Multimedia system

On themultimedia system On themultimedia system

# To switchoff: briefly press button 1. # To raise/reduce thevolume in steps: The 8 symbol appearsinthe status line of briefly press rocker switch 1 up or down. themultimedia system display. # To raise/reduce thevolume continuously: Youwill also hear trafficannouncements and press rocker switch 1 up or down until the navigation announcements even when the desired volume is set. sound is muted. # To switchon: briefly press button 1 or Profile changethe media source. Overviewofprofiles Usingthe multimedia system up to sevenprofiles Adjustingthe volume can be createdinthe vehicle. On themultifunction steering wheel Profiles storeyour personal vehicle settings and settings forthe multimedia system. If thevehicle is used by severaldrivers,the driver can select their profile beforethe journey, with‐ out changing thesettings of other drivers. Youcan selectthe profile: R when entering (/ page201) R on thehome screen (/ page197) Theprofile settingsare activatedassoon as a profile is selected. Profile content The following settings can be savedinyour pro‐ file, forexample: R Radio (including stationlist) # Turn volume control 1. R Lastdestinations The volume of thecurrent radio or media R Favoritesand suggestions source is set. The volume of other audio sour‐ ces can be adjustedseparately. Creating anew profile Adjustthe volume in thefollowing situations: Multimedia system: R during atrafficannouncement 4 © 5 f Profiles R during anavigation announcement # Select W Create Profile . The volume of thecurrent media source # Select an avatar. changes in accordancewiththe volume of the # Enterthe name and confirmwith a. navigation announcement. # Select Continue r. R during atelephone call # To save thecurrent settings in aprofile: select Current Settings. Multimediasystem 201

# Select Save. Showing theprofile selection when entering or Requirements: R # To adoptfactorysettings: select Save save At leastone profile has been created. directly. Multimedia system: % Further information on settingauser profile 4 © 5 f Profiles (/ page201). # Select General Settings. # ActivateBluetooth® and select Connect # Activate ShowProfileSelection WhenGetting Phone,toconnect amobile phone with the . user profile ( page241). In / Whenthe vehicle is started, themedia display Youcan also setupauser profile without regis‐ shows theactiveprofile. tering amobilephone. # Select Finished. Suggestions The user profileissaved. Suggestions overview Selecting profile options The vehicle can learnthe habits of thedriver. Multimedia system: Based on thehabits that have been learned by thesystem, themostlikely navigation destina‐ 4 © 5 f Profiles tions,music tracks, radio stations or contacts are # Select Ä foraprofile. offeredunder SUGGESTIONS. # To edit aprofile: select Edit Profile. Suggestionsare shown when thefollowing # Selectanavatar. requirements arefulfilled: # Change thename, if necessary. R Aprofile has been created (/ page200). # Select Save. No suggestionsare available in the Guest pro‐ file. # To configuresuggestions: select Sugges- tionSettings (/ page202). R Aprofile has been selected. R # To resetfavorites: select Reset Favoriteto Youhaveaccepteddatarecording. Factory Settings. R From thebeginningofusage, themultimedia # Select Yes. system mustanalyze theuser habits. When sufficient data is collectedthen thesugges‐ # To resetaprofile: select Reset Profile to tions areavailable. Factory Settings. # Select Yes. If therequirements mentioned arenot fulfilled, a previewwithadescription of thefunction # To deleteaprofile: select . Delete Profile appearsinthe SUGGESTIONS menu. # Select Yes. Youcan configurethe datarecording % The guestprofile cannotbedeleted. (/ page202) or deleteunsuitable suggestions ( page202)in order to improvesuggestions. Selecting aprofile / Multimedia system: Calling up suggestions 4 © 5 f Profiles Requirements: R # Select aprofile. An individual user profile has been created and is selected (/ page201). # Press the a button to confirmthe mes‐ sage. % The guestprofile is activewhen themultime‐ The profile is loaded and activated. dia system is firststarted. % Alternatively,the profile can already be selec‐ # Tapon©in themedia display. tedwhen thevehicle is entered The home screen is shown. ( page201). / # Swipe up until the SUGGESTIONS menu is shown. # Select anavigation destination, amusic track, aradio stationoracontact. 202 Multimedia system

% If routeguidance is already active, youcan Deleting asuggestion startasuggestionasanewrouteguidance or # Tapon©in themedia display. setanintermediatedestinationfor theexist‐ The home screen is shown. ingroute. # Swipe up until the SUGGESTIONS menu is Configuring suggestions shown. Multimedia system: # Highlight asuggestion and press until the 4 © 5 f Profiles OPTIONS menu is shown. # Select Z foraprofile. # Select Delete. # Select Suggestion Settings. Deleting suggestions in theapplications # To switchsuggestions displayon/off: Youcan delete suggestions in thepreviousdesti‐ switch Allow Destination Suggestions, Allow nations,inthe radio stationlistand in thecon‐ Music Suggestions and Allow Contact Sug- tacts. on or off. gestions # Select : forasuggestion. If an option is switched on, suggestions for navigation destinations,music tracks,radio # Select No Longer Suggest. stations or contacts areshown. # To deletethe suggestion from thecurrent If theoption is switched off, no suggestions list: select Not Now. areshown. The suggestion will be shown again at alater time in thelist. # To deactivatethe learnfunctionfor one day: activate 24hLearningDeact.. # To deleteasuggestion permanently: select For24hoursnonew actions will be trained Never. and no datarecorded forthe activeprofile. # Select Yes. Suggestions will continue to be shown. The The suggestionwillnot be shown againin remaining time is shown next to 24h Learn- future. All suggestions arereset. ing Deact.. # To cancel thefunction: select Cancel. Beforethe time runs out, amessage is shown that themultimedia system will continue the Favorites learnfunction shortly. Example: if theoption is switched on and a Overviewoffavorites routetoanew destinationhas been calcula‐ Favoritesoffer youquickaccess to frequently ted, this destination would notbetaken into used applications. It is possible to create 20 account forthe learnfunction. favoritesintotal. # To resetthe suggestion history: select Youcan selectfavoritesfromcategories or you Reset Suggestion History. add favoritesdirectlyfromanapplication. % Thisprocess cannotbereversed. Calling up favorites # Select Yes. In themedia display Renaming suggestions # Tapon©. Onlynavigation destinations can be renamed. The home screen is shown. # Taponthe © symbol in themedia display. # Swipe up until FAVORITES is shown. The home screen is shown. Using thesteering wheel # Swipe up until the SUGGESTIONS menu is # Press the rocker switchonthe steering shown. f wheel down. # Highlight anavigation destination and press until the OPTIONS menu is shown. Adding favorites # Select Rename. Selecting favoritesfromcategories # Enterthe name. # Tapon©in themedia display. # To confirmthe entry: select Yes. The home screen is shown. # Swipe up until FAVORITES is shown. Multimedia system 203

# Select W Create Favorite. # Press on afavorite until the OPTIONS menu is The categories aredisplayed. shown. # Select thecategory. # Select Move. The favoritesare displayed. # Move thefavorite to thenew position. # Select afavorite. # Taponø. The favorite is stored at thenextavailable position. Moving thefavoritesmenu in thepersonaliza‐ # All positionsinthe favoritesare taken: tion confirmthe messageshown with OK. # Tapon©in themedia display. Alistshows all thefavorites. The home screen is shown. # Select afavorite whichshould be overwritten. # Swipe up until Set New Order is shown. Adding afavoritefromanapplication # Select Set New Order. Examples of adding from an application are: # Move Favorites to thenew position. R Saving acontact. # Taponø. R Storing aradio station. # To close themenu: select Close. R Adding amedia source. Deleting favorites R Saving anavigation destination. # Tapon©in themedia display. The home screen is shown. # To save acontactasaglobal favorite: # Swipe up until FAVORITES is shown. select acontact (/ page 245). The details aredisplayed. # Press on afavorite until the OPTIONS menu is shown. # Press on aphone number until the OPTIONS menu is shown. # Select Delete. # Select Save as Favorite. # Select Yes. The contact is added as afavorite. # To store aradio station as aglobal favor‐ Notifications Center ite: setaradio station(/page263). Overviewofthe Notifications Center # Press on theradio stationuntil the OPTIONS menu is shown. The following communicationsare collectedin theNotificationsCenter: # Select Save as Favorite. R The radio stationisadded as afavorite. Communications whichare generated by the vehicle or from multimedia system. Renaming favorites R Communications whichare received through # Tapon©in themedia display. theuse of services. The home screen is shown. The following notification types areavailable for # Swipe up until FAVORITES is shown. you, forexample: # Press on afavorite until the OPTIONS menu is shown. R Navigabledestinations and routes R # Select Rename. Messages (textmessages) R # Enterthe name. System information,e.g. softwareupdate available # Select OK. R Other notifications, e.g.fromadditional online Moving favorites services that can be subscribed to Moving favoritesinthe favoritesmenu The Notifications Center j can be found on # Tapon©in themedia display. thehome screen, in menus and at thetop right of The home screen is shown. thenavigation map (/ page197). Astarinthe symbol informs youofnew # Swipe up until FAVORITES is shown. j notifications. 204 Multimedia system

Notifications arenormally briefly shown as they Calling up notifications arereceived. Thisoccurs fornearly every applica‐ Multimediasystem: tionthat youare currently using.Ifyou take no 4 © action, these arestoredfor futureaccess in the Notifications Center. Opening theNotifications Center The notifications are sortedchronologically.The # On the touchscreen: taponthe j sym‐ mostrecentnotifications areatthe top. bol forthe Notifications Center. or # On the TouchControl: markthe j sym‐ bol forthe Notifications Center by swiping. # Press on thecontrolelement. Selecting anotification # Swipe up or down. # Taporpress on thecontrolelement. Calling up old notifications % This messagetype shown is notavailable in If notifications have notbeencalledupafter four all countries. hours, these arestoredinthe archive. Anotification shows thefollowing information, for # Swipe upwards and select Archive. example: # Selectthe notification. R Symbol or image 1 forthe application Selecting actions foranotification R Title 2,which contains thename, atele‐ The following optionsare available: phone number or anavigation destination,for R example Select theaction directlyinanapplication afteranotification is received and shown. R The serviceand additional information 3 R Select theaction later aftercalling up in the R Atimestamp 5 Notifications Center. R If severalactions areavailable, symbol 4 to open or close thenotification. # An action is available: select theaction. # Severalactions areavailable: if thenotifica‐ Dependingonthe type of notification, up to four tion is notopen, select the V symbol. different actions 6 areavailable. # Select theaction. Examples of actionsinclude: The notification is still available. R Read aloud Editing notifications R Placing acall Multimediasystem: R Replying 4 © R Calling up aweb page # Call up theNotificationsCenter R Navigating (/ page204). Some notifications, e.g. anavigation destination, # To makesettings: select Z. arestoredlonger.Therefore, it is notnecessary % If no settingscan be made,amessage to carry out available actionsdirectly on the appears. receiptofthe notifications. Arouteguidance can be startedatalater time. # Activateordeactivate thesetting. % Youcan startaglobal search in theNotifica‐ # To delete: selectthe recycle bin. tions Center (/ page 205). # Select Delete or Delete All. Delete deletes asingle notification. Delete All deletesall notifications currently shown. # With Finished youwill exit delete mode. Multimediasystem 205

Global search Using the global search Multimedia system: Global search overview Youcan use theglobal search in thehome screen 4 © and in thenotifications. # Select ª Search . The global search provides search results forthe or following categories and their sub-categories: # Call up thenotifications(/page204). R Navigation # Select Search. R Media # Enterthe search term intothe search field. R Telephone, social media Use thecharacter input function During theentry process thethree mostlikely R User interface and DigitalOperatingInstruc‐ suggestions areoffered beneaththe search tions field. R Internet In thelistonthe right, thetop twosearch This enables youtosearch forcities, roads and results areshown foreachcategory. touristattractions with thenavigation system, for % Alternatively,you can use the o dictation example. function forthe search. % Youcan also search forthree-wordaddresses # To acceptasuggestion: select thesugges‐ (/ page219). tion. When youenter a3wordaddress in the The threemostlikely suggestions areoffered. global search,separateeachofthe words withaspace or afull stop. # Continue thesearch or acceptasuggestion. During theentry process themostlikely sugges‐ # To acceptthe second search result: select tions areshown beneaththe search field. When thesearch result. youenter "S", "Stuttgart", "Steak" and "Sandra" An action starts or alistisshown. areshown, forexample. If youselect"Stuttgart", # Select asearch result or an action in thelist. youreceive thesuggestions "Starbucks", "Steak" # To showall categories: select OK. and "City railway", forexample. # To showsearch results foracategory: The search results in thelistare shown, sorted select acategory. according to category.Nexttothe categoryisthe numberofresults. Youwill be shown thebest # To showdetails: select asearch result. results from eachcategory. Additional results can # To startanaction: select an action. be found afterselecting therespectivecategory. Afterselection of an action, atrack is played If youconfirm an entry with OK,all categories backorthe routetoadestinationiscalcula‐ and thenumber of results will be shown in asum‐ ted, forexample. mary. Afterselecting acategoryyou can select thesearch results within thecategory. When you Entering characters select asearch result thedetailed viewopens.In thedetailed viewyou can choose whether and Using thecharacter input function whichactionsyou want to carry out withthe respectivesearch result. Forexample, youcan & WARNING Risk of distraction from infor‐ startrouteguidance or placeacall to somebody. mation systems and communications The actions arenamed correspondingly. equipment The search can be carried out withthe following If youoperateinformation and communica‐ input methods: tionequipment integratedinthe vehicle when R Entering charactersusingthe on-screen key‐ driving, youwill be distracted from thetraffic board situation. This could also cause youtolose control of thevehicle. R Entering characterswithhandwritingrecogni‐ tion # Onlyoperatethis equipment when the trafficsituation permits. R Dictation function # If youcannotbesureofthis, stop the vehicle whilstpaying attention to road 206 Multimedia system

and trafficconditions and operate the or equipment withthe vehicle stationary. # Writethe character on thetouchscreen. Examples of character entry: Youmustobservethe legal requirements forthe R countryinwhich youare currentlydriving when Renaming afavorite operating themultimedia system. R Entering adestinationaddress in thenaviga‐ Character entry can be carried out withthese tion system controlelements: R Entering aweb address R TouchControl Entering charactersonthe touchscreen R Touchscreen (media display) Requirements: R Character entry takesplace by cursor control An onlineconnection is required forsome whenusing theTouchControl. functions. Character input can be startedwithacontrol ele‐ Usingthe keyboard ment and resumed withanother. # When thekeyboardisshown, enterthe char‐ actersonthe controlelementbyswiping and pressing or by tapping (touchscreen).

1 Input line ABCswitches to letters(level2) 2 Shows suggestions during entry(if available) B Pressingorpressingbriefly switches 3 Deletes an entry between upper-case and lower-case letters 4 Deletes Pressing and holding switches to upper-case Pressing or pressing briefly deletesthe last letterspermanently character entered If available, the p symbol allows youto changetovoice input. Pressingand holdingdeletesthe entry 5 Accepts an entry # Call up thecharacter entrytorenameafavor‐ ites, forexample ( page203). 6 Switches to handwriting input / The keyboardisshown. 7 Entersaspace # Press briefly on acharacter key. 8 Changes thekeyboardlanguage The character is entered in input line 1.Sug‐ 9 Switches to special characters gestions areshown in 2. A Switches to digits and additional special # To select asuggestion: select one of the characters entries. Multimedia system 207

# If available, displayadditional suggestions # To end character input: press the G but‐ with q or r. ton. # Resume character input. % The available editing functionsdependonthe # To enter an alternativecharacter: press editing task,the languageset and thecharac‐ and hold acharacter. terlevel. # Select thecharacter. Using handwriting input

1 Input line # Resume character input. The letterscan be 2 Shows suggestions during entry written next to eachother or above each other. 3 Deletesanentry 4 Deletes # To end character input: press the G but‐ ton. Pressing or pressing briefly deletesthe last character entered Settingthe keyboardfor character entry Pressingand holdingdeletesthe entry Multimediasystem: 5 Entersaspace 4 Settings 5 System 5 Controls 6 Switches to input using thekeyboard 5 Keyboards and Handwriting 7 Accepts an entry # Confirm Select keyboards. 8 Writes charactersonthe drawing surface Select thekeyboardlanguageinthe list. If available, the p symbol allows youto changetovoice input. System settings # Call up thecharacter entrytorenameafavor‐ ites, forexample (/ page203). Display # When thekeyboardisdisplayed, select v . Configuring displaysettings # Writethe character withone finger on the Multimedia system: touchscreen. 4 © 5 Settings 5 System The character is entered in input line 1.Sug‐ 5 Designs&Display gestions areshown in 2. Styles # To select asuggestion: select one of the entries. # Select Classic, Sport or Progressive. # If available, displayadditional suggestions Displaybrightness with q or r. # Select Display Brightness. # Selectabrightnessvalue. 208 Multimedia system

Switching thedisplayoff/on Settingthe time and dateformat # Off: select Display Off. Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Settings 5 System # On: press abutton, %,for example. 5 Time and Date 5 Set Format Display design # Setthe dateand time format #. # Select Day/Night Design. Setting thetimeand date manually # Select Automatic, Day Design or Night Requirements: Design. R The Manual Time Adjustment function is switched on. Time and date R Forsettingthe datemanually: no GPSis Setting the time and dateautomatically installed in thevehicle. Multimedia system: Multimedia system: 4 © 5 System 5 Time and Date 4 © 5 Settings 5 System # Deactivate ª Manual Time Adjustment. 5 Time and Date The time and dateare setautomaticallyfor theselected time zoneand summer time Setting thetime(without timezone) option. # Select Set Time. % The correct time is required forthe following # Setatime. functions: Setting thetime(withtimezone) R Routeguidance withtime-dependenttraf‐ ficguidance. # Select Set Time. R Calculation of expected time of arrival. If atimezoneisset thetime is setautomatically Setting thetimezone using thetime zone. The time can be adjustedby Requirements: amaximum of plus or minus 60 minutes. R Forsettingthe time zonemanually: the # Adjustthe time using theslide control. AutomaticTimeZone functionisactivated. Setting thedate Multimedia system: # Select Set Date. 4 © 5 Settings 5 System # Setadate. 5 Time and Date % In vehicles withGPS, adatecannotbeset Setting thetimezone manually evenwithactivemanual timeadjustments. The dateisthen setautomaticallythrough # Select Time Zone:. theselected time zone. The listofcountries is displayed. ® % If thereare severaltimezones available in a Bluetooth country, these will be shown afterthe coun‐ Information aboutBluetooth® tryisselected. Bluetooth® technology is astandardfor short- # Select acountry and, if required, atimezone. rangewirelessdatatransfer up to approximately The timezoneset is displayedafter Time 32.8ft(10 m). Zone:. Settingthe time zoneautomatically # Activate Automatic Time Zone. Multimedia system 209

Youcan use Bluetooth® to connect your mobile The connection to asecureWi-Finetwork is phonetothe multimedia system and use thefol‐ madevia asecurity key. lowing functions, forexample: Setting up Wi-Fi R Hands-free system withaccess to thefollow‐ Requirements: ing options: R The device to be connected supports one of - Call lists (/ page247) thethree means of connection described. R Internet connection (/ page 251) Multimedia system: R Transferring businesscards (vCards) intothe 4 © 5 Settings 5 System (System) vehicle 5 Wi-Fi &Bluetooth ® Bluetooth is aregisteredtrademarkofBluetooth Switching on Wi-Fi Special InterestGroup (SIG)Inc. # ® Select Wi-Fi. % Internetconnection via Bluetooth is not The Wi-Fi is switched on and youcan connect available in all countries. themultimedia system withexternal hot‐ Activating/deactivatingBluetooth® spots. Multimedia system: Switching offWi-Fi 4 © 5 5 Settings System # Select Settings. 5 Wi-Fi &Bluetooth # Deactivate Wi-Fi. # To switchonBluetooth®: select Connect If Wi-Fi is deactivated, communication via Wi- via Bluetooth. Fi to all devices is interrupted. This also # Activate Bluetooth. means that aconnectiontothe communica‐ ® tion module cannotbeestablished. Then # To switchoff Bluetooth : select Settings. some functionssuchasdynamic routeguid‐ # Deactivate Bluetooth. ancewithLiveTraffic Information arenot available. Wi-Fi Connecting themultimedia system witha Wi-Ficonnectionoverview newdevice via Wi-Fi Youcan use Wi-Fi to establish aconnection with This function is available if acommunication aWi-Finetwork and to access theInternetor moduleisnot installed. other networkdevices. The type of connection established mustbe The following connection optionsare available: selected on themultimedia system and on the device to be connected. R Wi-Fi connection % The connection proceduremay differdepend‐ The Wi-Fi connection is established to aWi-Fi- ing on thedevice. Followthe instructions that capable device, e.g. to thecustomer's mobile areshown in thedisplay. Further information phone or tabletPC. (see themanufacturer's operating instruc‐ R Multimedia system as aWi-Fihotspot tions). Using this function,atabletPCornotebook # Select Internet Settings. can be connected, forexample. # Select Connectvia Wi-Fi. To establish aconnection, youcan use thefollow‐ # Select Add Hotspot. ing methods: Connecting using asecurity key R WPS PIN # Select theoptions r of thedesired Wi-Fi The connection to asecureWi-Finetwork is network. madevia aPIN. # Select Connect Using Security Key. R WPS PBC # Have thesecurity keydisplayedonthe device The connection to asecureWi-Finetwork is to be connected (see themanufacturer's madebypressing abutton (push button). operating instructions). R Security key 210 Multimedia system

# Enter this security keyonthe multimedia sys‐ # Select ConnectDevicetoVehicle Hotspot. tem. Connecting using WPS PIN generation # Confirmthe entrywith ¡. # Select Connectvia WPS PIN Generation. % All devices supportasecurity keyasameans of connection. # Enter thePIN shown in themedia displayon thedevice to be connected and confirm. Connectingusing aWPS PIN Connecting usingWPS PIN entry # Selectthe options r of thedesired Wi-Fi network. # Select Connect via WPS PIN Input. # Enterthe PIN that is shown on theexternal # Select Connect via WPS PIN Input. The multimediasystem generates an eight- device's displayonthe multimedia system. digitPIN. Connecting using abutton # Enter this PIN on thedevice to be connected. # Select Connectvia WPS PBC. # Confirmthe entry. # Press thepush button on thedevice to be Connecting usingabutton connected (see themanufacturer's operating instructions). # Select theoptions r of thedesired Wi-Fi network. # Select Continue. # Select Connect via WPS PBC. Connecting using asecurity key # Select "Connect via WPS PBC"inthe options # Select Connect Device to VehicleHotspot. on thedevice to be connected (see themanu‐ Asecurity keyisdisplayed. facturer's operating instructions). # Select thevehicle from thedevice to be con‐ # Press theWPS button on thedevice to be nected. It will be shown withthe DIRECT-MB connected. Hotspot 12345 networkname. # Select Continue in themultimedia system. # Enterthe security keywhichisshown in the media displayonthe device to be connected. Activatingautomaticconnection # Confirmthe entry. # Select Connect via Wi-Fi. # Select theoptions r of thedesired Wi-Fi Connecting usingNFC network. # Select Connect via NFC. # Activate Permanent Internet Connection. # ActivateNFC on themobile device (see the manufacturer's operating instructions). Connectingwithaknown Wi-Fi # Bring themobile device intothe NFC area of # Select . Connect via Wi-Fi thevehicle (/ page243). # Select aWi-Finetwork. # Select Finished. The connection is established again. The mobiledeviceisnow connected to the Setting up aWi-Fihotspot multimedia system hotspotvia NFC. Multimedia system: Generating anew security key: 4 © 5 Settings 5 System (System) # Select VehicleHotspot. 5 Wi-Fi &Bluetooth # Select Generate Security Key. Configuring themultimedia system as aWi-Fi Aconnection will be established withthe hotspot newly created security key. The type of connection established depends on # To save asecurity key: select Save. thedevice to be connected. The function mustbe When anew security keyissaved, all existing supportedbythe multimedia system and by the Wi-Fi connections arethen disconnected. If device to be connected. The type of connection theWi-Ficonnections arebeing re-estab‐ established mustbeselected on themultimedia lished, thenew security keymustbeentered. system and on thedevice to be connected. # Select Vehicle Hotspot. Multimedia system 211

System language Importing/exporting data Notesonthe system language * NOTE Lossofdatadue to premature This function allows youtodetermine thelan‐ removal guagefor themenu displays and thenavigation messages. The selected languageaffects the # Do notremove thedatastorage medium charactersavailable forentry. The navigation when dataisbeing exported. announcementsare notavailable in all languages. Freightliner Sprinter is notliable forany loss If alanguageisnot available, thenavigation of data. announcements will be in English. Setting thesystemlanguage Requirements: Multimedia system: R The vehicle is stationary. 4 © 5 Settings 5 System R The ignition is switched on. 5 Language R AUSB device is connected (/ page259). # Setthe language. Multimedia system: % If youare usingArabic map data, thetext information can also be shown in Arabic on 4 © 5 System 5 System Backup thenavigation map. To do so, select as # Select Import Data or Export Data. thelanguagefromthe languagelist. Naviga‐ tion announcements arethen also made in Importing Arabic. # Select adatastorage medium. Apromptappearsasking whether youreally wish to overwrite thecurrent data.Ifdata Setting thedistance unit originates from another vehicle, this is recog‐ Multimedia system: nized during data reading. 4 © 5 System 5 Units The multimediasystemisrestarted once the datahas been imported. # Select km or mi. Current vehicle settings can be edited after # In themultifunction displayofthe Instrument % theimport. Display, switchthe Additional Speedometer displayon. Exporting If PIN protection is activated, your PIN is reques‐ Data importand data export ted. # Enterthe four-digit PIN. Dataimport/exportfunction # Select adatastorage medium. The following functionsare possible: The dataisexported. The dataexport may R Transferofdatafromone system or vehicle to take severalminutes. another system or vehicle. % Aftersuccessfulexport,the dataissavedin R Making abackupcopyofyour personal data the"MyMercedesBackup" directorywhich and load it again. can be found on thestorage medium. R Protectingyour personal dataagainstunwan‐ tedexport withPIN protection. Activating/deactivatingPIN protection % Please note that theNTFS file system is not Multimedia system: supported. The FAT32 file system is recom‐ 4 © 5 Settings 5 System mended. 5 PIN Protection Setting thePIN # Select Set PIN. # Enterafour-digit PIN. # Enter thefour-digit PIN again. If both PINs match, PIN protection is active. 212 Multimedia system

Changing thePIN manycases, installed automatically. Youcan monitor thestatus of your updates at anytimevia # Select ChangeSettings. theMercedes PROportaland find information # Enterthe current PIN. aboutpotential innovations. # Select ChangePIN. Your advantages at aglance: # Setanew PIN. R Conveniently receivesoftwareupdates viathe ActivatingPIN protection fordataexport mobile phone network R # Select Change Settings. The long-termquality and availabilityof Mercedes PROconnectisguaranteed # Confirmwiththe PIN. R Keep your multimedia system and communi‐ # Select Protect Data Export. cation module up-to-date # Activateordeactivate thefunction. Further information about softwareupdates can Unblocking thePIN be found at https://www.mercedes.pro # Consult an authorized Freightliner Sprinter Performing asoftwareupdate Center and have thePIN protection reset. Requirements: R Foronlineupdates: an Internetconnection Softwareupdate is established (/ page251). Information on softwareupdates R Forautomaticonlineupdates: your vehicle Asoftwareupdate consistsofthree steps: has apermanentlyinstalled communication R Downloading or copying of thedatarequired module. forinstallation Multimedia system: R Installation of theupdate 4 Settings 5 System 5 Software Update R Activation of theupdatebyrestartingthe sys‐ Automatically tem # Activate Automatic Online Update. The multimedia system provides amessagewhen The updateswill be downloaded and installed an updateisavailable. automatically. Depending on thesource, youcan perform vari‐ The current status of theupdates is dis‐ ous updates: played. Softwareupdate Manually Source of the Updatetype # Deactivate Automatic Online Update. update # Select an updatefromthe listand startthe InternetNavigation map, sys‐ update. temupdates, Digital Activatingthe software update Operator's Manual # Restartthe system. External storage Navigation maps The modificationsfromthe softwareupdate medium, e.g. USB will be active. flash drive Important system updates Advantages of updating software Important system updates maybenecessaryfor Softwareupdates ensureyour vehicle's technol‐ thesecurity of your multimedia system's data. ogy is always up-to-date. Please install these updates, or else thesecurity of your multimedia system cannot be ensured. In order to constantlyimprove thequality of our services youwill receivefuture updates foryour % If automatic softwareupdates areactivated, multimedia system, theMercedes PROconnect thesystemupdates will be downloaded auto‐ services and your vehicle's communication mod‐ matically(/page212). ule. These will conveniently be sent to youvia the mobilephone connection in your vehicle and, in Multimedia system 213

As soonasanupdateisavailable fordownload, a Resetting themultimedia system (resetfunc‐ corresponding messageappears on themedia tion) display. Multimedia system: Youhave thefollowing selection options: 4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 Reset R Download Personal dataisdeleted, forexample: The updatewill be downloaded in theback‐ R ground. Stationpresets R Connected mobile phones R Details R Information about thepending system update Individual user profiles is displayed. % The guestprofile is resetwhen thesettings R Later arerestoredtothe factorysettings. The updatecan be downloaded manually at a Aqueryappearsagain asking if thesystem later time (/ page212). should reallybereset. Deepsystemupdates # Select Yes. Deep system updates access vehicle or system If PIN protection is activated, apromptappears settings and can thereforeonlybecarried out asking if youalso wish to restorethis to thefac‐ when thevehicle is stationaryand theignition is tory settings during areset. switched off. # Select Yes. If thedownload of adeep system updateiscom‐ pletedand theupdateisready forinstallation, # Enter thecurrent PIN. youwill be informed of this afterthe next ignition The PIN is reset. cycle, forexample. or % Park thevehicle safely in asuitable location # Select No. beforestartingthe installation. The current PIN staysthe same afterreset‐ Requirements forthe installation: ting. R The ignition is switched off. % If youhave forgottenyour PIN,anauthorized Freightliner Sprinter Center can deactivate R Notesand warnings have been read and thePIN protection foryou. accepted. Apromptappearsagain asking whether you R The parking brakeisapplied. reallywish to reset. If all requirements aremet,the updatewill be # Select Yes. installed. The multimedia system cannot be oper‐ The multimedia system is resettothe factory ated while theupdateisbeing installed and vehi‐ settings. cle functions arerestricted. Resetting using abutton If errors should occur during theinstallation,the multimedia system automaticallyattemptsto # Press both the % and \ buttons at the restorethe previous version. If restoration of the same time until themultimedia system previous version is notpossible, asymbol restarts (at least15seconds). appearsonthe media display. Please consult a The multimedia system is restarted. No data qualified specialistworkshop to resolvethe prob‐ is deletedduring this process. lem. Vehicleinformation Displaying vehicledata Multimediasystem: 4 © 5 Info # Select Vehicle. The vehicle dataisdisplayed. 214 Multimedia system

Displaying enginedata Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Info # Select Engine. The engine dataisdisplayed. % The values forengine outputand engine tor‐ quemay deviatefromthe nominal values. Items that can influence this are, forexam‐ ple: R Enginespeed R Sea level R Fuel grade R Outside temperature

Calling up thefuel consumption indicator Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Info # Select Consumption. Adisplaywithcurrent and average consump‐ tionfigures is displayed.

Navigation Switching navigation on Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Navigation (Navigation) # Alternatively: press the ß button. The map appears. The current vehicle posi‐ tion is shown. The navigation menu is shown. The navigation menu is hidden if routeguid‐ anceisactive.

Showing/hidingthe navigation menu

4 © 5 Navigation (Navigation) If routeguidance is notactivethe map appears. The navigation menu is shown. The navigation menu is hidden if routeguidance is active. # To show: taponthe touchscreen. or # Press theTouchControl. # To hide: thenavigation menu is hidden auto‐ matically. Multimedia system 215

Navigation overview

Example: digital map withnavigation menu Destination entry 1 To enter aPOI or address and additional des‐ Notesondestination entry tination entry options 2 To interrupt routeguidance (if routeguidance & WARNING Risk of distraction from oper‐ is active) ating integrated communication equip‐ 3 To repeat anavigation announcementand ment while thevehicle is in motion switchnavigation announcements on or off If youoperatecommunication equipment 4 To callupthe ON THE WAY menu integratedinthe vehicle when driving, you •Toshow Route Overview will be distracted from thetraffic situation. •Toselect Alternative Routes This could also cause youtolose control of • Report Traffic Incident (Car-to-X) thevehicle. •Tocallupthe TRAFFIC menu # Onlyoperatethis equipment when the •Toshow Traffic Announcements trafficsituation permits. •Toshow Area Alerts # If youcannotbesureofthis, stop the •Toshow Live Traffic Subscription Info vehicle whilstpaying attention to road and trafficconditions and operate the •Toshow Route List equipment withthe vehicle stationary. •Tocallupthe POSITION menu - Save Position Youmustobservethe legal requirements forthe •Toshow Compass countryinwhich youare currentlydriving when 5 Quick-access and settings operating themultimedia system. •Toshow Traffic Entering aPOI or address •Toshow Parking •Toshow Highway Information & WARNING Risk of distraction from infor‐ •Via Advanced options to use View, mation systems and communications Announcements and Route equipment % Someoptions arenot available in all coun‐ If youoperateinformation and communica‐ tries. tionequipment integratedinthe vehicle when Youcan enter 3wordaddressesinthe online driving, youwill be distracted from thetraffic % situation. This could also cause youtolose search (/ page219). This optionisnot available in all countries. control of thevehicle. 216 Multimedia system

R # Only operatethis equipment when the The service is available. trafficsituation permits. R The servicehas been activated at an author‐ # If youcannotbesureofthis, stop the izedFreightliner Sprinter Center. vehicle whilstpaying attention to road Further information can be found at:https:// and trafficconditions and operate the www.mercedes.pro equipment withthe vehicle stationary. Multimedia system: Youmustobservethe legal requirements forthe 4 © 5 Navigation (Navigation) countryinwhich youare currentlydriving when 5 ª Where to? operating themultimedia system. Requirements: Using theon-board search function R Forthe online search: MercedesPRO con‐ nect is available. R Youhave auser account forthe Mercedes PROportal.

Destination entryuses theon-boardsearch of the The following entries can be made, forexam‐ database stored in themultimedia system. ple: The federal stateorprovince in which thevehicle R City,street, housenumber is located is set 1. R Street,city # Enter thePOI or theaddress using thekey‐ R ZIP code board(in theimage) or using handwriting rec‐ R ognition 6 in 2.The entries can be madein POI name anyorder. R POI category, e.g. Tankstelle (gas station) During destination entry, suggestions are R City,POI name made under by themultimedia system. 2 R Destination selection takesplace in list 3 or Telephonenumber, if this is available for with a. thePOI R If themultimedia system is equipped witha Contact name small display, calling up list 3 is carried out # Alternatively,use voice input 8. using alistsymbol at thetop right. # To switchtohandwriting recognition: select 6. Multimedia system 217

# Writethe character on thetouchscreen. The if youchangecountries, theonline search is avail‐ letterscan be written next to eachother or able. above eachother (/ page206). Forthe destination youcan enter an address, a # To returntoentryusing thekeyboard: POI or athree-wordaddress. select _. # Select country indicator 1. # To deleteanentry: select 4. # Selectthe provider forthe online service from The charactersare deletedindividually. thecountries list. or or # If charactershave been entered in 2,select # If theon-boardsearch deliversnosearch £ next to theinput line. results, enter thedestination in theinput line. The complete entry is deleted. The entry order is notrelevant, e.g. street and # To switchtoupper-case or lower-case let‐ city. Use thefunctions described forthe on- ters: select B. boardsearch. # To switchtodigits, special characters The search results aredisplayed. and symbols: select A. # Select thedestination in thelist. 123 changes to ABC. The detailed viewfor therouteisdisplayed. Display B changes to #+=. Selecting previous destinations # Select B and switchtoadditional special Requirements: characters. R Previous destinationsare stored. # To enter aspace: select 7. R Fordestinationsuggestions: youhave cre‐ # To setthe language: select 9. ated aprofile (/ page 200). # Select thelanguage. R The Allow Destination Suggestions option is switched on ( page202). % This function is useful forcountries in which / severalcharacter sets aresupported. R The multimediasystemhas already gathered sufficient data in order to showdestination # To changethe state: select indicator forfed‐ suggestions. eral stateorprovince 1. # Select thestate in 1. Multimedia system: # Enterthe countryindicator,e.g. CA forCan‐ 4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª Where to? ada. 5 PREV. DESTINATIONS The listisfiltered. The following destinationscan be selected: # Selectthe countryonlist 3. R Destination suggestions(/page230) The destination can be entered. R Destinations # To changethe stateorprovince: select the R Routes stateorthe provinceinlist 3. # To acceptadestination: select thedestina‐ # Select thedestination or route. tion in list 3. The destinationaddress is shown. The route can be calculated. # If thedestination is ambiguous, select the destination in thelist. % Apreviousdestination or adestination sug‐ The destination address is shown. The route gestion can be savedasafavorite can be calculated. (/ page230). Using thefavoritesyou have quickaccess to Using online search thedestinations (/ page220). % Requirements: themedia displayshows an Selecting aPOI Internet connection with adouble-arrow sym‐ Requirements: bol in thestatus line. Online search is notavailable in all countries. Destinationentry uses online map services. If the on-boardsearch finds no suitable destinations or 218 Multimedia system

R Foruse of personal POIs: aUSB deviceis # Select aPOI from thelist. connected with themultimedia system. The destination address is shown. The route R Personal POIs withthe GPS Exchangeformat can be calculated. (.gpx) have been savedinthe "PersonalPOI" Searching forpersonal POIs folder on theUSB device. # Select Personal POIs. Multimedia system: # Select acategory. 4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª Where to? # If routeguidance is active, selectasearch 5 POIS position In the Vicinity, Near Destination or Searching using categories (no routeguid‐ Alongthe Route. ance) # Select apersonal POI. The destination address is shown. The route # Select thecategory. can be calculated. or or # Select All Categories. # Enterasearch entry intothe search field and # Select thecategoryand thesub-category(if filter thelist. available). The search takesplace in thevicinityofthe # Select apersonal POI. vehicle's current position. The searchresult Editing personal POI categories aresortedbydistance in ascending order. # Select apersonal POI categoryfromthe list The POIs showthe following information: s. R direction of thelinear distance to thePOI Amenu opens. (arrow) # To changeaname: select Change Name. R nameofPOI # Enter thename. R linear distance to thePOI # Select a. # To filter according to categories or in # To changeasymbol: select Change Icon. search results: enter asearch entry in the # Select asymbol. ª Search text field. # To deleteapersonal POI category: select # Select aPOI from thelist. The destination address is shown. The route Delete. can be calculated. # Select Yes. Searching using categories (routeguidance Configuring categories forquick-access active) Youcan configurethe categories forquick- # Selectthe category, forexample Tankstelle access. (gas station). If youcalculatethe route, forexample, thefirst or threeofthese categories can be selected as sym‐ bols. # Select All Categories. # Select All Categories. # Select thecategoryand thesub-category(if available). # Select thecategoryand thesub-category(if available). # To filter according to categories or in search results: enter asearch entry in the # Select f or ß. ª Search text field. f adds thecategory. # Select thesearch positions In the Vicinity, ß removesthe category. Near Destination or Alongthe Route. # If all available quick-access positionsare full, # If thereare intermediatedestinations forthe selectthe categorytobereplaced. routeand Near Destination has been selec‐ ted, select thePOI in therouteoverview. Multimediasystem 219

Selecting acontact fordestinationentry % Searching foradestination using 3word Requirements: addresses is notpossible in all countries and R Amobile phone is connectedtothe multime‐ in all languages. dia system (/ page241). Multimediasystem: Multimediasystem: 4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª Where to? 4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª Where to? # Select thecountry indicator. 5 CONTACTS # Selectthe provider forthe online service from thecountries list. Using thecontact list or # Selectacontact. # If theon-boardsearch deliversnosearch The contact details aredisplayed. results, enter thedestination address as a3 # Select theaddress. word address. Separateeachofthe words Using search entry withafull stop. The search results aredisplayed. # Enteraname or telephonenumber, forexam‐ # Select thedestination in thelist. ple, intothe search field. The destination address is shown. The route # Select a. can be calculated. # Select thecontact. % 3wordaddressesfromwhat3words arean alternativeaddressingsystem formultilingual # Select theaddress. The destination address is shown. The route georeferencing of global locations withares‐ can be calculated. olution of threemeters. Using this grid, loca‐ tionsonthe Earth's surface areincluded % Routeguidance to acontact address is relia‐ which do nothave abuildingaddress suchas ble in thefollowing cases: street and house number,for example. R The contact address is complete. The EmpireStateBuilding has this language R The contact datamatches themap data dependent 3wordaddress: in thedigital map. R English: parade.help.bleat Entering geo-coordinates R French: commun.verbe.bisquer Multimedia system: R Spanish: suertes.diga.pesca 4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª Where to? 3wordaddressesare unique, easy to 5 GEO-COORDINATES remember and suffice formostroutine appli‐ # Select Latitude or Longitude. cations. # Select geo-coordinates as latitude and longi‐ Youcan convert addressesto3word tude coordinates in degrees, minutes and addresses and backagain: seconds. To do this swipe up or down respec‐ R tively. At thewebsitehttp://what3words.com The map shows theposition. R In thewhat3words apps # Confirmthe entrywith a. Selecting adestination on themap # To setthe destination: select ¥ or ¦. Multimedia system: # Calculatethe route(/page220). 4 © 5 Navigation Entering thedestination as a3wordaddress # Move themap (/ page234). Requirements: # When thecrosshair marks thedestination, press and hold on thecontrolelement. R Searching foradestination using 3word The destination address is shown. addresses is possible in theonline search (/ page215). If severaldestinationsare located around the crosshair, alistshows theavailable roads and R Themedia displayshows an Internetconnec‐ POIs. tion withadouble-arrow symbol in thestatus line. 220 Multimedia system

# Select thedestination in thelist. # To deleteafavorite: select V foradesti‐ The destination address is shown. The route nation. can be calculated. # Select Delete. Showing POIs in thevicinityofthe map or If severaldestinationsare located around the # Press on afavorite until the OPTIONS menu is crosshair, thefunction is available. shown. # Ä Select . # Select Delete. # Select POIsinthe Vicinity. The map appears. Route # Swipeleftorright on thecontrolelement. The previous or next POI is highlighted on the Calculating aroute map. The name or theaddress is shown. Requirements: R # Select thePOI symbol. The destination has been entered. or R The destination address is shown. # To filter thedisplayaccording to thePOI category: scroll on thecontrolelement. # Selectthe POI category. Selecting adestination from favorites Requirements: R Destinationsare savedasfavorites. Save apreviousdestination or adestination suggestion as afavorite (/ page230). Multimedia system: 1 ¥ No routeyet 4 © 5 NavigationNavigation ¦ Aroutehas been mapped 5 ª Where to? 5 FAVORITES # Select ¥. # Select afavorite. The routetothe destination is calculated. The The destination address is shown. The route map shows theroute. Routeguidance then can be calculated. begins. The following optionsare available in thefavorites or menu: # Select ¦. R Saving addresses forhome and work If arouteisalready mapped, apromptis R Creating favorites shown. R Deleting favorites # Select Set as Way Point. The selected destination address is setasthe # If no address hasbeen savedfor home next intermediatedestination. Routeguid‐ andwork: select Home or Work. ancebegins. # Confirmthe prompt with Yes. If thereare already four intermediatedestina‐ # Enterthe favorite as aPOI or address tions,the multimedia system askswhether intermediatedestination 4should be deleted. (/ page215). Confirmthe prompt with . # To save afavorite: select Add Favorites. Yes or # Enter thefavorite as aPOI or address (/ page215). # Select Start New Route Guidance. or The selecteddestination address is setasa newdestination. The previous destination and # If all thepositionsinthe favoritesare full, first theintermediatedestinations aredeleted. select afavorite whichistobeoverwritten Routeguidance to thenew destination (/ page 202). begins. # Followthe instructions provided. Multimedia system 221

Searching forPOIsinthe vicinity of the desti‐ If aroutehas already been created, theroute nation shown is calculated on thebasis of thenew route type. % The POI symbols to theright of POIs in the Vicinity showthe firstthree categories for The following routetypesare available: quick-access. Youcan configurethese cate‐ R Fast gories ( page217). / Aroutewithaquickjourneytimeiscalcula‐ # SelectaPOI symbol. ted. The searchresults aredisplayed. R Short # Select aPOI. Aroutewithashortdrivingdistance is calcu‐ The destination address is shown. The route lated. can be calculated. R or Eco An economical routeiscalculated. The jour‐ # Select r. POIsinthe Vicinity neytimemay be somewhat longer than for # Search usingcategories, enter asearch entry quickerroutes. or search forapersonal POI ( page217). / R Trailer # Select aPOI. The option is available if atrailer has been The destination address is shown. The route coupled withthe vehicle. can be calculated. Apromptisshown in themultimedia system. Other menufunctions Confirmthe prompt. # To save thedestination: select f . The routeisoptimizedfor trailer operation # Selectanoption. withamaximumspeed of 50 mph(80 km/h). The following optionsare available: Trafficinformation can be taken intoaccount R Savein"Previous Destinations" forthe routetypes: R SaveasFavorite # Select DynamicRoute Guidancer . R Saveas"Home" # Select Automatic, On Request or Off. R Saveas"Work" Explanation of theoptions: # To call thedestination: if atelephone num‐ R Automatic ber is available, select Call. The routeiscalculated withthe currently set # To sharethe destination using NFC or QR routetype. code: select Share via NFC or QR Code. Trafficreports via LiveTraffic Information are # Holdthe NFC area of themobile phone (see takenintoaccount (/ page 231). manufacturer's operating instructions) on the LiveTraffic Information is notavailable in all mat or place themobile phone on it countries. ( page243). / R On Request or Apromptappearswhen anew routeisdetec‐ # Hold themobile phone near to themultimedia tedwithashorterjourneytime basedontraf‐ system and scan theQRcode. ficreports. Youcan continue to use thecur‐ # To call up an Internetaddress: if aweb rent routeoruse thedynamic routeinstead address is available, select www. (/ page233). # To showonthe map: select Show on Map. R Off Selecting aroutetype No trafficreports aretaken into account for Multimediasystem: theroute. 4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z Calculating alternativeroutes 5 5 Advanced Route # Activate Suggest Alternative Route. # Select theroutetype. The display button is activated. Alternative If no routehas been created, thenextrouteis routes arecalculated forevery route. calculated on thebasis of thenew routetype. 222 Multimediasystem

# Select an alternativeroute(/page224). used. Carpool lanes mayonlybeused if certain conditions aremet. Selecting routeoptions Multimediasystem: Carpool lanes arenot available in all countries. 4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z # Select Avoid Options. 5 Advanced 5 Route # Select CarpoolLanes. # Select For Two Occupants or For 3Occu- Avoiding areas pantsorMore ·. # Select Avoid Options. or # Select Avoid Areas (/ page236). # Select On Request ·. Avoiding or using highways,ferries, tunnels, When this option is selectedand acarpool motorail trains, unpavedroads lane is available, apromptappears. Youcan continue to use thecurrent routeorselecta # Select Avoid Options. routewiththe carpool lane. # Activateordeactivate theavoid option. % If the Avoid option is selected, then no car‐ To avoid: thedisplaybutton is activated. The pool lanes will be used forthe route. routeavoids highways, forexample. Selecting notifications To use: thedisplaybutton is off. The route Requirements: takeshighwaysintoconsideration, forexam‐ ple. R Foranaudibleindicationwhenapproach‐ ingapersonal POI: theUSB device contains Theserouteoptions arenot available in every country. personal POIs. R The selected routeoptions cannotalwaysbe The USB device is connected withthe multi‐ implemented. Therefore, aroutemay include media system. aferry,for instance, eventhough the Avoid R The categoryinwhichthe personal POI Ferries avoid option is enabled. Amessage belongs is activated. appearsand youwill hear acorresponding Multimedia system: message. 4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z Avoiding or using toll roads 5 Advanced 5 Announcements # Select Avoid Options. # Activateordeactivate No Driving Recomm.. # Select Toll Roads. No navigation announcements areissuedif # Activateordeactivate AvoidAll. thedisplaybutton is activated. To avoid: thedisplaybutton is activated. The # To select navigation announcements: routeavoids all toll roads. select an option in the DRIVINGRECOMMEN- To use: thedisplaybutton is off. The route DATION category #. allows forall roads that requirethe payment The following optionsare available: of ausagefee (toll). R ToneOnly or Instead of thespoken navigation # To avoid apayment type: select Avoid. announcementyou hear agong. The gong The routeavoids all toll roads withthe selec‐ signals adrivingmaneuver and sounds tedmethod of payment. also during thedriving maneuver. # To use apayment type: select Use. R Reduced DrivingRecomm. The routeallows forall toll roads withthe If anavigation announcementisavailable, selected method of payment. youhear ashortannouncement,e.g. These routeoptions arenot available in every "Turnright". country. R Detailed DrivingRecomm. Using carpool lanes If anavigation announcement is available When using carpool lanes, observe theapplicable and the Announce Street Names option is legal requirements as well as anyconditionsper‐ activated, youhear acomplete announce‐ tainingtowhen and wheresuchlanes maybe Multimedia system 223

ment, e.g. "Turnright intoStationRoad at # Select adestinationoranintermediatedesti‐ theend of theroad in 600 ft (200 m)". nation. # To have street names announced during a The following informationisdisplayed: driving maneuver: switchonAnnounce R Remaining driving distance Street Names. R Time of arrival # Select Reduced DrivingRecomm. or Detailed R Remaining journeytime DrivingRecomm.. The name of thestreetintowhichyou should R Name, destination address turnisannounced. R Phone number (if available) % The options in the DRIVINGRECOMMENDA- R Webaddress (if available) TION categoryare notavailable in all coun‐ tries and in all languages. Planning routes Multimediasystem: Selecting messages for TRAFFIC 4 © 5 Navigation # Activateamessage. 5 ¡ 5 Route Overview The displaybutton is activated. # Select Set Way Point. The following optionsare available: # Enterthe intermediatedestination as aPOI or R Traffic Incidents address, forexample (/ page215). Trafficincidents areannounced, e.g. road‐ # Selectthe intermediatedestination. worksand road blocks. Afterselection of an intermediate destination, This function is notavailable in all coun‐ therouteoverviewisshown again. tries and languages. # Calculatethe routewithintermediatedestina‐ R Announce Traffic Warnings tions (/ page224) Warning messages areannounced, e.g. % If thereare already four intermediatedestina‐ beforetailbacks that pose arisk (if availa‐ tions,delete an intermediatedestination ble). (/ page223). This function is notavailable in all coun‐ Editing aroutewith intermediatedestina‐ tries and languages. tions Audibleindication whenapproachingaper‐ Requirements: sonal POI R Adestination is entered. R # Select the Personal POIs option in the Forthe moving function theremustalso be at ALERTS category. leastone intermediatedestination. # Activateacategory. Multimedia system: The displaybutton is activated. When 4 © 5 Navigation approaching apersonal POI in this category 5 ¡ 5 an audible indication will be issued. Route Overview # To changethe sequence of destinations: Showing destination information forthe route select V foranintermediate destination or Requirements: destination. R Adestination is entered. Amenu opens. Multimedia system: # Select Move. ø is highlighted. 4 © 5 Navigation 5 ¡ # Move theintermediatedestination or thedes‐ # Select Route Overview. tination with 4 or s to thedesired When routeguidance is active, thedestina‐ position. tion and intermediatedestinations areshown, if these have been entered and notyet been # Taponø. passed. # To deleteadestination: select V foran The routecan include up to four intermediate intermediate destination or destination. destinations. 224 Multimediasystem

# Select Delete. # Select thealternativeroute. The destination is deleted. # To showthe routeonthe map: select Calculating aroutewith intermediatedestina‐ Show on Map. tions # Move themap (/ page234). Requirements: # Setthe map scale (/ page234). R The destination and at leastone intermediate # To avoid or use routeoptions: select Ä. destination have been entered. # Switchthe routeoption, e.g. Highways,onor Multimedia system: off. 4 © 5 Navigation To avoid: thedisplaybutton is activated. The 5 ¡ 5 Route Overview alternativerouteavoids highways. To use: thedisplaybutton is off. The alterna‐ # Select StartRoute Guidance. tiveroutetakes accountofhighways. or Activatingacommuter route # If theroutehas been edited, select To Naviga- tion G. Requirements: R Youhave createdaprofile ( page200). # Confirm thepromptwith Yes. / The routeiscalculated. Routeguidance R The Allow Destination Suggestions option is begins. switched on (/ page202). R Displaying theroutelist The Activate Commuter Route option is Multimediasystem: switched on. R 4 © 5 Navigation 5 ¡ The multimedia system has gathered suffi‐ cient data in order to showdestination sug‐ # Select Route List. gestions. The listshows theroutesections.The current R vehicle position is markedonthe map. Routes have been learned forthese destina‐ tion suggestions. The current vehicle position is shown withthe following information: % This commuter routeisnot available in all countries. R The a symbol forthe current vehicle position is displayed. Multimediasystem: R The name of theroad on whichyou are 4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z currentlydriving is shown. 5 Advanced 5 Route R The road number of theroad on which # Activate Activate Commuter Route. youare currently driving is shown. The display button is activated. The naviga‐ tion system automaticallydetects that the The routelistisupdated during thejourney. vehicle is on acommuter route. It automati‐ # To showroutesections: swipe up or down callystartsarouteguidance without voice on thecontrolelement. output. The routesectionisshown on themap. Forthe daily commuter route, trafficinci‐ Selecting an alternativeroute dents on therouteare also reportedwhen Requirements: driving without activerouteguidance. R The Suggest Alternative Route option is Switching theautomatic gasstationsearch switched on (/ page221). on/off Multimedia system: Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle 4 © 5 Navigation 5 ¡ # Activateordeactivate Gas StationSearch. # Select Alternative Routes. When thefuel reserve levelisreached, and The routes aredisplayed in accordance with thedisplaybutton is switched on, amessage thesetting made in theroutesettings. appearstostart searching forgas stations. The routes arenumbered. Multimediasystem 225

Starting an automatic gasstationsearch # If thereare alreadyfour intermediatedes‐ Requirements: tinations: select Yes in theprompt. R The automatic gasstationsearch is activated The servicestationisentered in theroute (/ page224). overview. Intermediate destination 4is deleted. Routeguidance begins. Driving situation The fuel levelinthe fuel tank reaches thereserve Showing astoredrouteonthe map fuel level. Requirements: The following notification is shown in themedia R AUSB device withstoredroutes is connected display Reserve Fuel Tap here to search for gas withthe multimedia system. stations. R The routeisstoredinthe "Routes" folder with # Confirmthe notification. theGPS Exchangeformat (.gpx). The automatic gasstationsearch begins. The Multimedia system: available gasstations alongthe routeorin 4 © 5 5 ª thevicinityofthe vehicle's current position Navigation Where to? aredisplayed. 5 SAVED ROUTES # # Select agas station. Select aroute. The address of thegas stationisdisplayed. # Select Show on Map. # Calculatethe route(/page220). # Move themap (/ page234). The gasstationisset as thedestination or thenextintermediatedestination. Starting asavedroute Requirements: # If thereare alreadyfour intermediatedes‐ R tinations: select Yes in theprompt. AUSB device withstoredroutes is connected The gasstationisentered in therouteover‐ withthe multimedia system. view. Intermediate destination 4isdeleted. R The routeisstoredinthe "Routes" folder with Routeguidance begins. theGPS Exchangeformat (.gpx). Starting theautomatic service station search Multimedia system: Requirements: 4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª Where to? R ATTENTION ASSISTand the Suggest Rest 5 SAVED ROUTES Area function areactivated (/ page160). # Select aroute. R There areservice stations alongthe route # Select Start Route Guid.fromBeginning of sectionahead. Route or Start RouteGuidance from Curr. Driving situation Position. The following notification is shown in themedia Routeguidance starts. display ATTENTION ASSIST Tap here to search % The routecan be savedwith f in the for rest areas. menu (/ page220). # Confirmthe notification. Recordingaroute The service stationsearch starts.The availa‐ Requirements: ble servicestations alongthe routeorinthe R AUSB device is connectedwiththe multime‐ vicinity of thevehicle's current position are dia system. displayed. # Select aservice station. Multimedia system: The servicestationaddress is displayed. 4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª Where to? # Calculatethe route(/page220). 5 SAVED ROUTES The servicestationisset as thedestination # To startrecording: select Start Recordinga or thenextintermediatedestination. New Route. Ared recording symbol is shown. The routeisstoredonthe USB device. # To stoprecording: select EndRecording. 226 Multimediasystem

Saving arecorded route and trafficconditions and operate the Requirements: equipment withthe vehicle stationary. R AUSB device is connectedwiththe multime‐ dia system. Youmustobservethe legal requirements forthe countryinwhich youare currentlydriving when Multimedia system: operating themultimedia system. 4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª Where to? Routeguidance beginsoncearoutehas been cal‐ 5 SAVED ROUTES culated. # Select aroute. The road and trafficrules and regulations always have priority overmultimedia system driving # Select f. instructions. # Select Save in "Previous Destinations". The routeisstoredinthe "Previous destina‐ Driving instructionsare: tions" memory and can be calledupfrom R Navigation announcements therefor routeguidance. R Routeguidance displays Editing astoredroute R Lane recommendations Requirements: If youdonot followthe driving instructions or if R AUSB device withstoredroutes is connected youleave thecalculated route, anew routeiscal‐ withthe multimedia system (/ page259). culated automatically. Multimedia system: Driving instructions maydifferfromthe actual 4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª Where to? road and trafficconditions if: 5 SAVED ROUTES R The routeisdiverted # Select aroutewith V. R The direction of aone-way street has been changed # To enter aname: select ChangeName. # Enterthe name. Forthis reason,you mustalwaysobserve road and trafficrules and regulations during your jour‐ # Select OK. neyaswell as theprevailing trafficconditions. or The routemay differfromthe ideal routedue to # When thename has been changed, press the thefollowing: G button. R Roadworks # Select Yes. R Incomplete digital map data # To deletearoute: select Delete. # Select Yes. NotesonGPS reception The correct function of thenavigation system depends amongstother things on GPS reception. Routeguidance In certain situations GPS reception can be Notesonrouteguidance impaired, defectiveorevennot possible,e.g. in tunnels or in parking garages. & WARNING Risk of distraction from oper‐ Changing direction overview ating integrated communication equip‐ ment while thevehicle is in motion Changes of direction areshown in thefollowing displays: If youoperatecommunication equipment R integratedinthe vehicle when driving, you Detailed imageofthe intersection will be distracted from thetraffic situation. The displayappearswhen youdrive intoan This could also cause youtolose control of intersection. thevehicle. R 3D image # Onlyoperatethis equipment when the The display appearswhen drivingonintersec‐ trafficsituation permits. tion-free, multi-laneroads, forexample on # If youcannotbesureofthis, stop the freewayexitsand freewayinterchanges. vehicle whilstpaying attention to road Multimediasystem 227

by announcing "In 600ft(200 m) at theend of thestreetturnright intoStationRoad". The displayissplit intotwo parts.The map is displayedonthe left; on theright, thereisa detailed imageofthe intersection or a3D imageofthe upcoming changeofdirection. R Change-of-direction phase The multimediasystemannounces theimmi‐ nent changeofdirection,e.g.byannouncing Example: detailed imageofthe crossing with "Nowturnright". upcoming changes of direction The displayissplit intotwo parts. 1 Current distancetothe changeofdirection The changeofdirection takesplace when the 2 Changing direction distance to maneuver point 4 is shown with 3 Current vehicle position 0ft(0m)and thesymbol forvehicle position 4 Maneuver point 3 has reached maneuver point 4. When thechangeofdirection is complete,the map appearsinfull-screen mode. % Changes of direction arealso shown in the Instrument Display. Lane recommendationsoverview This displayappearsfor multi-lane roads. The multimediasystemcan showlane recom‐ mendations if thedigital map contains therele‐ vant data. Example: 3D imageofthe upcoming change of direction 1 Current distancetothe changeofdirection 2 Changing direction 3 Current vehicle position 4 Maneuver point Thereare threephases when changing direction: R Preparation phase If thereisenough time between thechanges 1 Recommended lane (whitearrow,blue back‐ of direction, themultimedia system prepares ground) youfor theupcoming changeofdirection.A navigationannouncementisissued depend‐ 2 Possible lane (whitearrow) ing on thesettings fordriving recommenda‐ 3 Lane notrecommended (gray arrow) tions, e.g. "Preparetoturnright". Explanation of thedisplayedlanes: The map appearsinfull-screen mode. R Recommended lane 1 The status line shows:the direction informa‐ In this lane, youwill be able to complete both tion or thename of theroad whichistobe thenextchangeofdirection and theone after turned intoand thedistance to thechangeof that. direction. R Possible lane 2 R Announcement phase In this lane, youwill only be able to complete The multimediasystemannounces the thenextchangeofdirection. upcomingchangeofdirection dependingon thesettings fordriving recommendations, e.g. R Lanenot recommended 3 228 Multimedia system

In this lane, youwill notbeable to complete Using quick-access foradestination, alterna‐ thenextchangeofdirection without changing tiverouteand POIs lane. Requirements: During thechangeofdirection,new lanesmay be R The POI categories areconfigured forquick- added. access (/ page217).

% Lanerecommendations can also be shown in # If routeguidance is active, selectthe £ theInstrument Display. symbol witharrival timeand distance to the destination on themap. Using freewayinformation The address of thedestination or thenext Requirements: intermediatedestination is shown. R The Highway Information option is switched on (/ page235). Using alternativeroutes # Select Alternative Route. The routes aredisplayed in accordance with thesetting made in theroutesettings. The routes arenumbered. # Select thealternativeroute. Setting aPOI as an intermediatedestination # Select acategorysymbol, e.g. B fora parking lot. # Select aPOI from thelist. When driving on thefreeway, upcomingfreeway The selection takesplace on theroute. The facilities 1 and available servicefacilities 2 are destination address is shown. The routecan showninthe overview. These include gassta‐ be calculated. tions,parkinglots, servicestations and freeway # To use POI categories forquick-access: exits, forexample. select asearchposition In the Vicinity, Near # To open thedisplay: select r. Destination or Along the Route. The entries aresortedaccording to increasing # Select aPOI from thelist. distance from thecurrent vehicle position. or # To close thedisplay: taponthe map. # Enterasearch entry intothe search field and or filter thelist. # To use freewayinformation: select an # Select aPOI from thelist. entry. The destination address is shown. The route # If severalservice facilitiesare available, can be calculated. selectaservicefacility from thelist. The destination address and themap position Saving thecurrent vehicleposition areshown. # Select Save Position. # Calculatethe route(/page220). The current vehicle position is savedtothe or "Previous destinations" memory. # Search foraPOI in thevicinity. Destination reached or Once thedestination is reached, youwill see the Í checkeredflag. Routeguidance is finished. # Use other functions, e.g. save thedestination address of theservice facility. Whenanintermediate destination has been reached, youwill see theintermediatedestination flag withthe number of your Î intermediate destination. Routeguidance is continued. Switching navigation announcements on/off # To switchoff: during anavigation announce‐ ment,press thevolume control on thesteer‐ Multimedia system 229

ing wheel or the 8/Ü button on the # Press thevolume rocker switchonthe multi‐ multimedia system (/ page199). media system up or down. The Voice Guidancehas been deactivated. message appears. Switching audio fadeout on or offduring navi‐ gationannouncements or # Press the © button on thesteering wheel. # Showthe navigation menu (/ page214). or # Select . ! # Press and hold the %/© button on the The symbol changes to #. multimedia system. # To activate: select #. The current navigation announcement is or played. # Tapon©in themedia display. The symbol changes to !. # Select Settings. % This function can be added and called up # Select System. from thefavorites within thenavigation cate‐ # Select Audio. gory. # Activateordeactivate Audio Fadeout. Switching navigation announcements on or # To leave themenu: select q. offduring aphone call Repeating navigationannouncements # Press the © button on thesteering wheel. Requirements: or R Aroutehas been created. # % Press and hold the /© button on the R multimedia system. Routeguidance is active. or Multimedia system: # Tapon©in themedia display. 4 Navigation # Select Settings. # Select !. # Select System. # Select #. # Select Audio. The current navigation announcement is repeated. # Select Navigation and Traffic Announce- ments. % This function can be added and called up from thefavorites within thenavigation cate‐ # Activateordeactivate Voice Guidance During gory. Call. When theoption is switched on, thedisplay Cancelingrouteguidance button is activated. Requirements: # To leave themenu: select q. R Aroutehas been created. Adjustingthe volume of navigation announce‐ R routeguidance is active. ments # Show thenavigation menu. Multimedia system: # Select ¤ in thenavigation menu 4 5 5 5 © Settings System Audio (/ page215). 5 Navigation and Traffic Announcements Overview of routeguidancetoanoff-road # Select . Voice Guidance Volume destination # Setthe volume. An off-road destinationiswithin thedigital map. # To leave themenu: select q. The map contains no roads that lead to thedesti‐ nation. Routeguidanceisactive Youcan enter geo-coordinates or athree word # Turn thevolume control on themultifunction address foroff-road destinations on themap. steering wheel during anavigation announce‐ Routeguidance guides youfor as long as possible ment. withnavigation announcements and displays on or roads that areknown to themultimedia system. 230 Multimedia system

Shortly beforeyou reachthe lastknown position Using quick-access on themap, youwill hear the"Please followthe # If routeguidance is active, selectthe £ direction arrow"announcement,for example. The symbol witharrival timeand distance to the displayshows adirection arrow and thelinear destination on themap. distance to thedestination. The address of thedestination or thenext Overviewofrouteguidancefromanoff-road intermediatedestination is shown. location to adestination # Select Save Position. In an off-road position, thecurrent vehicle posi‐ tion is located within thedigital map on roads Editing theprevious destinations that arenot available. Requirements: R Thesedisplays appear when routeguidance Forediting destination suggestions: the begins: Allow Destination Suggestions optionisacti‐ vated(/page202). R Amessageappearsthat theroad is noton R The multimedia system has gathered suffi‐ themap. cient data in order to showdestination sug‐ R Adirection arrowthat shows thelinear direc‐ gestions. tion to thedestination. Multimedia system: When thevehicle is backonaroad known to the 4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª Where to? multimedia system, routeguidance continues as normal. 5 PREV. DESTINATIONS The following destinationscan be edited: Overviewofoff-roadstatus during routeguid‐ R ance Destinations Due to roadworks,for example, theremay be dif‐ R Destination suggestions ferences between thedataonthe digital map and # To no longer displayadestination sugges‐ theactual course of theroad. In suchcases, the tion: select V foradestination sugges‐ multimedia system will temporarilybeunable to tion. locatethe vehicle's current position on thedigital map. The vehicle is off-road. # Select No Longer Suggest. When thevehicle is off-road, thefollowing dis‐ Saving thelastdestination as afavorite plays areshown: % Aftersaving, thedestination can be called up R Amessageappearsthat theroad is noton via thefavorites (/ page202). themap. # Select V foradestination. R Adirection arrowshowing thelinear direction # Select f Save as Favorite . to thePOI. # To save as afavorite: select SaveasFavor- When thevehicle is backonaroad known to the ite. multimedia system, routeguidance continues as # To save as "Home" address: select Save as normal. "Home". # To save as "Work" address: select Save as Destination "Work". Saving thecurrent vehicleposition Deleting aprevious destination Multimediasystem: # To deleteadestination: select V forthe 4 © 5 Navigation 5 ¡ 5 Position previous destination. # Select Save Position. # Select Delete. The current vehicle position is savedtothe "Previous destinations" memory. # Select Yes. # To deleteall destinations: select Ä. # Select Delete All. # Select Yes. Multimedia system 231

Using external destinations and routes as asensor forthe flow of trafficand helps to External destinations and routes can be received improve thequality of thetraffic reports. from Mercedes-Benz Apps. If youdonot wish to transmit avehicle position, Apromptappearsonthe multimedia display. youhave thefollowing option: Received destinations and routes aresavedinthe R Youcan deactivatethe service at Mercedes previous destinations. PROconnect. # Adestination has been received: select R Youhave theservice deactivated at an Yes. authorized Freightliner Sprinter Center. # Calculatethe route. Displaying information from LiveTraffic Infor‐ # If routeguidance is already active, select Set mation service providers as Way Point or Start New RouteGuidance. Requirements: or R The vehicle is equipped withLiveTraffic Infor‐ # If adestinationwas received with photo infor‐ mation. mation, select Start Route Guidance. Multimedia system: # Calculatethe route. 4 © 5 Navigation 5 ¡ 5 Traffic or # Select Provider Information. # If adestinationhas been received from an The logo of theLiveTraffic Information app, select Details. service provider is shown. # Calculate theroute. % The following optionsare available for # Aroutehas beenreceived: select Yes. extending thesubscription: # Select Start Route Guid. fromBeginning of R At an authorizedMercedes-BenzCenter Route or Start Route GuidancefromCurr. R Position. Viaaservicecall withthe Mercedes-Benz Routeguidance starts from theselected posi‐ Customer Assistance Center using the tion. breakdown assistance button on the overhead controlpanel (/ page194) R Viaaservicecall withthe Mercedes-Benz Routeguidancewith current trafficreports Customer Assistance Center using the Trafficinformation overview multimedia system (/ page193) Trafficreports arereceivedusing LiveTraffic Showingtraffic information Information and areused forrouteguidance. Requirements: This serviceisunavailable in some countries. R The Traffic displayisswitched on % Theremay be differences between thetraffic (/ page232). reports received and theactual road and traf‐ R The following trafficdisplays areswitched on ficconditions. (/ page232): Important information on LiveTraffic Information: Traffic Incidents R Current traffic reports arereceivedvia the Free Flowing Traffic Internetconnection. Delay R The trafficsituation is updatedatshort, regu‐ lar intervals. Multimedia system: R Subscription informationshows thestatus 4 © (/ page231). # Select Navigation. Informationonthe vehicle's position is regularly The map shows thefollowing trafficinformation: sent to Mercedes-BenzAG. Thedataisimmedi‐ R trafficincidents, forexample: ately renderedanonymous by Mercedes-BenzAG and forwarded to thetraffic dataprovider. Using - roadworks this data, trafficreports relevant to thevehicle's - road blocks position aresent to thevehicle. The vehicle acts - warning messages 232 Multimedia system

When routeguidance is active, thesymbols Showing trafficincidents in thevicinityofthe fortraffic incidents will be shownincoloron map theroute. Offthe routetheyare gray. # Select atrafficincident symbol on themap. R warning messagesymbols: The details about thetraffic incident aredis‐ - symbol Ô played. - road safetynotes, e.g. when approaching # Select Ä. theend of atraffic jam # Select Traffic IncidentsinVicinity. If thevehicle approaches adanger area The map shows thetraffic incident symbols in on theroute, awarning messageisdis‐ thevicinity. playedonthe map. Awarning message Trafficincident information is displayedinthe mayalso be issued. status line: R trafficflowinformation: R Trafficincident symbol - trafficjam (red line) R Cause of thetraffic incident, e.g. con‐ - slow-moving traffic(orangeline) struction work - heavy traffic(yellow line) R Warning message(highlightedred) - free-flowing traffic(green line) # To select atraffic incident symbol: select R displayfor trafficdelaysonthe routelasting q or r. at leastone minute # To select amap section: taponthe touchscreen. Displaying trafficincidents or Requirements: # Press theTouchControl. R The Traffic Incidents displayisswitched on # Move themap. (/ page232). # To returntothe navigation map: tapon Multimedia system: G. 4 © 5 Navigation 5 ¡ 5 Traffic or # Select Traffic Announcements. # Press the G button on theTouchControl. If thereare trafficreports, youwill see alist. Trafficreports include accidents and other Switching thetraffic information displayon trafficevents, forexample. The listissorted Multimediasystem: according to distance and shows thetraffic 4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z reports received both on and offthe route. # Activate Traffic. Atrafficincident shows thefollowing informa‐ The display button is activated. tion: ActivatingIncidents, Free Flowand Delay R Street number or street name # Select Advanced. R Trafficincident symbol # Select View. On theroute: color # Select Map Elements. Offthe route: gray # In the category, activatethe R TRAFFIC Traffic Cause Incidents, Free Flowing Traffic and Delay R Street symbol (trafficincident on the entries. route) If traffic informationhas been received, then R Distance from current vehicle position traffic incidentssuchasroadworks,road blocks,local area reports (e.g. fog) and warn‐ # Select atraffic incident r. ing messages aredisplayed. Thedetailed informationisshown, forexam‐ ple theroutesection. The traffic delayisdisplayedfor thecurrent route. Trafficdelayslasting one minuteorlon‐ gerare takenintoconsideration. Multimedia system 233

Showing local area messages Benefits of Car-to-X-Communication: Multimedia system: R Hazards arerecognized automaticallyinthe 4 © 5 Navigation 5 ¡ 5 Traffic background by thevehicle or maybereported # Select Area Alerts. by thedriver. These arethen sent to vehicles Local area messages areshown, forexample withCar-to-X-Communication in theimmedi‐ fogorheavy rain. atevicinity. R # Selectalocal area message. If available, current details relatingtohazard The details aredisplayed. spots near thevehicle's current position are received. Acceptingadetour recommendation aftera Thisgives yousufficient time to adaptyour prompt driving styletothe trafficconditions. Requirements: The use of Car-to-X-Communication requires the R On Request is switched on # in the regular transmission of vehicle datatoMercedes- DYNAMIC ROUTE GUIDANCE menu ( page 221). Benz AG.The data is then immediately pseudony‐ / mized by Mercedes-BenzAG. Thevehicle datais R Routeguidance is active. deletedafter an appropriateamount of time has R Thereare trafficreports forthe current route. elapsed (severalweeks) and is notstoredperma‐ nently. If anew routewithashorterdriving time is deter‐ mined, thecurrent and newroutes will be shown. % Datawhichservesasidentification is replaced during thepseudonymization proc‐ % The notification is shown in another applica‐ ess. In this way, your identityisprotected tion. Confirmthe notification. againstaccess by unauthorizedthirdparties. # To acceptthe newroute: select Accept Rec- Displaying hazardwarnings ommended Detour. Multimedia system: # To maintain the current route: select Keep 4 © to Current Route. # Select Navigation. If hazardwarnings areavailable these will be Car-to-X-Communication shown on themap. OverviewofCar-to-X-Communication The following hazardwarningsare shown on the The following requirements applyfor using Car- map: to-X-Communication: R Broken-down vehicles R The vehicle is equipped withamultimedia R Accidents system featuring navigationand acommuni‐ R Hazardous weather cation modulewithanactivated, integrated R SIM card. Generalhazards R R Youhaveauser account withMercedes PRO. Hazardwarning lights, when switched on R The Car-to-X-Communication serviceisacti‐ % If thevehicle is approaching ahazardspot vated. withavehicle speed of at least37mph (60 km/h) thevoice output "Traffic incident % Car-to-X-Communication is available in selec‐ ahead" is issued. tedcountries. The voice output is notissued forhazardous The communication module automaticallyestab‐ weather. lishes an Internetconnection oncethe ignition is switched on. If thereare anyhazardwarnings, Sending hazard warnings they will be provided shortlythereafter. Depend‐ Automatically detected hazard warnings aresent ing on themobile phone connection,the provi‐ by thevehicle. sion takesplace from within asecond up to about # To send ahazard warning yourself: tapon aminute. themedia displaywhen themap is shown. The navigation menu is shown. # Select ¡. 234 Multimediasystem

# Select ReportTraffic Incident. Rotating themap Apromptisshown. # With twofingers, rotatecounter-clockwise or # Select Yes. clockwise on themedia system display. The Thank You for SupportingAccidentPre- Selecting themap orientation vention messageappears. Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z Map and compass 5 Advanced Setting themap scale # Select View. Multimedia system: # Select Map Orientation. 4 © 5 Navigation # Select an option. Zooming in The # dotindicates thecurrent setting. # When themap is shown, taptwice quickly The following optionsare available: withone finger on themedia display. R 2D Heading Up option: the2Dmap view or is aligned to thedirection of travel. # Move twofingersapart on themedia display. R 2D NorthUpoption:the 2D map viewis Zooming out displayedsothat north is alwaysatthe top. # Tapwithtwo fingersonthe media display. R or 3D option:the 3D map viewisaligned to thedirection of travel. # Move twofingerstogether on themedia dis‐ play. or % Youcan setthe unit of measurement of the # To use quick-access: repeatedly taporpress map scale (/ page211). on the Ä compass symbol on themap. The viewchanges in thesequence 3D, 2D Moving themap Heading Up to 2D North Up. Multimedia system: If themap is moved, it can switchbetween 4 © 5 Navigation 3D and 2D NorthUp. # Move thefinger in anydirection on the Selecting POI symbols forthe map display touchscreen when themap is shown. Multimedia system: When themap has been movedthe following 4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z informationappearsinthe status line,for exam‐ POIs include gasstations and hotels, forexample. ple: Thesecan be displayedassymbols on themap. R The distance from thevehicle's current posi‐ Notall POIs areavailable everywhere. tion is shown. Personal POIs aredestinationswhichyou have R Information aboutthe current map position is savedonaUSB device, forexample. shown, e.g. thename of theroad. % The displayofPOI symbols on themap can The following functionsare available: be activated or deactivated as afavorite. R Select adestinationonthe map # To switchon/offusing quick-access: if (/ page219). available, switch POI Symbols on or off. The POI symbols forthe selected categories R Select aPOI (/ page217). areshown on themap. R Show trafficincidents on themap or (/ page232). # To switchon/offinthe menu: select This function is notavailable in all countries. Advanced. # To resetthe map to thecurrent position # Select View. of thevehicle: taponsymbol \. # Select Map Elements. Multimedia system 235

# Select POI Symbols. The following optionsare available: The POI SYMBOLS menu is shown. R Current Street option # Switch DisplayPOIs on or off. The street youare currentlyonisshown in Selecting categories thebottombar. When themap is moved, thestreetname,the # Select POI SYMBOLS in the All Categories menu r. POI name or theareaname appearsunder thecrosshair. # Activateordeactivate Show All. Whenthe option is switched on, thePOI sym‐ R The Geo-coordinates option shows thefollow‐ bols forall categories areshown on themap. ing information in thebottombar: or - Longitude and latitude # Select thecategories and sub-categories (if - Elevation available) r. The elevationshown maydeviate from the # Activateordeactivate thecategories. actual elevation. The POI symbols forthe selected categories - Number of satellites from whichasignal areshown on themap. can be received Selecting personal POI categories Whenthe map is moved, this information does notappear. # Select POI SYMBOLS in the Personal POIs menu r. R None option # Select acategory r. The media displayshows no text information in thebottombar. # Activateordeactivate Show on Map. Whenthe displayisswitched on and thevehi‐ Switching freewayinformation on/off cle approaches apersonal POI in this cate‐ Multimedia system: gory, avisual and audible notification can be 4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z issued. # To use quick-access: switch Highway Infor- # To setanotification when approaching: mation on or off. select acategoryorapersonal POI V. The displaybutton is activated or off. # Switch and Visual Notification Acoustic Notifi- or cation on or off. # To use themenu: select Advanced. Switching displayofcategories forquick- # Select . access on/off View # Select TextInformation. # Switchacategoryonoroff in the POI SYM- BOLS menu. # Activateordeactivate HighwayInformation. Whenthe displaybutton is switched on, addi‐ Resetting thePOI symbol display tional information about thefreewayfacilities # Select POI SYMBOLS Reset POIs in themenu. ahead appearsduring thefreewayjourney. The settings areresettothe standardset‐ These include parking lots, service stations tings. and freewayexits, forexample. Selecting text information fordisplayonthe Displaying thenextintersectingstreet map Requirements: Multimedia system: R Routeguidance is notactive. 4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z Multimedia system: 5 Advanced 4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z # Select View. 5 Advanced # Select Text Information. # Select View. # Select an option in the FOOTER category. # Select Text Information. The # dotindicates thecurrent setting. 236 Multimedia system

# Activate Next Intersecting Street. # To setanarea: press on thecontrolelement. The display button is activated. If theoption is The area is entered intothe list. switched on and thejourneycontinues with‐ out routeguidance, thename of thenext Changing an area to be avoided intersecting street will be displayedatthe Multimedia system: upper edgeofthe display. 4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z 5 Advanced 5 Route 5 Avoid Options Displaying themap version 5 Avoid Areas Multimedia system: # Select an area in thelist. 4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z 5 Advanced # Select Edit. # Select View. # To move an area on themap: swipe in any direction on thecontrolelement. # Select Map Version. The detail informationisdisplayed. # To changethe sizeofthe area: taporpress on thecontrolelement. % The online map updateservice from Mercedes PROconnect can be used to # Swipe up or down on thecontrolelement. updatethe map data(/page237). # Taporpress on thecontrolelement. Amessageisshown in themedia display # To takeaccountofanareafor theroute: when anew map version is available. select an area from thelist. Informationabout newversions of thedigital % # Activate AvoidArea. map can be obtained from an authorized The display button is activated. Freightliner Sprinter Center. If routeguidance is active, anew routeiscal‐ Overviewofavoiding an area forthe route culated. Youcan define areas alongaroutethat you If thereisnorouteyet,the setting is carried would liketoavoid. overtothe next routeguidance. Freeways or multi-lane urban freeways,whichare The routecan include an area that is to be routed through an area to be avoided aretaken avoided in thefollowing cases: intoaccount forthe route. R thedestination is located in an area that Avoiding anew area forthe route is to be avoided. Multimediasystem: R therouteincludes highways or multi-lane 4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z expresswayswhichpass through an area 5 Advanced 5 Route 5 Avoid Options to be avoided. 5 Avoid Areas R thereisnosensible alternativeroute. # Select . Avoid New Area Deleting an area # To startinthe map: select Using Map. Multimedia system: # Move themap (/ page234). 4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z # To startvia destinationsearch: select Via 5 Advanced 5 Route 5 Avoid Options AddressEntry. 5 Avoid Areas # Enter theaddress (/ page215). # To deleteanarea: selectanareainthe list. # Select thedestination in thelistoraccept # Select Delete. with a. # Confirmthe prompt with Yes. The map appears. # To deleteall areas: if at leasttwo areas to # To showanarea: taporpress on thecontrol avoid areset,select DeleteAll. element. Ared rectangle appears.Thisdesignatesthe # Confirmthe prompt with Yes. area that shouldbeavoided. # To changethe map scale: move twofingers together or apartonthe media display. The map is zoomed in or out. Multimedia system 237

Overviewofupdating themap data Observe thefollowing when entering theactiva‐ tion code: Updating at an authorizedFreightliner Sprinter Center R The activation code can be used forone vehi‐ The digital maps generated by themap software cle become outdated in thesame wayasconven‐ R The activation code is nottransferable tional road maps.Optimal routeguidance can R The activation code has six digits only be provided by thenavigation system in con‐ junction withthe mostup-to-datemap data. In theevent of thefollowing problems, please Information about newversions of thedigital map contact an authorized Freightliner Sprinter Cen‐ can be obtained from an authorized Freightliner ter: Sprinter Center. R The multimedia system does notacceptthe Youcan receiveupdates to thedigital map there. activation code Online map update R Youhave lostthe activation code The online map updateservice from Mercedes Displaying thecompass PROconnect can be used to updatethe map Multimedia system: data. 4 © 5 Navigation 5 ¡ 5 Position This service is notavailable in all countries. # Select Compass. Youcan use thefollowing updateoptions: The compass displayshows thefollowing R Forone region (automatic map update) information: Forautomatic map updates the Automatic R thecurrent direction of travelwithbearing Online Update system setting mustbeactiva‐ (360°format) and compass direction ted(/page212). R longitude and latitude coordinates in R Forseveral or all regions (manual map degrees, minutes and seconds update) R height (rounded) The map datawill firstbedownloadedontoa R storagemedium and then updated on the number of GPS satellites from whicha multimedia system. signal can be received Further information on theonline map update Setting the map scale automatically https://www.mercedes.pro. Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z Overviewofmap data 5 Advanced Your vehicle is suppliedwithmap dataatthe fac‐ tory.Depending on thecountry,map datafor # Select View. your region is either pre-installed or themap data # Select Map Orientation. is supplied on adatastorage medium. # Activate Auto Zoom. If themap dataonyour vehicle has been installed The display button is activated. The map scale at thefactoryand youwish to reinstall it, youdo is setautomatically depending on your driving notneedtoenter theactivation code. speedand thetype of road. Formap datathat youhavepurchased in the % The automaticallyselectedmap scale can be form of adatastorage medium, youmustenter changed manually. Afterafew seconds, this theaccompanying activation code. is automaticallyreset. % If yousave themap dataonadatastorage Displaying thesatellitemap medium withthe online map updateservice, Multimedia system: no entry is required. The activation code is stored on thedatastorage medium during 4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z thedownloading process. 5 Advanced # Select View. # Select Map Elements. 238 Multimedia system

# Activateordeactivate Satellite Map. cover. The service information is notshown in If thedisplaybutton is activated, satellite all map scales, e.g. weather symbols. maps aredisplayedinmap scales from 2mi Further information about available services (2 km). and about displaying information in themap If thedisplaybutton is deactivated, satellite scales: https://www.mercedes.pro maps arenot displayedinmap scales from The services arenot available in every coun‐ 2mi(2km) to 20 mi (20 km). try. % The satellitemaps forthese map scales are notavailable in all countries. Parking service Showing therange Notesfor theparkingservice Requirements: R The function is available. & WARNING Risk of accident and injury Multimediasystem: duetonot observing themaximum per‐ mitted access height 4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z 5 Advanced If thevehicle height exceeds themaximum permitted access height forparking garages # Select View. and underground parking lots, thevehicle # Select Map Elements. roof as well as other vehicle parts could be damaged. # Activate Range. The display button is activated. Therecould be arisk of injurytothe vehicle The rangeonthe map is shown in green for occupants. gasoline and diesel vehicles. # Beforedriving intoaparking garage or underground parking lotobserve the When thelowerreserve capacity is reached then locallysignpostedaccess height. therangedisplay on themap is switched off. # If thevehicle height, including anyaddi‐ % The rangedisplay on themap is notavailable tional equipment, exceedsthe maxi‐ in all countries. mum permitted access height, do not Displaying weather information and other driveintothe parking garage or under‐ map contents ground parking lot. Requirements: This service is notavailable in all countries. R Youhave auser account withMercedes PRO connect. Selecting parking options R The serviceisavailable. * NOTE Beforeselecting theparking option R The servicehas been activated. The dataisbased on information provided by Multimediasystem: therespectiveservice provider. 4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z Freightliner Sprinter accepts no liability for 5 Advanced theaccuracy of theinformation provided # Select View. relatingtothe parking garage/parking lot. # Select Map Elements. # Alwaysobserve thelocal Information and conditions. # Scroll up and showthe ONLINE MAP CON- TENT category. Requirements: The available services aredisplayed. The services areprovidedbyMercedes PROcon‐ R The navigation services option is available, nect. subscribed to and activated in theMercedes PROportal. # Switchonaservice, e.g. Weather. Current weather information is displayedon The parkingservice is within thescope of the thenavigation map, e.g. temperatureorcloud navigation service. R Parking is activated(/page239). Multimedia system 239

Multimedia system: The parkingservice is within thescope of the 4 © 5 Navigation navigation service. # Taponjon themap. Multimedia system: # Select aparking option. 4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z The map shows theparking options in the # Activate Parking. vicinity. The display button is activated. The parking The following informationisdisplayed(if avail‐ optionswithin thevicinityofthe current vehi‐ able): cle position areshown. R Destinationaddress, distance from cur‐ rent vehicle position and arrivaltime R Informationonthe parking garage/park‐ ing facility Forexample, opening times, parking charges, current occupancy,maximum parking time, maximumaccess height. The maximum access height shown by the parking service does notreplace theneed forobservationofthe actual circumstan‐ ces. R Available paymentoptions (Mercedes pay, coins,banknotes, cards) R Details on parkingtariffs R Number of available parkingspaces R Paymentmethod (e.g. at theparking machine) R Services/facilitiesatthe parking option R Telephonenumber # Calculatethe route(/page220). The following functionscan also be selected(if available): R Search forPOIs in thevicinity. R Save thedestination. R Place acall at thedestination. R Sharethe destination using NFC or QR code. R Call up theweb address. R Showthe destination on themap. Displaying parking options on themap Requirements: R The navigation services option is available, subscribed to and activated in theMercedes PROportal. 240 Multimedia system

Telephone Telephony

Telephone menu overview

1 Bluetooth® device name of thecurrently con‐ Telephonyoperatingmodes overview nected mobilephone/the mobilephones The following telephoneoperatingmodes are 2 Bluetooth® device name of thecurrently con‐ available: nected mobilephone/the mobilephones R Onemobile phoneisconnectedtothe multi‐ (twophone mode) ® media system via Bluetooth (/ page241). 3 Batterystatus of theconnected mobile R Twomobile phones areconnected withthe phone multimedia system via Bluetooth® (twophone 4 Signal strengthofthe mobile phone network mode). 5 Options - Youcan use all thefunctions of themulti‐ 6 Device manager media system withthe mobile phone in 7 Messages theforeground. 8 Numerical pad - Youcan receiveincoming calls and mes‐ 9 Contact search sages with themobile phone in theback‐ ground. Bluetooth® profileoverview Youcan interchangethe mobile phone in ® Bluetooth profileof Operation theforeground and background anytime the mobile phone (/ page242). PBAP (Phone Book Contactsare auto‐ % Irrespectiveofthis, Bluetooth® audio func‐ Access Profile) matically displayedin tionalitycan by used withany mobile phone themultimedia sys‐ (/ page260). tem MAP (Message Messagefunctions Access Profile) can be used Multimediasystem 241

Notesontelephony R theSIM cardused is notcompatible withthe networkavailable & WARNING Risk of distraction from oper‐ R amobile phonewith"Twincard" is logged into ating integrated communication equip‐ thenetwork withthe second SIM cardatthe ment while thevehicle is in motion same time If youoperatecommunication equipment The multimedia system supports calls in HD integratedinthe vehicle when driving, you Voice® forimprovedspeechquality.Arequire‐ will be distracted from thetraffic situation. ment forthis is that themobile phone and the This could also cause youtolose control of mobilephone networkproviderofthe person you thevehicle. arecallingsupportHDVoice®. # Onlyoperatethis equipment when the trafficsituation permits. Depending on thequality of theconnection,the voice quality mayfluctuate. # If youcannotbesureofthis, stop the vehicle whilstpaying attention to road Connecting amobile phone and trafficconditions and operate the Requirements: equipment withthe vehicle stationary. R Bluetooth® is activated on themobile phone (see themanufacturer's operating instruc‐ & WARNING Risk of an accident from oper‐ tions). ating mobile communication equipment R Bluetooth® is activated on themultimedia while thevehicle is in motion system (/ page209). Mobile communicationsdevices distract the Multimedia system: driver from thetraffic situation.Thiscould also cause thedrivertolose control of the 4 © 5 Phone vehicle. Searching foramobilephone # As thedriver, onlyoperatemobile com‐ # Select í. munications devices when thevehicle is stationary. # Select Connect New Device. # As avehicle occupant, onlyuse mobile Connectingamobilephone (authorization communicationsdevices in theareas using SecureSimplePairing) intended forthis purpose, e.g. in the # Select amobile phone. rear passenger compartment. # Acode is displayedinthe multimedia system Youmustobservethe legal requirements forthe and on themobile phone. countryinwhich youare currentlydriving when # If thecodes match: confirm thecode on the operating mobilecommunication equipment in mobilephone. thevehicle. % Foroldermobilephone models, enter aone Further information can be obtained from an to sixteen-digit number code on themobile authorized Freightliner Sprinter Center or at: phone and on themultimedia system for https://www.mercedes-benz-mobile.com/ authorization. Information on telephony % Up to 15 mobilephones can be authorized on The following situations can lead to thecall being themultimedia system. disconnected while thevehicle is in motion: Authorized mobile phones arereconnected automatically. R thereisinsufficient networkcoverage in the area % The connected mobile phone can also be ® R used as Bluetooth audio equipment youmovefromone transmission/reception ( page260). stationtoanother and no communication / channels arefree 242 Multimedia system

Connecting asecond mobile phone (two Deactivating afunction phone mode) # Select í. Requirements: # Afunction is active: select thecolor symbol R At leastone mobile phoneisalready connec‐ in theline of amobile phone. tedtothe multimedia system via Bluetooth®. The mobile phone is disconnected from the Multimedia system: multimedia system. 4 © 5 Phone # Severalfunctions areactive: select acolor symbol in theline of amobile phone. # Select í. The corresponding function is deactivated. # Select ConnectNew Device. Replacing amobile phone # Select themobile phone. Multimedia system: # Select +. 4 © 5 Phone The selected mobile phone is connected to themultimedia system. # Select í. # No authorized mobilephone available: Functions of themobilephone in twophone select Connect New Device. mode # Select amobile phone. Functions overview # Newlyauthorized mobile phone: confirm Functions of the Functions of the thenumber code on themobile phone. mobile phone in the mobile phone in the Using in single telephone mode foreground background # Select . Full rangeoffunctions Incoming calls and Anewly authorized mobile phone is connec‐ messages tedinsingle telephonemode. If themobile phone has already been author‐ Interchanging mobilephones(twophone ized and connected in single telephonemode, mode) it is connectedagain in single telephone Multimediasystem: mode. 4 © 5 Phone If amobile phonehas already been author‐ Both mobilephones areshown individually in ized and connectedintwo phone mode with separate tabs. another mobile phone, it will be connected in # Select thetab withthe desired mobile phone. futureinsingle telephonemode. The mobile phone in thetab selected is the Using in twophonemode mobilephone in theforeground. # Select +. With theexception of thetelephone settings, Anewly authorized mobile phoneisconnec‐ thesub menus in thetelephone menu relate tedwiththe selected mobile phone in two to themobile phone in theforeground. In the phone mode. telephonesettings,settings can be made for both mobilephones. If themobile phone has already been author‐ ized and connected in single telephonemode, Changing thefunction of amobilephone it will be connectedinfuturewiththe selec‐ Multimedia system: tedmobile phone in twophone mode. 4 © 5 Phone If themobile phone waspreviouslyconnected Activatingafunction withanother mobile phone, this connection is canceled. # Select í. Disconnecting/de-authorizing amobilephone # Select agraysymbol in theline of amobile phone. Multimedia system: The corresponding function is activated. 4 © 5 Phone # Select í. # Select Ä in theline of themobile phone. Multimedia system 243

# To disconnect: select Disconnect. # To replaceamobile phone: holdthe NFC If applicable, themobile phone will be auto‐ area of themobile phone (see manufacturer's maticallyreconnectedwhenthe vehicle is operating instructions) on mat 2 or place next started. themobile phone on it. # To de-authorize: select Deauthorize. # Followthe additional promptsonthe media system displaytoreplace themobile phone in Information on Near Field Communication one or twophone mode (/ page242). (NFC) # If required, confirm theprompts on your NFC enablesshort-rangewirelessdatatransfer mobile phone(see themanufacturer's operat‐ or (re)connection of amobile phonewiththe mul‐ ing instructions). timedia system. The following functionsare available without hav‐ If youwish to charge amobile phonewithout con‐ ing authorizedamobile phone: nectingittothe multimedia system, place it on themat without firstunlocking thescreen. R Transferring aURL or acontact to be viewed in themultimedia system (see themanufac‐ Further information can be found at:https:// turer's operating instructions). www.mercedes-benz-mobile.com/ R Setting up thevehicle's Wi-Fi access data via Setting thereception and transmission vol‐ thesystemsettings (/ page210). ume Requirements: Further information can be obtained at: https:// www.mercedes-benz-mobile.com/ R Amobile phone is connected(/page241). Using themobilephone with Near Field Com‐ Multimediasystem: munication (NFC) 4 © 5 Phone 5 Requirements: 5 Z R NFC is activated on themobile phone (see This function ensures optimal languagequality. themanufacturer's operating instructions) # Select Volume. R The mobile phone's screen is switched on # Set Reception Volume and Transmission Vol- and unlocked(see themanufacturer's operat‐ ume. ing instructions) Further information on therecommended recep‐ tion and transmission volume: https:// www.mercedes-benz-mobile.com/ Setting theringtone Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Phone 5 5 Z # Select Ringtones. # Setthe ringtone. # Open theflap of stowagecompartment 1 % If themobile phone supports thetransfer of above themedia display. theringtone, youwill hear theringtone of the # To connect amobile phone: hold theNFC mobilephone instead of that of thevehicle. area of themobile phone (see manufacturer's operating instructions) on mat 2 or place themobile phone on it. # Followthe additional promptsonthe media system displaytoconnect themobile phone. Connectthe mobile phone in single telephone mode (/ page241). Connect themobile phone in twophone mode (/ page242). 244 Multimedia system

Starting/stopping mobile phonevoice recog‐ # Selectafunction. nition Conducting calls withseveralparticipants Requirements: Requirements: R The mobile phone in theforeground is con‐ R Thereisanactivecall ( page244). nected withthe multimedia system / R (/ page241). Another call is being made. Starting mobilephone voice recognition Switching between calls # Press and hold the £ button on themulti‐ # Select thecontact. function steering wheel formorethan one The selected call is active. The other call is on second. hold. Youcan use mobile phonevoice recognition. Activatingacallonhold Stopping mobilephone voice recognition # Select thecontact of thecall on hold. # Press the 8 or ~ button on themulti‐ Conducting aconference call function steering wheel. # Select i Create Confer. Call. If amobile phone is connected via Smart‐ % The newparticipant is included in theconfer‐ phone Integration, thevoice recognition of ence call. this mobile phoneisstarted or stopped. Ending an activecall Calls # Select k EndCall. Telephone operation % On some mobile phones, thecall on hold is Multimedia system: activated as soon as theactivecall is ended. 4 © 5 Phone Accepting/rejecting awaiting call Requirements: Making acall by entering thenumbers R Thereisanactivecall (/ page244). # Select _. If youreceive acallwhile already in acall, ames‐ # Enteranumber. sageisdisplayed. # Select R. The call is made. Depending on themobile phone and mobile net‐ work operator youwill hear acall-waitingsound. Acceptingacall In addition,intwo phonemode youwill hear an # Select R Accept. acoustic signal when thecall goes through to the other (notyet active)mobile phone. Rejectingacall # Select R Accept. # Select k Reject. The incoming call is active. Endingacall If onlyone mobile phone is connectedwith themultimedia system, thepreviouscall will # Select k. be put on hold. Activatingfunctions duringacall If during acall youacceptacall withthe The following functionsare available during acall: other mobile phone when in twophone mode k EndCall then theexisting call is ended. m Microphone Off # Select k Reject. _ Numeric Keypad (showtosend DTMF % This functionand behavior depends on your tones) mobile phonenetwork provider and the mobilephone (see themanufacturer's oper‐ W Add Call ating instructions). h TransfertoPhone (anactive callinhands- free mode is transferredovertothe tele‐ phone) Multimedia system 245

Contacts # Entercharactersintothe search field. Information aboutthe contacts menu # Select thecontact. The contacts menu contains all contacts from Details forthe contact areshown. existingdatasources, e.g. mobile phoneordata Acontact can contain thefollowing details: storagemedium. R Phonenumbers Depending on thedatasource, youhave thefol‐ Telephonenumbers can be savedasglobal lowing number of contacts: favorites(/page202). R Permanentlysavedcontacts: 3,000 entries R Navigation addresses R Contacts loaded from themobile phone: R Geo-coordinates 5,000 entries per mobile phone R Internetaddress From thecontacts menu, youcan perform thefol‐ R E-mail addresses lowing actions: R Relation (if set) R Makeacall, forexample call acontact R Informationonmessenger services (/ page 246) R Navigation (/ page219) Editing theformatofacontact's name Multimediasystem: R Additional options(/page246) 4 © 5 Phone 5 Z If amobilephone is connected to themultimedia # Select General. system (/ page241)and automatic calling up (/ page 245) is activated,the mobile phone's # Select Name Format. contacts aredisplayedinthe address book. The following optionsare available: The multimedia system can showsuggestions R Last Name,First Name based on frequentlyused contacts as well as R Last Name First Name incomingand outgoing calls (/ page202). These areshown at thetop of thecontact list. R First Name Last Name Downloading mobile phone contacts # Select an option. Multimedia system: Overviewofimportingcontacts 4 © 5 Phone 5 Contactsfromvarioussources 5 Z # Select Contacts &Recent Calls. Source Requirements: Automatically ò USB device The USB device is connectedwiththe # To switchonSynchronizeContacts Automati- USB port. cally:activatethe displaybutton. ® If thesending of Manually ñ Bluetooth con‐ nection vCards via Bluetooth® # To switchoff SynchronizeContacts Automati- is supported, vCards cally:deactivatethe displaybutton. can be received on # Select SynchronizeContacts. mobile phones or net‐ books,for example. Calling up contacts ® Multimedia system: Bluetooth is activa‐ tedinthe multimedia 4 © 5 Phone 5 g system and on the The following optionscan be used to search for respectivedevice (see contacts: themanufacturer's R searching by initials operating instruc‐ tions). R searching by name R searching by phone number 246 Multimedia system

Importingcontactsintothe contacts menu R Aprofile has been created (/ page200). Multimediasystem: R The Allow Contact Suggestions setting is 4 © 5 Phone 5 Z switched on (/ page202). 5 Import Contacts Multimedia system: # Select amobile phone , from 4 © 5 Phone whichthe contacts should be imported. # Select + Recent Calls. # Select an option. # Select V in theline of asuggestedcon‐ Saving amobile phone contact tact. Multimedia system: The following optionsare available: 4 © 5 Phone 5 g R SaveasFavorite # Select ó r in theline of themobile The suggestions aresavedasglobal favor‐ phone contact. ites and do appear on thehome screen. # Select Ä. R No Longer Suggest # Select Save to Vehicle. # Select an option. # Select Yes. The contact savedinthe multimedia system Deleting contacts is identified by the q symbol. Requirements: R The contacts aresavedinthe vehicle. Calling acontact Multimedia system: R To delete an individual contact, this has been importedmanually intothe vehicle. 4 © 5 Phone 5 g # Select ª Search for Contacts. Multimedia system: 4 5 # Entercharactersintothe search field. © Phone # Select thecontact. Deleting all contacts # Select thetelephone number. # Select Z. The number is dialed. # Select General. Selecting further options in thecontacts # Select Delete Contacts. menu # Select an option. Multimedia system: Deleting acontact 4 © 5 Phone 5 g # Select . # Select r in theline of thecontact. g # Select r in theline of thecontact. # Select Ä. # Select Ä. Dependingonthe stored data, thefollowing options areavailable: # Select Delete Contact. # Select . R Add VoiceTag/DeleteVoiceTag Yes R Set Relationship/DeleteRelationship Saving acontact as afavorite Multimedia system: R SendDTMFTones (for anumber withDTMF tones) 4 © 5 Phone 5 f Add Favorites The function is available when acall is active. # Select acontact. # Select r in theline of thecontact. # Select an option. # Select thetelephone number. Selecting optionsfor suggestions in thecon‐ The contact is stored as afavorite in thetele‐ tacts menu phone menu overview. Requirements: Multimedia system 247

Deletingfavoritesinthe telephone menu Making acall from thecall list overview Multimedia system: Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Phone 4 © # Select + Recent Calls. # Select afavorite in thetelephone menu over‐ # Select an entry. view(/page246). The call is made. # Press and hold thefavorite. Calling up additional options in thecall list # Select Delete. Multimedia system: # Select Yes. 4 © 5 Phone Deletingall favorites # Select + Recent Calls. # Tapon©in themedia display. # Forpreviouslystoredcontacts: select r in theline of an entry. # Select Phone. The search results aredisplayed. # Select Z. Selecting options forsuggestions in thecall # Select theconnected phone. list # Select Contacts &Recent Calls. Requirements: # Select Do you want to delete all favorites?. R Aprofile has been created (/ page200). # Select . Yes R The Allow Contact Suggestions setting is switched on (/ page202). Call list Multimedia system: Overviewofthe calllist 4 © 5 Phone Dependingonwhether your mobile phonesup‐ # Select + Recent Calls. ports thePBAPBluetooth® profile or not, this can have different effects on thepresentation and # Select V in theline of asuggestedentry. functions of thecall list. The following optionsare available: If thePBAPBluetooth® profile is supported, the R SaveasFavorite effects are as follows: R No Longer Suggest R The call lists from themobile phone aredis‐ # Select an option. playedinthe multimedia system. Deletingthe calllist R When connectingthe mobile phone, youmay Multimedia system: have to confirmthe connection forthe PBAP Bluetooth® profile. 4 © 5 Phone 5 5 Z If thePBAPBluetooth® profile is notsupported, # Select Contacts &Recent Calls. theeffects areasfollows: # Select Delete Recent Calls. R The multimedia system generates acalllist independentlyassoon as calls aremade in # Select Yes. thevehicle. % This function is onlyavailable if your mobile ® R The call listisnot synchronized withthe call does notsupport thePBAPBluetooth pro‐ lists in themobile phone. file. The multimedia system can showsuggestions based on frequentlyused contacts as well as Text messages incomingand outgoing calls (/ page202). Overviewofthe messagingfunctions These areshown at thetop of thecall list. In themessages menu youcan receiveand send text messages. 248 Multimedia system

If theconnected mobile phone supports theBlue‐ Forwarding amessage tooth® MAP profile, themessagefunction can be Multimediasystem: used on themultimedia system. 4 © 5 Phone 5 Youcan obtain further information about settings 5 l ® and supportedfunctionsofBluetooth -capable Amessagelistisshown. mobilephones from an authorized Freightliner # r Sprinter Center or at:https://www.mercedes- Select next to acontact. benz-mobile.com/ The messaging history withthe contact is opened. Some mobile phones requirefurther settings afterbeing connected to themultimedia system # Press and hold on amessage. (see manufacturer's operating instructions). # To forwardamessage: select Forward. Setting themessagedisplay Calling amessagesender Multimedia system: Multimediasystem: 4 © 5 Phone 5 4 © 5 Phone 5 5 Z 5 l # Select Message Display. Amessagelistisshown. The following optionsare available: # Select r next to acontact. The messaging history withthe contact is R All Messages opened. R New and Unread Messages # Select Ä. R Messages While Driving # Select Call. R Off (the messagefunction is no longer available.) Using telephone numbersorURLs from atext message # Select asetting. Requirements: Reading messages R An Internetconnection is available to callup Multimediasystem: aURL. 4 © 5 Phone 5 Multimedia system: 5 l 4 © 5 Phone 5 Using theread-aloud function 5 l # Select acontact. Amessagelistisshown. # Select ¬ read aloud. # Select r next to acontact. The messageisread aloud. The messaging history withthe contact is Using messagetemplates opened. Multimedia system: # Select atelephone number or aURL in the 4 © 5 Phone 5 message. If aURL is selected theweb browser opens. 5 l If atelephone number is selected thefollow‐ Using atemplateasanewmessage ing options areavailable: # Select r to writeanew message. R Call # Addarecipient using f. R WriteNew TextMessage # Select atemplate 0. # Select an option. Answering amessage withatemplate Deletingamessage # Selectamessagesequencewithacontact. Multimediasystem: # Select the ª symbol. 4 © 5 Phone 5 5 # Select atemplate 0. l # Select acontact. Multimedia system 249

# Press and hold on amessage. Information on Apple CarPlay® ® ® # To deletethe message: select Delete. When Apple CarPlay is being used, theiPod media source is notavailable forthe respective iPhone®. Apple CarPlay® Only one routeguidance can be activeatatime. OverviewofApple CarPlay® If routeguidance is activeonthe multimedia sys‐ tem, it is closed when routeguidance is started & WARNING Risk of distraction from infor‐ on themobile phone. mation systems and communications ® ® equipment Connecting an iPhone via Apple CarPlay Requirements: If youoperateinformation and communica‐ R tionequipment integratedinthe vehicle when The current version of your device's operating driving, youwill be distracted from thetraffic system is being used (see themanufacturer's situation. This could also cause youtolose operating instructions). control of thevehicle. R The full rangeoffunctions forApple CarPlay® is onlyavailable withanInternetconnection. # Onlyoperatethis equipment when the trafficsituation permits. R The iPhone® is connected to themultimedia # If youcannotbesureofthis, stop the system via theUSB port ç using asuita‐ vehicle whilstpaying attention to road ble cable (/ page259). and trafficconditions and operate the Multimedia system: equipment withthe vehicle stationary. 4 © 5 Mercedes PRO &Apps Youmustobservethe legal requirements forthe 5 Smartphone 5 Apple CarPlay countryinwhich youare currentlydriving when 5 StartApple CarPlay operating themultimedia system. # Alternative: If an Apple CarPlay® application iPhone® functions can be used via themultime‐ is active(e.g. when music is being playedor dia system using Apple CarPlay®.Theyare oper‐ routeguidance is active), youcan call up the ated using thetouchscreen, TouchControl or the activeapplicationusingthe |, z or Siri® voice-operated control system. Youcan acti‐ % application buttons (/ page199). vate thevoice-operated control system by press‐ Accepting/rejecting thedataprotection pro‐ ing and holding the £ button on themultifunc‐ visions tion steering wheel. Forthe initial startofthe application:amessage When using Apple CarPlay® via thevoice-oper‐ withthe dataprotection provisionsappears. ated control system, themultimedia system can # Select Accept &Start. still be operated via theVoice Control System (/ page182). Exiting AppleCarPlay® Onlyone mobile phone at atime can be connec‐ # Press the ò button. ® tedvia Apple CarPlay to themultimedia system. % Apple CarPlay® starts automaticallywhen the Also foruse of Apple CarPlay® withtwo phone iPhone® is connectedwiththe system using mode, onlyone additional mobilephone can be acable. If Apple CarPlay® wasnot displayed connected using Bluetooth® withthe multimedia in theforeground beforedisconnecting, the system. applicationstartsinthe background when The availabilityofApple CarPlay® mayvary reconnected. Youcan call up Apple CarPlay® according to thecountry. in themain menu. The service provider is responsible forthis appli‐ Calling up Apple CarPlay® sound settings cation and theservices and content connected to Multimedia system: it. 4 © 5 Mercedes PRO &Apps ® Apple CarPlay is aregisteredtrademarkof 5 Smartphone 5 Apple CarPlay 5 Z Apple Inc. # Select sound settings. 250 Multimedia system

Setting control of theapplication buttons Onlyone mobile phone at atime can be connec‐ Multimedia system: tedvia Android Auto to themultimedia system. 4 © 5 Mercedes PRO &Apps This also applies to twophone mode. 5 Smartphone 5 Apple CarPlay 5 Z The availabilityofAndroid Auto and Android Auto 5 General apps mayvaryaccording to thecountry. # To switchonControl via Application Buttons: The service provider is responsible forthis appli‐ activatethe displaybutton. cation and theservices and content connected to # To switchoff Control via Application Buttons: it. deactivatethe displaybutton. Information on Android Auto Ending Apple CarPlay® While using Android Auto,various functions of themultimedia system, forexample themedia # To end theconnection of Apple Car‐ ® Play®(cable): disconnect theconnection via source Bluetooth audio, arenot available. theconnectingcable between theiPhone® Only one routeguidance can be activeatatime. and multimedia system. If routeguidance is activeonthe multimedia sys‐ tem, it is closed when routeguidance is started Freightliner Sprinter recommends discon‐ % on themobile phone. necting theconnectingcable onlywhen the vehicle is stationary. Connecting amobile phone via Android Auto Requirements: Android Auto R The mobile phone supports Android Auto from Android 5.0. Android Auto overview R The Android Auto app is installed on the mobilephone. & WARNING Risk of distraction from infor‐ mation systems and communications R In order to use thetelephone functions, the equipment mobilephone mustbeconnected to themul‐ timedia system via Bluetooth® ( page241). If youoperateinformation and communica‐ / tionequipment integratedinthe vehicle when If therewas no prior Internetconnection, this driving, youwill be distracted from thetraffic is established withthe use of themobile situation. This could also cause youtolose phone withAndroid Auto. control of thevehicle. R The mobile phone is connected to themulti‐ # Onlyoperatethis equipment when the media system via theUSB port ç using a trafficsituation permits. suitable cable (/ page259). R # If youcannotbesureofthis, stop the ThereisanInternetconnection forthe full vehicle whilstpaying attention to road rangeoffunctions forAndroid Auto. and trafficconditions and operate the Multimedia system: equipment withthe vehicle stationary. 4 © 5 Mercedes PRO &Apps Youmustobservethe legal requirements forthe 5 Smartphone 5 Android Auto countryinwhich youare currentlydriving when 5 StartAndroid Auto operating themultimedia system. # Alternative: If Android Auto is active(e.g. Mobile phone functions can be used withAndroid when music is being playedorthe navigation Auto usingthe Android operating system on the system is being used), youcan call up the multimedia system. It is operated using the applicationusingthe |, z or % touchscreen or thevoice-operated control sys‐ buttons (/ page199). tem. Youcan activatethe voice-operatedcontrol % The firstactivationofAndroidAutoonthe system by pressing and holding the £ button multimedia system mustbecarried out when on themultifunction steering wheel. thevehicle is stationaryfor safetyreasons. When using Android Auto via thevoice-operated control system, themultimedia system can still be operatedvia theVoice Control System (/ page182). Multimediasystem 251

Accepting/rejecting thedataprotection pro‐ The following system information is transmitted: visions R softwarerelease of themultimedia system Amessagewiththe dataprotection provisions R system ID (anonymized) appears. # Select Accept &Start. The transfer of this dataisused to optimize com‐ munication between thevehicle and themobile The firstactivationofAndroidAutoonthe % phone. multimedia system mustbecarried out when thevehicle is stationaryfor safetyreasons. To do this, and to assignseveralvehicles to the mobilephone, avehicle ID is randomly gener‐ Exiting Android Auto ated. # Press the ò button. Thishas no connection to thevehicle identifica‐ % Android Auto starts automaticallywhen the tion number (VIN) and is deletedwhen themulti‐ mobilephone is connected withthe system media system is reset(/page213). using acable. If Android Auto wasnot dis‐ The following vehicle status dataistransmitted: playedinthe foreground beforedisconnect‐ R transmission position engaged ing, theapplication starts in thebackground when reconnected. Youcan call up Android R distinction between parked, standstill,rolling Auto in themain menu. and driving R day/night mode of theinstrument cluster Calling up theAndroid Auto sound settings Multimedia system: The transfer of this dataisused to alter howcon‐ 4 © 5 Mercedes PRO &Apps tent is displayed to correspond to thedriving sit‐ 5 Smartphone 5 Android Auto 5 Z uation. # Select sound settings. The following position dataistransmitted: R coordinates Setting control of theapplication buttons R Multimedia system: speed R 4 © 5 Mercedes PRO &Apps compass direction 5 Smartphone 5 Android Auto 5 Z R acceleration direction 5 General This dataisonlytransferredwhile thenavigation # To switchonControl via Application Buttons: system is active, in order to improve it (e.g. so it activatethe displaybutton. can continue functioning when in atunnel). # To switchoff Control via Application Buttons: deactivatethe displaybutton. Online and Internetfunctions Ending Android Auto Internetconnection # Disconnect theconnectingcable between the mobilephone and multimedia system. Information on connecting to theInternet Freightliner Sprinter recommends disconnect‐ ing theconnectingcable onlywhen thevehi‐ & WARNING Risk of distraction from infor‐ cle is stationary. mation systems and communications equipment Transferredvehicle datawith Android Auto If youoperateinformation and communica‐ and Apple CarPlay® tionequipment integrated in thevehicle when driving, youwill be distracted from thetraffic Overviewoftransferredvehicle data situation. This could also cause youtolose Whenusing Android Auto or Apple CarPlay®,cer‐ control of thevehicle. tain vehicle dataistransferredtothe mobile # Onlyoperatethis equipment when the phone. This enables youtoget thebestout of trafficsituation permits. selected mobile phone services. Vehicle datais # If youcannotbesureofthis, stop the notdirectlyaccessible. vehicle whilstpaying attention to road 252 Multimediasystem

and trafficconditions and operate the To use theInternetfunction, thevehicle mustbe equipment withthe vehicle stationary. equipped withapermanentlyinstalled communi‐ cations module. Youmustobservethe legal requirements forthe % FormostMercedes PROconnect services, countryinwhich youare currentlydriving when datavolume is available when purchasingthe operating themultimedia system. service. Additional datavolume is required forthe & WARNING Risk of an accident from oper‐ "Internetinthe car" service and theassoci‐ ating mobile communication equipment ated use of webbrowsers, Internet Radio or while thevehicle is in motion theWi-Fihotspot. Thiscan be purchased Mobile communicationsdevices distract the directlyfromthe mobile phone networkpro‐ driver from thetraffic situation.Thiscould vider (/ page252). also cause thedrivertolose control of the Contact an authorized Freightliner Sprinter Cen‐ vehicle. tertofind out whether it is possible to purchase datavolume in your country. # As thedriver, onlyoperatemobile com‐ munications devices when thevehicle is Purchasing data volume stationary. # To use aWi-Fihotspotorthe multimedia # As avehicle occupant, onlyuse mobile system webbrowser: connectthe mobile communicationsdevices in theareas end device withthe vehicle hotspot intended forthis purpose, e.g. in the (/ page210). rear passenger compartment. # Registeronthe websiteofthe mobile phone networkprovider(onlyfor firstbooking). Youmustobservethe legal requirements forthe countryinwhich youare currentlydriving when # Bookdatavolume using themobile end operating mobilecommunication equipment in device. thevehicle. The Internetbrowser,InternetRadio and Wi-Fi Depending on thevehicle's equipment, youcan hotspotcan be used if data volume is available. establish an Internetconnection in thefollowing Setting up an Internetconnection via Wi-Fi ways: without acommunication module R Vehicles with acommunicationmodule: Requirements: Internetuse including Mercedes PROconnect R The Wi-Fi function is activatedonthe multi‐ services and dataroaming ( page252). / media system (/ page209). The availabilityofMercedes PROconnectis R The Wi-Fi function is activatedonthe external country-dependent. Youcan checkthe availa‐ device(see themanufacturer's operating bilityofMercedes PROinyour countryatthe instructions). following page: http://www.mercedes.pro R Internetaccess via Wi-Fi is activated(see the R Vehicles without acommunicationmod‐ manufacturer's operating instructions). ule: - via Bluetooth® withadata-enabled mobile The Internetconnection via Wi-Fi is restricted or phone(/page253) doesnot function if: R - via Wi-Fi with adata-enabled mobile The mobile phone is switched off. phone(/page252) R Mobiledatause is deactivated on themobile phone. The Internet functions can only be used to alimi‐ teddegree whilstdriving. R The Wi-Fi function is deactivated on themulti‐ media system. Internetfunction via thecommunication R The Wi-Fi function is deactivated on theexter‐ module nal device. On vehicles withabuilt-in communication mod‐ R ule, theInternetconnection is established via an Internetaccess via Wi-Fi is deactivated on the integrated SIM card. external device. Multimedia system 253

Multimedia system: Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Settings 5 System 4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 Wi-Fi &Bluetooth 5 Internet Settings 5 Wi-Fi &Bluetooth 5 Internet Settings 5 Connectvia Wi-Fi 5 Connectvia Bluetooth # Select thenetwork. # Select themobile phone. The Internetconnection is established. # Log in to aWi-Finetwork (/ page 209). Setting up an Internetconnectionvia Blue‐ Establishing an automatic Internetconnec‐ tooth® withoutacommunication module tion Requirements: Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Settings 5 Wi-Fi &Bluetooth R The mobile phone supportthe Bluetooth® profile PAN(Personal Area Network). 5 Internet Settings R The mobile phone is connectedtothe multi‐ # Highlight themobile phone. media system via Bluetooth® (/ page241). # Select r. # Activate D Permanent Internet Connec- TheInternetconnection via Bluetooth® is restric‐ tion. tedordoes notfunction if: R The mobile phone is switched off. Canceling Internet access permission fora mobilephone R The mobile phone is connected aanaddi‐ Multimedia system: tional mobile phone. 4 © 5 Settings 5 System R The mobile phone networkcoverageisinsuffi‐ 5 Wi-Fi &Bluetooth 5 Internet Settings cient. # r R Mobiledatause is deactivated on themobile Select in theline of themobile phone. phone. # Select Delete Configuration. R The Bluetooth® function on themultimedia # Select Yes. system is switched offand themobile phone Displaying mobile phone details ® is to be connected via Bluetooth . Multimedia system: R ® The Bluetooth function is switched offon 4 © 5 Settings 5 System themobile phone and themobile phone is to 5 Wi-Fi &Bluetooth 5 Internet Settings be connected via Bluetooth®. # Select r in theline of themobile phone. R Neither themobile phone networknor the mobilephone allow simultaneous use of a # Select Details. phone and an Internetconnection. Using an Internetconnection with web R The mobile phone has notbeen enabled for browsers Internetaccess via Bluetooth®. Multimedia system: 4 5 If amobilephone is connected to themultimedia © Mercedes PRO &Apps system forthe firsttime via Bluetooth®,you will # Select z Browser,for example. be assisted through theprocess of setting up an % The multimediasystemusually establishes Internetconnection. theInternetconnection automatically. If the The Internetconnection can also be configured multimedia system is notconnected to the manually. Internet, theInternetconnection is estab‐ lished when an Internetapplication is used. Further information can be obtained at https:// www.mercedes-benz-mobile.com/ or at an authorized Mercedes-BenzCenter. 254 Multimedia system

Setting automatic disconnection of theInter‐ Webbrowser netconnection without acommunication Calling up awebsite module Multimedia system: & WARNING Risk of distraction from infor‐ 4 © 5 Settings 5 System mation systems and communications 5 Wi-Fi &Bluetooth 5 Internet Settings equipment # Select r in theline of themobile phone. If youoperateinformation and communica‐ # Select DisconnectWhen Inactive. tionequipment integratedinthe vehicle when driving, youwill be distracted from thetraffic The following optionsare available: situation. This could also cause youtolose R 5Minutes control of thevehicle. R 10 Minutes # Onlyoperatethis equipment when the R 20 Minutes trafficsituation permits. R Unlimited # If youcannotbesureofthis, stop the vehicle whilstpaying attention to road # Select an option. and trafficconditions and operate the equipment withthe vehicle stationary. Connection status Youmustobservethe legal requirements forthe Connection status overview countryinwhich youare currentlydriving when operating themultimedia system. Requirements: R The datavolume is available (/ page252). Multimediasystem: 4 © 5 MERCEDES PRO &APPS 5 z Browser Calling up anew website # Select ä. # Entering aweb address # Select ¬. % Websites cannot be shown while thevehicle is in motion. Calling up awebsitefromthe browser history 1 Displayofexisting connection andreception field strengthofthe communication module # To callupthe previous or next pagefromthe X Y or of theconnected Bluetooth® device history:select or . % The function is country-dependent. Displaying theconnection status Multimediasystem: 4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 Wi-Fi &Bluetooth # Select Internet Status. % In thecase of aconnection via thecommuni‐ cation module thefollowing status informa‐ tionisshown: R Type of network R Status online/offline Multimedia system 255

Webbrowser overview

1 URL entry # To switchafunction on: activatethe display 2 Bookmarks button. 3 Webpage, back # To switchafunction off: deactivatethe dis‐ 4 Webpage, forwards playbutton. 5 To refresh/stop Deleting Internethistory 6 Options Multimedia system: Calling up webbrowser options 4 © 5 MERCEDES PRO &APPS Multimedia system: 5 z Browser 5 Z 5 4 © 5 MERCEDES PRO &APPS Delete Browser Data 5 z Browser 5 Z The following optionsare available: The following functionsare available: R All R Bookmarks R Cache R Options withthe settings: R Cookies - Browser Settings R Entered URLs - Delete Browser Data R FormData

# Select an option. # Select an option. # Changethe settings. # Select Yes. Calling up theweb browser settings Managing bookmarks Multimedia system: Multimedia system: 4 © 5 MERCEDES PRO &APPS 4 © 5 MERCEDES PRO &APPS 5 z Browser 5 Z 5 z Browser 5 Browser Settings # Select ?. The following functionsare available: Selecting abookmark R BlockPop-ups # Select an entry. R Activate Javascript Creating abookmark R AllowCookies # Select Add Current Page to Bookmarks. 256 Multimediasystem

# Enter aname. # Select Bestätigen (Confirm). Editingabookmark # Select r afterabookmark. # Select Edit. # Enter aname. # Select Bestätigen (Confirm). Deleting abookmark # Select r afterabookmark. # Select Delete. # Select Yes. Closing the browser Multimedia system: 4 © 5 MERCEDES PRO &APPS 5 z Browser # Select ©.

TuneIn Radio Calling up TuneIn Radio Requirements: R The TuneIn Radio service is activated in the Mercedes me portal. R The datavolume is available. Depending on thecountry,datavolume may need to be purchased. R AfastInternetconnection fordatatransmis‐ sion free of interference. % Newdatavolume can be purchased directly from amobile phone networkprovider via theMercedes me Portal. % The functionsand services arecountry- dependent. Formoreinformation, consult an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. Multimediasystem: 4 © 5 Radio # Select TuneIn Radio. The TuneIn Radio menu appears. The laststa‐ tionset starts playing. % The connectionquality depends on thelocal mobile phone reception. Multimedia system 257

TuneIn Radio overview

1 Additional information on thecurrent station # Select ß. 2 Display(if connectedtoprivate user account) The listofsavedfavorite stations appears. 3 Datatransfer rate # Select Add to favorites. 4 Options or 5 Favorites # Createanaccount forthe online provider 6 To start/end (TuneIn Radio) and then log in on themulti‐ 7 To browse media system. 8 Stationsearch Your favoritesare importedtothe multimedia system. 9 Selected category A Internetradio provider Deleting favorites Selecting and connecting to TuneIn Radio sta‐ # Select astation. tions # Select ß. Multimediasystem: # Select Delete favorites. 4 © 5 Radio 5 TuneIn Radio Setting TuneIn Radio options # Select =. Multimedia system: # Select acategory. 4 © 5 Radio 5 TuneIn Radio 5 Z # Select astation. The following optionsare available: The connectionisestablishedautomatically. R Select Stream:selectthe stream quality. or R LogintoTuneIn Account:log in to your TuneIn # Select thesearch field. user account. # Enterastationnameusingthe entryfield. R Log OutofAccount:log outofyour TuneIn % Arelativelylarge volume of datacan be user account. transmittedwhen using TuneIn Radio. # Select an option. Saving/deleting TuneIn Radio stations as favorites Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Radio 5 TuneIn Radio # Select astation. 258 Multimedia system

Callingupthe station listfor thecategorylast pling ratesand datatransfer rates, play‐ selected backcannotbeguaranteed. Multimedia system: R Due to thewide rangeofUSB devices 4 © 5 Radio 5 TuneIn Radio available on themarket, playbackcannot be guaranteed forall USB devices. # Press thecover of thecurrent station. Depending on howthe stationwas selected, a R Videos up to FullHD (1920x1080)are stationlistisshown. supported. R Copy-protected music and video files or DRM (Digital Rights Management) Media encryptedfiles cannotbeplayedback. Information aboutmedia mode R MP3 players mustsupportMediaTransfer Information aboutsupportedformats and Protocol (MTP). datastorage media Information on copyright protection and trademarks & WARNING Risk of distraction whenhan‐ Audio files that youcreateorreproduce yourself dling data storagemedia forplayback aregenerallysubject to copyright If youhandle adatastorage medium while protection.Inmanycountries, reproductions, driving, your attention is divertedfromthe evenfor privateuse, arenot permitted without trafficconditions. Thiscould also cause you theprior consent of thecopyright holder.Make to lose control of thevehicle. surethat youknowabout theapplicable copy‐ right regulations and that youcomplywiththese. # Onlyhandle adatastorage medium when thevehicle is stationary.

% Depending on theequipment installed play‐ backofvideo formats maynot be possible. Themultimedia system supports thefollow‐ ing formats and data media: Permissible FAT32, exFAT, NTFS file systems Permissible USB devices, iPod®/iPhone®, datacarriers MTP devices, Bluetooth® audio equipment Supported Audio: MP3, WMA,AAC,WAV, formats: FLAC,ALAC Video: MPEG,AVI, DivX, MKV, Manufactured under license from DolbyLaborato‐ MP4, M4V,WMV ries. Dolby, Dolby Audio and thedouble-D symbol aretrademarks of DolbyLaboratories. R The multimedia system supports atotal of up to 50,000 files. R Datastorage media up to 2TBare supported (32‑bit address space). % Observe thefollowing notes: R Due to thelargevariety of available music and video files regarding encoders, sam‐

Gracenote,the Gracenote logo and logotype, "Powered by Gracenote", MusicID and Playlist Multimedia system 259

Plus areeither registeredtrademarks or trade‐ marks of Gracenote,Inc.inthe United States and/or other countries.

Overviewofthe media menu

1 Previous trackorfastrewind 2 Next trackorfastforward 3 Album cover 4 Activemedia source 5 Trackand artist 6 Current tracknumber/trackinplayback list and activedatastorage medium 7 Repeat 8 Settings 9 Additional options A Controls playback B Timeline C Categories D Search The multimedia connection unit is found in the E Random playback stowagecompartment in thecenter console and has twotype CUSB ports. Connecting thedatastorage mediatothe # Connectthe USB device to theUSB port. multimedia system % When connectingseveralApple® devices ConnectingUSB devices simultaneously, payattention to theorder in whichthe devices areconnected. The multi‐ * NOTE Damage caused by high tempera‐ media system onlyconnects withthe device tures that is connectedfirst.Additional Apple® devices that areconnectedatthe same time High temperatures can damageUSB devices. areonlysupplied withpower. # Remove theUSB device afteruse and take it out of thevehicle. 260 Multimedia system

Searching forand authorizing aBluetooth® # To repeat atrack: select :. audio device Forthe repeat function thereare thefollow‐ Requirements: ing settings: R Bluetooth® is activated on themultimedia R Select once: theactiveplaylistisrepea‐ system and audio equipment. ted. R The audio equipment supports theBluetooth® R Select twice: thecurrent trackisrepea‐ audio profiles A2DP and AVRCP. ted. R The audio equipment is "visible" forother R Select threetimes: therepeat function devices. is deactivated. Multimedia system: # To playbacktracksinrandom order: select 9. 4 © 5 Media 5 Bluetooth 5 ª # To wind atrack forwards or backwards: Authorizing anew Bluetooth® audio device taponthe desired point on thetimeline. # Select Connect New Device. # To select thenexttrack: select ü. Detected equipment is displayedinthe device # To select theprevious track: select û. list. # To scroll through tracks quickly: press and # Select an audio device. hold û or ü. Authorization starts.Acodeisdisplayedon themultimedia system and on themobile # To showthe current tracklist: select the phone. trackimage shown. # If thecodes areidentical, confirmonthe audioequipment. Additional options forsettingmediaplayback # Select Only as BluetoothAudio Device. Multimedia system: The Bluetooth® audio equipmentisconnected 4 © 5 Media withthe multimedia system. Calling up additional options Connecting previouslyauthorized Bluetooth® audio equipment # Select f. The additional options areshown. # Select aBluetooth® audio devicefromthe list. The following optionsare available: The connection is established. R Play Similar Tracks Select during playbackofatrackinorder to Starting media playback create aplaylistwithsimilar tracks. Adatastorage medium is connected to themulti‐ R SurpriseMix media system. Aplaylistwithrandomly selected tracks is Multimedia system: created. R 4 © 5 Media Add to Favorite Songs # Select USB or Bluetooth as themedia source. The current trackisadded to thefavorite songs. R Controlling media playback Remove from Favorite Songs The current trackisremovedfromthe favorite Multimedia system: songs. 4 © 5 Media # Select an option. # To pause playback: select Ë. # To continue playback: select X. Multimedia system 261

Media search Sorting results shown or playing backall media found Information aboutthe search functionincat‐ egories # Select Ä. Under 5 youcan search through all available # To playbackall results found in thecate‐ media files. Thereare severalcategories available gory: select Play All. forselection. The categories shown depend on If, forexample, thealbum categoryisactive, theconnected device and dataformat. all albums found by thedesired artistwill be Available categories withBluetooth® audio equip‐ playedback. ment: # To sortresults alphabetically: select Sort R Current Tracklist from A-Z. The foldersand categories of theconnected # To sortresults in reversealphabetical device areshown. order: select Sortfrom Z-A. % The available options dependonthe selected Available categories withaudio files: categoryand theconnected device. R CurrentTracklist Using thekeyword search R Playlists Multimedia system: R Folder 4 © 5 Media 5 5 R Albums In thecategories under 5 youcan use the R Artists keywordsearch withfreetextinput to look for R Tracks content. R Favorite Songs # Select acategory. R Often Played # Select Search. Akeyboardfor character entry appears. R Most Recently Added # Enterthe term searched for. R Mood(/ page261) R Music Genres % The search begins withthe firstcharacter R entered. The morecharactersentered the Year moreconcretethe search results become. R Composers # Select thedesired entry from theresult list. R SelectByCover If theselected result is an album, song or a R Podcasts (Apple® devices) playbacklistthen playbackisstarted. If the R ® selected result is anew categorythen this is Audiobooks (Apple devices) openedinthe search. Available categories withvideo files: Searching foratrack according to mood R Folder Multimedia system: R Videos 4 © 5 Media 5 5 % The categories areavailable as soon as the Using theMyMusic search,you can find music entiremedia content has been read in and tracks suitable foramood. analyzed. # Select Mood. Starting asearch in categories Agridwiththe following moods appears: Multimedia system: R Positive 4 © 5 Media 5 5 R Calm # Select acategory. R Dark The media files areshown corresponding to R Energetic theselected category, e.g. all albums will be shown forthe Albums category. # Pull thecontroller to thedesired position. The system searches fortracksthat aresuita‐ ble forthe mood entered. 262 Multimedia system

Making video settings Multimediasystem: 4 © 5 Media 5 Z 5 General % Dependingonthe equipment installed play‐ backofvideo formats maynot be possible. # Select Video Settings. # Select an aspectratio. Setting full screen # Select G.

Radio Switchingonthe radio Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Radio # Alternatively: press the | button. The radio displayappears. Youwill hear the laststationplayedonthe lastfrequency band selected.

Radio overview

1 Stationlogo A Search 2 Activefrequency band 3 Stationnameorset frequency 4 Artist, title, album and radio text 5 HD radio logo 6 Options 7 Switches theHDradio function on or off 8 Mutefunction 9 Calls up thestationlist Multimedia system 263

Switching theHDradio functionon/off # Select è. Multimedia system: # Enterastationnameorfrequency. 4 © 5 Radio 5 HD FM # Select astation.

Storing radio stations Multimediasystem: 4 © 5 Radio # Select aradio station. Memoryslots areavailable in station presets # Select W. or # Switch HD on or off. # Press and hold on theradio station. % HD Radio Technology manufactured under Replacing an entryinthe station presets license from iBiquity Digital Corporation.U.S. and Foreign Patents. Forpatents see DTS # Press and hold on an entryinthe stationpre‐ website. HD Radio and theHD, HD Radio, sets. and "ARC" logos areregisteredtrademarks or # Select Yes. trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corporation in theUnitedStatesand/or other countries. Editing station presets Multimediasystem: Setting thefrequency band 4 © 5 Radio Multimedia system: Moving stations: 4 © 5 Radio # Press and hold astoredstation. # Select afrequency band. # Select Move. Selecting aradio station # Move thestationtothe newposition. Multimediasystem: Deleting stations: 4 © 5 Radio # Press and hold astation. # Swipe to theleftorright on thecontrolele‐ # Select Delete. ment. Replacing astation: # Pressand hold astation. Calling up theradio station list # Select ReplaceRadio Station. Multimediasystem: 4 © 5 Radio Showing accident reports # Select 4. Multimedia system: The stationlistappears. 4 © 5 Radio 5 Z # Select astation. % The availabilityofthe function is dependent on thecountry. Searching forradio stations usingstation # Switch DisplayEmergency Warnings on or namesordirectfrequencyentry off. Multimediasystem: 4 © 5 Radio # Select 4. 264 Multimedia system

Displaying radio text # Followthe service staff's instructions. The activationprocess maytakeuptoten Multimedia system: minutes. 4 © 5 Radio 5 Z 5 General % Youcan also have thesatelliteservice activa‐ # Switch Display Radio Text Information on or tedonline. To do so, please visit http:// off. www.siriusxm.com (USA) or http:// www.siriusxm.ca (Canada). Satelliteradio Switching on satelliteradio Information on thesatelliteradio Multimedia system: SIRIUS XM® satelliteradio offers morethan 175 4 © 5 Þ Radio digital-quality radio channels providing 100% # Select SiriusXM (SiriusXM). commercial-free music, sports, news and enter‐ tainment,for example. SIRIUS XM satelliteradio employs afleetofhigh-performancesatellites to broadcastaround theclockthroughout theUSA and Canada. The satelliteradio program is availa‐ ble foramonthlyfee. Information about this can be obtained from aSirius XM® Service Center and at http://www.siriusxm.com (USA) or http://www.siriusxm.ca(Canada). % Sirius, XM and all related marks and logos aretrademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc.and its subsidiaries. All other marks,channel names and logosare theproperty of their respectiveowners.All rights reserved. Limitations of satelliteradio Satelliteradio mode maybetemporarily unavaila‐ ble or interruptedfor avariety of reasons. These include environmental or topographical condi‐ tionsbeyond thecontrolofDaimlerVans USA, LLC. Thus operation at certain locations maynot be possible. Registering satelliteradio Requirements: R satelliteradio equipment R registration withasatelliteradio provider R if registration is notincluded when purchas‐ ing thesystem, your credit carddetails will be required to activateyour account Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 SiriusXM Radio 5 Z Options # Select ServiceInformation. The service information screen appearsshow‐ ing theradio ID and thecurrent subscription status. # Establish atelephone connection. Multimedia system 265

Overviewofthe satelliteradio

1 Activefrequency band Saving or deleting asatelliteradio channel 2 Logooralbum art(if available) Multimediasystem: 3 Channel name 4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 SiriusXM Radio 4 Trackinformation Storing thecurrent channel: 5 Channel information # Press and hold thelogo of thecurrent station 6 Options until theOptions menu appears. 7 Shows or hides playbackcontrols # Select Add to Presets. 8 Pauses playback 9 Stationlist Moving achannel A Search # Press and hold achannel in thepresets until theOptions menu appears. Selecting asatelliteradio category Multimedia system: # Select Move Highlighted Station. 4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 SiriusXM Radio # Move thechannel to anew position. # Deletingachannel Select . # Press and hold achannel in thepresets until theOptions menu appears. # Select Category. # Select Delete Highlighted Station. # Select acategory. Setting theparental control Selecting asatelliteradio channel Multimedia system: Multimediasystem: 4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 SiriusXM Radio 4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 SiriusXM Radio 5 Z # # Select Parental Control. Select . # Determine afour-digit character sequence # Select achannel. and select ¡. All channels withadult content arelocked. 266 Multimedia system

Unlocking achannel # Select DeleteAll Entries. # Enter thefour-digit character sequenceand All alerts aredeleted. select ¡. Information on Smart Favoritesand Tune All channels withadult content areunlocked. Start Music and sportalerts function From thestationpresets youcan setuptoeight This function makes it possible to storeapro‐ stations as SmartFavorites. SmartFavoritessta‐ gram alertfor your favorite artists,tracks or tions areautomaticallysavedtotemporarystor‐ sporting events. Music alerts can be savedwhilst ageinthe background. If youchangetoaSmart atrack is being playedand sportalerts can be Favoritesstation, youcan replay, pause or savedduring alivegame. Youcan also specify activelyskip forwardorbacktobroadcasts which sportalerts via themenu option. The system then youhave missed.IfTune Startisactivated and continuously searches through all thechannels. If youchangetoanother SmartFavorites station, amatch is found withastoredalert, youwill be themusic trackcurrently playing on thestationis informed. automaticallyrestartedfromthe beginning of the track. Setting music and sportalerts Multimedia system: Creating aTuneMixlist Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 SiriusXM Radio 4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 SiriusXM Radio 5 Z 5 Notes 5 Z 5 TuneMix Lists Activatingthe musicinformation function In order to listentoseamless music, youcan put # Activate O MusicAlerts. together aTuneMix listfromvarious stations. Settingamusicalert # Select CreateTuneMix List. # Select Add New Alert. # If necessary, limit thenumber of stations shown usingthe Category entry. # Select Artists or Song in thedialog window. The alertisset forthe current artistortrack. # Select thestationshown O. If amatchisfound, apromptappearsasking # Press q to confirm. whether youwish to changetothe station. ATuneMix stationlogo is created in theradio menu. Activatingsportsinformation Activating/deactivatingTuneStart # Activate O Activate Sports Alerts. Multimedia system: Settingasport alert 4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 SiriusXM Radio # Select Add New Alert. 5 Z # Select theteam name or leagueinthe dialog # Switch TuneStart on or off. window. Switching on satelliteradio playbackcontrol Deletingindividualsportsand music alerts Multimedia system: # Select . Manage Music Alerts 4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 SiriusXM Radio or Youcan pause theplaybackofthe current station # Select Manage SportsAlerts. or skip forwardorbackwardinthe timeline. This # Selectanartistortrack. leaveslivemode to access theinternal temporary or storage. # Select ateam. # # Select Delete Selected Entries. To showthe timeline: press . All highlighted alerts aredeleted. # To fast forward/rewind: tapanywhereonthe Deleting all sports and music alerts timeline. # Select Manage Music Alerts. # To pause playback: select Ë. or # To returntolivemode: navigatetothe end of # Select Manage SportsAlerts. thetimeline. Multimedia system 267

Displaying satelliteradio serviceinformation Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 SiriusXM Radio 5 Z # Select ServiceInformation.

Sound Sound settings Information about thesound system The soundsystemisavailable forall functions in theradio and media modes. The settings, for example forthe equalizer,effect theplaybackof all media sources. Calling up thesound menu Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Media 5 Z 5 Sound The following functionsare available: R Equalizer R Balance and Fader R Auto. VolumeAdjustment

# Select asoundmenu. Adjustingtreble, mid-rangeand basssettings Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Media 5 Z 5 Sound # Set TREBLE, MID or BASS. Activating/deactivatingautomaticvolume adjustment Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Media 5 Z 5 Sound Automatic volume adjustment compensates for differing volumes when changing between audio sources. # Activateordeactivate Auto.Volume Adjust- ment. Adjustingthe balance/fader The availabilityofthis function depends on the vehicle equipment. Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Media 5 Z 5 Sound # Adjustthe balance and fader. 268 Transporting

Notesonloading guidelines # Alwaysstowobjectsinsuchaway that they cannotbetossed about in these or & DANGER Risk of poisoningfromexhaust similar situations. gases # Alwaysmakesurethat objects do not Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust project from stowagespaces, parcel gases, suchascarbon monoxide. Exhaust nets or stowagenets. gases can enter thevehicle interior if the # Close thelockable stowagespaces rear-enddoor is open when theengine is run‐ beforestarting ajourney. ning,especially if thevehicle is in motion. # Stow and secureobjectsthat areheavy, # Alwaysswitchoff theengine before hard, pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or opening therear-end door. toolarge in thecargo compartment. # Neverdrive withthe rear-enddoor open. & WARNING Risk of burnsfromthe tailpipe and tailpipe trims & WARNING Risk of injury from unsecured The exhausttailpipe and tailpipe trims can objectsinthe vehicle becomeveryhot.Ifyou come intocontact When objects areunsecured or inadequately with these parts of thevehicle, youcould secured, they can slip, tip overorbethrown burnyourself. about, striking vehicle occupants. # Alwaysbeparticularly careful around This also appliesto: thetailpipe and thetailpipe trims and R supervise children especially closely in Luggageorloads this area. R Seats whichhave been removedand are # Allowvehicle parts to cool down before being transportedinthe vehicle in an touchingthem. exceptionalcase There is arisk of injury, particularly in the If youare usingaroof rack,please note themaxi‐ event of braking maneuversorabrupt mum roof load and themaximum load capacity of changes in direction. theroof rack (/ page350). # Alwaysstowobjectsinsuchaway that Camera-based driving systems and thesensor they cannotbetossed about. functions of theinside rearviewmirrormay be impairedifyou aretransportingaload on the # Beforetraveling, secureobjects, lug‐ roof and it protrudes morethan 16 in (40 cm) gage or load to prevent them slipping or over thefront edgeofthe roof. Therefore, make tipping over. surethat theload does notoverhang by more # When aseat is removed, keep it prefera‐ than 16 in (40 cm). bly outside thevehicle. The handlingcharacteristics of your vehicle are dependent on theload distribution. WARNING Risk of injury due to objects & Therefore, please observe thefollowing notes being stowedincorrectly when loading: If youdonot adequatelystowobjectsinthe R When transportingaload, neverexceed the vehicle interior,theycould sliporbetossed permissible gross mass or thegross axle around and therebystrikevehicle occupants. weight rating forthe vehicle (including occu‐ In addition, cup holders, open stowage pants). The values arespecified on thevehi‐ spaces and mobile phonebracketscannot cle identification plateonthe B-pillar. always restrain theobjectstheycontaininthe R event of an accident. The load mustnot protrude above theupper edgeofthe seat backrests. There is arisk of injury, particularly in the R event of sudden braking or asuddenchange If possible, alwaystransportthe load in the in direction. cargo compartment. Transporting 269

R Fasten theload to thetie-down eyes and dis‐ Securing loads tributethe load evenlyamong them. Notesonload securing R Use tie-down eyes and fastening components whichare suitable forthe weight and size of & WARNING Risk of accident and injury theload. duetoincorrect use of thelashing straps If youattachthe lashing strapincorrectly Load distribution whensecuring loads, thefollowing mayoccur in theevent of abruptchanges in direction, * NOTE Risk of damagetothe floor cover‐ braking maneuver or an accident: ing R The tie-down eyes maybecome detached Excessivepoint loading on thecargo com‐ or thelashing strapmay tear if theper‐ partmentfloor or on theload area can nega‐ missible load is exceeded. tivelyaffect thedriving characteristicsand R The load cannot be restrained. could damagethe floor covering. # Vehicles with rear-wheel drive: dis‐ This maycause theload to slip, tip overorbe tribute theload uniformly.When doing flung about,striking vehicle occupants. so, ensurethat theoverall centerof # Alwaystension thelashing straps in the gravity of theload is alwaysaslow and proper manner and onlybetween the close to thecenter as possible and described tie-down eyes. between theaxles near therear axle. # Alwaysuse lashing straps designed spe‐ # Vehicles with all-wheel drive: distrib‐ cificallyfor theloads. utethe load uniformly. When doing so, ensurethat theoverall centerofgravity % Observe theinformation relatingtothe maxi‐ of theload is alwaysaslow and close to mum loading capacity of theindividual cargo thecenter as possible and between the tie-down point. If youcombinevarious cargo axles. tie-down points to secureaload, alwaystake themaximum loading capacity of theweak‐ ForCargo Vans, buses and Passenger Vans: estcargo tie-down pointintoaccount.During maximum full-stop braking, forces mayact R Alwaystransportloads in thecargo compart‐ whichcan multiplythe weight of theload. ment. Alwaysuse severalcargo tie-down pointsto R Alwaysplace theload againstthe seat backr‐ distributeand spread theload. Spread the ests of therear benchseat. load evenly between thecargo tie-down R Move large and heavy loads as fartowards points or tie-down eyes. thefront of thevehicle as possible in the Alwaysobserve theoperating instructionsorthe direction of travelagainstthe rear bench lashing strapmanufacturer's instructionsfor the seat. Stow loads flush withthe rear bench operation of thelashing strap. seat. Observe theinformation relatingtothe maximum R Alwaysadditionally securethe load withsuita‐ loading capacity of thecargo tie-down points ble load securing aids or tie downs. (/ page350). R The load mustnot protrude above theupper As thedriver, youare responsible forensuring the edgeofthe seat backrests. following: R Transportloads behindseatsthat arenot R The load is secured againstslipping, tipping, occupied. rolling or falling off. R If therear benchseat is notoccupied, insert Take usual trafficconditions as well as swerv‐ theseat belts crosswise intothe seat belt ing or full brakeapplication and bad roads buckle of theoppositeseat belt. intoaccount. R The applicable requirements and guidelines relatingtoload-securing practices aremet. If this is notthe case, this mayconstitutea punishable offense, depending on local legis‐ 270 Transporting

lation and anyensuingconsequences. Overviewofcargo tie-down points Observe country-specific laws. Makesurethat theload is securebeforeevery journey and at regular intervals during along journey. Adjustthe load securing as necessary. Information on howtosecureloads correctly can be obtained from themanufacturersofload securing aids or tie downs forload-securing, for example. When securing loads, observethe following: R Fill spaces between theload and thecargo compartmentwalls or wheel wells. Forthis purpose, use rigid load securing aids, suchas wedges, wooden fixingsorpadding. R Attach secured and stabilized loads in all directions. Use thecargo tie-down points or tie-down Cargo tie-down points (example: Passenger eyes and theloading rails in thecargo com‐ Van) partmentoronthe load surface. 1 Tie-down eyes Only use tie downs, suchaslashing rods, lock rods or lashing nets and lashing straps, which has been tested in accordance withcurrent standards (e.g. DINEN). Alwaysuse thecargo tie-down points closesttothe load; pad sharp edges. Loads, and heavy loads in particular,should preferably be secured using thetie-down eyes. % Youcan obtain tie downs tested in accord‐ ance withcurrent standards (e.g. DINEN) from anyspecialistcompanyorfromaquali‐ fied specialistworkshop. Notesonthe partition Without apartition,vehicles that areapprovedas Cargo tie-down points (example: Cargo Van commercial vehicles (N1,N2) do notfulfill ISO without loadingrails) 27956, which describes theequipment forprop‐ 1 Tie-down eyes erly securing aloadindelivery vehicles. If the vehicle is used to transport goods, retrofitting the Secureloose loads withanapprovedlashing net partition is strongly recommended,asproperly or atarps. securing theload in vehicles without apartition Alwaysfastenthe lashing netortarptoall availa‐ will alwaysbeacomplexoperation. ble cargo tie-down points.Makesurethat thefas‐ % Youmustnot storeanything in thearea tening hooks aresecured againstaccidental between thebackofthe seats and theparti‐ opening. tion. If your vehicle is equipped withloading rails in thecargo compartmentfloor,you can place lash‐ ing rods directly in front of and behind theload. The lashing rods directly absorb thepotential shifting forces. Securing loads on thecargo compartmentfloor by lashing them down is onlyrecommended for Transporting 271 lightweight loads. Layanti-slip mats underneath theload to securethe load additionally.

Installing and removing tie-down eyes

# To install: slide thetie-down eyethrough a recess in theloading rail close to theload until locking mechanism engages in the recess. % Whenyou pull locking mechanism up and out of therecess, thetie-down eyeisable to move within theloading rail. Makesurethat locking mechanism is alwaysengaged in a recess. # Check thetie-down eyefor firm seating. 1 Mountingrails # To remove: pull locking mechanism up and pull thetie-down eyetowards thelocking Informationabout themaximum roof load can be mechanism and out of theloading rail found in the"Technical data" section through arecess. (/ page350). Observe thefollowing points forassembling roof Carrier systems racks: R Information aboutthe roof rack Tighten theroof rack's screwstoatorque of 6.0 lb-ft(8Nm) –7.4 lb-ft(10 Nm) in thedes‐ ignated groovedplates. & WARNING Risk of injury due to themaxi‐ mum roof load being exceeded R The tightened screwsshould nottouchthe rails. When youplaceaload on theroof as well as R all outer and inner attachments, thevehicle's Ensurethat thegroovedplates arenot loca‐ center of gravity will rise and thefamiliar driv‐ tedinthe areas around theplastic caps. ing characteristicsaswell as thesteering and R The groovedplates musthave theright cross- braking characteristicswill change. When section. drivingaround bends, thevehicle will tilt R The insides of themounting rails mustbefree moreheavily and mayreact moresluggishly of dirt. to steering movements. R Re-tightenthe screwsuniformly afteraround If youexceed themaximum roof load, the 300 miles(500 km). driving characteristics, as well as thesteering and braking, will be greatlyimpaired. Freightliner Sprinter recommends that youuse only roof racksthat have been tested and # Neverexceed themaximum roof load approvedfor Freightliner Sprinter.These help to and adjustyour driving style. prevent vehicle damage. If youwant to retrofit themounting rails, have them installed at aqualified specialistworkshop. Otherwise, youcoulddamagethe vehicle. If your vehicle is installed withmountingrails on theroof, youcan install aroof rack on theroof. Special fasteners(sliding blocks)are available as accessories forthis purpose. These fastenersare available from anyFreight‐ liner Sprinter service center. 272 Transporting

Using the interior roof carrier system cause thesliderstobreak offfromthe rack rail. & WARNING Risk of injury due to unse‐ # Distributethe load evenly. When doing cured loads so, ensurethat theoverall centerof When yousecureorloosen aload, theload gravity of theload is alwaysasclose to mayfall down and injurevehicle occupants. thecenter as possible and between the roof rails and between therackrails. # When securing or loosening aload, do notstand underthe load.

* NOTE Risk of damagetothe belt straps and slider Excessivepoint loading on thebelt straps and slidersmay cause thebelt straps to tear or

Youcan use theinterior roof rack system to direction of travelusing twohead lashings secureloads. It is also suitable forsecuring long 3. loads. % The interior roof rack system maybesubjec‐ tedtoamaximum load of 110lbs (50 kg). The interior roof rack system consists of thefol‐ lowing components: R Roof rails 1 areattached to theroof of the vehicle. R Rack rails 2 arescrewed ontothe roof rails and can be moved. R Rack rail 2 is equipped withslider pair 4. Slider pair 4 withattached belt strap 5 can be moved. Load 6 is stowedbyplacing and lashing it in belt strap 5. R The load has to be secured in thedirection of traveland in theoppositedirection to the Transporting 273

# To move therackrails: unscrew star knobs Adjustingthe belt strap 7 counter-clockwise until they areslightly loose. # Sliderackrail 2 along roof rail 1 to the desired position. # Screw star knobs 7 tight clockwise. # Checkthat therackrail is seated securely. Moving thesliders

& WARNING Risk of injury due to inade‐ quatelysecured loads If theslider of theinterior roof rack system is notengaged properly,the load maycome loose, fall down and injurepeople, for instance when they enter or load and unload thecargo compartment. # Press and hold thelocking mechanism on # Alwaysengagethe slider properly. slider 9. # Pull or release belt strap 5. # Release thelocking mechanism on slider 9. % When securing or loosening aload, be sure to notstand underthe load. Securing and loosening theload # To securethe load: place theload in thebelt straps of therackrails. # Fasten theload flush withthe partition. # Securebelt strap 5. # Checkthat theload is seated securely. # To loosen theload: press and hold thelock‐ ing mechanism on slider 9. # Pull ring 8 of theslider down and simultane‐ % Ring 8 of slider 4 mustalwaysbeatan ously move theslider away from theload. angle of 90° to rack rail 2,sothat slider 4 # Loosen belt strap 5 and at thesame time is engaged properly. makesurethat theload does notfall out of # When thering of theslider is at an angle thebelt straps. of 90° to therackrail: pullring 8 of slider # Remove theload from thebelt straps. 4 down andsimultaneously move slider 4 to thedesired position. Installing cargo tie down rings # Release ring 8 at thedesired position. # Move slider 4 slightlyfurther along on rack rail 2 until slider 4 engages automatically. # When thering of theslider is parallel to therackrail: move slider 4 to thedesired position. # Position ring 8 of slider 4 at an angle of 90° to rack rail 2. Slider 4 is engaged. 274 Transporting

# Turn thering of cargotie-down ring B untilit is parallel to thelongitudinal axis of cargo tie- down ring C. # Holdcargo tie-down ring C between the indexfinger andmiddlefinger andplace your thumb through thering of cargotie-down ring B and ontothe centralpressurepoint. # Use your thumb to push thelocking pin down as farasitwillgo. # Push cargo tie-down ring C nearthe load through thenotches on rack rail 2 and move it approximately 0.5 in (12mm). # Remove your thumb from thepressurepoint and slide cargo tie-down ring C untilit engages. % The hooks on head lashing 3 mayonlybe # Turn thering of cargotie-down ring B untilit attached to theringsofcargo tie down rings is perpendicular to thelongitudinal axis of B. cargo tie-down ring C. # Checkthat theload is seated securely. Cargo tie-down ring C is secured. # To attachthe headlashing: tensionhead Removing cargo tie down rings lashing 3 at both ends of load 6 and # Turn thering of cargotie-down ring B untilit attachtwo hooks A of thehead lashing to is parallel to thelongitudinal axis of cargo tie- theringsofcargo tie down rings B. down ring C. # Grip cargo tie-down ring C as described Placing aloadonthe wheel arch above underinstalling and use your thumb to push thelocking pin down as farasitwillgo. Complywiththe important safety notesunder "Notesonloading" (/ page268). # Slide cargo tie-down ring C and pull it down and outthrough thenotches of rack rail 2. Attachingthe headlashing

& WARNING Risk of injury due to incor‐ rectly securedloads When thehooksonthe head lashing are attached to theringsofthe sliders, theslid‐ erscould come loose. The load maycome loose, fall down and injurepeople, for instance when they enter or load and unload thecargo compartment. # Onlyattach thehooksonthe head lash‐ ing to theringsofthe cargo tie-down rings. # Place theobjectsonwheel arch 2 and lash them using tie-down eyes 1(/ page270). % Awheel arch maybesubjected to aload of 330lb(150kg). Maintenance and care 275

ASSYSTPLUSservice interval display Examples of arduous operating conditions: Function of theASSYSTPLUSservice interval R Regular city driving withfrequent intermedi‐ display atestops R Mainly short-distance driving The ASSYSTPLUSservice intervaldisplayonthe R instrument display provides informationonthe Frequent operation in mountainous terrain or remaining time or distance before thenext on poor road surfaces service due date. R Whenthe engine is oftenleftidling forlong Youcan hide this service messagebyusingthe periods backbutton on theleft-hand side of thesteering R Operation in particularlydusty conditions wheel. and/orifair-recirculation modeisfrequently Youcan obtain further information concerning used theservicing of your vehicle from aqualified spe‐ In these or similar operating conditions, have the cialistworkshop, e.g. aFreightliner Sprinter interior air filter,engineair cleaner,engineoil and service center. oil filter etc. changed morefrequently.Ifthe vehi‐ cle is subjected to higher loads, thetires mustbe Displaying theservice duedate checkedmorefrequently. Youcan obtain further information at aqualified specialistworkshop. On-board computer: 4 Service 5 ASSYSTPLUS Batterydisconnection periods The next service due dateisdisplayed. The ASSYSTPLUSservice interval displaycan # To exit thedisplay: press thebackbutton on onlycalculatethe service due datewhen the theleft-hand side of thesteering wheel. batteryisconnected. Bear in mind thefollowing related topic: # Note down theservice due datedisplayedon R Operating theon-boardcom‐ theInstrument Displaybeforedisconnecting puter(/ page174) thebattery(/page275).

Carrying out maintenance work regularly Engine compartment * NOTE Prematurewear through failureto Opening and closing thehood observe service due dates & WARNING Risk of accident if theengine Service work whichisnot carried out at the hood is unlatched while driving right time or incompletely can leadto increased wear and damagetothe vehicle. An unlockedenginehood mayopen up when thevehicle is in motion and blockyour view. # Alwaysobserve theprescribed service intervals. # Neverunlatchthe engine hood while driving. # Alwayshave theprescribed service work carried out at aqualified specialist # Beforeevery trip, ensurethat theengine workshop. hood is latched.

& WARNING Danger of burnswhen open‐ Special service requirements ing thehood The prescribed service intervalisbased on nor‐ If youopen thehood when theengine has mal vehicle use. Maintenance work will need to overheated or during afireinthe engine com‐ be performed moreoften than prescribed if the partment, youcouldcomeintocontact with vehicle is operated under arduous conditions or hotgases or other escaping operating fluids. increased loads. # Beforeopening thehood, allowthe engine to cool down. 276 Maintenance and care

# In theevent of afireinthe engine com‐ If youhave to carry out anyworkinthe engine partment, keep thehood closed and call compartment, touchonlythe following compo‐ thefireservice. nents: R Hood & WARNING Risk of injury due to moving R Engine oil filler openingcap parts R Washer fluid reservoir cap Certaincomponents in theengine compart‐ R Coolant expansion reservoir cap ment maycontinue to move or suddenly move again even afterthe ignition has been & WARNING Risk of injury from using the switched off, e.g. thecooler fan. windshield wiperswhile theengine hood Make sureofthe following beforeperforming is open tasksinthe engine compartment: When theengine hood is open and thewind‐ # Switchthe ignition off. shield wipersare setinmotion, youcan be # Nevertouchthe danger zone surround‐ trapped by thewiper linkage. ing movingcomponent parts,e.g.the # Alwaysswitchoff thewindshield wipers rotationareaofthe fan. and ignition beforeopening theengine # Remove jewelryand watches. hood. # Keep items of clothing and hair away from moving parts.

& WARNING Risk of injury from touching component parts undervoltage The ignition system and thefuel injection sys‐ temworkunderhigh voltage. If youtouch component parts whichare undervoltage, youcouldreceive an electric shock. # Nevertouchcomponent parts of the ignition system or thefuel injection sys‐ temwhen theignition is switched on.

Livecomponents of thefuel injection system include theinjectors,for example. Livecomponentsofthe ignition system include # Park thevehicle in asafelocation and on a thefollowing, forexample: levelsurface if possible. # Switchoff theengine. R Ignitioncoils # Securethe vehicle againstrolling away. R Sparkplug connectors R Diagnostic socket & WARNING Risk of injury when thehood is opened & WARNING Risk of burnsfromhot com‐ ponent parts in theengine compartment When youopen thehood, it maysuddenly drop intothe end position. Certaincomponents in theengine compart‐ ment can be very hot, e.g. theengine, the Thereisarisk of injuryfor anyone in the radiator and parts of theexhaust system. hood's rangeofmovement. # Allowthe engine to cool down and only # Beforereleasing thehood, ensurethat touchcomponent parts described in the thesupportisfirmlyseatedinthe following. holder. # Open thehood onlywhen thereisno- one in thehood's rangeofmovement. Maintenance and care 277

# To open: pull handle 1 to release thehood. * NOTE Damage to thehood # Reachintothe gapand push thehood catch handle upwards. Pushing thehood closed withyour hands could damage it. # Open thehood and hold it up. # To closethe hood, letitdropfromthe specified height.

# To close: liftthe hood slightly. # Move support 1 to thebracket on thehood and apply light pressuretoengageit. # Lowerthe hood and letitdropfromaheight of approximately 0.5 ft (15cm). # If it is still possible to liftthe hood alittle, open thehood again and letitdropfroma height of approximately 0.7 ft (20 cm) until it engages correctly.

Engineoil Checking theengine oil levelwithadipstick # Take support 1 from thebracket on the hood and pull it downwards. & WARNING Risk of burnsfromhot com‐ # Insert thesupportintothe bracketbelow 2. ponent parts in theengine compartment Certaincomponent partsinthe engine com‐ & WARNING Risk of fire due to flammable partment can be very hot, e.g. theengine, the material in theengine compartmentor cooler and partsofthe exhaustsystem. theexhaust system # Letthe engine cool down and only Clothsorother flammable materials leftin touchthe component parts described theengine compartmentbymistake could as follows. ignite upon coming intocontact with hotsec‐ tions of theengine or exhaustsystem. Depending on theengine, thedipstickmay be in varying locations in theengine compartment. # Ensurethat thereare no flammable external materials in theengine com‐ Waitingtimebeforechecking theoil level: partmentoronthe exhaustsystem R engineatnormal operatingtemperature: aftermaintenance work has been con‐ five minutes ducted. R engine notatnormal operating temperature (the engine wasonlystarted briefly,for exam‐ & WARNING Risk of accident and injury ple): 30 minutes when opening and closing theengine hood When opening or closing theengine hood, it maysuddenlydropintothe end position. Thereisarisk of injuryfor anyone in the engine hood's rangeofmovement. # Only open or close theengine hood when thereare no persons in theengine hood's rangeofmovement. 278 Maintenance and care

# Engine Oil Level OK and thebar showing the oil levelonthe multifunction displayisgreen and lies between "MIN" and "MAX": theoil levelisOK. # Engine Oil Level Drive until the engineis warm.:warmupthe engine to operating tem‐ perature. # Engine Oil Level Correct Measurement Only if VehicleIsonLevel Ground:parkthe vehicle on alevelsurface. # Engine Oil LevelAdd 1,0 liq.gal. and thebar showing theoil levelonthe multifunction dis‐ playisorangeand lies below"MIN": add 1.1USqt(1l)ofengine oil. Dipstick(example) # Reduce Engine Oil Level and thebar showing theoil levelonthe multifunction displayis # Park thevehicle on an even surface. orangeand lies above "MAX": drain offexcess # Remove dipstick 1 and wipe it off. engine oil. Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. # Slowlyinsertdipstick 1 intothe dipstick guide tube as farasitwillgoand pullitout # For Engine Oil Level Switch Ignition On: afterthree seconds. switchonthe ignition in order to checkthe R Oil levelOK: theoil levelisbetween the engine oil level. MIN and theMAX mark. # Engine Oil Level System Inoperative:the sen‐ R Oil leveltoo low: theoil levelisatthe MIN sor is defectiveornot connected. Visit a markorbelow. qualified specialistworkshop. # If theoil levelistoo low, add approx. # Engine Oil Level System Currently Unavaila- 1.1USqt(1liter) engine oil. ble:close thehood. # If theoil levelistoo high, drain offexcess % Vehicles with coldoil leveldisplays: theoil engine oil. levelisautomaticallydisplayedonthe multi‐ Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. function displayafter thevehicle has been non-operational foranextendedperiod.Ifit Checking theengine oil levelwiththe on- is notpossible to measure theengine oil board computer level, acorresponding messagewill appear. Requirements: Adding engineoil R The vehicle is levelduring themeasuring process. & WARNING Risk of burnsfromhot com‐ R The hood is notopen. ponent parts in theengine compartment R Dependingonthe driving profile, theoil level Certaincomponents in theengine compart‐ can be displayedonlyafter adriving time of ment can be very hot, e.g. theengine, the up to 30 minutes and onlywhen theignition radiator and parts of theexhaust system. is switched on. # Allowthe engine to cool down and only On-boardcomputer: touchcomponent parts described in the 4 Service 5 Engine Oil Level following. Youwillsee one of the following messageson WARNING Danger of burnswhen open‐ themultifunction display: & ing thehood # Measuring Engine Oil Level...:measurement of theoil levelnot yetpossible. Repeat the If youopen thehood when theengine has queryafter drivingfor amaximumof overheated or during afireinthe engine com‐ 30 minutes. partment, youcouldcomeintocontact with hotgases or other escaping operating fluids. Maintenance and care 279

# Beforeopening thehood, allowthe engine to cool down. # In theevent of afireinthe engine com‐ partment, keep thehood closed and call thefireservice.

If youhave to carry out anyworkinthe engine compartment, touchonlythe following compo‐ nents: R Hood R Engine oil filler openingcap R Washer fluid reservoir cap R Coolant expansion reservoir cap

& WARNING Risk of fire and injuryfrom Engine OM651 engine oil If engine oil comes intocontact with hotcom‐ ponent parts in theengine compartment, it mayignite. # Makesurethat no engine oil is spilled next to thefiller opening. # Allowthe engine to cool offand thor‐ oughly clean theengine oil from compo‐ nent parts beforestartingthe vehicle.

* NOTE Engine damagedue to incorrect oil filter,incorrect oil or additive

# Do notuse engine oiloranoil filter with specifications deviatingfromthose required forthe prescribed service Engine OM642 intervals. # Turn cap 1 counter-clockwise and remove it. Freightliner Sprinter recommends using origi‐ # Addengineoil. nal or tested replacement and service parts. # Replace cap 1 and turnitclockwise until it # Do notchangethe engine oil or oil filter engages. in order to setchangeintervals longer # Checkthe oil levelagain. Checkusing theon- than those prescribed. boardcomputer (/ page278), checkwith # Do notuse anyadditive. theoil dipstick(/page277). # Followthe instructions on theservice intervaldisplayfor changing theengine Checking thecoolant level oil. & WARNING Risk of burnsfromhot com‐ * NOTE Damage caused by addingtoo ponent parts in theengine compartment muchengine oil Certaincomponents in theengine compart‐ Toomuchengine oil can damagethe engine ment can be very hot, e.g. theengine, the or thecatalytic converter. radiator and parts of theexhaust system. # Have excess engine oil removedata # Allowthe engine to cool down and only qualified specialistworkshop. touchcomponent parts described in the following. 280 Maintenance and care

If youhave to carry out anyworkinthe engine Checking thecoolant level compartment, touchonlythe following compo‐ nents: R Hood R Engine oil filler openingcap R Washer fluid reservoir cap R Coolant expansion reservoir cap

& WARNING Danger of burnswhen open‐ ing thehood If youopen thehood when theengine has overheated or during afireinthe engine com‐ partment, youcouldcomeintocontact with hotgases or other escaping operating fluids. # Beforeopening thehood, allowthe engine to cool down. Example: coolant expansion reservoir # In theevent of afireinthe engine com‐ # Park thevehicle on an even surface. partment, keep thehood closed and call thefireservice. # Openthe hood (/ page275). # Slowly turn coolant expansion reservoir cap half aturncounter-clockwise and allow & WARNING Risk of scalding from hot 1 coolant excess pressuretoescape. # Turn coolant expansion reservoir cap 1 fur‐ The engine cooling system is pressurized, ther and remove it. particularly when theengine is warm.Ifyou open thecap, youcouldbescalded by hot # Checkthe coolant level. coolant spraying out. Thereisenough coolantincoolantexpansion reservoir if thecoolant reaches theMAX # Letthe engine cool down beforeopen‐ mark. ing thecap. # When opening thecap, wear protective Adding coolant glovesand safetyglasses. # Refill thecoolant to theMAX markonthe # Open thecap slowlytorelease pres‐ coolant expansion reservoir. sure. Onlyuse coolantapproved by Freightliner Allowthe engine and theengine cooling system Sprinter to avoid damagingthe engine cooling to cool down beforechecking thecoolant levelor system. refilling coolant. # Replace coolant expansion reservoir cap 1 and tighteninaclockwise direction. NOTE Paintwork damagedue to coolant * # Startthe engine. If coolant getsonpainted surfaces, thepaint‐ # Afterapproximately five minutes, switchoff work can be damaged. theengine again and allowittocool down. # Addcoolant carefully. # Check thecoolant levelagain and add coolant # Remove spilledcoolant. if necessary. % Observe additional coolant information (/ page344). Maintenance and care 281

Filling up thewindshield washer system Adding washer fluid

& WARNING Risk of burnsfromhot com‐ ponent parts in theengine compartment Certaincomponents in theengine compart‐ ment can be very hot, e.g. theengine, the radiator and parts of theexhaust system. # Allowthe engine to cool down and only touchcomponent parts described in the following.

If youhave to carry out anyworkinthe engine compartment, touchonlythe following compo‐ nents: R Hood R Engine oil filler openingcap Washer fluid reservoir (example) R Washer fluid reservoir cap R Coolant expansion reservoir cap # Pre-mix thewasherfluid in thecorrect mixing ratio in acontainer. & WARNING Danger of burnswhen open‐ # Park thevehicle on alevel surface and secure ing thehood it againstrolling away (/ page138). If youopen thehood when theengine has # Openthe hood (/ page275). overheated or during afireinthe engine com‐ # Pullthe cap of thewasherfluid container 1 partment, youcouldcomeintocontact with upwards by thetab. hotgases or other escaping operating fluids. # Pour in thepre-mixed washer fluid. # Beforeopening thehood, allowthe # Press cap 1 onto thefiller openinguntil it engine to cool down. audibly engages. # In theevent of afireinthe engine com‐ # Close thehood (/ page275). partment, keep thehood closed and call thefireservice. % Mixthe washer fluid withwindshield washer concentrateall year round. Complywiththe information about windshield washer fluid in & WARNING ‑Riskoffireand injuryfrom thetechnical data(/page344). windshieldwasherconcentrate % Complywiththe further information about Windshield washer concentrateishighly flam‐ windshield washer fluid (/ page344) mable. It could igniteifitcomes intocontact with hotengine component parts or the exhaustsystem. Cleaning thewater drain valveofthe air intakebox # Makesurethat no windshield washer concentratespills out next to thefiller & WARNING Risk of injury due to moving opening. parts

NOTE Damage to theexteriorlighting Certaincomponents in theengine compart‐ * ment maycontinue to move or suddenly due to unsuitable windshield washer fluid move again even afterthe ignition has been Unsuitable windshield washer fluid maydam‐ switched off, e.g. thecooler fan. agethe plastic surface of theexteriorlighting. Make sureofthe following beforeperforming # Onlyuse windshield washer fluids that tasksinthe engine compartment: arealso suitable foruse on plastic sur‐ # Switchthe ignition off. faces, e.g. MB SummerFit or MB Winter‐ Fit. 282 Maintenance and care

# Nevertouchthe danger zone surround‐ # It is essential to avoid fire,open flames, ing movingcomponent parts,e.g.the smokingand creating sparks. rotationareaofthe fan. # Beforefilling up, switchoff theengine, # Remove jewelryand watches. and, if applicable, theauxiliaryheating. # Keep items of clothing and hair away from moving parts. & WARNING Risk of fire and explosion due to fuel & WARNING Risk of burnsfromhot com‐ Fuels arehighly flammable. Thereisarisk of ponent parts in theengine compartment fire and explosion due to contact with hot Certaincomponents in theengine compart‐ component parts. ment can be very hot, e.g. theengine, the # Allowthe engine and theexhaust sys‐ radiator and parts of theexhaust system. temtocool down. # Allowthe engine to cool down and only touchcomponent parts described in the * NOTE Engine damagedue to delayed following. drainageofthe fuel filter

If youhave to carry out anyworkinthe engine Vehicles with adieselengine: delayed compartment, touchonlythe following compo‐ drainageofthe fuel filter can lead to engine damage. nents: If the ! indicator lamplights up, drain the R Hood fuel filter immediately. R Engine oil filler openingcap R Washer fluid reservoir cap + ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental R Coolant expansion reservoir cap pollution duetodisposal in anon-envi‐ ronmentally-friendly manner

# Dispose of thewater/fuel mixtureinan environmentally-friendly manner.

# Open thehood (/ page275). # Remove dirtfromwater drain valve 2 of air intakebox 1. OM642 engine Draining thefuel filter # Park thevehicle in asafelocation and secure it againstrolling away. & WARNING Danger of fire and explosion due to fuel # Switchoff theauxiliaryheating (/ page104). Fuels arehighly flammable. # Switchoff theengine. # Open thehood (/ page275). Maintenance and care 283

# Place asuitable collector beneathdrain hose damagethe paintworkorplastic components 2. of thevehicle. # Switchonthe ignition. # Do notwash thevehicle in Touchless # Open drain screw 1 until thewater/fuel Automatic Car Wash systems that use mixtureemerges from drain hose 2. special cleaning agents. # Close drain screw 1 as soon as around 0.2qt(0.2liter) of thewater/fuel mixturehas Makesurethat theautomatic car wash is suitable been collected. forthe size of thevehicle. After30seconds, theelectrical fuel pump Beforewashing thevehicle in an automatic car automaticallystops thedischargeofthe wash, fold in theoutside mirrors and remove any water/fuel mixture. additional antennas. Otherwise, theoutside mir‐ rors,antennas or thevehicle itself could be dam‐ # Afterdraining, switchoff theignition. aged. # Dispose of thecollected water/fuel mixture in an environmentally responsible manner, Makesureany additional antennas arere-instal‐ e.g. at aqualified specialistworkshop. led and that theoutside mirrors arefullyfolded out again when youleave theautomatic car # Checkthat drain screw 1 has been closed. wash. If theengine is running whiledrain screw 1 is open, youwill lose fuel through drain hose To avoid damagetoyourvehicle, observe thefol‐ 2. lowing beforeusing an automatic car wash: R # Close thehood (/ page275). theside windows and thesliding windoware completely closed. # ! The indicator lampdoesnot go out R afterdraining: drainthe fuel filter again. theblowerfor ventilation and heating is switched off. # !Theindicatorlampdoesnot go out R afterthe second draining: consultaquali‐ thewindshield wiper switchisinposition g. fied specialistworkshop. If thevehicle is very dirty,wash offexcess dirt Freightliner Sprinter recommends that youhave beforecleaning thevehicle in an automatic car thefuel filter drained at aqualified specialist wash. workshop. % Removing thewax from thewindshield and thewiper rubbersafter washing thevehicle, will help avoid smearing and reduce wiper Cleaningand care noise. Notesonwashingthe vehicleinanautomatic car wash Notesonuse of apowerwasher

& WARNING Risk of accident dueto & WARNING Risk of accident whenusing reduced braking effect afterwashing the high-pressure cleaning equipment with vehicle round-spray nozzles The braking effect is reduced afterwashing The waterjet from around-spraynozzle (dirt thevehicle. grinder) maycausedamagetotires and sus‐ # Afterthe vehicle has been washed, pension components that is notvisible. brakecarefully while paying attention to Componentsdamaged in this waymay fail thetraffic conditionsuntil thebraking unexpectedly. effect has beenfully restored. # Do notuse high-pressurecleaning equipment withround-spraynozzlesto * NOTE Risk of damagetothe paintwork cleanyour vehicle. and plastic components # Damaged tires or suspension compo‐ If youwash your vehicle in TouchlessAuto‐ nentsmustbereplaced immediately. matic Car Wash systems that use special cleaning agents, thecleaning agentsused can Neveruse apowerwasherinthe vehicle interior. The pressurized watercreated by thepower 284 Maintenance and care

washer and theassociated spray could cause # Wash thevehicle withlukewarmwater and a considerable damagetothe vehicle. softcar sponge. When doing so, do not To avoid damagetoyourvehicle, observe thefol‐ expose thevehicle to direct sunlight. lowing when using apower washer: # Carefully spray thevehicle withwater and dry R maintain aminimum distance of 11.8 in offwithaleather cloth.Becarefulnot to (30 cm) to thevehicle when using 25° flat- point thewater jetdirectlytowards theair spray nozzlesand dirt grindersor27.6in inletgrilles. The blowershould be switched (70 cm) whenusing round-spraynozzlesand offwhiledoing so. observethe information in theequipment # Do notlet thecleaning agent dryonthe paint‐ manufacturer's operating instructions. work. R do notdirect thenozzle of thepower washer At theonsetofwinter,remove all traces of road directlyatsensitiveparts suchastires, slits, salt deposits carefullyand as soon as possible. electrical components, batteries, light bulbs and ventilation slits. Notesoncareofpaint and matte finish R maintainaminimum distanceof19.7 in (50 cm) forarear viewcamera. * NOTE Paintwork damageand corrosion due to inadequatecare Washing thevehicle by hand Failuretopromptly and thoroughly remove Observe thelegal requirements, forexample in dirtfrombirddroppings or other residue manycountries washing by hand is only allowed could result in paintworkdamageand corro‐ at speciallydesignated wash bays.Inthis case, sion at alater date. makesurethat aspeciallydesignated wash bayis # Cleandirtoff paint and mattefinish used forwashing by hand. thoroughly and as soon as possible. # Use amild cleaning agent, e.g. car shampoo. Maintenance and care 285

Observe thefollowing notes:

Notesoncleaning and careAvoiding paintworkdamage

Paint R Insect remains: soak withinsect R Do notaffix stickers,films or similar. removerand then wash off. R Remove dirtassoon as possible. R Birddroppings: soak withwater and then wash off. R Remove coolant, tree resin, oils, fuels and greases: rubgentlywitha cloth soaked in petroleum ether or lighter fluid. R Brakefluid: wash offwithwater. R Tarstains:use tarremover. R Wax: useasilicone remover. Matte finish R Onlyuse careproducts approvedfor R Do notpolish thevehicle and alloy Freightliner Sprinter. wheels. R Do notuse awash program that endswithahot waxtreatment in automatic car washes. R Do notuse paint cleaners, buffing or polishing products, or gloss preserv‐ ers, e.g. wax. R Have paint repairscarried out in a qualified specialistworkshop only.

Notesonthe careofvehicle parts & WARNING Risk of burning from thetail‐ pipe or tailpipe trim & WARNING Risk of entrapment if the windshield wipersare switched on while The tailpipe and tailpipe trim can become thewindshield is being cleaned very hot. If youcomeintocontact with these car parts, youcouldburnyourself. If thewindshield wipersare setinmotion while youare cleaningthe windshield or # Alwaysbeparticularly careful when in wiper blades, youcan be trapped by thewiper thevicinityofthe tailpipe and tailpipe arm. trims and supervise children very closely wheninthis area. # Alwaysswitchoff thewindshield wipers and theignition beforecleaning the # Beforeany contact, allowthe car parts windshield or wiper blades. to cool down. 286 Maintenanceand care

Observe thefollowing notes:

Notesoncleaning and carePreventing damagetothe vehicle

Wheels/rims Use waterand acid-free wheelcleaner. R Do notuse acidicwheelcleanersto remove brakedust. Otherwise, wheel bolts and brakecomponents maybe damaged. R To avoid corrosion of brakediscs and brakepads, drivefor afew minutes aftercleaning beforeparking the vehicle. The brakediscs and brake‐ pads warm up and dryout. Windows Clean windows inside and outsidewitha Do notuse dryclothsorabrasiveorsol‐ dampcloth and withacleaning agent vent-based cleaning agents to cleanthe recommended forFreightliner Sprinter . insideofwindows. Wiper blades Carefully cleanthe folded-awaywiper Do notclean thewiper blades toooften. bladeswithadampcloth. Exterior Clean thelenses withawet spongeand Onlyuse cleaning agents or clothssuita‐ lighting mildcleaning agent, e.g.car shampoo. ble forplastic lenses. Sensors Clean thesensorsinthe front and rear When usingapowerwasher, keep amin‐ bumper and in theradiator grill witha imum distance of 11.8 in (30 cm). softcloth and car shampoo. Rear view Use cleanwater and asoftcloth to clean Do notuse apowerwasher. camera and thecameralens. 360° Cam‐ era Trailerhitch R Remove tracesofrustonthe ball, Do notclean theball neckwithapower e.g. withawirebrush. washer or solvent. R Remove dirtwithalint-free cloth. R Aftercleaning, lightly oil or grease theball head. R Observe thenotes on careinthe trailer hitchmanufacturer's operat‐ ing instructions. Slidingdoor R Remove foreign objectsfromthe Do notoil or grease thecontact plates vicinity of thecontact plates and and thecontact pins. contact pins of thesliding door. R Clean thecontact plates and contact pins withamild cleaning agent and a softcloth. Maintenanceand care 287

Notesoncleaning and carePreventing damagetothe vehicle

Steps R Cleanthe electrically operated steps Do notuse oil or grease as alubricant. and their housing withapower washer. R Aftercleaning, spray thelateral guides withsilicone spray. R Clean thesteps in thebumper witha powerwasher. Aluminum R Brush down thealuminum dropsides Do notuse abrasivecleaning agents to dropsides withwater and aneutral or mild alka‐ cleanthe dropsides. line cleaning agent.

Notesoninterior care & WARNING Risk of injury or deathfrom bleached seat belts & WARNING Risk of injury from plastic parts breakingoff afterthe use of sol‐ Bleaching or dyeing seat belts can severely vent-based careproducts weaken them. Care and cleaning products containingsol‐ This can, forexample, cause seat beltstotear vents can cause surfaces in thecockpit to or fail in an accident. become porous. # Neverbleach or dyeseat belts. When theairbags aredeployed, plastic parts maybreak away. # Do notuse anycareorcleaning prod‐ ucts containing solvents to cleanthe cockpit.

Observe thefollowing notes:

Notesoncleaning and carePreventing damagetothe vehicle

Seat belts Clean withlukewarm soapywater. R Do notuse chemical cleaning agents. R Do notdry theseat belt by heating above 176°F (80°C)orindirect sun‐ light. Display Clean thesurface carefully with amicro‐ R Switchoff thedisplayand letitcool fiber cloth and LCD/TFT display care down. product. R Do notuse anyother agents. Plastic trim R Clean withadampmicrofiber cloth. R Do notaffix stickers,films or similar. R Forheavy soiling: use careproduct R Do notallowtocome intocontact recommended forFreightliner with cosmetics, insect repellent and Sprinter . sun creams. 288 Maintenance and care

Notesoncleaning and carePreventing damagetothe vehicle

Real wood/ R Clean withamicrofiber cloth. Do notuse solvent-based cleaning trim ele‐ R Black piano-lacquer look: clean with agents, polishes or waxes. ments adampcloth and soapywater. R Forheavy soiling: use careproduct recommended forFreightliner Sprinter . Headliner Cleanwithasoftbrush or dryshampoo. Cloth seat Vacuumupdirtsuchascrumbsordust Do notuse anyoil-based cleaning and covers and then use adampmicrofiber cloth careproducts. and a1%soapsuds solution to cleanthe entireseat cover. Do notspot-clean. Use cleaning and careproducts recom‐ mendedfor Freightliner Sprinter . Imitation Vacuumupdirtsuchascrumbsordust Do notuse amicrofiber cloth. leather seat and then use adampcottoncloth and a Do notuse anyoil-based cleaning and covers 1% soapsuds solution to cleanthe entire careproducts. seat cover. Do notspot-clean. Use cleaning and careproducts recom‐ mendedfor Freightliner Sprinter . Genuine Regularly vacuumupdirtsuchas Do notuse amicrofiber cloth. leather seat crumbsordustand then use adamp Do notuse anyoil-based cleaning and covers cotton cloth to cleanthe entireseat cov‐ careproducts. ers. Forheavy soiling: use aleather care agent recommended by Freightliner Sprinter foraftertreatment. Steering Clean withadampcloth. wheel and gear or selector lever Pedals and Clean withadampcloth.Donot use anycleaning and careprod‐ floor mats ucts. Vehicleinte‐ Clean withadampcloth. R Do notuse apower washer. rior R Allowthe vehicle interior to drycom‐ pletely aftercleaning. R Do notallow liquids to penetrate into gaps or cavities. Curtains The curtains mayonlybedry cleaned. Do notwash thecurtains. Breakdown assistance 289

Emergency Emergency Call System Removing the safetyvest Information on theemergency call system The safetyvestislocated in thestowage com‐ Your vehicle is equipped withthe Emergency Call partment in thedriver's door. System ("eCall"). This featurecan help save lives # Remove thesafetyvestfromthe stowage in theevent of an accident. eCallinnoway repla‐ compartment. ces assistance provided from dialing 911. % Safetyvests can also be stored in thestow‐ eCall onlyfunctions in areas wheremobile phone agecompartmentsofthe rear doorsand the coverage is available from thewireless service front-passenger door. providers. Insufficient networkcoveragefromthe wirelessserviceproviders mayresult in an emer‐ gency callnot being transmitted. eCallisastandardfeatureinyour Freightliner Sprinter vehicle. In order to function as intended, thesystemrelies on thetransmission of data detailed in theTransmittedDatasection that fol‐ lows (/ page290). To disable eCall, acustomer mustvisit an authorized Freightliner Sprinter Service departmenttodeactivatethe vehicle's communication module. Deactivation of this module prevents theacti‐ 1 Maximumnumber of washes vationofany and all Mercedes PROconnect 2 Maximum wash temperature services. Afterthe deactivationofeCall,auto‐ 3 Do notbleach matic emergency call and manualemergency 4 Do notiron call will notbeavailable. 5 Do nottumble dry The ignition mustbeswitched on beforeanauto‐ 6 Do notdry-clean matic emergency call can be made. 7 Thisisaclass 2vest % eCall is activated at thefactory. The safetyvestonlyfulfills thelegally required % eCall can be deactivated by an authorized standards if it is thecorrect size and is com‐ Freightliner Sprinter dealer.Please note that pletely closed. in theevent ownershipofthe vehicle is trans‐ ferred to another owner in its deactivated Replace thesafetyvest: state, eCall will remain deactivated unless R if damaged or if thereflexstripsare dirty thenew owner visits an authorized Freight‐ R if themaximum permitted number of washes liner Sprinter dealership to reactivatethe sys‐ is exceeded tem. R if thesafetyvest's fluorescencehas faded Emergency Call System Removing the first-aid kit (softsided) eCall can help to reduce thetime between an accident and thearrival of emergency servicesat The first-aidkit (softsided)islocated in thestow‐ thesiteofthe accident. It helps locateanacci‐ agecompartment in thefront passenger door. dent siteinplaces that aredifficulttoaccess. # Remove first-aid(soft sided) kit from the However, evenifavehicle is equipped witheCall, stowagecompartment. this does notmean thesystemisON. As such, eCall does notreplace dialing 911inthe event of Removing the warning lamp an accident. The emergency callcan be madeautomatically The warning lampislocated in thestowage com‐ (/ page 290) or manually(/page290). Only partment in thefront-passenger door. makeemergency calls if youorothersare in need # Remove thewarning lampfromthe stowage of rescue. Do notmakeanemergency callinthe compartment. event of abreakdown or asimilar situation. 290 Breakdown assistance

Messageinthe media display: Triggering amanual emergency call SOS NOT READY:the ignition is notonoreCall is # Using theSOS buttoninthe overhead con‐ notavailable. trol panel: press theSOS button at leastone During an activeemergency call, G appearsin secondlong. thedisplay. # Using voice control: Use theVoice Control % If an emergency call is unavailable or mal‐ System Call the Mercedes accident center functioning, amessagetothis effect also voice command (/ page187). appears in themultifunction displayofthe instrument cluster. The emergency call has been made: R Avoice connection is made to theFreightliner Triggering an automatic emergency call Sprinter emergency callcenter. R Amessage withaccidentdataistransmitted Requirements: to theFreightliner Sprinter emergency call R The ignition is switched on. center. R The starterbatteryhas sufficient charge. The Freightliner Sprinter emergency callcen‐ If restraint systems suchasairbags or Emergency tercan transmit thevehicle position datato Tensioning Deviceshave been activated afteran one of theemergency callcenters. accident, eCall mayautomatically initiate an R Remain in thevehicle if theroad and traffic emergency call. conditions permit youtodosountil avoice connection is established withthe emergency The emergency call has been made: callcenter service provider. R Avoice connection is made to theFreightliner Sprinter emergency callcenter. If no connection can be made to theemergency serviceseither, acorresponding message R Amessage withaccidentdata is transmitted appears in themedia display. to theFreightliner Sprinter emergency call center. # Dialthe local emergency numberonyour mobile phone. The Freightliner Sprinter emergency callcen‐ tercan transmit thevehicle position datato Ending an unintentional emergency call one of theemergency callcenters. # Select ~ on themultifunction steering The SOS button in theoverhead controlpanel wheel. Depress thebutton forseveral sec‐ flashes until theemergency callisfinished. onds. It is notpossible to immediatelyend an auto‐ matic emergency call. Transmitted data with theemergency call If no connection can be madetothe emergency system services either,acorresponding message Datatransmittedbythe eCall includes but is not appears in themedia display. limited to: # Dialthe local emergency numberonyour R Vehicle's GPS position data mobile phone. R GPS position dataonthe route If an emergency callhas been initiated: ((afew hundred meters beforethe incident)) R Remain in thevehicle if theroad and traffic R Direction of travel conditions permit youtodosountil avoice connection is established withthe emergency R Vehicle identification number call centerservice provider. R Vehicle drivetype R Based on thecall, theoperator decides R Estimated number of people in thevehicle whether it is necessarytocallrescue teams R Whether Mercedes PROconnect is available and/or thepolice to theaccident site. or not R If no vehicle occupant answers, an ambu‐ R Whether theemergency callwas initiated lance is sent to thevehicle immediately. manually or automatically Breakdown assistance 291

R Time of theaccident evant systems, forexample thelighting sys‐ R Languagesetting on themultimedia system tem, ABS (anti-lockbraking system) or ESP® (Electronic StabilityProgram). The operating Datatransmittedisvehicle information. Forany safetyofyour vehicle mayberestricted. questions about thecollection, use and sharing of theeCall system data, please contact MBU‐ Youcouldlose control of thevehicle in the SA's Customer Assistance Center. following situations: ForCanada, please contact MBC’sCustomer R when braking Assistance Center at 1-800-387-0100. R in theevent of abrupt steering maneuvers Customer requests forcoveredinformation and/or when thevehicle's speed is not should be submitted via thesame channels. adaptedtothe road conditions

Foraccident clarificationpurposes,the following # In theevent of ashort circuitorasimi‐ measures can be takenuptoanhour afterthe larincident, contact aqualified special‐ emergency callhas been initiated: istworkshop immediately. R The current vehicle position can be deter‐ # Do notcontinue driving. mined # Alwayshave work on thebatterycarried R Avoice connection to thevehicle occupants out at aqualified specialistworkshop. can be established R Further information on ABS (/ page144) R ® Flat tire Further information on ESP (/ page145) Notesonflat tires Freightliner Sprinter recommends that youhave the12Vbatteryreplaced at aqualified specialist & WARNING Risk of an accident whendriv‐ workshop, e.g. at an Freightliner Sprinter service ing with aflat tire center. Aflat tiregreatly impairsdriving characteris‐ Should youwant to replace thebatteryyourself, tics, as well as steering and braking. observe thefollowing information: R # Do notdrive withaflat tire. Alwaysreplace afaulty batterywithabattery whichfulfills thevehicle's specific require‐ # Remove theflat tireand install the ments. sparewheel or consult aqualified spe‐ R cialistworkshop. Carry overdetachable parts suchasthe vent hose, elbowfittingorterminal coverfromthe Depending on your vehicle's equipment, in the batterytobereplaced. event of aflat tireyou have thefollowing possibil‐ R Makesurethat thevent hose is alwayscon‐ ities: nected to its original openingonthe battery side. R Youcan call breakdown assistance via the breakdown assistance callbuttoninthe over‐ Install theexisting or newly supplied stop head control panel (/ page194). plugs. R Changethe wheel (/ page324). Otherwise, gases or batteryacid could escape. R Makesurethat thedetachable parts arecon‐ Battery nectedinthe same wayasbefore. Notesonthe 12 Vbattery Forsafetyreasons, Freightliner Sprinter recom‐ mends that youonly use batteries that have been WARNING Risk of an accident dueto & tested and approved foryour vehicle by Freight‐ work carried out incorrectly on thebat‐ liner Sprinter.These batteries provide increased tery impact protection to prevent vehicle occupants Work carried out incorrectlyonthe battery from suffering acidburns should thebatterybe can, forexample, lead to ashortcircuit.This damaged in an accident. can lead to function restrictions in safety-rel‐ 292 Breakdown assistance

Risk of explosion & WARNING Risk of explosion due to elec‐ trostatic charge Electrostatic charge can cause sparkswhich mayignitethe highly flammable gasmixture Fire, open flames and smokingare in thebattery. prohibited when handlingthe battery. # To discharge anyelectrostatic charge Avoid creating sparks. that mayhave built up, touchthe metal vehicle body beforehandling thebat‐ Electrolyte or batteryacid is corro‐ tery. sive. Avoid contact withthe skin, eyes and clothing. Wear suitable protective The highly flammable gasmixtureiscreated while clothing, in particular gloves, an apron thebatteryischarging and when jump-starting. and asafetymask. Immediately rinse electrolyteacidsplashes offwith & WARNING Danger of chemical burns cleanwater.Ifnecessary, seek medi‐ from thebatteryacid cal advice. Batteryacid is caustic. Wear eyeprotection. # Avoid contact withthe skin, eyes or clothing. # Do notlean overthe battery. Keep children at asafedistance. # Do notinhalebattery gases. # Keep children away from thebattery. # Immediately rinse batteryacidoff thor‐ oughly withplenty of clean waterand Observe these Operating Instructions. seek medicalattention immediately.

+ ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental damagecaused by improper disposal of If youdonot use thevehicle foralong period or batteries driveshortdistances regularly: R Connectthe batterytoacharger recommen‐ ded forFreightliner Sprinter. R Consult aqualified specialistworkshop to dis‐ Batteries contain pollutants. It is connect thebattery illegal to dispose of them withthe household rubbish. Starting assistanceand chargingthe starter # battery

# Alwaysuse thejump-start connection in the Dispose of batteries in an engine compartmentfor startingassistance environmentallyresponsiblemanner. and when chargingthe battery. Take dischargedbatteries to aqualified specialistworkshop or to acollection * NOTE Damaging thebatterythrough pointfor used batteries. overvoltage If the12Vbatteryhas to be connected, contact a When chargingusingabatterycharger with‐ qualified specialistworkshop. out amaximumcharging voltage, thebattery Observe thesafetynotes and protectivemeas‐ or thevehicle electronics maybedamaged. ures when handling batteries. # Onlyuse batterychargerswithamaxi‐ mum chargingvoltageof14.8 V. Breakdown assistance 293

point, it is very likelythat thedischarged battery & WARNING Risk of explosion from hydro‐ gengas igniting has frozen. In this case, observe thefollowing points: Abatterygenerates hydrogen gasduring the chargingprocess. If thereisashortcircuit or R Do notgivethe vehicle startingassistance or sparks starttoform, thereisadanger of the charge thebattery hydrogen gasigniting. R The service lifeofabatterythat has been # Makesurethat thepositiveterminal of thawedmay be reduced drastically theconnected batterydoes notcome R The start-up behavior maydeteriorate, partic‐ intocontact withvehicle parts. ularly at lowtemperatures # Neverplace metalobjectsortools on a R It is recommended that youhave athawed battery. batterycheckedataqualified specialistwork‐ # When connectingand disconnectingthe shop battery, youmustobservethe described order forthe batteryclamps. * NOTE Damage caused by numerous or extendedattempts to startthe engine # When giving startingassistance, always makesurethat youonly connectbattery Numerous or extendedattempts to startthe terminals withidentical polarity. engine maydamagethe catalytic converter # During startingassistance, youmust due to non-combusted fuel. observethe described order forcon‐ # Avoid numerous and extendedattempts necting and disconnecting thejumper to startthe engine. cables. # Do notconnect or disconnect thebat‐ When jump-starting and chargingthe batteries, tery clampswhile theengine is running. observe thefollowing points: R Onlyuse undamaged jumper cables/charging & WARNING Risk of explosion during cableswithasufficient cross-sectionand chargingprocess and startingassistance insulatedterminal clamps R During thecharging process and starting Non-insulated parts of theterminal clamps assistance, thebatterymay release an explo‐ mustnot comeintocontact with other metal sivegas mixture. parts while thejumper cables/charging cables areconnected to thebattery/jump- # Avoid fire,open flames,creating sparks startconnectionpoint and smoking. R The jumper cables/chargingcablesmustnot # Makesurethat thereissufficient venti‐ comeintocontact with anyparts whichmay lation during thecharging process and move when theengine is running during startingassistance. R Alwaysmakesurethat neither younor the # Do notleanoverabattery. batteryiselectrostatically charged R Alwayskeep away from fire and open flames WARNING Risk of explosion from afro‐ & R Do notlean overabattery zen battery R When charging: only use abatterycharger Adischargedbatterymay freeze at tempera‐ that has been tested and approvedbyFreight‐ tures slightlyabove or belowfreezing point. liner Sprinter and read theoperating instruc‐ During startingassistance or batterycharg‐ tions foryour chargerbeforecharging the ing, batterygas can be released. batteries # Alwaysallowabatterytothawbefore chargingitorperforming startingassis‐ tance.

If thewarning/indicator lamps do notlight up in theinstrument displayaround or belowfreezing 294 Breakdown assistance

Observe theadditional following pointsduring # During starting assistance: startthe engine startingassistance: of thedonor vehicle and letitrun at idle R Startingassistance mayonly be provided speed. using batteries withanominal voltageof12V # First, connect thenegativeterminal clampof R The vehicles mustnot toucheachother thejumper cable/charging cable to thenega‐ tivepole of thedonor battery. R Vehicles with agasoline engine: only per‐ form startingassistance when theengine and # Connectthe other negativeterminal clampof exhaustsystem arecold thejumper cable/charging cable to aground point on your ownvehicle (a baremetal part # Vehicles with abatterymain switch: check in theengine compartment). whether thebatterymain switchisinserted # During starting assistance: startthe engine (/ page118) on your ownvehicle. # Secure thevehicle using theparking brake. # When charging: startthe chargingprocess. # Vehicles with automatic transmission: # During starting assistance: letthe engine shiftthe transmission to position j. runfor afew minutes. # Switchoff theignition and all electrical con‐ # During starting assistance: beforediscon‐ sumers. necting thejumper cable, switchonanelec‐ # Open thehood (/ page275). trical consumer on your ownvehicle, e.g. the rear window heater or lighting.

When thestartingassistance/charging processis complete: # Remove thejumper cables/charging cables in reverseorder:first thenegativeclampfrom theground point in theengine compartment, then thenegativeclampfromthe donor bat‐ tery.Thenthe positiveclampfromthe posi‐ tiveterminal of jump-start connection 1, then thepositiveclampofthe donor battery. The redprotectivecap springs backtoits ini‐ tial position when positiveterminal clamp 2 is disconnected from jump-starting connec‐ tion 1. Youcan obtain further information at aqualified Example: jump-start connection specialistworkshop. % Right-hand drivevehicle: thejump-start connection maybeonthe oppositeside. Installing/removing thefloor covering (vehi‐ # Remove thecoverfromthe positiveterminal cles with rear wheel drive) on thedonor battery. # First,connectthe positiveterminal clampof & WARNING Risk of accident dueto thejumper cables/charging cables to the objectsinthe driver's footwell positiveterminal of theother vehicle's bat‐ Objectsinthe driver's footwell mayimpede tery. pedal travel or blockadepressed pedal. # With positiveterminal clamp 2 of the This jeopardizes theoperating and road jumper cable/charging cable,slide thered safetyofthe vehicle. protectivecap on jump-starting connection 1 backwithaclockwise turn. # Stow all objectsinthe vehicle securely so that they cannotget intothe driver's # Connect theother positiveterminal clampto footwell. thepositiveterminal of jump-start connection 1. Breakdown assistance 295

# Ensure floor mats and carpets cannot # Alwaysdisconnect thestarterbatteryin slip and provide sufficient room forthe following thesequence, and do not pedals. reversethe batteryterminals under any # Do notlay multiple floor mats or carpets circumstances. Otherwise, thevehicle's on topofone another. electronics could be damaged.

# Switchoff all electrical consumers. Vehicles withrear wheel drive # To remove: unscrew screws 3 and remove % If thevehicle is expected to be parkedfor an trim 2. extendedperiod or outofuse forlonger than four weeks, observe theinformation on park‐ # Remove floor covering 1. ing thevehicle foranextendedperiod # To install: insertfloor covering 1 and align (/ page 142). it at thebase of thedriver's seat and at the # Vehicles with abatterymain switch: door sill. remove themain switchofthe battery # Put trim 2 in place and screw screws 3 (/ page119). backin. # Vehicles without abatterymain switch: switchoff all electrical consumers. Disconnecting thestarterbattery # Switchoff theengine and thepower supply. # Remove thefloor covering (/ page 294). * NOTE Damage to electrical assemblies # Remove screws 1 and slide batterycover Electrical assemblies could be damaged if the 2 in thedirection of thearrow. starterbatteryisdisconnected whilethe The screwsmustprotrudeoverthe larger engine is running. recesses. # Switchoff theengine. Then, release the # Remove batterycover 2 upwards. batteryclamps of thestarter battery. # Alwaysdisconnect thestarterbatteryin thebatterycase in theleftfootwell first. Otherwise, electricalassemblies, e.g. thealternator,could be damaged.

* NOTE Damage to thevehicle's electron‐ ics If youdonot disconnectthe batteryasdescri‐ bed here, thevehicle's electronics could be damaged. 296 Breakdown assistance

# Pull out and remove screws 2 of bracket 3 upwards. # Slide thestarter batteryfromits anchoragein thedirection of travel. # Fold thebarsofthe starterbatteryupwards and remove thestarter batteryfromthe bat‐ tery box. Vehicles with rear wheel drive: installingthe starterbattery # Whenreconnecting thestarter battery, observe thesafetymeasures and protection notes(/page292).

# First loosen and remove thenegativeterminal clamponthe batterysothat theclampisno longer in contact withthe terminal. # Remove thepositiveterminal clampcover. # Loosenthe positiveterminal clampand fold it up to theside, together withthe prefuse box.

Removing/installingthe starterbattery # Insertthe starterbatteryintothe batterybox. Vehicles with rear wheel drive: removing the # Fold down thebarsofthe starterbattery. starterbattery # Slide thestarter batteryintoits anchoragein theoppositedirection to thedirection of travel. # Insertbracket 3. # Tighten screws 2 on bracket 3 whichholds thebatteryinplace.

# Disconnect thestarter battery(/page295). # Remove breather hose 1 withthe connector bracketfromthe connection on thedegassing cover.

# Attach breather hose 1 withthe connector brackettothe connection of thedegassing cover. # Reconnect thestarter battery(/page295). Freightliner Sprinter recommends that youhave thestarter batteryreplaced at aqualified special‐ istworkshop, e.g. aFreightliner Sprinter service center. Breakdown assistance 297

If youwant to replace thestarter batteryyourself, observe thefollowing notes: R Alwaysreplace adefectivestarter battery withastarter batterywhichmeets thespe‐ cific requirements of thevehicle. R Carry overdetachable parts suchasthe vent hose, elbowfittingorterminal coverfromthe starterbatterytobereplaced. R Makesurethat thevent hose is alwayscon‐ nected to its original openingonthe battery side. Install theexisting or newly supplied stop plugs. Otherwise, gases or batteryacid could escape. # Observe thesafetymeasures and protection R Makesurethat thedetachable parts arecon‐ notices when disconnectingthe auxiliarybat‐ nectedinthe same wayasbefore. tery (/ page292). # Switchoff all electrical consumers. Disconnecting theauxiliarybattery in the # Switchoff theengine and thepower supply. engine compartment # Open thehood (/ page275). # Firstloosenand remove thenegativeterminal * NOTE Damage to electrical assemblies clamponthe auxiliarybatterysothat the Electrical assemblies could be damaged if the clamp is no longer in contact with thetermi‐ starterbatteryisdisconnected whilethe nal. engine is running. # Remove thepositiveterminal clampcover. # Switchoff theengine. Then, release the # Loosenand remove thepositiveterminal batteryclamps of thestarter battery. clamp. # Alwaysdisconnect thestarterbatteryin thebatterycase in theleftfootwell first. Towing or tow-starting Otherwise, electricalassemblies, e.g. thealternator,could be damaged. Overviewofpermissible towing methods In theevent of abreakdown, Freightliner Sprinter * NOTE Damage to thevehicle's electron‐ recommends that youhave thevehicle transpor‐ ics tedinstead of towed. Incorrectly disconnecting theauxiliarybattery NOTE Damage to thevehicle due to tow‐ can cause damagetothe vehicle's electron‐ * ing away incorrectly ics. # Alwaysdisconnect theauxiliarybattery # Observe theinstructionsand noteson as described in thefollowing sequence. towing away. Do notreversethe batteryterminals under anycircumstances. % Vehicles with automatic transmission and rear-wheel drive: if thereisamalfunc‐ tion, theautomatic transmission maybe lockedinposition j. If theautomatic transmission cannot be shif‐ tedtoposition i,transportthe vehicle (/ page300). Atowing vehicle withlifting equipment is required forvehicle transport. 298 Breakdown assistance

Permissible towing methods

Both axlesonthe Front axle raised Rear axle raised ground

Vehicles withauto‐ Yes, no further than Yes, no further than Yes, if thesteering matic transmission and 31 miles (50 km) at 31 miles (50 km) at wheel is fixedinthe rear-wheel drive 31 mph(50 km/h) 31 mph(50 km/h) center position witha steering wheel lock Vehicles withall-wheel Yes, no further than No No drive 31 miles (50 km) at 31 mph(50 km/h)

To towwitharaisedaxle: towing should be per‐ If theautomatic transmission cannot be shif‐ formed by atowing company. tedtoposition i,transportthe vehicle (/ page300). Atowing vehicle withlifting equipment is required forvehicle transport. Towing away thevehicle withbothaxleson theground & WARNING Risk of accident whentowing # Observe thenotes on permissible towing avehicle whichistoo heavy methods (/ page297). If thevehicle being tow-startedortowed # Makesurethat thebatteryisconnected and away is heavier than thepermissible gross charged. mass of your vehicle, thefollowing situations When thebatteryisdischarged, thefollowing sit‐ can occur: uations occur: R The towing eyemay become detached. R The engine cannotbestarted. R The vehicle/trailer combination may swerve or evenoverturn. R It is notpossible to release or applythe elec‐ tric parking brake. # If another vehicle is tow-startedor R Vehicles with automatic transmission: the towedaway, its weight mustnot exceed automatic transmission cannotbeshiftedto thepermissible gross mass of your own position i or j. vehicle.

* NOTE Damage due to towing away at If avehicle needs to be towedortow started, its excessivelyhigh speeds or overlong dis‐ weight should notbegreater that thepermissible tances gross mass of thetowing vehicle. # Information on thevehicle's permissible gross The drivetrain could be damaged when towing mass can be found on thevehicle identifica‐ at excessively high speeds or over long dis‐ tion plate( page335). tances. / # Vehicles with automatic transmission: do # Atowing speed of 30 mph(50 km/h) notopen thedriver's or co-driver door,asthe mustnot be exceeded. automatic transmission will automatically # Atowing distanceof30miles (50 km) shifttoposition j. mustnot be exceeded. # Install thetowing eye(/page301). # Securethe towing device. % Vehicles with automatic transmission and rear wheel drive: if thereisamalfunc‐ tion, theautomatic transmission maybe lockedinposition j. Breakdownassistance 299

* NOTE Damage due to incorrect connec‐ & WARNING Risk of accident duetolimi‐ tion of thetow bar tedsafety-related functionsduring the towing process # Onlyconnectthe towrope or towbar to thetowing eyes. Safety-related functionsare limited or no lon‐ geravailable in thefollowing situations: % Youcan also securethe towing devicetothe R theignition is switched off. trailer hitch. R thebrake system or powersteering sys‐ temismalfunctioning. * NOTE Damage and risk of accident when towing withatow rope R theenergy supplyorthe on-boardelectri‐ cal system is malfunctioning. Thereisarisk of an accident if youdonot observesafetyand protectivemeasures when When your vehicle is then towedaway, signifi‐ towing using atow rope. cantly moreeffortmay be required to steer Observe thefollowing points when towing and brakethan is normally required. withatow rope: # Use atow bar. # Securethe towrope on thesame side # Makesurethat thesteering wheel can on both vehicles, if possible. move freely,beforetowing thevehicle # Makesurethe towrope does not away. exceed thelegally prescribed length. # Markthe towrope in themiddle, e.g. * NOTE Damage due to excessivetractive withawhitecloth (30 x30cm). This power makes other road usersaware that a If youpull away sharply, thetractivepower vehicle is being towed. maybetoo high and thevehicles could be # Observe thebrake lamps of thetowing damaged. vehicle while driving. Alwaysmaintain a # Pull away slowlyand smoothly. distance that ensures thetow rope does notsag. # Do notuse steel cables or chains to tow Towing avehicle withthe front or rear axle your vehicle. Otherwise, youcoulddam‐ raised agethe vehicle. * NOTE Damage when theignition is # Deactivateautomatic locking (/ page48). switched on # Do notactivatethe HOLD function. If youleave theignition switched on when # Deactivatethe tow-away alarm(/page60). towing thevehicle withthe front or rear axle ® # DeactivateActiveBrake Assist (/ page148). raised, ESP actuation can damagethe brake system. # Vehicles with automatic transmission: shiftthe automatic transmission to position # The ignition mustbeswitched off. i. # Release theparking brake. * NOTE Damage due to incorrect removal or installation of thepropeller shafts When installing thepropeller shafts, they can be damaged if youdonot use newscrews. Alwaysuse newscrewswhen installing the propeller shafts. Onlyhave thepropeller shafts installed or removedbyqualified, skilled personnel. 300 Breakdown assistance

% If thefront axle is damaged, raise thevehicle Vehicles with all-wheel drive/vehicles with at thefront axle and if therear axle is dam‐ automatic transmission aged, raise thevehicle at therear axle. % Vehicles with automatic transmission and rear-wheel drive: if thereisamalfunc‐ tion, theautomatic transmission maybe lockedinposition j. If theautomatic transmission cannot be shif‐ tedtoposition i,transportthe vehicle (/ page300). Atowing vehicle withlifting equipment is required forvehicle transport. # Observe thenotes on permissible towing methods (/ page297). # Makesurethat thefront and rear axlescome # The propeller shafts to thedrive axles must to rest on thesame transportationvehicle. be removedifthe maximum permissible tow‐ ing distance is exceeded. * NOTE Damage to thedrivetraindue to incorrect positioning # Vehicles with automatic transmission: shiftthe automatic transmission to position # Do notpositionthe vehicle above the i. connection point of thetransportvehi‐ # Release theparking brake. cle. # Switchoff theignition. * NOTE Vehicle damagedue to improper loading Loading thevehicle fortransport An all-wheel drivevehicle maybedamaged if # Observe thenotes on permissible towing it is tilted, pushed or movedwhile being loa‐ methods (/ page298, 299). ded using ahydraulic platform. # Connect thetow bar to thetowing eyetoload # When loading avehicle withall-wheel thevehicle. drive, thevehicle should onlybemoved # Vehicles with automatic transmission: and positioned by its ownpower. shiftthe automatic transmission to position # The vehicle and thesurface it is posi‐ i. tionedonshould no longer be moved % Vehicles with automatic transmission: in when thekey is removedorifthe door theevent of damagetothe electrics, the is open. automatic transmissionmay be lockedin position j.Toshifttoposition i,provide Towing eyestorage location theon-boardelectrical system withpower (/ page292). The towing eyeislocated in thevehicle tool kit in # Load thevehicle ontothe transporter. thefront-passengerfootwell (/ page302). # Vehicles with automatic transmission: shiftthe automatic transmission to position j. # Use theparking braketosecurethe vehicle againstrolling away. # Only securethe vehicle by thewheels. Breakdownassistance 301

Installing/removing thetowing eye # Onlyuse thetowing eyetotow away or towstartthe vehicle.

Towstarting vehicle(emergency engine start) Vehicles with automatic transmission

* NOTE Damage to theautomatic trans‐ mission due to towstarting The automatic transmissionmay be damaged in theprocess of towstartingvehicles with automatic transmission. # Vehicles withautomatic transmission mustnot be towstarted.

# Do nottow startvehicles withautomatic Installing and removing thefront towing eye transmission. # To install thefront towing eye: press the topofthe coverand remove thecover. Electrical fuses # Screw in towing eye 1 clockwise to thestop and tighten. Notesonelectrical fuses # To remove thefront towing eye: unscrew & WARNING Risk of accident and injury towing eye 1 counter-clockwise. duetooverloaded lines # Insertthe coverwiththe tabs at thetop and push in at thebottomuntil thecoverengages. If youmanipulateorbridgeafaulty fuse or if youreplace it withafuse withahigher amperage, theelectric line could be overloa‐ ded. This could result in afire. # Always replace faulty fuseswithspeci‐ fied newfuses containing thecorrect amperage.

* NOTE Damage due to incorrect fuses Electricalcomponents or systems could be damaged by incorrect fuses. # Only use fuses which have been approvedbyFreightliner Sprinter and whichhavethe correct fuserating.

Rear towing eye(vehicles withpassenger vehicle Theelectricalfuses in your vehicle switchoff approval) defectivecircuits. If afuse blows,all thecompo‐ % Rear towing eye 2 is permanentlyattached nentsonthe circuit and their functions will cease to thevehicle. to operate. Blown fuses mustbereplaced withfuses of an * NOTE Damage to thevehicle due to equivalent specification,whichyou can deter‐ incorrect use of thetowing eye mine by thecolor and fuse rating.The fuse allo‐ cation chartand further information on theelec‐ When atowing eyeisused to recoveravehi‐ tric fuses and relays can be found in the"Fuse cle, thevehicle maybedamaged in theproc‐ allocation chart" supplement. ess. 302 Breakdownassistance

Opening and closing thefusebox in theco- * NOTE Damage or malfunctionscaused by moisture driver's footwell Moisturemay cause damage to theelectrical Opening thefusebox system or cause it to malfunction. # Unlocking and removing thestowage com‐ # When thefuse boxisopen, makesure partment coverinthe co-driver's footwell that no moisturecan enter thefuse box. (/ page303). # When closing thefuse box, makesure that theseal of thelid is positioned cor‐ rectly on thefuse box.

If thenew fuse whichhas been insertedalso blows,have thecause traced and rectified at a qualified specialistworkshop. Makesureofthe following beforereplacing a fuse: R thevehicle is secured suchthat it does not roll away R all electrical consumers areswitched off R theignition is switched off The fuses arelocated in various fuse boxes: R fuse boxinthe front-passenger footwell Example: vehicle tool kit insert (/ page302) # Liftthe insertatmarkedpositions 1. R fuse boxinthe seat base of thedriver's seat # Pull theinsertout of clips 2. (/ page302) Closing thefusebox Opening thefusebox in theseat base of the # Slide theinsertintoclips 2. driver's seat # Close theinsertbypressing on markedposi‐ tions 1. # Put on thestowage compartment coverinthe co-driver's footwell and lockit(/page303).

Vehicletool kit Information on thevehicle tool kit The vehicle tool kit is located in thestowage com‐ partment in thefootwell on thefront-passenger side (/ page303). The vehicle tool kit contains: R atowing eye R ascrewdriver withTorx, Phillips and slotted bits # To open: press down and unclip fasteners 1 The vehicle tool kit mayalso contain thefollow‐ on thecover. ing, forexample: # Remove thecover. R an open-endwrench # To close: press thecover firmly into theseat R awheel wrench base until fasteners 1 clip in. Breakdown assistance 303

Unlocking and removing the stowage com‐ Storing thevehicle tool kit partmentcover # Slide theinsertintoclips 2. # Close theinsertbypressing on markedpoints 1.

Hydraulic jack Information on thehydraulic jack

# Remove therubber mat from thefront- passenger footwell. # To unlock: turnthe quick-release fastener 1 counter-clockwise to position 1. # Slightly raise and pull out thecover. Inserting and locking thecover The hydraulic jackislocated in side compartment # Slide in thecover and press it downwards. 1 above theco-driver door step. # Press down thequick-release fastener 1 The jackhas amaximum weight of 16.5 lbs until it engages. (7.5 kg)depending on thevehicle's equipment. # To lock: turnthe quick-release fastener 1 Youwill find themaximum load capacity of the clockwise to position 2. jackstatedonthe adhesivelabel attached to the jack. If thereisamalfunction, please contact a qualified specialistworkshop. Removing the vehicletool kit Jackmaintenance: R Cleanand grease all moving parts afteruse. R Extend and retract thepistons fully every six months.

Example: vehicle tool kit insert

# Raise theinsertatmarkedpoints 1. # Pull theinsertout of clips 2. 304 Breakdown assistance

Removing the pumpleverrod andthe jack Requirements: R The co-driver door is open.

# To open: press down and unclip fasteners 1 on thecover. # Remove thecover. # Pull out theholder completely and place it on thestep.

# Remove jack 2 and unclip thepumplever rod. % It is recommended to wear glovesfor this work. # To close: press thecover firmly into thedoor sill so that fasteners 1 engage. Wheels and tires 305

Information on noise or unusualdriving If thetirepressureistoo high or toolow,tires characteristics mayexhibit different levels of wear at differ‐ Whiledriving, payattention to vibrations, noises ent locations on thetiretread. and unusual driving characteristics, e.g.pullingto # Regularly checkthe tiretread depth and one side. This mayindicatedamagetothe wheels thecondition of thetiretread across or tires. If yoususpect that atireisdefective, theentirewidthofall tires. reduce your speed. Stop thevehicle as soon as Minimum tread depth foruse: possible to checkifwheels and tires have been damaged or arenolonger functioning properly. R In summer: â in (3 mm) Hidden tiredamagecould also be causing the R In winter: ãin (4 mm) unusual drivingcharacteristics. If no signs of damage can be detected, have thetires and # Forsafetyreasons, have thetires wheels checkedataqualified specialistwork‐ replaced beforethe legally prescribed shop. limit forthe minimum tiretread depth is reached.

Notesonregularly inspecting wheels and Conduct thefollowing checks regularly on all tires wheels, at leastonce amonthorasrequired, e.g. beforealong journeyorwhen driving off-road: WARNING Risk of accident from dam‐ & R Checkthe tirepressure(/page307) aged tires R Checkthe valvecaps Damagedtires can cause tirepressureloss. Valves mustbeprotected from moistureand As aresult, youcouldlose control of your dirtwithvalvecaps specificallyapprovedby vehicle. Freightliner Sprinter foryour vehicle. # Checkthe tires regularly forsigns of R Visually inspect thetread depth and thetire damage and replace anydamaged tires tread across thewhole tirewidth immediately. Foruse in summer,the minimum tread depth is â in (3 mm) and foruse in winter ã in Checkthe wheels and tires of your vehicle for (4 mm). damageregularly,i.e. at leastevery twoweeks, as well as afterdriving off-road or on rough roads. Damaged wheels can lead to aloss of tire pressure. Look out forthe following types of damage, for example: R Cuts in thetires R Punctures in thetires R Tearsinthe tires R Bulges on tires Markings 1 showinwhichplaces thebar indica‐ R Deformation or severe corrosion on wheels tors (arrow)are integratedintothe tiretread. Theyare visible as soon as thetread depth is & WARNING Risk of hydroplaning because approximately á in (1.6 mm). tiretread is toolow Insufficient tiretread will result in reduced tiretraction.The tiretread will no longer be Information on driving withsummer tires able to dissipatewater. At temperatures below50°F(10 °C) Summer This increasesthe risk of hydroplaning on wet tires lose elasticityand thereforetraction and road surfaces, particularly when traveling at braking power. Change thetires on your vehicle an inappropriatespeed. to M+S tires. Using summer tires at very cold temperatures could cause tearstoform, thereby damaging thetires permanently. Freightliner 306 Wheels and tires

Sprinter cannotaccept responsibility forthis type # Neverinstall snowchains on thefront of damage. wheels. Alwaysobserve themaximum permissible speed # Onlyinstall snowchains on therear specified forthe summer tires youhave installed wheelsinpairs. (/ page318). # Vehicles with twin tires: install the Once youhave installed thesummer tires: snowchains to theouter wheels. R Checkthe tirepressure(/page307) R Restartthe tirepressuremonitor & WARNING Risk of accident dueto (/ page313) unsuitable snow chains Vehicles withall-wheel drivedonot have suf‐ InformationonM+S tires ficient clearance on thefront axle forcom‐ mercially available snow chains. At temperatures below50°F(10 °C) use winter tires or all-season tires –bothare markedwith When youinstall commerciallyavailable snow M+S. chains,the snowchains maycomeloose and damagechassiscomponentsorbrake hoses. Onlywinter tires bearing the i snowflake symbol in addition to theM+S marking provide # Only install snowchains approvedby thebestpossible grip in wintryroad conditions. Freightliner Sprinter forthese tires. Onlythese tires will allowdriving safetysystems Forsafetyreasons, Freightliner Sprinter recom‐ ® suchasABS and ESP to also function optimally mends that youonlyuse snow chains that have in winter.Thesetires have been developed specif‐ been checkedand approved. Youcan obtain icallyfor driving in snow. information about snow chains from anyqualified Use M+S tires of thesame makeand tread on all specialistworkshop. wheels to maintain safehandling characteristics. Alwaysobserve themaximum permissible speed * NOTE Damage to thewheel trim from specified forthe M+S tires youhave installed mounted snowchains (/ page318). If snowchains are mounted to steel wheels, If youinstall M+S tires that have alower maxi‐ thewheel trims can be damaged. mum permissible speedthan themaximum # Remove thewheel trims of steel wheels design speed of thevehicle, affixanappropriate beforemounting snowchains. warning sign in thedriver's field of vision. You can obtainthis at aqualified specialistworkshop. Observe thefollowing noteswhen using snow Once youhaveinstalled thewinter tires, take the chains: following measures: R Snow chains areonlypermissible forcertain R Checkthe tirepressure(/page307) wheel/tirecombinations.You can obtain information on them at aqualified specialist R Restartthe tirepressuremonitor workshop. (/ page313) R Forsafetyreasons, onlyuse snow chains that have been specifically approvedfor your vehi‐ Notesonsnowchains cle by Freightliner Sprinter,orsnowchains withthe same quality standard. & WARNING Risk of accident duetoincor‐ R The snow chains mustberetightenedafter rect installation of snowchains driving approximately 0.6 miles (1 km). This is Vehicles with rear-wheel drive: if youhave theonlyway to ensurethe snowchains are installed snowchains to thefront wheels, optimally seated withclearancetoadjacent they maydragagainstthe vehicle body or components. chassis components. R Vehicles with all-wheel drive: install snow This could cause damagetothe vehicle or the chains to thewheels on therear axle. On tires. vehicles withtwin tires, install thesnow chains to theouter wheels. Observe theman‐ ufacturer's installation instructions. Wheels and tires 307

R Use snowchains only when theroad surface Driving with tirepressurethat is toohigh or too is completely snow-covered. Remove the lowhas thefollowing consequences: snowchains as soon as possiblewhen you R Shortenthe service lifeofthe tires. come to aroad that is notsnow-covered. R Cause increased tiredamage. R Local regulations mayrestrict theuse of snowchains. Observe theapplicable regula‐ R Adversely affect handling characteristicsand tions beforeinstalling snowchains. thus drivingsafety, e.g. due to hydroplaning. R Activateall-wheeldrive before driving offwith & WARNING Risk of an accident dueto snowchains (/ page123, 122, 123). insufficient tirepressure R If snow chains areinstalled, themaximum permissible speed is 30 mph(50 km/h). Tireswithpressurethat is toolow can over‐ heat and burst as aresult. R Vehicles with Parking Assist: do notuse In addition,theyalso sufferfromexcessive Parking AssistPARKTRONIC if snowchains and/or irregular wear,whichcan significantly areinstalled. impair thebraking properties and thehan‐ % Youcan deactivateESP® to pull away dling characteristics. (/ page145). This allows thewheels to # Avoid excessively lowtirepressures in spin, achieving an increased driving force. all thetires, including thesparewheel.

Tire pressurewhichistoo lowcan cause: Tire pressure R Tire faults as aresult of overheating Notesontirepressure R Impaired handling characteristics & WARNING Risk of accident duetoinsuf‐ R Irregular wear ficient or excessivetirepressure R Increased fuel consumption Underinflatedoroverinflatedtires pose the WARNING Risk of accident from exces‐ following risks: & sivetirepressure R The tires mayburst,especiallyasthe load and vehicle speed increase. Tireswithexcessivelyhigh pressurecan burst because they aredamaged moreeasilyby R The tires maywear excessively and/or highway fill, potholes etc. unevenly,which maygreatly impair tire traction. In addition, they also sufferfromirregular wear,whichcan significantlyimpair thebrak‐ R The driving characteristics, as well as ing properties and thehandling characteris‐ steering and braking, maybegreatly tics. impaired. # Avoid excessively high tirepressures in # Complywiththe recommended tire all thetires, including thesparewheel. pressureand checkthe tirepressureof all tires including thesparewheel regu‐ Excessively high tirepressurecan result in: larly: R Increased braking distance R at leastonce amonth R Impaired handling characteristics R when theload changes R Irregular wear R beforeembarkingonalongerjourney R Impaired drivingcomfort R if operating conditions change, e.g.off- R Susceptibility to damage road driving

# Adjustthe tirepressureasnecessary. & WARNING Risk of accident caused by repeated drop in tirepressure If thetirepressuredrops repeatedly,the wheel, valveortiremay be damaged. 308 Wheels and tires

Insufficient tirepressurecan cause thetires & WARNING Risk of accident dueto to burst. unsuitable accessories on tirevalves # Inspect thetirefor signs of foreign If youmountunsuitable accessories ontotire objects. valves,the tirevalves maybeoverloaded and # Checkwhether thewheel or valvehas a malfunction,whichcan cause aloss of tire leak. pressure. Aftermarkettirepressuremonitor‐ # If youare unabletorectify thedamage, ing systems will cause thetirevalves to contact aqualified specialistworkshop. remain open, depending on thedesign. This can also result in aloss of tirepressure. Youcan find information on recommended tire # Only screw standardvalvecaps or valve pressurefor thevehicle's factory-installed tires capsspecifically approvedbyFreight‐ on thefollowing labels: liner Sprinter foryour vehicle ontothe tirevalves. R Tire and Loading Informationplacardonthe B‑pillar of your vehicle ( page314). / Notesontrailer operation R Tire pressuretable on theinside of thefuel The applicable tirepressurefor thetires of the filler flap . rear axle is alwaysthe recommended tirepres‐ Observethe maximum tirepressure surefor afull load. (/ page318). Use asuitable pressuregaugetocheckthe tire Overviewofthe tirepressuretable pressure. The outer appearance of atiredoes not The tirepressuretable can be found on theseat permit anyreliable conclusion about thetire base or on theB‑pillar on thedriver's side. pressure. % The datashown in theimages is example + ENVIRONMENTALNOTE Environmental data. damagedue to insufficient or excessive tirepressure Insufficientorexcessivetirepressureshort‐ ens theservice lifeofthe tires. # Checkthe tirepressureregularly,but at leastevery 14 days.

Vehicles with atirepressuremonitor: youcan also checkthe tirepressureusing theon-board The tirepressuretable shows therecommended computer. tirepressurefor thetires installed at thefactory Onlychecktirepressurewhen thetires arecold. on this vehicle. The recommended tirepressures Conditionsfor cold tires: arevalid forcold tires and different vehicle load conditions. R The vehicle has been parkedwiththe tires out of direct sunlight foratleast threehours. If one or moretiresizes precede atirepressure, thetirepressureinformation following is only R The vehicle has traveled less than 1mile valid forthose tiresizes. (1.6 km). If thepreceding tiresizes aresupplemented by Arise in thetiretemperatureof18°F (10°C) the + symbol, thetirepressureinformation increases thetirepressurebyapprox.10kPa following shows alternativetirepressures. (0.1bar/1.5 psi). Take this intoaccount when The load conditions"partiallyladen"and "fully checking thetirepressureofwarmtires. laden"are definedinthe table forvarying The tirepressurerecommended forincreased weights. load/speedinthe tirepressuretable mayaffect Sometirepressuretables onlyshowthe rim theride comfort. diameterinstead of thecomplete tiresize, e.g. R16.The rimdiameterispartofthe tiresize and Wheels and tires 309 can be found on theside wall of thetire (/ page318).

Front axle tirepressures on vehicles with all-wheel/rear wheel driveand single tires Max. front axle load 4101 lbs (1860 kg)

Tires/disc wheel Vehicleload Max. front axle load 4101 lbs (1860 kg)

LT245/75R16120/116QFullyladen 320kPa (3.2bar/46 psi)

Front axle tirepressures on vehicles with rear wheel driveand single tires Max. front axle load 4409 lbs (2000 kg)

Tires/disc wheel Vehicleload Max. front axle load 4409 lbs (2000 kg)

LT245/75R16120/116QFullyladen 360kPa (3.6bar/52 psi) 1)

1) Only valid forvehicles withalong wheelbase 171in(4350 mm) and apermissible gross weight of over7716lbs (3.5t).

Rear axle tirepressures on vehicles with all-wheel/rear wheel driveand single tires Max. rear axle load 5357lbs (2430 kg)

Tires/disc wheel Vehicleload Max. rear axle load 5357lbs (2430 kg)

LT245/75R16120/116QFullyladen 480kPa (4.8bar/70 psi) LT245/75R16120/116Q Partiallyladen 2) 420 kPa(4.2bar/61psi) 2)

2) It is onlypermissible to use this reduced tire pressureifitcan be guaranteed by weighing the vehicle that therear axle load of 4960 lbs (2250 kg)will notbeexceeded. In case of doubt, inflateto480 kPa(4.8 bar/70 psi).

Front axle tirepressures forvehicles withall-wheel/rear wheel driveand twin tires Max. front axle load 4079 lbs (1850 kg)

Tires/disc wheel Vehicleload Max. front axle load 4079 lbs (1850 kg)

LT215/85R16115/112QFullyladen 380kPa (3.8bar/55 psi) 310 Wheels and tires

Max. front axle load 4409 lbs (2000 kg)

Tires/disc wheel Vehicleload Max. front axle load 4409 lbs (2000 kg)

LT215/85R16115/112QFullyladen 420kPa (4.2bar/61 psi)

Max. front axle load 4630 lbs (2100kg)

Tires/disc wheel Vehicleload Max. front axle load 4630 lbs (2100kg)

LT215/85R16115/112QFullyladen 450kPa (4.5bar/65 psi)

Rear axle tirepressures forvehicles withall-wheel/rear wheel driveand twin tires Max. rear axle load 7055 lbs (3200 kg)

Tires/disc wheel Vehicleload Max. rear axle load up to 7055 lbs (3200 kg)

LT215/85R16115/112QFullyladen 370kPa (3.7 bar/54psi)

Max. rear axle load 7716 lbs (3500 kg)

Tires/disc wheel Vehicleload Max. rear axle load 7716 lbs (3500 kg)

LT215/85R16115/112QFullyladen 400kPa (4.0bar/58 psi)

Max. rear axle load 7937lbs (3600 kg)

Tires/disc wheel Vehicleload Max. rear axle load 7937lbs (3600 kg)

LT215/85R16115/112QFullyladen 420kPa (4.2bar/61 psi)

Front axle tirepressures on vehicles with Super Single tires Max. front axle load 4079 lbs (1850 kg)

Tires/disc wheel Vehicleload Max. front axle load 4079 lbs (1850 kg)

225/75R16C 121/120R (122L) Fullyladen 340 kPa(3.4bar/49psi)

Max.front axle load 4409 lbs (2000 kg)

Tires/disc wheel Vehicleload Max. front axle load 4409 lbs (2000 kg)

225/75R16C 121/120R (122L) Fullyladen 370kPa (3.7 bar/54psi) Wheelsand tires 311

Rear axle tirepressures on vehicles with rear wheel driveand Super Single tires Max. rear axle load 7055 lbs (3200 kg)

Tires/disc wheel Vehicleload Max. rear axle load 7055 lbs (3200 kg)

285/65R16C 131R Fullyladen 460 kPa(4.6bar/67psi)

Max.rear axleload 7716 lbs (3500 kg)

Tires/disc wheel Vehicleload Max. rear axle load 7716 lbs (3500 kg)

285/65R16C 131R Fullyladen 520 kPa(5.2bar/75psi)

Be suretoalso observethe following further rela‐ tedsubjects: R Notesontirepressure(/page307) R Tire and LoadingInformationplacard (/ page314) R Maximum tirepressure (/ page318)

Overview of thetirepressuretable foremergency spare wheels

Tires/emergency sparewheel Air pressureIncombination with vehicle tires

225/75R16C121/120R (122L) 1) 370kPa (3.7 bar/54psi) 225/75R16C121/120R (122L) 225/75R16C121/120R (122L) 1) 690 kPa(6.9 bar/100 psi) 285/65 R16C 131R

1) Valid to use forashorttime as an emergency tireinflation pressurelabel, youshoulddeter‐ spare wheel on Super Singlevehicles foradis‐ mine theproper tireinflation pressurefor tance of maximum 100km(62 miles) and at a those tires.) maximumspeedof55km/h (34 mph). As an added safetyfeature, your vehicle has been equipped withatirepressuremonitor‐ Tire pressuremonitoring system ing system (TPMS) that illuminates alow tire pressuretelltale when one or moreofyour Function of thetirepressuremonitor on sin‐ tires is significantlyunder-inflated. Accord‐ gletires ingly,whenthe lowtirepressuretelltale illu‐ minates, youshouldstopand checkyour tires & DANGER Risk of accidentdue to incor‐ as soon as possible,and inflatethem to the rect tirepressure proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly Eachtire, including thespare(if provided), under-inflated tirecauses thetiretooverheat should be checkedmonthlywhen cold and and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation inflated to theinflation pressurerecommen‐ also reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, ded by thevehicle manufacturer on thevehi‐ and mayaffect thevehicle's handling and cle placardortireinflation pressurelabel. (If stopping ability.Please note that theTPMS is your vehicle has tires of adifferent size than notasubstitutefor proper tiremaintenance, thesize indicated on thevehicle placardor and it is thedriver's responsibility to maintain 312 Wheels and tires

correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation ues by restartingthe tirepressuremonitoring has notreached theleveltotrigger illumina‐ system manually (/ page313). tion of theTPMS lowtirepressuretelltale. System limits Your vehicle has also been equipped witha The system maybeimpaired or maynot function TPMS malfunction indicator to indicatethat in thefollowing situations: thesystem is notoperating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with R If thetirepressureisset incorrectly thelow tirepressuretelltale. When thesys‐ R If thereisasudden pressureloss caused by a temdetects amalfunction, theindicator lamp foreign object penetrating thetire, forexam‐ will flash forapproximately one minuteand ple then remain continuously illuminated. This R If thereisamalfunction caused by another sequence will continue upon subsequent radio signal source vehicle start-ups as longasthe malfunction R exists. If thereisachangeoftiresize When themalfunction indicator is illuminated, thesystem maynot be able to detect or sig‐ nal lowtirepressureasintended. TPMSmal‐ functions mayoccurfor avariety of reasons, includingthe installation of replacement or alternatetires or wheels on thevehicle that prevent theTPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheckthe TPMS malfunction telltale afterreplacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle to ensurethat thereplacement or alternatetires and wheels allowthe TPMS to continuetofunction properly.

The system checks thetirepressureand thetem‐ peratureofthe tires installed on thevehicle by means of atirepressuresensor. Newtirepressuresensors, e.g. in winter tires, areautomatically taught-in during thefirst jour‐ neytheyare used. The tirepressureand thetiretemperatureappear in themultifunction display(/page175). If thereisasubstantiallossoftirepressure, a warning is issued: R Viadisplaymessages (/ page366) R Viathe h warning lampinthe instrument cluster It is thedriver's responsibility to setthe tirepres‐ suretothe recommended cold tirepressuresuit‐ able forthe operating situation. Setthe tirepres‐ surefor cold tires using atirepressure gauge. Note that thecorrect tirepressurefor thecurrent operating situationmustfirst be taught-in to the tirepressuremonitoring system. In mostcases, thetirepressuremonitoring sys‐ temwillautomatically updatethe newreference values afteryou have changed thetirepressure. Youcan,however, also updatethe reference val‐ Wheels and tires 313

Makesuretoobserve thefollowing further rela‐ shown by theon-boardcomputer.Inthis tedsubject: case, do notreduce thetirepressure. R Notesontirepressure(/page307) Makesuretoobserve thefollowing further rela‐ tedsubject: Checking thetirepressurewiththe tirepres‐ R suremonitoring system Notesontirepressure(/page307) Requirements: Restarting thetirepressuremonitor R The ignition is switched on. Requirements: R On-boardcomputer: The recommended tirepressureiscorrectly setfor therespectiveoperating condition on 4 Service 5 Tires eachofthe wheels (/ page307). One of thefollowing displays appears: R Restartthe tirepressuremonitoring sys‐ R The current tirepressureand tiretempera‐ teminthe following situations: tureofthe individual wheels. - The tirepressurehas changed. - The wheels or tires have been changed or newlyinstalled. On-boardcomputer: 4 Service 5 Tires # Scroll down in themenu. The Use Current Pressures as New Refer- ence Values messageappearsinthe multi‐ function display. # Confirm themessagetoinitiatearestart. Instrument Displaywithcolor display The Tire Press. MonitorRestarted message R The current tirepressurefor eachwheel. appearsinthe multifunction display. Current warning messages aredeletedand the h yellowwarning lampgoes out. Afteryou have driven forafew minutes, the system checks whether thecurrent tirepres‐ suresare within thespecified range. The cur‐ rent tirepressures arethen acceptedasref‐ erence values and monitored.

Instrument Displaywithblack and whitedisplay R Tire pressure will be displayedafter driving a few minutes:the teach-in process of thesys‐ temisnot yetcomplete. The tirepressures arealready being monitored.

# Comparethe tirepressurewiththe recom‐ mendedtirepressurefor thecurrent operat‐ ing condition (/ page 308). Observe the notesontiretemperature(/page307). % The values displayedinthe multifunction dis‐ playmay deviatefromthose of thetirepres‐ suregaugeastheyrefer to sea level. At high altitudes, thetirepressurevalues indicated by apressuregaugeare higher than those 314 Wheels and tires

Makesuretoobserve thefollowing further rela‐ # The load rating must be at leasthalf the tedsubject: grossaxle weight rating of thevehicle. R Notesontirepressure(/page307) Freightliner Sprinter recommends you use theload-bearing index, whichis Radio-equipment approval of thetirepres‐ given in thevehicle documents. suremonitoring system # Neveroverload thetires by exceeding Radio equipment approval numbers themaximum load.

CountryRadio equipment approval Onlyvehicles withagross vehicle weight of less number than 10,000 lbs (4,536kg) have aTireand Load‐ Canada IC: 4008C-TSSRE4A ing Informationplacardonthe B-pillar on thedriv‐ er's side. Operationissubject to thefollow‐ ing twoconditions: (1) this device maynot cause harmful interference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, including interference that maycause undesired operation. MexicoModel: TSSRE4A &TSSSG4G6, IFETEL: RLVHUTS17-0806 1 Tire and LoadingInformationplacard USAFCC ID:YGOTSSRE4A Thisdevice complieswithPart15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subjecttothe following twocon‐ ditions: (1) this device maynot cause harmful interference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, including interference that maycause undesired operation. % The datashown in theillustration is sample WARNING: Anychanges or modifi‐ data. cation notexpressly approvedby The Tire and LoadingInformationplacardshows: theparty responsible forcompli‐ R The maximum number of seats indicates the ance could void theuser's author‐ maximumnumber of occupants permitted to ity to operatethis equipment. travelinthe vehicle. R The maximum permissible load equals the Loading the vehicle grossweight of all vehicle occupants, thelug‐ gage and cargo. Tire and Loading Information placard R The recommended tirepressuresfor cold tires. The recommended tirepressures apply & WARNING Risk of an accident whendriv‐ ing with an overloaded tire to themaximum permissible load and up to themaximum permissible speed of thevehi‐ Overloaded tires mayoverheat and burst as a cle. consequence. Overloaded tires can also impair thesteering and handling characteris‐ Also observe thefollowing information: ticsand lead to brakefailure. R The information about permissible weightson # Observe theload rating of thetires. thevehicle identification plate(/page335). R The information about tirepressureonthe tirepressuretable . Wheels and tires 315

Additional related subjects: Even if youhavecalculated thetotal load care‐ R Determiningthe maximum load fully, youshouldstillmakesurethat themaxi‐ mum permissible gross weight and themaximum (/ page315). gross axle weight rating of your vehicle arenot R Notesontirepressure(/page307). exceeded. Information forthis can be found on thevehicle identification plate. Steps to determining thecorrect criticalload # Weigh theladen vehicle, including driver,pas‐ The following steps have been developed as sengersand load, on asuitable vehicle weigh‐ required of all manufacturersunder Title 49, bridge. Code of U.S. Federal Regulations, Part 575in The measured values mustnot exceed the accordance withthe "National Trafficand Motor maximumpermitted values listedonthe vehi‐ Vehicle SafetyAct of 1966". cle identification plate. Additional related subjects: # Step1:locate thestatement, "The combined weight of occupantsand cargo should never R Sample calculation fordeterminingthe maxi‐ exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on theTireand mum load (/ page315) Loading Informationplacardofyour vehicle. R Tire and LoadingInformationplacard # Step2:determine thecombined weight of (/ page314) thedriverand passengersthat will be travel‐ R Tire pressuretable ing in your vehicle. R Vehicle identification plate # Step3:subtract thecombined weight of the driver and passengersfromXXX kg or XXX lbs. Sample calculation fordetermining themaxi‐ mumload # Step4:theresulting figureequals theper‐ missible amount of cargo and luggageload The following table has examples of howtocalcu‐ capacity.For example, if the"XXX" amount late totaland cargo load capacities withvarying equals 1,400 lbs and therewill be five 150lb seatingconfigurations and different numbersand passengersinyour vehicle, theamount of sizesofoccupants. The following examples use a available cargo and luggageload capacity is maximum load of 1,500 lbs (680 kg). This value 650lbs (1,400–750 (5 x150) =650 lbs). is forillustrativepurposes only. Makesureyou # Step5:determine thecombined weight of areusingthe actual load limit foryour vehicle luggageand cargo being loaded on thevehi‐ stated on your vehicle's Tire and LoadingInfor‐ cle. Forsafetyreasons, this weight mustnot mation placard(/page314). exceed thecargo and luggageload capacity Thehigher theweight of all theoccupants, the calculated in step 4. smaller themaximum load forluggage. # Step6:

Step1

Example 1Example 2

Combinedmaximum weight of 1500 lbs (680 kg)1500 lbs (680 kg) occupantsand load (datafrom theTireand LoadingInforma‐ tionplacard) 316 Wheels and tires

Step2

Example 1Example 2

Number of people in thevehicle 51 (driver and occupants) Distribution of theoccupantsFront:2 Front:1 Rear:3 Weight of occupantsOccupant 1: 150lbs (68 kg) Occupant 1: 200 lbs (91kg) Occupant 2: 180lbs (82 kg) Occupant 3: 160lbs (73kg) Occupant 4: 140lbs (63 kg) Occupant 5: 120lbs (54kg) Totalweight of all occupants750 lbs (340 kg)200 lbs (91kg)

Step3

Example 1Example 2

Permissible load (maximum 1500 lbs (680 kg) Ò 750lbs 1500 lbs (680 kg) Ò 200 lbs gross vehicle weight rating from (340 kg)=750 lbs (340 kg) (91kg) =1300 lbs (589 kg) theTireand Loading Informa‐ tionplacardminus thegross weight of all occupants)

Tire labeling 5 Manufacturer Overviewoftirelabeling 6 Characteristics of thetire(/page318) 7 Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity, speed rating and load index (/ page318) 8 Tire name % The data shown in theillustration is sample data.

Information on tirequality grades According to therequirements of theU.S. Department of Transportation's "Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards" tiremanufacturers mustgrade their tires using thefollowing three performancefactors:

1 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards (/ page316) 2 DOT(Department of Transportation), (TIN) Tire Identification Number (/ page317) 3 Maximum tireload(/page 318) 4 Maximum tirepressure (/ page318) Wheels and tires 317

tire's ability to come to astandstill on awet pave‐ ment under controlledconditions on aspecified U.S. government test surface madefromasphalt and concrete. Temperaturegrade

& WARNING Risk of accident from tire overheating and tirefailure The temperaturegrade forthis tireisestab‐ 1 Tread wear grade lished foratirethat is properly inflated and 2 Traction grade notoverloaded. Excessivespeed, underinfla‐ tion, or excessiveloading, either separatelyor 3 Temperaturegrade in combination, can cause excessiveheat % The datashown in theillustration is sample build-up and possible tirefailure. data. # Observe therecommended tirepres‐ % This grading is notlegallyprescribed forCan‐ sures and regularly checkthe tirepres‐ ada,but specified in mostcases anyway. sureofall tires including thespare wheel. Tread wear grade # Adjustthe tirepressureasnecessary. The tread wear grade is acomparativegrading based on tread wear grade testsconducted The temperaturegrades areA(highestgrade), B under controlled conditionsonaspecified U.S. and C. These relatetoatire's resistance to heat Department of Transportationtesttrack.For and its ability to release heat on aspecified test example, atiregraded 150would wear one and wheel in laboratorytests under controlled condi‐ one-half times as well on thegovernment test tions. Sustained high temperatures can cause the trackasatiregraded100. material of thetiretodegenerateand reduce tire The relativeperformanceoftires depends upon life. In addition, excessivelyhigh temperatures theactual conditions of their use, however, and can lead to sudden tirefailure. Grade Crefersto maydepartsignificantlyfromthe normdue to aperformancewhichall passenger vehicle tires variations in drivinghabits, servicepractices and mustexhibit, accordingtothe U.S. Department differences in road characteristicsand climate of Transportation's requirements. conditions. Tractiongrade Information on DOTand TIN (TireIdentifica‐ tion Number) & DANGER Risk of accidentdue to inade‐ quatetraction U.S. tireregulations indicatethat everytireman‐ ufacturer or retreadermustimprint aTIN in or on The traction grade assigned to this tireis thesidewall of eachtireproduced. based on straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does notinclude either accelera‐ tion, cornering, hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics. # Alwaysadaptyour driving styleand driveataspeed to suit theprevailing trafficand weather conditions.

* NOTE Damage to thedrivetrainfrom wheelspin

# Avoid wheelspin. % The datashown in theillustration is sample data. The traction grades –fromhighesttolowest – areAA, A, Band C. These grades relatetothe 318 Wheels and tires

The TIN is aunique identification number fortires Informationonmaximum tirepressure and consists of thefollowing components: R DOT(Department of Transportation): tire symbol 1 indicates that thetirecomplies withthe requirements of theU.S. Department of Transportation. R Manufacturer identification code: manu‐ facturer identification code 2 provides infor‐ mationabout thetiremanufacturer.New tires have acodewithtwo symbols. Retreaded tires have acodewithfour symbols.For fur‐ ther information about retreadedtires, see % The data shown in theillustration is sample (/ page 321). data. R Tire size: identifier 3 describes thetiresize. Maximum permitted tirepressure 1,whichis R Tire type code: tiretypecode 4 can be permitted forthe tires mustnot be exceeded. used by themanufacturer as acode to Exception: whenusing the225/75 R16C describe specific characteristicsofthe tire. 121/120R (122L) tires as aspare wheel on the R Dateofmanufacture: date of manufacture rear axle of SuperSinglevehicles withadistance 5 provides informationabout theage of a limit of 62 mi (100 km) and speed limit of 34 mph tire. The 1stand 2nd numbersindicatethe (55 km/h). calendar week and the3rd and 4thnumbers indicatethe year of manufacture(e.g. "3208" Information on tirecharacteristics refers to the32ndweek of theyear 2008).

Information on maximum tireload

% The datashown in theillustration is sample data. This information describes thetype of tirecord % The datashown in theillustration is sample and thenumber of layers in sidewall 1 and data. under tiretread 2. Maximum tireload 1 is themaximum permissi‐ ble weight forwhichthe tireisapproved. Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity, Do notoverload thetires by exceeding themaxi‐ speed ratingand load index mum permissible load. The maximum permissible load can be found on thevehicle's Tire and Load‐ & WARNING Risk of injury through exceed‐ ing Informationplacardonthe B-pillar on thedriv‐ ing thespecified tireload rating or the er's side (/ page314). permissible speed rating Exceeding thespecified tireload rating or the permissible speed rating mayleadtotire damage and to thetires bursting. # Therefore, onlyuse tiretypes and sizes approvedfor your vehicle model. Wheels and tires 319

# Observe thetireload rating and speed Do notoverload thetires by exceeding themaxi‐ rating required foryour vehicle. mum permissible load. See also: R Maximum permissible load on theTireand Loading Informationplacard(/page314) R Maximum tireload(/page 318) R Load index Speed rating 7: Specifiesthe approvedmaximum speed of the tire. % An electronicspeed limiter prevents your 1 Prefixing letter vehicle from exceeding aspeed of 130mph (210 km/h). 2 Nominal tirewidthinmillimeters 3 Aspect ratio (inpercent) Ensure that your tires have therequired speed rating.You can obtain information on the 4 Tire code required speed rating at aFreightliner Sprinter 5 Rimdiameter service center. 6 Load-bearing index 7 Speed rating Summer tires 8 Loadindex IndexSpeedrating % The datashown in theillustration is sample LUpto75mph (120 km/h) data. MUpto81mph (130 km/h) Further information about reading tiredatacan be obtainedfromany qualified specialistwork‐ NUpto87mph (140 km/h) shop. PUpto93mph (150 km/h) Prefixing letter 1: R "LT": light trucktires in accordance withUS QUpto100 mph(160km/h) manufacturer standards. RUpto106 mph(170km/h) R "C": tires forcommercial usage in accordance withEuropean manufacturer standards. Summer,all-season and winter tires Aspect ratio (inpercent) 3: IndexSpeedrating

The size ratio betweenthe tireheight and tire 1 widthand is shown in percent (tireheight divided LM+S Up to 75 mph(120km/h) by tirewidth). MM+S1 Up to 81 mph(130km/h) Tire code 4 (tiretype): NM+S1 Up to 87 mph(140km/h) R "R": radial tire 1 Rim diameter 5: PM+S Up to 93 mph(150km/h) The diameterofthe bead seat (notthe diameter QM+S1 Up to 100mph (160 km/h) of therim flange). The rimdiameterisspecified in inches (in). RM+S1 Up to 118mph (170 km/h) Load-bearing index 6: 1:or"M+S i"for winter tires Numerical code whichspecifies themaximum load-bearing capacity of atire("91" equals, e.g. Winter tires aremarkedwiththe i snowflake 1356 lb (615 kg)). symbol and fulfill therequirements of theRubber ManufacturersAssociation (RMA) and theRubber The tireload-bearing capacitymustbeatleast AssociationofCanada (RAC) regarding thetire half thegross axle weight rating of thevehicle. traction on snow. 320 Wheels and tires

Load index 8: Rating.You can find theGross Axle Weight Rating R "Light load": light load tires on theB-pillar on thedriver's side. R "C": commercial tires Speed rating: thespeed rating is part of thetire identification.Itspecifies thespeed rangefor whichatireisapproved. Information on definitions (tires and load‐ GVW(Gross VehicleWeight): theGross Vehicle ing) Weight includes theweight of thevehicle includ‐ Tire structure and characteristics: describes ing fuel, tools, thesparewheel, accessories thenumber of layers or thenumber of rubber- installed, occupants, luggageand thetrailer coated layers in thetiretread and thetirewall. drawbar noseweight if applicable. The Gross Vehi‐ These aremade of steel, nylon, polyester and cle Weight mustnever exceed theGross Vehicle other materials. Weight Rating (GVWR)specifiedonthe B-pillar on Bar: metric unit fortirepressure. thedriver's side. 14.5038 pounds per squareinch(psi) and GVWR (Gross VehicleWeight Rating): the 100kilopascals (kPa) arethe equivalent of 1bar. GVWR is themaximum permitted gross weight of DOT(Department of Transportation): DOT thefully laden vehicle (weight of thevehicle markedtires fulfill therequirements of the including all accessories, occupants, fuel, lug‐ U.S. Department of Transportation. gage and thetrailer drawbar noseweight if appli‐ cable). The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is speci‐ Averageweight of vehicleoccupants: the fied on thevehicle identification plateonthe B- number of occupants forwhichthe vehicle is pillar on thedriver's side. designed multiplied by 150lbs (68 kg). Maximum weight of theladen vehicle: the UniformTireQuality Grading Standards: auni‐ maximumweight is thesum of thevehicle's curb form standardtograde thequality of tires with weight,weight of theaccessories, maximum load regardstotread quality,tiretraction and temper‐ and theweight of thefactoryinstalled optional aturecharacteristics. The quality grading assess‐ equipment. mentismade by themanufacturer in accordance withtestspecifications of theU.S. government. Kilopascal (kPa): metric unit fortirepressure. The quality grade of atireisimprinted on the 6.9 kPaare theequivalent of 1psi. Another unit sidewall of thetire. fortirepressure is bar.100 kilopascals (kPa) are theequivalent of 1bar. Recommended tirepressure: therecommen‐ ded tirepressureisthe pressurespecified forthe Load index: in addition to theload-bearing index, tires installed on thevehicle at thefactory. theload indexmay also be imprinted on theside‐ wall of thetire. This specifies theload-bearing The Tire and Loading Informationplacardcon‐ capacity moreprecisely. tains therecommended tirepressures forcold tires, themaximum permissible load and the Curbweight: theweight of avehicle withstand‐ maximumpermissible vehicle speed. ardequipmentincludingthe maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant. It also includes theair- The tirepressuretable contains therecommen‐ conditioning system and optional equipment if ded tirepressures forcold tires under various these areinstalled on thevehicle, but does not operating conditions, i.e. load and/or speed of include passengersorluggage. thevehicle. Maximum tireload: themaximum tireload is Increased vehicleweight due to optional themaximum permissible weight in kilograms or equipment: thecombined weight of all standard lbs forwhichatireisapproved. and optional equipmentavailable forthe vehicle, regardless of whether it is actuallyinstalled on Maximum permissible tirepressure: maximum thevehicle or not. permissible tirepressurefor one tire. Rim: thepartofthe wheel on whichthe tireis Maximum load on one tire: maximum load on installed. one tire. This is calculated by dividing themaxi‐ mum axle load forone axle by two. GAWR (Gross AxleWeight Rating): GAWR is the gross axle weight rating.The actual load on an PSI (pounds per squareinch): standardunit of axlemustnever exceed theGross Axle Weight measurementfor tirepressure. Wheels and tires 321

Aspectratio: relationship between tireheight Maximum permissible payload weight: nomi‐ and tirewidthinpercent. nal load and luggageload plus 150lbs (68 kg) Tire pressure: pressureinside thetireapplying multiplied by thenumber of seats in thevehicle. an outwardforce to every squareinchofthe tire's surface. The tirepressureisspecified in Changing awheel pounds per squareinch(psi), in kilopascal (kPa) or in bar.The tirepressureshouldonlybecorrec‐ Notesonselecting, installing and replacing tedwhen thetires arecold. tires Tire pressureoncoldtires: thetires arecold Youcan ask forinformation regarding permitted when thevehicle has been parkedwiththe tires wheel/tirecombinations at aqualified specialist out of direct sunlight foratleast threehoursand workshop. thevehicle has been driven less than 1mile (1.6 km). & WARNING Risk of accident duetoincor‐ Tire contact surface: thepartofthe tirethat rect sizesofwheels and tires comes intocontact with theroad. If wheels and tires of thewrong size areused, Tire bead: thepurpose of thetirebead is to thewheel brakes or wheel suspension com‐ ensurethat thetiresits securelyonthe wheel ponents maybedamaged. rim. Thereare severalwirecores in thetirebead # Alwaysreplace wheels and tires with to prevent thetirefromchanging lengthonthe ones that fulfill thespecificationsofthe wheelrim. original part. Sidewall: thepartofthe tirebetween thetread Forwheels, payattention to thefollowing: and thetirebead. R Designation Special equipment weight: thecombined R Type weight of those optional extras that weigh more than thereplaced standardparts and morethan R Permissible wheel load 5lbs (2.3kg). These optionalextras,suchas R Wheel offset high-performance brakes, levelcontrol system, a roof luggagerackorahigh-performancebattery, Fortires, payattention to thefollowing: arenot included in thecurb weight and the R Designation weight of theaccessories. R Manufacturer TIN (TireIdentification Number): auniqueiden‐ R Type tification number whichcan be used by atire R manufacturer to identify tires, forexample fora Load-bearing index product recall, and thus identifythe purchasers. R Speed rating The TIN is made up of themanufacturer identifi‐ cation code, tiresize, tiretype code and theman‐ WARNING Risk of injury through exceed‐ ufacturing date. & ing thespecified tireload rating or the Load-bearing index: theload-bearing index(also permissible speed rating load index) is acode that contains themaximum load-bearing capacity of atire. Exceeding thespecified tireload rating or the permissible speed rating mayleadtotire Traction: traction is theresult of friction between damage and to thetires bursting. thetires and theroad surface. # Therefore, onlyuse tiretypes and sizes Wear indicator: narrow bars(tread wear bars) approvedfor your vehicle model. that aredistributed overthe tiretread. If thetire tread is levelwiththe bars, thewear limit of # Observe thetireload rating and speed 1/16in(1.6mm) has been reached. rating required foryour vehicle. Distribution of vehicleoccupants: distribution of vehicle occupants over designated seat posi‐ tions in avehicle. 322 Wheels and tires

Beforepurchasing and using non-approved * NOTE Vehicle and tiredamagethrough tiretypesand sizes that have notbeen accessories, visit aqualified specialistworkshop approved and inquireabout: R Suitability Forsafetyreasons, onlyuse tires, wheels and accessories whichhave been specially R Legal stipulations approvedbyFreightliner Sprinter foryour R Factoryrecommendations vehicle. Observe thefollowing points when selecting, These tires have been speciallyadaptedfor installing and replacing tires: use withthe controlsystems, suchasABS or ESP®. R Use onlytires and wheels of thesame type, design (winter tires, all-season tire) and Otherwise, certain properties,suchashan‐ make. dling characteristics, vehicle noise and con‐ sumption could be adverselyaffected. Fur‐ R Onlyinstall wheels of thesame size and tread thermore, other tiresize could result in the design on one axle (leftand right). tires rubbing againstthe body and axle com‐ It is onlypermissible to install adifferent ponents when loaded. This could result in wheel size to this in theevent of aflat tirein damagetothe tireorthe vehicle. order to drivetothe specialistworkshop. # Onlyuse tires, wheels and accessories R Onlyinstall tires of thecorrect size ontothe that have been checkedand recommen‐ wheels. ded by Freightliner Sprinter. R Vehicles with atirepressuremonitoring system: all installed wheels mustbeequip‐ * NOTE Driving safety putatrisk by retrea‐ ped withfunctioning sensorsfor thetirepres‐ dedtires suremonitoring system. Retreadedtires arenot checkedorrecom‐ R At temperatures below50°F(10 °C), use mended by Freightliner Sprinter,asprevious winter tires or all-season tires markedM+S damageisnot alwaysdetected during the forall wheels. retreadprocess. Winter tires bearing the i snowflakesym‐ Driving safety cannot, therefore, be guaran‐ bol in addition to theM+S marking provide teed. thebestpossible grip in wintryroad condi‐ tions. # Do notuse used tires when their previ‐ ous usageisunknown. R Only use tires withthe same tread. R Observe themaximum permissible speed for * NOTE Damage to electronic component theinstalled tires. parts through theuse of tire-installing If this is belowthe vehicle's maximum per‐ tools missible speed, this mustbeindicated in an appropriatelabel in thedriver's field of vision. Vehicles with atirepressuremonitoring system: thereare electronic component R Break in newtires at moderatespeeds forthe parts in thewheel. Tire-installing tools should first60miles (100 km). notbeapplied in theareaofthe valve. R Replace thetires aftersix yearsatthe latest, Otherwise, theelectronic componentparts regardless of wear. could be damaged. Formoreinformation on wheels and tires, con‐ # Alwayshave tires changed at aqualified tact aqualified specialistworkshop. specialistworkshop. % Vehicles with twin tires: Accessories that arenot approvedfor your vehi‐ cle by Freightliner Sprinter,orare notbeing used correctly, can impair operating safety. Wheels and tires 323

Forvehicles withtwin tires withaGVW of On vehicles that have thesame size front and 11,030 lbs or 12,125 lbs, onlyuse tires with rear wheels,rotatethe wheels according to the thedimension LT 215/85 R16which have intervals in thetiremanufacturer's warrantybook been approvedfor this vehicle by themanu‐ in your vehicle documents. If this is notavailable, facturer.Itisnot permissibletouse tires with rotate thetires every 3,000 (5,000) to different dimensions; doing so mayleadtoa 6,000 miles(10,000 km),depending on the general operating permit being rendered degree of wear.Ensurethat thedirection of rota‐ invalid. tionismaintained. % Vehicles with single tires: It is imperative to observe theinstructionsand Forvehicles withsingle tires withaGVW less safetynotes on "Changing awheel" when doing than or equal to 9,480 lbs, onlyuse tires with so. thedimension LT 245/75R16 which have been approvedfor this vehicle by themanu‐ Wheel size categories of wheels facturer.Itisnot permissibletouse tires with different dimensions; doing so mayleadtoa The determined vehicle speed is displayedinthe general operating permit being rendered instrument clusterand is important forcontrol‐ invalid. ling thedriving safetysystems and driving sys‐ % Vehicles with Super Single tires: tems. The displayaccuracy of thespeedometer Forvehicles withsingle tires withaGVW of and theodometerislegally prescribed.Determin‐ 11,030 lbs, onlyuse tires withthe dimen‐ ing thespeed is dependent on thetiresize or the sions 225/75R16C(FA)and 285/65 R16C rolling circumferenceofthe tires. The rimdiame‐ (RA) whichhavebeen approvedfor this vehi‐ terisalwaysspecified in inches. cle by themanufacturer.Itisnot permissible Forthis reason,the vehicle controlunitscan be to use tires withdifferent dimensions; doing coded forthe following wheel size categories: so mayleadtoageneral operating permit Wheel size category3 being renderedinvalid. R 225/75R16CFA Be suretoalso observethe following further rela‐ R tedsubjects: 285/65 R16C RA R LT245/75R16 R Notesontirepressure(/page307) R R Tire and LoadingInformationplacard LT215/85 R16 (/ page314) % Mercedes-Benz recommends that youstay R Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity, within awheel sizecategorywhen changing a speed rating and load index (/ page318) tire. In this way, youavoid recoding thecon‐ R Tire pressuretable trol units. R Notesonthe emergency spare wheel If youchangethe wheel size of your vehicle, for instance when changing wheels forwinter opera‐ (/ page329) tion, checkthat it is assigned to thecorrect wheel size category.Ifthe wheel size category Notesonchanging wheels changes, youmusthave your vehicle's control unitsrecoded at aqualified specialistworkshop. & WARNING Risk of injury through differ‐ Otherwise, thedisplayaccuracy of thespeedom‐ ent wheelsizes eter and theodometerwillbeoutsidethe legally Interchanging thefront and rear wheels if the prescribed tolerance. It mayalso be lower, i.e. wheels or tires have different dimensions may thecurrent road speed is then higher than the severely impair thedriving characteristics. speed shown on thespeedometer. If adeviation is outside therangeoftolerance, driving safety The wheel brakes or wheel suspension com‐ systems and driving systems maybeoperation‐ ponentsmay also be damaged. ally impaired or maydetect amalfunction and # Rotate front and rear wheels onlyifthe switchthemselves off. wheels and tires areofthe same dimen‐ sions. 324 Wheels and tires

Information on thedirection of thetires' rota‐ The tire-changetool kit is located in stowage tion compartment 1 above thestepofthe co-driv‐ er's door and in thestowage compartment in the Tireswithaspecified direction of rotationhave footwell on theco-driver side. additional benefits,e.g.ifthereisarisk of hydro‐ planing. Youwill only gain these benefits if the correct directionofrotation is observed. Preparing thevehicle forawheel change An arrow on thesidewall of thetireindicates its Requirements: correct directionofrotation. R The required tire-changetool is available. Youmay also install asparewheel againstthe R The vehicle is notonaslope. direction of rotation. Observe thetime restriction on use as well as thespeed limitation specified R The vehicle is on solid, non-slipperyand level on thesparewheel. ground. # Applythe parking brake. Information on storing wheels # Move thefront wheels to thestraight-ahead position. Observe thefollowing when storing wheels: # Vehicles with automatic transmission: R Wheels that have been removedshould be shiftthe transmission to position j. stored in acool, dryand, if possible, dark place. # Switchoff theengine. R Protect thetires from oil, grease and fuel. # Makesurethat theengine cannot be started. # Take thevehicle tool kit from thefootwell on Overviewofthe tire-changetool kit theco-driver side (/ page302). Necessarytire-changing tools mayinclude, for example: R Jack R Wheel wrench % Youwill find themaximum load capacity of thejackstatedonthe adhesivelabel attached to thejack. The jackismaintenance-free. If thereisa malfunction, please contact aqualified spe‐ cialistworkshop. Vehicles with rear wheel drive

Vehicles with rear-wheel drive # Take thejackand thetire-changetool kit out of thestowage compartment (/ page324). # If necessary, remove thehub cab. # Assemble thelug wrenchextensionusing the middlerod and therod withthe largest diam‐ eter from thethree-piece jackpumplever. # Startingwiththe middle rod, slide thelug wrenchextensionasfar as it will go ontothe lug wrench. # Using thelug wrench, loosen thewheel nuts or bolts on thewheel youwish to changeby Wheels and tires 325

about one full turn. Do notunscrew thewheel R Thereare no persons in thevehicle. nuts or bolts completely. R The vehicle is prepared forchanging awheel # Raise thevehicle (/ page325). (/ page324). Only position thejackonthe jacksupportpoints Raising thevehicle when changing awheel intended forthis purpose. Youcouldotherwise damagethe vehicle. & WARNING Risk of injury from jacktip‐ Important notesonusing thejack: ping R Onlyuse thevehicle-specificjackthat has If youparkavehicle withair suspension, the been tested and approvedbyFreightliner air suspension mayremain activatedfor up to Sprinter to raise thevehicle. If thejackis one hour,evenwhen theignition is switched used incorrectly,itcould tip over while the off. If youthen raise thevehicle withthe jack, vehicle is raised. theair suspension will attempt to adjustthe R The jackisdesigned onlytoraise thevehicle vehicle level. forashorttime whileawheelisbeing The jackmay tip. changed and is notsuitable forcarrying out # Press theService button on theair sus‐ maintenance work underthe vehicle. pension remote control beforeraising R Avoid changing awheel on uphill and downhill thevehicle. slopes. This prevents automatic readjustment R The jackmustbeplacedonafirm, flat and of thevehicle leveland prevents it from non-slip surface. If necessary, use alarge, being raised or loweredmanually. flat, load bearing and non-slip underlay. R The base of thejackispositioned vertically & WARNING Risk of injury from incorrect under thejacksupportpoint. positioning of thejack If youdonot position thejackcorrectlyatthe Safetyinstructionswhile thevehicle is raised: appropriatejackingpointofthe vehicle, the R Do notput your hands or feet underthe vehi‐ jackcould tip with thevehicle raised. cle. # Onlyposition thejackatthe appropriate R Do notlie underneaththe vehicle. jacking point of thevehicle. The base of R Do notstart thevehicle and do notrelease thejackmustbepositioned vertically theparking brake. under thejacking point of thevehicle. R Do notopen or close anydoors.

& WARNING Risk of injury from vehicle tip‐ Vehicles with rear wheel drive ping On slopes, thejackcould tip withthe vehicle raised. # Neverchangeawheel on aslope. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop.

* NOTE Vehicle damagefromthe jack If youdonot positionthe jackcorrectlyatthe appropriatejacksupportpointofthe vehicle, thejackcould tip overwiththe vehicle raised. # The jackisdesigned exclusively for jacking up thevehicle at thejacksup‐ portpoints.

Requirements: Jack supportpoints 326 Wheels and tires

Only use themiddle rodand thepumpleverrod withthe largestdiameterfor thejackasalug wrenchextension. Only insert themiddle rodon thelug wrench, and alwaysasfar as it will go. Otherwise, therods could bend and deformso muchthat they can no longer be usedaspump levers forthe jack.

Jacksupportpoint, front axle

# To preparethe hydraulicjack: insert the thirdrod of pumplever 1 forthe jackinto thelug wrenchextension. # Close pressurerelease screw 3. # To do this, use theflattened sectiononpump lever 1 to turnpressurerelease screw 3 clockwise to thestop. % Do notturnpressurerelease screw 3 more than one or twofull turns.Hydraulic fluid couldotherwise escape. Jacksupportpoint, rear axle (example: chassis up to 3.5 t) # Insertpumplever 1 withthe largestrod into therecessonthe jackand securebyturning it clockwise. # Place thejackverticallybeneaththe jacksup‐ portpoints described below.

Jack supportpoint, rear axle (example: Cargo Vanand Passenger Vanupto4.0 t) Wheels and tires 327

Installing anew wheel Requirements: R The wheel is removed(/page327).

& WARNING Risk of accident from losing a wheel Oiled, greased or damaged wheel bolt/wheel nut threads or wheel hub/wheel mounting bolt threads can cause thewheel bolts/wheel nuts to come loose. As aresult, youcouldlose awheel while driv‐ ing. # Neveroil or grease thethreads. # In theevent of damagetothe threads, Jacksupportpoint, rear axle (vehicles 5.0t) contact aqualified specialistworkshop # Place thejackbeneaththe jacksupport immediately. point. # Have thedamaged wheel bolts or dam‐ # Vehicles with all-wheel drive: turnjack aged hub threads replaced. spindle 2 counter-clockwise as farasitwill # Do notcontinue driving. go. # Raise thevehicle until thetireisraised amax‐ & WARNING Risk of injury from tightening imum of 1.2in(3cm) offthe ground. wheelbolts and nuts # Loosen and remove thewheel (/ page327). If youtighten thewheel bolts or wheel nuts when thevehicle is raised, thejackcould tip. Removing awheel # Onlytighten wheel bolts or wheel nuts Requirements: when thevehicle is on theground. R The vehicle is raised (/ page325). # Observe thenotes on thechoice of tires When changing awheel, avoid applying any (/ page321). forcetothe brakediscs since this could # Forsafetyreasons, onlyuse wheel boltsor impair thelevelofcomfort when braking. wheel nutswhichhavebeen approvedby Freightliner Sprinter and forthe wheel in * NOTE Damage to threadingfromdirton question. wheel bolts When youinstall thesteel sparewheel, it is # Do notplace wheel boltsinsandorona dirty surface. essential youuse shortwheel boltsfor asteel wheel. Using other wheel bolts when installing # Unscrew thewheel bolts or nuts withthe thesteel sparewheel maylead to damagetothe wheelnut wrench. brakesystem. # On front wheels withwheel nuts, remove the wheel nut cover. # Remove thewheel. 328 Wheelsand tires

# Make surethe wheel bolts or wheel nuts aretightened to theprescribed tightening torque. # If youare notsure, do notmovethe vehicle. Consult aqualified specialist workshop and have thetightening tor‐ quecheckedimmediately.

Requirements: R The newwheel has been installed (/ page327). Observe thenotes on raising thevehicle (/ page325). Vehicles with rear wheel drive 1 Wheel bolt foralloy wheel Only use themiddle rodand thepumpleverrod 2 Wheel bolt forsteel wheel withthe largestdiameterfor thejackasalug wrenchextension. Only insert themiddle rodon # Clean thewheel and wheel hub contact surfa‐ ces. thelug wrench, and alwaysasfar as it will go. Otherwise, therods could bend and deformso # Vehicles with Super Single tires: first muchthat they can no longer be usedaspump install theadapterfor thenarrowsparewheel levers forthe jack. on thewheel hub. Vehicles with Super Single tires: if youmount # Slide thewheel whichistobere-installed thesparewheel to therear axle, do notexceed ontothe wheel hub or theadapterfor the themaximum speed of 34 mph(55 km/h) and sparewheel and push it on. themaximum distance of 62 miles (100 km). Oth‐ Vehicles with light alloywheels erwise, thetransmission could be damaged due to thedifferent rotational speedsofthe wheels. # Use thesuitable shortwheel bolts forthe sparesteel wheel found in thevehicle tool kit. # Using thepumplever, slowly turnthe drain screw on thejackapproximatelyone revolu‐ # Screw in thewheel bolts until they arefinger- tion and carefullylower thevehicle. tight. # Place thejacktoone side. Wheels with wheelnuts # Pull therod withthe smallestdiameteroff the # Front wheels withwheel nut cover: press the pumplever. wheel nut coverontothe wheel nuts. The shortened pump leverservesasalug # Screw in threewheel nuts overthe fixing wrenchextension. discs of thewheel nut cover. # Startingwiththe middle rod, slide thelug # Turn thewheel so that thewheel bolts arein wrenchextensionasfar as it will go ontothe themiddle of theholes. lug wrench. # Screw in theremaining wheel nuts. # Slightly tightenall thewheel nuts.

Lowering thevehicle afterawheel change

& WARNING Risk of injury through incor‐ rect tightening torque Thewheelscould come loose if thewheel bolts or wheel nuts arenot tightened to the prescribed tightening torque. Wheels and tires 329

# Retighten thewheel bolts or wheel nuts to the specified tightening torque afterthe vehicle has been driven 31 miles (50 km). # When using awheelorsparewheelwitha newornewly painted wheelrim, have the wheel boltsornutsretightenedafter approx‐ imately 620 miles(1,000 km) to 3,100miles (5,000 km). % Vehicles with thetirepressuremonitor system: all installed wheels mustbeequip‐ ped withfunctioning sensors. Makesuretoobserve thefollowing further rela‐ tedsubject: R Notesontirepressure(/page307) # Tighten thewheel bolts or nuts evenlyinthe sequence indicated (1 to 6). Sparewheel Specified tighteningtorque: Notesonthe emergency sparewheel and R Steel wheel bolts: 177lb-ft(240Nm) sparewheel R Wheelnuts: 133lb-ft(180Nm) Sparewheel: wheel and tiredimensionsaswell R Alloywheel bolts: 133lb-ft(180Nm) as thetype of tirecorrespond to theother instal‐ # Push thepistononthe hydraulic jackinagain led wheels. and close thepressurerelease screw. Emergency sparewheel: wheel and/or tire # Vehicles with all-wheel drive: turnthe jack dimensionsaswell as thetype of tireare differ‐ spindle clockwise as farasitwillgo. ent from thewheel to be replaced. Alabel witha % Youcan nowinstall thehub caps on steel speed limit can be found on theemergency spare wheels withwheel bolts. The installation pro‐ wheel. ceduredepends on whether thehub cap acts An installed emergency spare wheel or spare as atrimthat covers thewhole wheel, or just wheel changes thedriving characteristicsand covers thecenter. bearsrisks. # Wheel with hub cap: position theopening forthe tirevalveinthe hub cap overthe tire & WARNING Risk of accident caused by valve. incorrect wheel and tiredimensions # Push theedgeofthe hub cap ontothe wheel Whenthe emergency sparewheel or the rimwithbothhands until it engages into sparewheel is installed, driving characteris‐ place. Makesurethe hub cap retaining ticsmay be severely affected. catches engageonthe steel wheel. There is an increased risk of an accident. # Wheel with central hub cap: position the To prevent hazardous situations: retaininglugs of thecentralhub cap overthe # Oncethe sparewheel or theemergency wheelbolts. spare wheel has been installed, check # Hit themiddle of thehub cap to engageiton thetirepressureand adjustifneces‐ thewheel. sary. # Securethe faulty wheel in thesparewheel # The emergency spare wheel mayonly bracket. be used temporarilyand mustbe # Vehicles with Super Single tires: transport replaced withastandardwheel as soon thefaulty rear wheel on theload area. The as possible. rear wheel is toolarge forthe sparewheel # Neverinstall morethan one emergency bracket. sparewheel. # Checkthe tirepressureofthe newlyinstalled # When operating your vehicle withthe wheel and adjustitifnecessary. emergency sparewheel installed, adapt 330 Wheelsand tires

your drivingstyle accordingly and drive # When thesparewheel is installed on carefully. therear axle, observe themaximum speed of 34 mph(55 km/h) and the # Do notswitchoff ESP®. maximumdriving distance of 62 miles # Snowchains mustnot be installed on (100 km). theemergency spare wheel. # Replace theemergency spare wheel % It is possible,without restrictions, to use the afteramaximumofsix years, regard‐ sparewheel only on thefront axle of avehi‐ less of wear. cle withSuper Single tires. The following should be checkedregularly,partic‐ R When usinganemergency spare wheel ularly prior to long journeys: (whichisdifferent from thewheel to be replaced) atop speed of 50 mph(80 km/h) R The securepositioning of thesparewheel mustnot be exceeded. R The tirepressureofthe sparewheel (adjust R The tirepressureofthe emergency spare thetirepressureifnecessary) (/ page308) wheelmustbecheckedbeforestartingajour‐ R The fastenings of thesparewheel bracket ney(/page311). Replace thetires aftersix yearsatthe latest, R Have theemergency spare wheel replaced by regardless of wear.This also applies to thespare aqualified specialistworkshop. wheel. & WARNING Risk of accident from dam‐ % If youhave installed an emergency spare aged spare wheel withSuper Singletires wheel or sparewheel, thetirepressuremoni‐ torwillnot function forthis wheel.The emer‐ Vehicles with Super Single tires gency spare wheel or sparewheel is not The tireofthe sparewheel exposed to above- equipped withasensor formonitoring tire average loads afterbeing installed on therear pressure. axle. If youexceed themaximum speed or the maximumdistance, or install thesparewheel Installing/removing thespare wheel again, thetireofthe sparewheel maybe damaged. The tiredamagemay notbevisible Vehicles with rear wheel drive: removing the and notdetectable. sparewheel (Cargo Van/Passenger Van) Adamaged tiremay cause alossoftirepres‐ sure. Thiscould cause youtolose control of thevehicle. # Onlyuse thesparewheel if it has not yetbeeninstalled on therear axle with thecurrent tires. # If thesparewheel had been installed on therear axle, have thetireofthe spare wheel replaced afterchanging the wheel again, irrespectiveofthe dis‐ tance. # Forsafetyreasons, when changing atire ensurethat only thetirevalvetype approvedfor thetires is used.

* NOTE Damage to thetransmission Bolt covers forthe safetyhooks (example: Cargo Van) Vehicles with Super Single tires: when you install thesparewheel on therear axle, the transmission maybedamaged by thediffer‐ ent rotational speedsofthe wheels. Wheelsand tires 331

# Slide thepumpleverfor thejackintosleeve 5 on sparewheel carrier 4. # Raise sparewheel carrier 4 withthe pump leverand attachright-hand safetyhook 3. # Slightly raise sparewheel carrier 4 and attachleft-hand safetyhook 3. # Pull thepumpleverout of sleeve 5. # Using thelug wrench, tighten safetyhook bolts 3 by turning them clockwise. # Replace and engagecovers 1. # Close therear-end doors. Vehicles with rear wheel drive: removing the sparewheel (vehiclewithlowered chassis) # Open therear-end doors. # Place ascrewdriver intorecesses 2 and then pryoff covers 1. # Using thelug wrenchfromthe vehicle tool kit, unscrew thenow visible bolts counter-clock‐ wise by approximately20turns. # Slightly raise sparewheel carrier 4 and unhook left-hand safetyhook 3. # Assemble thepumpleverfor thejackand slide it intosleeve 5 on theright-hand side of sparewheel carrier 4. # Raise sparewheel carrier 4 withthe pump leverand unhook right-handsafetyhook 3. # Slowlylower sparewheelcarrier 4 to the ground. Bolt covers forthe safetyhooks (example: Cargo # Lift sparewheel carrier 4 slightlyand pull Van) thepumpleverout of thesleeve. # Use thepumplevertoliftthe sparewheel beyond therear edgeofsparewheel carrier 4. # Carefully remove thesparewheel from spare wheel carrier 4.The sparewheel is heavy. When thesparewheel is removed, thecenter of gravity changes due to theheavy weight of thewheel. The sparewheel mayslip down or tip over. Vehicles with rear wheel drive: installingthe sparewheel (Cargo Van/Passenger Van) # Carefully place thesparewheel ontospare wheel carrier 4.The sparewheel is heavy. When youplacethe sparewheel ontospare wheel carrier 4,the center of gravity changes due to theweight of thewheel. The sparewheel mayslip down or tip over. 332 Wheels and tires

# Move thepumpleverupand down until the tireisraised amaximum of 1.18 in (3 cm) off theground. # Hook lug wrench 8 intoloop 7 of extrac‐ tiondevice 6 on thesparewheel. # Carefully remove thesparewheel from spare wheel carrier 4.The sparewheel is heavy. When thesparewheel is removed, thecenter of gravity changes due to theheavy weight of thewheel. The sparewheel mayslip down or tip over. # Remove thesparewheel extraction device and storeitinasafeplace. Youcan now install thesparewheel on your vehicle. # Lowerthe vehicle. Vehicles with rear wheel drive: installingthe sparewheel (vehicle with loweredchassis) % In theevent of aflat tire, youmay storethe faulty wheel inside thevehicle only. An intact wheelmay be stored in thesparewheel car‐ rier onlywhen thevehicle is unladen. Aladen vehicle mustfirst be raised. # Carefullyplace thesparewheel ontospare wheel carrier 4.The sparewheel is heavy. When youplacethe sparewheel ontospare wheel carrier 4,the center of gravity changes due to theweight of thewheel. The sparewheel mayslip down or tip over. # Slide thepumpleverfor thejackintosleeve # Open therear-end doors. 5 on sparewheel carrier 4. # Place ascrewdriver intorecesses 2 and then pryoff covers 1. # Raise sparewheel carrier 4 withthe pump leverand attachright-hand safetyhook 3. # Using thelug wrenchfromthe vehicle tool kit, unscrew thenow visible bolts counter-clock‐ # Slightly raise sparewheel carrier 4 and wise by approximately20turns. attachleft-hand safetyhook 3. # Pull thepumpleverout of sleeve . # Slightly raise sparewheel carrier 4 and 5 unhook left-hand safetyhook 3. # Using thelug wrench, tighten safetyhook bolts by turning them clockwise. # Assemble thepumpleverfor thejackand 3 slide it intosleeve 5 on theright-hand side # Replace and engagecovers 1. of sparewheel carrier 4. # Close therear-end doors. # Raise thesparewheel carrier withthe pump leverand unhook right-handsafetyhook 3. # Position loop 7 of extraction device 6 on thesparewheel so that youwill later be able to attachlug wrench 8. # Preparethe jack. # Place thejackbeneaththe corresponding jacksupportpoint. Wheels and tires 333

Vehicles with rear wheel drive: removing the # Raise sparewheel carrier 4 withthe pump sparewheel (chassis) leverand attachright-hand safetyhook 1. # Slightly raise thesparewheel carrier and attachleft-hand safetyhook 1. # Pull thepumpleverout of thesleeve. # Tighten nuts 2. # Put wing nuts 3 in place and tighten them.

# Loosen wing nuts 3 manually and then remove them. # Loosen nuts 2 as farasthe thread end. # Slightly raise sparewheel carrier 4 and unhook left-hand safetyhook 1. # Assemble thepumpleverfor thejackand slide it intothe sleeve on theright-hand side of sparewheel carrier 4. # Raise sparewheel carrier 4 withthe pump leverand unhook right-handsafetyhook 1. # Slowlylower sparewheelcarrier 4 to the ground. # Lift sparewheel carrier 4 slightlyand pull thepumpleverout of thesleeve. # Use thepumplevertoliftthe sparewheel beyond therear edgeofthe sparewheel car‐ rier. # Carefully remove thesparewheel from the sparewheel carrier.The sparewheel is heavy. When thesparewheel is removed, thecenter of gravity changes due to theheavy weight of thewheel. The sparewheel mayslip down or tip over. Vehicles with rear wheel drive: installingthe sparewheel (chassis) # Carefully place thesparewheel ontospare wheel carrier 4.The sparewheel is heavy. When youplacethe sparewheel ontothe sparewheel carrier,the center of gravity changes due to theweight of thewheel. The sparewheel mayslip down or tip over. # Slide thepumpleverfor thejackintothe sleeve on sparewheel carrier 4. 334 Technicaldata

Information on technical data # When operating two-way radios in the The given dataonlyapplies to vehicles with vehicle, alwaysconnectthem to the standardequipment. Further information can be low-reflection exterior antenna. obtained at aqualified specialistworkshop. * NOTE Invalidation of theoperating per‐ mit due to failuretocomply with the On-board electronics instructions forinstallation and use Notesonworkonthe engine electronics The operatingpermit maybeinvalidated if the instructions forinstallation and use of two- * NOTES Premature wear through wayradios arenot observed. improper maintenance # Onlyuse approved frequency bands. Impropermaintenance maycause vehicle # Observe themaximum permissible out‐ components to wear morequicklyand the put powerinthese frequency bands. vehicle's operating permit maybeinvalidated. # Onlyuse approved antenna positions. # Alwayshave work on theengine elec‐ tronics and related components carried Use TechnicalSpecification ISO/TS21609 (Road out at aqualified specialistworkshop. Vehicles -EMC guidelines forinstallation of after‐ marketradio frequency transmitting equipment) when retrofitting two-way radios. Comply withthe Two-way radios legal requirements fordetachable parts. Installation notesfor two-wayradios If your vehicle has installing fortwo-way radio equipment,use thepower supplyorantenna con‐ & WARNING Risk of accident dueto nections intended foruse withthe installing. improper work on two-way radios Observe themanufacturer's supplement during The electromagnetic radiation from two-way installation. radios can interfere withthe on-boardelec‐ Information on two-way radio transmission tronics if RF transmitters aremanipulated or output retrofitted incorrectly. The maximum transmission outputs (PEAK) at the This could jeopardize theoperating safetyof base of theantenna mustnot exceed thevalues thevehicle. in thefollowing table: # Youshouldhave all work on electrical Frequency band and maximum transmission and electronic componentscarried out output at aqualified specialistworkshop. Frequency band Maximumtransmis‐ sion output & WARNING Risk of accident from incor‐ rect operationoftwo-way radios Short wave 100W If youoperatetwo-way radios incorrectlyin 3—54MHz thevehicle, theelectromagnetic radiation could interfere withthe on-boardelectronics, 4—m—waveband 30 W e.g.: 74 —88MHz R if thetwo-way radio is notconnected to 2—m—waveband 50 W an exterior antenna 144—174 MHz R if theexteriorantenna is notcorrectly mounted or is notoflow reflection Trunked radio sys‐ 10 W tem/Tetra This could jeopardies theoperating safetyof thevehicle. 380 —460 MHz # Have thelow-reflection exterior antenna installed at aqualified specialistwork‐ shop. Technicaldata 335

Frequency band Maximumtransmis‐ sion output 70 —cm—waveband 35 W 420 —450 MHz Two-way radio 10 W (2G/3G/4G)

The following can be used in thevehicle without restrictions: Vehicle identification plate(example: USA, R two-way radios withamaximum transmission complete vehicles) output of up to 100mW 1 Vehicle manufacturer R two-way radios withtransmitterfrequencies 2 VIN (vehicle identification number) in the380 –410 MHz frequency band and a 3 Permissible grossmass maximumtransmissionoutputofupto2W 4 Permissible grossmassofvehicle combina‐ (trunked radio system/Tetra) tion R mobilephones (2G/3G/4G) 5 Permissible front axle load Thereare no restrictions whenpositioning the 6 Permissible rear axle load antennaonthe outside of thevehicle forthe fol‐ 7 Dateofmanufacture lowing frequencybands: 8 Paint code R Trunked radio system/Tetra R 70 —cm—waveband R 2G/3G/4G

Vehicleidentification plate,vehicle identifi‐ cation number (VIN)and engine number Vehicleidentification plate

Vehicle identification plate(example: USA, incomplete vehicles) 1 Vehicle manufacturer 2 VIN (vehicle identification number) 3 Permissible grossmass 4 Permissible grossmassofvehicle combina‐ tion 5 Permissible front axle load 6 Permissible rear axle load 7 Dateofmanufacture 8 Paint code

Depending on thevehicle model, thevehicle iden‐ tification plateislocated on theseat base of the driver's seat or on theB-pillar. % The dataisvehicle-specificand can differ from that shown. Alwaysobserve thespecifi‐ cationsonyour vehicle's identification plate. 336 Technicaldata

The vehicle identification platemay also contain thefollowing data: R Payload R Curb weight R Number of passenger seats VIN engravedunderneaththe hood

Vehicle identification plate(example: Can‐ ada, complete vehicles) 1 Vehicle manufacturer 2 VIN (vehicle identification number) 3 Permissible grossmass 4 Permissible grossmassofvehicle combina‐ tion 5 Permissible front axle load 6 Permissible rear axle load 7 Dateofmanufacture 8 Paint code

EngravedVIN 1 is located underneaththe hood. VIN underneaththe windshield

Vehicle identification plate(example: Can‐ ada, incomplete vehicles) 1 Vehicle manufacturer 2 VIN (vehicle identification number) The VIN is alsoattached as alabel on thelower 3 Permissible grossmass section of windshield 2. 4 Permissible grossmassofvehicle combina‐ tion Emission Control Information label 5 Permissible front axle load 6 Permissible rear axle load 7 Dateofmanufacture 8 Paint code The maximum permissible gross vehicle weight is made up of thevehicle weight,all vehicle occu‐ pants, thefuel and theload. The maximum gross axle weight rating is themaximum weight that can be carried by one axle (front or rear axle). Neverexceed themaximum permissible gross Example: Emission Control Information label vehicle weight or themaximum gross axle weight rating forthe front or rear axle. % The dataisvehicle-specificand can differ from that shown. Technicaldata 337

Engine number theFreightliner Sprinter guarantee or goodwill The engine number is stamped ontothe crank‐ gestures. case. Youcan obtain further information from any Youcan identifyoperatingfluids approved by qualified specialistworkshop. Freightliner Sprinter by thefollowing inscriptions on thecontainer: Operating fluids and capacities R MB-Freigabe (e.g. MB-Freigabe 229.51) Notesonoperating fluids R MB-Approval (e.g. MB-Approval229.51) Further information on approvedoperating fluids & WARNING Risk of injury from operating is available at thefollowing locations: fluids harmful to your health R In theMBSpecificationsfor operating fluids Operatingfluids maybepoisonous and harm‐ at http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com (byenter‐ ful to your health. ing thedesignation) # Observethe text on theoriginal contain‐ R At aqualified specialistworkshop erswhen using, storing or disposing of operating fluids. & WARNING Risk of fire or explosion from # Alwaysstore operating fluids sealed in fuel their original containers. Fuels arehighly flammable. # Alwayskeep children away from operat‐ # Fire, open flames,smokingand creation ing fluids. of sparks mustbeavoided. # Switch offthe ignition and, if available, + ENVIRONMENTALNOTE Environmental thestationaryheater,beforeand while pollution duetodisposing of operating refueling thevehicle. fluids in anon-environmentallyresponsi‐ ble manner & WARNING Risk of injury from fuels Operating fluids include thefollowing: Fuels arepoisonous and hazardous to your R fuels health. R exhaustgas aftertreatment additives, e.g. # Do notswallowfuel or letitcomeinto DEF contact with skin, eyes or clothing. R lubricants # Do notinhale fuel vapor. Incorrect disposal of operating fluids can # Keep children away from fuel. causeconsiderable damagetothe environ‐ # Keep doorsand windows closed during ment. therefueling process. # Dispose of operating fluids in an envi‐ ronmentally responsible manner. If youorother people come intocontact with fuel, observe thefollowing: Operating fluids include thefollowing: # Immediatelyrinsefueloff your skin with R Fuels soap and water. R Exhaustgas aftertreatment additives, e.g. # If fuel comes intocontact withyour DEF eyes, immediatelyrinsethem thor‐ R oughly withclean water. Seek medical Lubricants attentionimmediately. R Coolant # If youswallowfuel, seek medical atten‐ R Brakefluid tionimmediately. Do notinduce vomit‐ R Windshield washer fluid ing. R Climatecontrol system refrigerants # Changeimmediately out of clothing that has comeintocontact with fuel. Use only products recommended by Freightliner Sprinter.Damagecaused by theuse of products that have notbeenapprovedisnot coveredby 338 Technicaldata

Fuel Note that thehigher quality premium grade gasoline can be refueled at anytime. Notesonfuel grades on vehicles with agaso‐ line engine If youare usingdrums or canisters to refuel the Observethe notesonoperating fluids vehicle, youshouldfilter thefuel beforefilling. This will prevent malfunctions in thefuel system (/ page337). due to contaminated fuel. * NOTE Do notuse dieseltorefuel vehicles Usually youwill find information aboutthe fuel withagasoline engine. grade on thefuel pump. If thereisnoidentifica‐ tion on thefuel pump, consult agas station If youaccidentally refuel withthe wrong fuel: attendant. R Do notswitchonthe ignition. Otherwise % Forfurther information,contact aqualified fuel can enter theengine. specialistworkshop or visit http:// Even small amounts of thewrong fuel www.mbusa.com (USAonly). could result in damagetothe fuel system and theengine. The repair costs arehigh. Notesonadditives in gasoline Observe thenotes on operating fluids # Contact aqualified specialistworkshop. (/ page337). # Have thefuel tank and fuellines drained completely. * NOTE Damage from use of unsuitable additives Only refuel using low-sulfur regular fuel withat Even smallamounts of thewrong additive least87AKI/91RON. maylead to malfunctions. E10fuelcontains an additiveofupto10% % # Only add cleaning additives recommen‐ ethanol. Your vehicle is suitable foruse with ded by Freightliner Sprinterto thefuel. E10fuel.You can fuel your vehicle withE10 fuel. Freightliner Sprinter recommends using brand- name fuels with additives. * NOTE Damage caused by thewrong fuel In somecountries, theavailable fuel maynot con‐ Even small amounts of thewrong fuel could tain sufficient amounts of additives. Deposits result in damagetothe fuel system, engine could buildupinthe fuel injection system as a and exhaustsystem. result. # Onlyrefuel withthe recommended fuel. In this case, in consultation withaFreightliner Sprinter service center,the fuel should be mixed * NOTE Damage caused by thewrong fuel withthe cleaning additiverecommended by Freightliner Sprinter . Even small amounts of thewrong fuel could Youmustobservethe notesand mixing ratios result in damagetothe fuel system, engine indicatedonthe container. and exhaustsystem. Neverrefuel withthe following: Notesonfuel grades on vehicles with diesel engines R Diesel R Gasoline withmorethan 10%ethanol by Generalnotes volume, e.g. E15, E20, E85, E100 Observethe notesonoperating fluids R Gasoline withmorethan 3% methanol by (/ page337). volume, e.g. M15, M30,M85,M100 & WARNING Risk of fire from fuel mixture R Gasoline withadditives containingmetal If youmix dieselfuel withgasoline,the flash # Do notmix such fuelswiththe fuel rec‐ pointofthe fuel mixtureislowerthan that of ommended foryour vehicle. puredieselfuel. While theengine is running,component parts To ensurethe longevity and performanceof % in theexhaust system mayoverheat without theengine, onlyunleaded regular gasoline warning. maybeused. Technicaldata 339

# Neverrefuel using gasoline in diesel Notesonlow outside temperatures engines. & WARNING Risk of fire and explosion due # Nevermix gasoline withdiesel fuel. to fuel igniting

NOTE Damage due to incorrect fuel If youheat fuel system components, e.g. with * aheat gun or open flame, these components Even small amounts of thewrong fuel could could be damaged. result in damagetothe fuel system, the Fuel mayleak out and ignite. Depending on engine and emission controlsystem. thetype of damage, fuel might notescape Neverrefuel with: until theengine is running. R Gasoline # Neverheat fuel system components. R Marine diesel # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop R Heating oil to have themalfunction rectified. R Purebio-dieselorvegetable oil Refill onlywithcommerciallyavailable ULTRA- R Paraffin or kerosene LOWSULFUR DIESEL (ULSD, maximum sulfur content 15 ppm), whichfulfills theASTMD975 # Do notmix suchfuels withdiesel fuel standard. and do notuse anyspecial additives. The flow properties of diesel fuel maybeinade‐ If youhave accidentally refueled withthe quateatlow outside temperatures due to paraffin wrong fuel,observe thefollowing: separation. # Do notswitchonthe ignition. % Malfunctions resulting from paraffinsepara‐ tion can only be rectified by heating the # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop. entirefuel system. Park thevehicle in a heated garage,for example. NOTE Malfunctions duetocontaminated * To prevent malfunctions, diesel fuel with fuel improved flow characteristicsisavailable in the Fuel contamination can lead to malfunctions winter months. Youcan obtain further informa‐ in thefuel system. tion on this at thegas stationorfromyour fuel supplier. # If youare usingdrums or canisters to refuel thevehicle, youshouldfilter the Your vehicle is equipped withafuel preheating fuel beforefilling. system. This additionallyimprovesthe flow char‐ acteristicsofthe diesel fuel by about 14.5 °F NOTE Damage due to incorrect fuel (8 °C). ULTRA-LOWSULFUR DIESEL can be used * without risk of malfunction down to an outside Incorrect fuelcan leadtoengine damage. temperatureofapproximately 14.5 °F (-10°C). # Refuel only ULSD or diesel fuel witha sulfur content of maximum15ppm. * NOTE Damage due to gasoline or paraffin Gasolineorparaffinindieselfuelimpairsthe Usually youwill find information aboutthe fuel lubricity of thefuel. This can result in damage grade on thefuel pump. If thereisnoidentifica‐ to thefuel injection system, forexample. tion on thefuel pump, consult agas station attendant. # Do notadd anygasoline or paraffinto diesel fuel to improve its flow character‐ The fuel grade recommended foryour vehicle is istics. found on theinstruction label in thefuel filler flap . B20 fuels withbio-diesel content

* NOTE Damage due to incorrect fuel Continuous use of fuels with bio-diesel con‐ tent over5%(B20 fuels) can leadtofuel filter 340 Technicaldata

clogging.Deposits mayalsoformonthe fuel Gasoline engine Of whichreserve injector.This mayreduce theengine output. fuel Unburned fuel can getintothe oil pan. This causes theengine oil leveltorise. This can Modelswithapprox. approx.5gal cause enginemechanical damage. 22.5 gal(85 l) total (19liters) capacity Observe thefollowing points to avoid damage and reducing theengine output: Diesel engine Of whichreserve # Fill up withfuels withbio-diesel content fuel of 5% (ULSD) or less, wheneverpossi‐ ble. Modelswithapprox. approx.5gal 24.5 gal(93 l) total (19liters) # Regularly checkyour engine oil levelif capacity youuse B20fuels on aregular basis. # Strictlyfollowthe oil changeintervals quoted in theinstrument clusterand DEF within your Maintenance Booklet. NotesonDEF # Use only engine oils and filters Observe thenotes on operating fluids approvedfor use in your vehicle. (/ page337). # If youdonot plan to driveyour vehicle DEFisawater-soluble fluid forthe exhaustgas forseveral weeks, completely fill the aftertreatment of dieselengines. fuel tank in advance with ULSD fuel. * NOTE Damage caused by additives in Formoreinformation, consult thegas station DEForbydiluting DEF staff. The identification of fuels withbio-diesel content (ULSD or B20) mustbeclear.Ifthe iden‐ The DEFexhaust gasaftertreatment system tification is notclear,donot refuel.Donot refuel could be destroyed by thefollowing: withany fuelsthat have notbeenapprovedfor R Additives in DEF your vehicle. R DilutingDEF Tank content and fuel reserve # Onlyuse DEFinaccordance withISO The total capacity of thefuel tank mayvary, 22241. depending on thevehicle equipment. # Do notmix additives. Tank content and fuel reserve # Do notdiluteDEF. Gasoline engine Total capacity NOTE Damage and malfunctions caused M274 approx.22.5 gal * by impurities in DEF (85 liters) Impurities in DEFresult in thefollowing: Diesel engine Total capacity R Higher emission values OM651/OM642 approx.24.5 gal R Damagetothe catalytic converter (93 liters) R Engine damage R Malfunctions in theDEF exhaustgas aftertreatment system

# Avoid impurities in DEF.

+ ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Soiling with DEF DEF residue crystallizes aftersome time and stain theaffected surfaces. Technicaldata 341

# Immediately rinse surfaces that comein The enginemanagement system subsequently contact with DEF when filling withwater prevents theengine being restartedafter issuing or remove DEF with adampcloth and awarning message. coldwater. Thereforeadd DEFtank regularly during vehicle operation or,atthe latest, afterreceiving thefirst If DEF has alreadycrystallized, clean using a warning messagevia theinstrument cluster. sponge and coldwater.

If youopen theDEF tank,small amounts of Engine oil ammoniavapor maybereleased. Do notinhale Notesonengine oil anyammonia vapor that maybereleased. Fill the DEF tank only in well-ventilated areas. Observe thenotes on operating fluids (/ page337). DEF consumption and filling capacity DEF consumption Likefuel consumption, DEFconsumption is highly dependent upon driving styleand operating con‐ ditions. DEFconsumption is usuallywithin a rangeof0and 10%ofthe fuel consumption. If necessary, DEF must be refilled in accordance withthe instructions when therefill messageis displayedinthe instrument cluster. This mayalso be necessarybetween thescheduled mainte‐ nance. * NOTE Engine damagecaused by an Total capacity of DEF tank incorrect oil filter,incorrect oil or addi‐ tives VehicleTotal capacity # Do notuse engine oilsoroil filtersother All models5.8 gal(22 liters) than those whichmeetthe specifica‐ tions necessaryfor theprescribed Exhaust gasaftertreatment service intervals. The vehicle mustbeoperated withDEF if the # Do notalter theengine oil or oil filter in exhaustgas aftertreatment system is to function order to achieve longer changeintervals correctly. than prescribed. If youoperatethe vehicle without DEF or with # Do notuse additives. emissions-relevant malfunctions,the legal MOT approval is invalidated. The vehicle could be pro‐ # Have theengine oil changed afterthe hibited from publicroad use by an officialordi‐ prescribed intervals. nance. Freightliner Sprinter recommends having theoil It maybeimproper or punishable in some coun‐ changed at aqualified specialistworkshop. tries to operateavehicle that uses no DEForone that does notcomplywiththe specifications of Further information on engine oil and oil filter: these operating instructions. R in theMBSpecificationsfor operating fluidsat Engine management monitorsthe exhaustgas http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com (byentering aftertreatment componentsfor compliance with thedesignation) emissions laws and regulations. If youattempt to R at aqualified specialistworkshop operatethe vehicle without DEF,withdiluted DEF or withadifferent reducing agent,this will be detected by theengine management system. Other emissions-relevant malfunctions,e.g. metering malfunctions or sensor errors,are also detected and logged. 342 Technicaldata

Quality and capacity of engine oil Viscosity of theengine oil % The containersofthe various engine oils are markedwiththe ACEA (Association of Euro‐ * NOTE Engine damagedue to incorrect pean AutomotiveManufacturers) and/or API SAEclassification (viscosity) of the (America PetroleumInstitute)classifications. engine oil Onlyuse approved engine oils that corre‐ If theSAE classification (viscosity) of the spond to theMBSpecificationsfor operating engine oil added is notsuitable forprolonged fluids and theprescribed ACEA and/or API lowoutsidetemperatures, it maycause classifications namedbelow.Engine oilsof engine damage. other grades arenot permissible and can The temperaturereadings of theSAE classifi‐ result in theloss of theNew Vehicle Limited cation arealwaysbased on fresh oil. Engine Warranty. The use of other engine oils not oil ages when driving as aresult of sootand approvedfor diesel engines can damagethe fuel residue. The characteristicsofengine oil diesel particulatefilter (DPF). deterioratesignificantlyatlow outside tem‐ MB-Freigabe orMB-Approval peratures. Gasoline engine MB-Freigabe orMB- # Use an engine oil of theappropriateSAE Approval classification at lowoutsidetempera‐ tures. M274 229.5 # Use oil forall-year-round operation. Diesel enginesMB-Freigabe orMB- Approval The temperaturereadings of theSAE classifica‐ tion arealwaysbased on fresh oil. The tempera‐ OM642/OM651228.51, 229.31, turecharacteristics of theengine oil, especially at 229.51, 229.52* lowoutside temperatures, can deterioratesignifi‐ cantly due to agingwhen driving. *Recommended forlowest possible fuel con‐ Therefore, Freightliner Sprinter recommends that sumption (lowest SAEviscosity class in each youchangethe engine oil beforethe startofthe case;observe possible restrictions of the cold season. Only use an approved engine oil in approvedSAE viscosity classes). theprescribed SAEclassification forthis pur‐ To achieve thelowest possible fuel consumption, pose. it is recommended to use theengine oil specifica‐ tions markedinthe table forthe lowest SAEvis‐ cosity class. Observe anypossible restrictions of theapprovedSAE viscosity classes. If theengine oils listedinthe table arenot availa‐ ble, youmay add amaximum 1.1USqt(1.0liter) of thefollowing engine oils once only: R Vehicles with agasoline engine: MB-Frei‐ gabe or MB-Approval 229.3orACEA A3/B4 R Vehicles with adieselengine: MB-Freigabe or MB-Approval 228.5, 229.3or229.5 The viscosity indicates theflowcharacteristics of afluid. With regard to engine oil, ahigh viscosity Multigrade engineoils of theprescribed SAEclas‐ is synonymous withthickliquid and alow viscos‐ sification (viscosity) maybeusedall year round, ity withthin liquid. Depending on theoutside taking theoutside temperatureintoaccount. temperatures, select theengine oil according to theSAE classification (viscosity).The table shows theSAE classifications to be used. The lowtem‐ peraturecharacteristics of engine oils can deteri‐ oratesignificantlyduring operation due to aging and sootand fuel accretion, forexample. Aregu‐ lar oil changewithanapprovedengineoil in the appropriateSAE classification is therefore strongly recommended. Technicaldata 343

Additive Engine oil capacities Engine Engine oil * NOTE Engine damagedue to use of addi‐ tives in theengine oil M274 Approx. 11.1 qt The use of additional additives in theengine (10.5 liters) oil can damagethe engine. OM642 Approx.13.2 qt # Do notuse anyadditional additives in (12.5 liters) theengine oil. OM651(rear wheel Approx.12.2 qt Miscibility of engine oil drive) (11.5liters) The benefits of high-quality engine oils are Information on oil consumption reduced by mixing oil. Depending on thedriving style, thevehicle con‐ We recommend that youonly use engine oil of sumes amaximum of 1.1USqt(1.0liter) of thesame grade and SAEclassification as theoil engine oil per 620 miles(1000 km). filled at thelastoil change. If, in exceptional cases, engine oil of thetype in theengine is not In thefollowing cases, oil consumption mayalso available, use another approvedmineral or syn‐ exceed this limit: thetic engineoil. R The vehicle is new. Vehicles with adieselengine: if thegrade is R Youuse thevehicle mostlyunder arduous notavailable, youmay also refill withengineoils conditions. according to MB-Freigabe or MB-Approval 228.5, R Youdrive frequently at ahigh engine speed. 229.3or229.5. The refill quantity is then limited to maximum1.1 US qt (1.0 liter). Regular maintenance is aprerequisitefor favora‐ ble consumption figures. Youcan only assessthe Youmustthen have an oil changecarried out at oil consumption afteralong journey. Checkthe theearliestpossible opportunity. oil levelinthe engine regularly,e.g. weeklyor Vehicles with agasoline engine: if thegrade is every time yourefuel. notavailable, youmay refill withengineoils according to MB-Freigabe or MB-Approval 229.3 or ACEA A3/B4. The refill quantity is then limited Notesonbrake fluid to maximum1.1 US qt (1.0 liter). Observe thenotes on operating fluids Youmustthen have an oil changecarried out at (/ page337). theearliestpossible opportunity. Engine oils aredifferentiated according to: & WARNING Risk of an accident dueto vapor pockets forming in thebrake sys‐ R Engine oilbrand tem R Grade(MB-Freigabe or MB-Approval) The brakefluid constantly absorbs moisture R SAEclassification (viscosity) from theair.This lowers theboiling point of Oil changeinterval thebrake fluid. If theboiling point is toolow, vapor pockets mayforminthe brakesystem The on-boardcomputer automatically shows the when thebrakesare applied hard. dateofthe next oil changeasanevent message on thedisplay. This causes thebraking effect to be impaired. Freightliner Sprinter recommends having theoil # Have thebrake fluid renewedatthe changed at aqualified specialistworkshop. specified intervals.

* NOTE Damage to paint, plastic or rubber by brakefluid Thereisarisk of damagetoproperty if brake fluid comes intocontact with paint, plastic or rubber. 344 Technicaldata

# If paint, plastic or rubber comes into * NOTE Overheating at high outsidetem‐ contact with brakefluid, rinse with peratures waterimmediately. If an inappropriatecoolant is used, theengine Observe thenotes on paintwork/mattefinish cooling system is notsufficiently protected againstoverheating and corrosion at high out‐ paintworkcare(/page284). side temperatures. Have thebrake fluid replaced regularly at aquali‐ fied specialistworkshop. # Alwaysuse acoolant approvedby Freightliner Sprinter. Only use brakefluid approvedbyFreightliner Sprinter in accordance withMB-Freigabe or MB- # Observe theinstructionsinthe MB Approval 331.0. Specifications foroperating fluids310.1. Further information on brakefluid: * NOTE Paintwork damagedue to coolant R in theMBSpecificationsfor operating fluids at http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com # Do notspill coolant on painted surfa‐ R at aqualified specialistworkshop ces. Have thecoolant regularly replaced at aqualified Coolant specialistworkshop. Notesoncoolant Note theproportion of anti-corrosion agent/anti‐ Observe thenotes on operating fluids freeze in theengine cooling system within thefol‐ (/ page337). lowing temperatureranges: R At least50% (antifreeze protection up to & WARNING ‑Riskoffireand injuryfrom about -35°F (-37°C)) antifreeze R Maximum 55%(antifreezeprotection up to If antifreezecomes intocontact with hotcom‐ -49°F (-45°C)) ponent parts in theengine compartment, it mayignite. Coolant capacities # Allowthe engine to cool down before Engine coolingsystem adding antifreeze. Engine Coolant # Makesurethat no antifreeze spills out next to thefiller opening. M274 approx.3.0 gal (11.5liters) # Thoroughlyclean offany antifreeze from componentparts beforestartingthe OM642 approx. 2.6 gal vehicle. (10liters) OM651approx.2.5 gal * NOTE Damage caused by incorrect cool‐ ant (9.5 liters)

# Only addcoolant that has been pre‐ mixed withthe required antifreeze pro‐ Windshield washer fluid tection. Notesonwindshield washer fluid Observe thenotes on operating fluids Information on coolant is available at thefollow‐ (/ page337). ing locations: R In theMBSpecificationsfor operating fluids & WARNING ‑Riskoffireand injuryfrom 310.1 windshieldwasherconcentrate - At http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com Windshield washer concentrateishighly flam‐ - In theBeVoapp mable. It could igniteifitcomes intocontact R At aqualified specialistworkshop with hotengine component parts or the exhaustsystem. Technicaldata 345

# Makesurethat no windshield washer * NOTE Damage caused by incorrect refrig‐ concentratespills out next to thefiller erant opening. If theincorrect refrigerant is used,this can damagethe climatecontrolsystem. * NOTE Damage to theexteriorlighting # Use onlyR‑134a refrigerant or thePAG due to unsuitable windshield washer fluid oil approvedfor your vehicle by Freight‐ Unsuitable windshield washer fluid maydam‐ liner Sprinter. agethe plastic surface of theexteriorlighting. # The approvedPAG oil maynot be mixed # Onlyuse windshield washer fluid which withany other PAGoil that is not is also suitable foruse on plastic surfa‐ approvedfor R‑134a refrigerant. ces, e.g. MB SummerFit or MB Winter‐ Fit. Maintenance work,suchasadding refrigerant or replacing components, maybecarried out only by aqualified specialistworkshop. All theapplica‐ * NOTE Blocked spray nozzlescaused by mixing windshield washer fluids ble regulations relatingtothis and theSAE J639 standardmustbeadhered to. # Do notmix MB SummerFit and MB Win‐ All work on theclimatecontrolsystemshould terFit withother windshield washer flu‐ alwaysbecarried out at aqualified specialist ids. workshop. Do notuse distilled or de-ionizedwater.Other‐ wise, thefill levelsensor maygiveafalse reading. Information on thewindshield washer fluid Recommended windshield washer fluid: R above freezing point:e.g. MB SummerFit R below freezing point:e.g. MB WinterFit Mixingratio Forthe correct mixing ratio,refer to theinforma‐ tion on theanti-freeze container. Example: refrigerant warning label Mix thewasherfluid withwindshield washer fluid 1 Warning symbols all year round. 2 Refrigerant capacity 3 Applicablestandards Filling capacities 4 PAGoil partnumber Windshield washer system 5 Refrigerant type Washer fluid 5.8 qt (5.5 l) Warning symbols 1 refertothe following: R Potential dangers Refrigerant R The performanceofmaintenance work at a qualified specialistworkshop Notesonrefrigerant Observe thenotes on operating fluids (/ page337). Vehicledata % Your vehicle's climatecontrolsystemcan be Information on vehicledimensions filled withR‑134a refrigerant. The refrigerant R‑134a contains fluorinated greenhouse gas. The following section contains important techni‐ If your vehicle is filled withR‑134a refrigerant, the cal data foryour vehicle. Your vehicle documents following informationapplies: contain further vehicle-specific and equipment- dependent technicaldatasuchasvehicle dimen‐ sions and weights. 346 Technicaldata

Trailerhitch ing machine to checkthe weight restrictions have been complied withbeforeyou startyour journey. Notesonthe trailer hitch

& WARNING Risk of accident duetoafter‐ marketinstallation of atrailer hitchthat is notpermissible If aftermarketinstallation of atrailer hitchis notpermissible and youinstall atrailer hitch or other assembly parts, thelongitudinal frame member will be weakenedand may break.Inthis case, thetrailer maycome loose from thevehicle. Thereisarisk of an accident. Only install atrailer hitchaftermarketifitis permissible.

Observe thenotes on trailer operation (/ page167). Retrofitting atrailer hitchisonly permissible if a towing capacity is specified in your vehicle docu‐ ments. Youcan obtain further information on thetrailer hitchataqualified specialistworkshop. Freightliner Sprinter recommends that youhave a trailerhitch retrofitted at aFreightliner Sprinter Service center. Onlyuse atrailer hitchwhichhas been tested and speciallyapprovedbyFreightliner Sprinter for your vehicle. Use onlyaball neckthat has been approvedfor your vehicle and foryour Sprinter trailer hitch. Notesonthe permissible dimensions of theball neckcan also be found on theidentification plate of thetrailer hitch. The maximum permissible towing capacity for trailers without aseparatebrakingsystemis 1,653 lbs (750 kg).

Trailerloads The permissible weightsand loads whichmust notbeexceeded can also be obtained from the following sources of information: R Vehicle documents R The identification plates of thetrailer hitch, trailer and vehicle The values approvedbythe manufacturer can be found in thefollowing table. If thevalues differ, thelowest value applies. Use acalibrated weigh‐ Technicaldata 347

Maximum permissible weights and loads Vehicletype, gross vehicleweight and curb weight

Vehiclemodel Permissible gross vehicle Permissible curb weight 7) weight GVWR

1500 8550 lbs (3.878 t) 7400 lbs (3.357t) 2500 8550 lbs (3.878 t) 9050 lbs(4.105t) 9480 lbs (4.300 t) 7000 lbs (3.175t) (gasoline only) 7400 lbs (3.357t) (diesel only) 3500 9900 lbs (4.490 t) (For Canada 7400 lbs (3.357t) only) 9989 lbs (4.531t)(ForUSA only) 3500 XD 11030 lbs (5.003 t) 10470lbs (4.749 t) 4500 12125lbs (5.500 t) 9375 lbs (4.252 t)

7) Maximum permissible curb weight of aroad‐ worthy vehicle without driver or occupants, including all fluids and their tankswhenfilled up to 100%.

Front axle load,rear axleload, gross weight of vehiclecombination(series, optional) Vehicletypes 1500 and 2500 withamax.permissible gross weight of 8,550 lbs (3.878 t), 9,050lbs (4.105 t) and 9,480 lbs (4.300 t)

Permissible front axle load GAWR (FA) Permissible rear axle load GAWR (RA)

4100 lbs (1.860 t) 5) 5360 lbs (2.431t) 4410 lbs (2.000 t) 1)

Vehicletype 3500 with amax. permissible gross weight of 9900 lbs (4.490 t) (For Canadaonly) and 9989 lbs (4.531t)(ForUSA only)

Permissible front axle load GAWR (FA) Permissible rear axle load GAWR (RA)

4080 lbs (1.851t)5) 7060 lbs (3.202 t) 4410 lbs (2.000 t) 1) 348 Technicaldata

Vehicletype 3500 XD with amax. permissible gross weight of 11,030lbs (5.003t)

Permissible front axle load GAWR (FA) Permissible rear axle load GAWR (RA)

4080 lbs (1.851t)5) 7720 lbs (3.502 t) 4410 lbs (2.000 t) 1)

Vehicletype 4500 with amax. permissible gross weight of 12,125 lbs (5.500 t)

Permissible front axle load GAWR (FA) Permissible rear axle load GAWR (RA)

4630 lbs (2.100t)7935 lbs (3.599 t)

1) Front axle withincreased load capacity. 5) Notincombination withall-wheel drive(4x4) and notincombination withmodel series 907.745(combination vehicles withavehicle lengthof290 inch(7,367mm))

Gross weight of vehiclecombination, trailerload, tongue weight Vehicletypes 1500 and 2500 withamax.permissible gross weight of 8,550 lbs (3.878 t)

Permissible gross Permissible trailer load Permissible noseweight TWR weight of vehicle/trailer GTW, braked 6) combination GCWR 6), 9)

13550 lbs (6.146t) 5000 lbs (2.268 t) 2) 500 lbs (0.227t)2)

Vehicletype 2500 with amax. permissible gross weight of 9,050 lbs (4.105t)

Permissible gross Permissible trailer load Permissible noseweight TWR weight of vehicle/trailer GTW, braked 6) combination GCWR6), 9)

13930 lbs (6.319 t) 5000 lbs(2.268 t) 2) 500lbs (0.227t)2)

Vehicletype 2500 with amax. permissible gross weight of 9,480 lbs (4.300 t)

Permissible gross Permissible trailer load Permissible noseweight TWR weight of vehicle/trailer GTW, braked 6) combination GCWR 6), 9)

9480 lbs (4.300 t) –– Technicaldata 349

Vehicletype 3500 with amax. permissible gross weight of 9,900 lbs (4.490 t) (For Canadaonly)

Permissible gross Permissible trailer load Permissible noseweight TWR weight of vehicle/trailer GTW, braked 6) combination GCWR 6), 9)

14900 lbs (6.759 t) 2),only 5000 lbs (2.268 t) 2),only 500 lbs (0.227t)2),only formodel series formodel series 907.657 8) formodel series 907.657 8) 907.657 8) 15250 lbs (6.917 t) 3),not 7500 lbs (3.402 t) 3),not 750lbs (0.340 t) 3),not formodel series formodel series 907.657 8) formodel series 907.657 8) 907.657 8)

Vehicletype 3500 with amax. permissible gross weight of 9,990 lbs (4.531t)(ForUSA only)

Permissible gross Permissible trailer load Permissible noseweight TWR weight of vehicle/trailer GTW, braked 6) combination GCWR 6), 9)

14990 lbs (6.799 t) 2),only 5004 lbs (2.270 t) 2),only 500 lbs (0.227t)2),onlyfor model series formodel series 907.657 8) formodel series 907.657 8) 907.657 8) 15250 lbs (6.917 t) 3),not 7500 lbs (3.402 t) 3),not 750lbs (0.340 t) 3),not formodel series formodel series 907.657 8) formodel series 907.657 8) 907.657 8)

Vehicletype 3500 XD with amax. permissible gross weight of 11,030lbs (5.003t)

Permissible gross Permissible trailer load Permissible noseweight TWR weight of vehicle/trailer GTW, braked 6) combination GCWR 6), 9)

15250 lbs (6.917 t) 4) 5004 lbs(2.270 t) 2),only 500 lbs (0.227t)2),only formodel series formodel series 907.657 8) 907.657 8) optional:7500 lbs optional:750 lbs (0.340 t) 3),not for (3.402 t) 3),not formodel model series 907.657 8) series 907.657 8)

Vehicletype 4500 with amax. permissible gross weight of 12,125 lbs (5.500 t)

Permissible gross Permissible trailer load Permissible noseweight TWR weight of vehicle/trailer GTW, braked 6) combination GCWR 6), 9)

15250 lbs (6.917 t) 4) 5004 lbs(2.270 t) 2),only 500 lbs (0.227t)2),only formodel series formodel series 907.657 8) 907.657 8) optional:7500 lbs optional:750 lbs (0.340 t) 3),not for (3.400 t) 3),not formodel model series 907.657 8) series 907.657 8)

2) Only NAFTAtrailer cross member,towing capa‐ 3) OnlyNAFTAtrailer cross member,towing capa‐ city5,000 lbs. city7,500 lbs. 350 Technicaldata

4) Only NAFTAtrailer cross member,towing capa‐ The nominal tensilestrengthisthe maximum per‐ city5,000 or 7,500 lbs. missible tensileforce. 6) In trailer operation, no individual maximumper‐ Further information on thecargo tie-down points missible gross weight of those specified in the and tie-down eyes can be obtained in the"Trans‐ table maybeexceeded. porting" section (/ page 269). 8) The vehicle lengthfor vehicles withthe model Tie-downeyes series 907.657(CargoVan) is 290in(7,367mm). Nominal tensile strengthofthe tie-down eyes 9) It is notpossible to towatrailer on vehicles whichhavenot been equipped with atrailer cou‐ Tie-downeyesNominal tensile plingasstandard. In this case, themaximum per‐ strength missible gross vehicle weight corresponds to the Passenger Van350 daN maximumpermissible gross weight of thevehicle combination. Cargo Van800 daN % If thetrailer coupling is retrofitted,the identi‐ fication platesshould be adaptedaccordingly Loading rails withthe altered, maximum permissible Nominal tensile strength of thecargo tie- weights. Please consult aFreightliner down pointsinthe cargo compartment Sprinter service center if youhave anyfur‐ ther questions. Cargo tie-down Nominal tensile point strength Loading rails on cargo 500 daN compartment floor Lowerloading rail on 200 daN side wall Upper loading rail on 125daN side wall

The values specified applyonlytoloads resting The body builder label is found on thefront-end on thecargo compartmentfloor if youobserve module above theradiator and contains themaxi‐ thefollowing: mum permissible curb weight forthe vehicles. R The load is secured to twocargo tie-down points on therail Lashing points and carrier systems R The distance to thenearestload-securing Information aboutthe cargo tie-down points point on thesame rail is approximately 1m

* NOTE Risk of accident if themaximum Information about roof racks loading capacity of thecargo tie-down point is exceeded & WARNING Risk of injury if maximum roof If youcombinevarious cargo tie-down points load is exceeded to secureaload, alwaystakethe maximum If youplaceaload on theroof as well as any loading capacity of theweakestcargo tie- external and internal attachments,the vehi‐ down pointintoaccount. cle's center of gravity will be raised and the During maximum full-stop braking, forces may usual drivingcharacteristics, as well as the act whichcan multiplythe weight of theload. steering and braking characteristics, will change. During cornering,the vehicle will tilt # Alwaysuse severalcargo tie-down moreseverely andmay react moresluggishly pointstodistributeand spread theload. to steering movements. Distributethe load on thecargo tie- down points evenly. If youexceed themaximum roof load, the driving characteristics, as well as thesteering Technicaldata 351

and brakingcharacteristics, will be greatly This information applies if theload is distributed impaired. evenly across theentireroof area. # Alwayscomplywiththe maximum roof If theroof rack is shorter, reduce theload propor‐ load and adjustyour driving style. tionately. The maximum load per pair of support‐ ing roof rack feet is 110lbs (50 kg). & WARNING Danger of accident dueto The loading guidelines and other information unevenloading about load distribution and load securing can be found in the"Transport" section(/page269). If youload thevehicle unevenly, thehandling characteristicsaswell as thesteering‑ and braking characteristicscan be heavily impaired. # Load thevehicle evenly. # Secure theload againstsliding.

The driving, braking and steering characteristics of thevehicle will changewiththe type of load, theweight and thecenter of gravity of theload.

* NOTE Risk of accident if themaximum permitted roof load is exceeded. If theweight of theroof luggage, including the roof rack,exceeds themaximum permitted roof load, thereisarisk of an accident. # Ensurethat theweight of theroof lug‐ gage and roof rack together does not exceed themaximum permitted roof load. # The roof rack's supporting feet mustbe arranged at auniform distance from each other. # Freightliner Sprinter recommends you install astabilizer bar on thevehicle's front axle.

Further information about safetymeasures can be found in the"Transport" section (/ page269). Max. roof load/pairsofsupporting roof rack feet Vehicles Maximum Minimum with roof load number of pairsofsup‐ porting feet Normal roof 661lbs 6 (300 kg) High roof 331lbs 3 (150 kg) 352 Displaymessages and warning and indicator lamps

Displaymessages Introduction Function of displaymessages The displaymessages appear on themultifunc‐ tion display. The displaymessages withgraphic displays can be displayedinsimplified format in theOpera‐ tor's Manualand maydeviatefromthe displayon themultifunction display. The multifunction dis‐ playshows high-priority displaymessages in red. In addition, awarning tone sounds forspecific displaymessages. Actinaccordance with thedisplaymessages and complywiththe additional instructions in this Operator's Manual. In addition,symbols areshown forsome display messages: ¤ Further information O Hide displaymessages Youcan use theleft-hand TouchControl to select between thesymbols by swiping to theleftor right. Pressing ¤ displays further information on themultifunction display. Pressing O hides thedisplaymessage. Youcan hide low-priority displaymessages by pressing the ¤ button or withthe left-hand TouchControl. The display messages aresaved in themessagememory. Rectify thecause of adisplaymessageasquickly as possible. Youcannothide high-priority display messages. The multifunction displaywillshowthese display messages until their causes have been rectified. Calling up saveddisplay messages On-board computer: 4 Service 5 1Message If thereare no displaymessages, No Messages appearsonthe multifunction display. # Browsethrough thedisplaymessages by swiping upwards or downwardsonleft-hand TouchControl. # Exiting themessagememory: press the % button. Display messagesand warning and indicator lamps 353

Safetysystems

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions *The respectivewindowcurtain airbag is malfunctioning 6 (/ page33). & WARNING Risk of injury or fatalinjurydue to malfunctions Left Side Curtain Airbag in thewindowairbag Malfunction Service Required (example) If thewindowairbag is malfunctioning, it might be triggered unintentionallyormight notbetriggered at all in theevent of an accident with high deceleration. # Have thewindowairbag checkedand repaired immediately at aqualified specialistworkshop.

# Consult aqualified specialistworkshop immediately. *The respectiverestraint system is malfunctioning (/ page29).

6 & WARNING Risk of injury due to malfunctions in therestraint system Front Left Malfunction Service Required (exam‐ If therestraint system is malfunctioning, restraint system com‐ ple) ponents maybetriggered unintentionallyormay notdeployas intended during an accident.This mayaffect theEmergency Ten‐ sioning Devicesorairbags, forexample. # Have therestraint system checkedand repaired immedi‐ atelyataqualified specialistworkshop.

Recognition of arestraint system malfunction: R The 6 restraint system warning lampdoes notlight up when theignition is switched on. R The 6 restraint system warning lamplightsupcontinuously or repeatedly during ajourney.

# Consult aqualified specialistworkshop immediately. *The restraint system is malfunctioning (/ page29).

6 & WARNING Risk of injury due to malfunctions in therestraint system SRS Malfunction Service Required If therestraint system is malfunctioning, restraint system com‐ ponents maybetriggered unintentionally or maynot deployas intended during an accident.This mayaffect theEmergency Ten‐ sioning Devicesorairbags, forexample. # Have therestraint system checkedand repaired immedi‐ atelyataqualified specialistworkshop.

Recognition of arestraint system malfunction: R The 6 restraint system warning lampdoes notlight up when theignition is switched on. R The 6 restraint system warning lamplightsupcontinuously or repeatedly during ajourney.

# Consult aqualified specialistworkshop immediately. 354 Displaymessages and warning and indicator lamps

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions *Amalfunction has occurredinthe system; theparking brakeisinop‐ ! erative. & WARNING Risk of an accident duetoabrake system mal‐ Parking Brake Inopera- function tive If thebrake system is malfunctioning, braking characteristics maybeimpaired. # Driveoncarefully. # Have thebrake system checkedimmediately at aqualified specialistworkshop.

# Park thevehicle on alevel surface only and secure it against rolling away. # Vehicles with automatic transmission: shiftthe transmission to position j. # Have thebrake system checkedataqualified specialistwork‐ shop immediately. *The on-boardelectrical system voltageislow or amalfunction has ! occurredinthe system; theholding forcemay notbesufficient for theincline.

Incline Too Steep See & WARNING Risk of accident if theelectrical parking brake Operator's Manual has insufficient holding force If theelectrical parking brakedoes nothave sufficient holding forceonasteep incline, thevehicle mayroll away. # Park thevehicle on alevel surface only and secure it againstrolling away. # Shiftthe automatic transmission to position j.

Observe thenotes on parking thevehicle (/ page138). *The on-boardelectrical system voltageislow or amalfunction has ! occurredinthe system; theclosing forcemay notbesufficient for theincline.

Parking Brake See Oper- & WARNING Risk of an accident duetoabrake system mal‐ ator's Manual function If thebrake system is malfunctioning, braking characteristics maybeimpaired. # Driveoncarefully. # Have thebrake system checkedimmediately at aqualified specialistworkshop.

# Park thevehicle on alevel surface only and secure it against rolling away. # Vehicles with automatic transmission: shiftthe transmission to position j. # Have thebrake system checkedataqualified specialistwork‐ shop immediately. Display messagesand warning and indicator lamps 355

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Check Brake Pads See *The brakepads have reached their wear limit. Operator's Manual & WARNING Risk of accident duetorestricted braking power When thebrake pads have reached their wear limit,the braking powermay be restricted. # Driveoncarefully. # Have thebrake system checkedimmediately at aqualified specialistworkshop.

# Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. J *Thereisnot enough brakefluid in thebrake fluid reservoir. & WARNING Risk of an accident duetolow brakefluid level Check Brake Fluid Level If thebrake fluid levelistoo low, thebraking effect and thebrak‐ ing characteristicsmay be impaired. # Pull overand stop thevehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and trafficconditions. Do notcon‐ tinue driving under anycircumstances. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop. # Do notadd brakefluid.

# Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance withthe trafficcon‐ ditions. Do notcontinuedriving. # Consultaqualified specialistworkshop. # Do notadd brakefluid. ActiveBrake Assist Func- *ActiveBrake Assist is malfunctioning. tions LimitedSee Opera- # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. tor's Manual

Active Brake Assist Func- *ActiveBrake Assist is temporarily unavailable. tions Currently Limited The ambientconditionsare outsidethe system limits (/ page146). See Operator's Manual # Driveon. When theambient conditions arewithin thesystemlimits, the system will be available again. # If thedisplaymessagedoes notdisappear,stopinaccordance withthe trafficconditions and restartthe engine. Radar Sensors Dirty See * The radar sensor system is malfunctioning. Possible causes: Operator's Manual R Dirtonthe sensors R Heavy precipitation R Extended countrydriving without other traffic, e.g. in thedesert Driving systems and driving safetysystems maybemalfunctioning or temporarilyunavailable. When thecauses have been eliminated, thedriving systems and driving safetysystems will be available again. If thedisplaymessagedoes notdisappear,proceed as follows: 356 Displaymessages and warning and indicator lamps

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# Stop in accordance withthe traffic conditions. # Clean all sensors(/page285). # Restartthe engine. SOS NOT READY *The emergency call system is notavailable. Possible causes forthis include: R The ignition is switched off. R The emergency callsystem is malfunctioning.

# Switchonthe ignition. If an emergency call is unavailable, amessagetothis effect will appearonthe multifunction displayofthe instrument cluster. # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. % Youcan find moreinformation on theregional availabilityofthe emergency call system at:http://www.mercedes-benz.com/ connect_ecall * EBD,ABS and ESP® aremalfunctioning. Other driving systems and driving safetysystems mayalso be mal‐ T functioning.

& WARNING Risk of skidding if EBD, ABS and ESP® aremal‐ ! functioning If EBD, ABS and ESP® aremalfunctioning,the wheels can lock ÷ when braking and ESP® cannotcarry out vehicle stabilization. The steering capability and braking characteristicsare thus Inoperative See Opera- severely impaired.The brakingdistanceinanemergency brak‐ tor's Manual ing situation can increase. In addition, other driving safetysys‐ tems areswitched off. # Driveoncarefully. # Have thebrake system checkedimmediately at aqualified specialistworkshop.

# Driveoncarefully. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop immediately. * ESP® is malfunctioning. Other driving systems and driving safetysystems mayalso be mal‐ ÷ functioning. Inoperative See Opera- The brakesystem continues working withthe normal effect. The tor's Manual braking distance mayincrease in emergency braking situations.

& WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP® is malfunctioning If ESP® is malfunctioning,ESP® cannotcarry out vehicle stabili‐ zation.Inaddition,other driving safetysystems areswitched off. # Driveoncarefully. # Have ESP® checkedataqualified specialistworkshop. Displaymessages and warning and indicator lamps 357

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# Driveoncarefully. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop immediately. * ESP® is temporarily unavailable. Other driving systems and driving safetysystems mayalso be mal‐ ÷ functioning. Currently Unavailable See Operator's Manual & WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP® is malfunctioning If ESP® is malfunctioning,ESP® cannotcarry out vehicle stabili‐ zation.Inaddition,other driving safetysystems areswitched off. # Driveoncarefully. # Have ESP® checkedataqualified specialistworkshop.

# Carefully drivesome gentle curvesataspeed greater than 19 mph(30 km/h) on asuitable stretchofroad. # If thedisplaymessagedoes notdisappear,visit aqualified spe‐ cialistworkshop immediately.Drive carefully when doing so. * ABS and ESP® aretemporarily unavailable. Other driving systems and driving safetysystems mayalso be tem‐ ! porarily unavailable.

& WARNING Risk of skidding if ABS and ESP® aremalfunc‐ ÷ tioning Currently Unavailable If ABS and ESP® aremalfunctioning,the wheels could lockwhen See Operator's Manual braking and ESP® cannot carry out vehicle stabilization. The steering capability and braking characteristicsare thus severely impaired.The brakingdistanceinanemergency brak‐ ing situation can increase. In addition, other driving safetysys‐ tems areswitched off. # Driveoncarefully. # Have ABS and ESP® checkedimmediately at aqualified specialistworkshop.

# Carefully drivesome gentle curvesataspeed greater than 19 mph(30 km/h) on asuitable stretchofroad. # If thedisplaymessagedoes notdisappear,visit aqualified spe‐ cialistworkshop immediately.Drive carefully when doing so. * ABS and ESP® aremalfunctioning. Other driving systems and driving safetysystems mayalso be mal‐ ! functioning. The brakesystemcontinues working withthe normal effect. The ÷ braking distance mayincrease in emergency braking situations. Inoperative See Opera- tor's Manual 358 Displaymessages and warning and indicator lamps

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

& WARNING Risk of skidding if ABS and ESP® aremalfunc‐ tioning If ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning,the wheels could lockwhen braking and ESP® cannot carry out vehicle stabilization. The steering capability and braking characteristicsare thus severely impaired.The brakingdistanceinanemergency brak‐ ing situation can increase. In addition, other driving safetysys‐ tems areswitched off. # Driveoncarefully. # Have ABS and ESP® checkedimmediately at aqualified specialistworkshop.

# Driveoncarefully. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop immediately.

Drivingsystems

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions *You have exceeded themaximum permitted speed (specific coun‐ tries only). ð # Drivemoreslowly. Maximum Speed Excee- ded

Cruise Control Inopera- *Cruise control is malfunctioning. tive # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. *Cruise control has been deactivated. ¯ If awarning tone also sounds, this means cruise control has deacti‐ vateditself automatically (/ page149). Off *Cruise control cannotbeactivated as notall activation conditions ¯ have been met. # Observe theactivation conditions of cruise control ---mph (/ page149).

Active Distance Assist *ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONICismalfunctioning. Inoperative Other driving systems and driving safetysystems mayalso be mal‐ functioning. # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. Active Distance Assist *ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONICistemporarilyunavailable. Currently Unavailable The ambientconditionsare outsidethe system limits (/ page150). See Operator's Manual # Driveon. Whenthe ambient conditions arewithin thesystemlimits, the system will be available again. Display messagesand warning and indicator lamps 359

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions * The cameraviewisrestricted. Possible causes: _ R Dirtonthe windshield in thecamera's field of vision R Heavy precipitation or fog Driving systems and driving safetysystems maybemalfunctioning à or temporarily unavailable. When thecauses have been eliminated, thedriving systems and driving safetysystems will be available again. á If thedisplaymessagedoes notdisappear: Currently Unavailable # Stop in accordance withthe traffic conditions. Camera Dirty # Clean thewindshield. # If necessary, consult aqualified specialistworkshop. * The radar sensor system is malfunctioning. Possible causes: R Dirtonthe sensors R Heavy precipitation R Extended countrydriving without other traffic, e.g. in thedesert The following systems maybeaffected: R ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONIC(/page 150) Currently Unavailable R Blind SpotAssist(/page162) RadarSensors Dirty R ActiveBrake Assist (/ page146) Driving systems and driving safetysystems maybemalfunctioning or temporarily unavailable. When thecauses have been eliminated, thedriving systems and driving safetysystems will be available again. If thedisplaymessagedoes notdisappear: # Stop in accordance withthe traffic conditions. # Clean all sensors(/page285). # Restartthe engine. # If necessary, consult aqualified specialistworkshop. Active Distance Assist *ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONICisoperationalagain and can be Now Available activated(/page151). *The HOLD function has been deactivated because thevehicle is slip‐ ë ping or an activation condition has notbeen met. # Reactivatethe HOLD function later on or checkthe HOLD func‐ Off tion's activation conditions (/ page152).

TrafficSign Assist Inop- *Traffic Sign Assistismalfunctioning. erative # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. Traffic Sign Assist Cam- * The cameraviewisrestricted. Possible causes: era View Restricted See R Dirtonthe windshield in thecamera's field of vision Operator's Manual R Heavy precipitation or fog 360 Displaymessages and warning and indicator lamps

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Driving systems and driving safetysystems maybemalfunctioning or temporarily unavailable. When thecauses have been eliminated, thedriving systems and driving safetysystems will be available again. If thedisplaymessagedoes notdisappear: # Stop in accordance withthe traffic conditions. # Clean thewindshield. Traffic Sign Assist Cur- *Traffic Sign Assististemporarily unavailable (/ page160). rently Unavailable See # Driveon. Operator's Manual Whenthe causes have been eliminated, thesystemwill be avail‐ able again. *The windshield is dirty. Clean thewindshield. Blind Spot Assist Inoper- *Blind SpotAssistismalfunctioning(/page162). ative # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. Blind Spot Assist Trailer *When youestablish an electrical connection withthe trailer,Blind Not Monitored SpotAssistwill remain available but theareabeside thetrailer will notbemonitored. The function of Blind SpotAssistmay be restric‐ tedasaresult (/ page162). # Press theleft-hand TouchControl and acknowledgethe display message. Blind Spot Assist Cur- *Blind SpotAssististemporarily unavailable (/ page162). rently Unavailable See The system limits have been reached (/ page162). Operator's Manual # Driveon. Whenthe causes have been eliminated, thesystemwill be avail‐ able again. or # If thedisplaymessagedoes notdisappear,stopinaccordance withthe trafficconditions and restartthe engine. # If necessary, cleanthe rear bumper.Ifthe bumper is very dirty, thesensorsinthe bumper maymalfunction. Active Lane Keeping *The cameraviewisrestricted (/ page165). Assist Camera View Possible causes: Restricted See Opera- R tor's Manual Dirtonthe windshield in thecamera's field of vision R Heavy precipitation or fog Driving systems and driving safetysystems maybemalfunctioning or temporarily unavailable. When thecauses have been eliminated, thedriving systems and driving safetysystems will be available again. If thedisplaymessagedoes notdisappear: # Stop in accordance withthe traffic conditions. # Clean thewindshield. Displaymessagesand warning and indicator lamps 361

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Active Lane Keeping *ActiveLane Keeping Assistismalfunctioning (/ page165). Assist Inoperative # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. Active Lane Keeping *ActiveLane Keeping Assististemporarily unavailable (/ page165). Assist Currently Unavail- The ambient conditions areoutsidethe system limits (/ page165). able See Operator's Man- # Driveon. ual Whenthe ambient conditions arewithin thesystemlimits, the system will be available again.

If thedisplaymessagedoes notdisappear: # Stop in accordance withthe traffic conditions. # Clean thewindshield. *ATTENTION ASSISTismalfunctioning. Û # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. ATTENTION ASSIST Inop- erative *ATTENTION ASSISThas detected fatigue or increasing inattentive‐ ness on thedriver's part(/page159). Û # If necessary,takeabreak. ATTENTION ASSIST: Take aBreak!

Engine

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions *The fuel supplieshave reached thereserve level. æ # Refuel. Fuel Level Low * Vehicles with adieselengine: The engine air filter is clogged and ¸ mustbereplaced. # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. Replace Air Filter *The fanmotorisdefective. # Without ahigh engine load, continue to thenearestqualified ? specialistworkshop. Ensurethat thecoolant temperaturedis‐ playremainsbelow248 °F (120 °C).

*The waterthat has accumulatedinthe waterseparatorhas reached ! themaximum level. # Drain thewater separator (/ page282). Check Fuel Filter 362 Displaymessages and warning and indicator lamps

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions *The electrical connection to theoil levelsensor has been interrup‐ 5 tedorthe oil levelsensor is faulty. # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. Engine Oil Level Cannot Be Measured *Displaymessagefor certainengines only: 4 The engine oilpressure is toolow. Engine Oil Pressure Stop * NOTE Engine damagecaused by driving withinsufficient Switch Off Engine engine oil pressure # Avoid driving withinsufficient engine oil pressure.

# Stop in asafelocation immediately.Donot continue driving. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop. *The engine oil levelhas fallen to theminimum level.

4 * NOTE Engine damagecaused by driving withinsufficient engine oil Check Engine Oil Level (Add 1Liter) # Avoid long journeys withinsufficient engine oil.

# Check theengine oil levelatthe next fuel stop.

Refill engineoil (/ page278). Observe thenotes on engine oil (/ page341). *Displaymessagefor certainengines only: 4 The engine oillevel is toohigh. Engine Oil Reduce Oil * NOTE Engine damagecaused by driving withexcess engine Level oil # Avoid long journeys withexcess engine oil.

# Visit aqualified specialistworkshop immediately and have the engine oil suctioned off. *Displaymessagefor certainengines only: 4 The engine oillevel is toolow. Engine Oil Level Low * NOTE Engine damagecaused by driving withinsufficient StopVehicle Turn engine oil Engine Off # Avoid long journeys withinsufficient engine oil.

# Stop in asafelocation immediately.Donot continue driving. # Switchoff theengine. # Checkthe engine oil level.

Addengineoil (/ page278). Observethe notesonengine oil (/ page341). Displaymessages and warning and indicator lamps 363

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions *The engine oil levelhas fallen to theminimum level.

4 * NOTE Engine damagecaused by driving withinsufficient engine oil Check Engine Oil At Next Refueling # Avoid long journeys withinsufficient engine oil.

# Check theengine oil levelatthe next fuel stop.

Topupengineoil (/ page278). Observe thenotes on engine oil (/ page341). *The battery's charge levelistoo low. # # Stop in asafelocation immediately.Donot continue driving! # Letthe engine run. Stop Vehicle Leave # Do notcontinue driving untilthe displaymessagegoes out. Engine Running *The batteryisnolonger being chargedand has reached an exces‐ # sively lowbatterychargelevel. * NOTE Possible engine damageifyou continue driving StopVehicle See Opera- tor's Manual # Do notcontinue drivingunderany circumstances. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop.

# Stop in asafelocation immediately.Donot continue driving. # Switchoff theengine. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop. *The engine is offand thebatterychargelevelistoo low. # # Switchoff electricalconsumersthat arenot required. # Letthe engine runfor afew minutes or driveanextendeddis‐ 12 VBattery See Opera- tance. tor's Manual The batteryischarged. *The batteryisnolonger being charged.

# * NOTE Possible engine damageifyou continue driving See Operator's Manual # Do notcontinue drivingunderany circumstances. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop.

# Stop in asafelocation immediately and switchoff theengine. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop. *The coolant is toohot. # Stop immediately in accordance withthe trafficconditions and ? switchoff theengine. Coolant Too Hot Stop Vehicle Turn Engine Off 364 Displaymessages and warning and indicator lamps

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

& WARNING Danger of burnswhen opening thehood If youopen thehood when theengine has overheated or during afireinthe engine compartment, youcouldcomeintocontact with hotgases or other escaping operating fluids. # Beforeopening thehood, allowthe engine to cool down. # In theevent of afireinthe engine compartment, keep the hood closed and call thefireservice.

& WARNING Risk of scalding from hotcoolant The engine cooling system is pressurized, particularly when the engine is warm.Ifyou open thecap, youcouldbescalded by hot coolant spraying out. # Letthe engine cool down beforeopening thecap. # When opening thecap, wear protectiveglovesand safety glasses. # Open thecap slowlytorelease pressure.

# Wait until theengine has cooled down. # Ensurethat theair supply to theengine radiator is notobstruc‐ ted. # Avoiding high engine loads, continue to thenearestqualified specialistworkshop. Ensurethat thecoolant temperaturedis‐ playremainsbelow248°F (120°C). *The coolant levelistoo low.

? & WARNING Risk of scalding from hotcoolant Check Coolant Level See The engine cooling system is pressurized, particularly when the Operator's Manual engine is warm.Ifyou open thecap, youcouldbescalded by hot coolant spraying out. # Letthe engine cool down beforeopening thecap. # When opening thecap, wear protectiveglovesand safety glasses. # Open thecap slowlytorelease pressure.

* NOTE Engine damagedue to insufficient coolant

# Avoid long journeys withinsufficient coolant.

# Topupcoolant (/ page279). Regeneration Not Possi- *Not all conditionshave been metfor regeneration of thediesel par‐ ble ticulatefilter . # Continue driving as normal until all conditionshave been metfor regeneration of thediesel particulatefilter.

The load condition of thediesel particulatefilter is over50% and the messagestillappearsonthe instrument cluster. Displaymessages and warning and indicator lamps 365

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# Consult aqualified specialistworkshop.

DEF (Diesel ExhaustFluid)

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions * In addition, theyellow å DEFindicator lamplightsuponthe instrument clusterand awarning tone sounds. å The DEF supply hasfallen belowthe firstwarning threshold. Refill Additive See Opera- # Addatleast2.5 gal(9.5l)ofDEF (/ page135). tor's Manual The å DEF indicatorlamp onlydisappears when thevehicle is stationary, at thelatestafter 20 seconds, as soon as you switchonthe ignition or startthe engine aftertopping up. *Inaddition, theyellowDEF indicator lamplightsupand awarning tone sounds. å The DEF supply hasfallen belowthe reserve mark. Refill Additive Starts Afterthe messageappearsfor thefirst time,the remaining DEF sup‐ until Emerg. Op.: XXX ply willlastfor approximately 1200 miles(1900 km).The engine can See Operator's Manual then onlybestarted another 16 times. The numberofremaining engine starts XX (16to1)isshown in themessageevery time the engine is started. # Addatleast2.5 gal(9.5l)ofDEF (/ page135). The å DEF indicatorlamp onlydisappears when thevehicle is stationary, at thelatestafter 20 seconds, as soon as youswitch on theigni‐ tion or startthe engine aftertopping up. * In addition, theyellowDEF indicator lamp å lightsuponthe instrument clusterand awarning tone sounds. å If the Refill AdditiveEmergency Op.: XXX mph See Operator's Man- Refill Additive Emer- ual displaymessageisshown, youcan only drivethe vehicle at a gency Op.: XXX mph See maximum speed of 5mph (8 km/h). Operator's Manual # Addatleast2.5 gal(9.5l)ofDEF (/ page135). The DEF indicatorlamp å only disappears when thevehicle is stationary, at thelatestafter 20 seconds, as soon as you switchonthe ignition or startthe engine afterrefilling. * In addition, theyellow ; CheckEngine warning lamponthe instrument clusterlights up and awarning tone sounds. ¯ The DEF reducing agent is contaminated, diluted or is notcompliant Additive System Fault withISO 22241. See Operator's Manual # Have theDEF supplytank cleaned andrefilled at aqualified spe‐ cialistworkshop as soon as possible. * In addition, theyellow ; CheckEngine warning lamponthe instrument clusterlights up and awarning tone sounds. ¯ The DEF reducing agent is contaminated, diluted or is notcompliant Additive System Fault withISO 22241. Starts until Emerg. Op.: The exhaustgas aftertreatment system is defectiveoranemissions- XXX See Operator's Man- relevant malfunction hasoccurred. This malfunction or defect can ual damagethe exhaustgas aftertreatment system. 366 Displaymessages and warning and indicator lamps

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Afterthe messageappearsfor thefirst time,the engine can onlybe startedanother 10 times. The numberofremaining engine starts XX (10to1)isshown in themessageevery time theengine is started. # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop immediately. * In addition, theyellow ; CheckEngine warning lamponthe instrument clusterlights up and awarning tone sounds. ¯ Youcan only drivethe vehicle at amaximum speed of 5mph Additive System Fault (8 km/h). EmergencyOp.: XXX # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop immediately. mph See Operator's Manual

Tires

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Tire Pressure Monitor *The installed wheels do nothave suitable tirepressuresensors. The Inoperative No Wheel tirepressuremonitor has been switched off. Sensors # Install wheels withsuitable tirepressuresensors. *The tirepressuresensor signal is missing from one or moretires. h No pressurevalue is displayedfor thetireinquestion. # Have thefaulty tirepressuresensor replaced at aqualified spe‐ Tire Press.Sen.Missing cialistworkshop.

Tire Press. Monitor Cur- *Thereisinterference from apowerful source of radio waves As a rently Unavailable result, no signals from thetirepressuresensorsare received. The tirepressuremonitor is temporarily unavailable. # Continue driving. As soon as thecause has been eliminated, thetirepressure monitor automaticallyswitches on. *The pressureinone or moretires suddenlyfalls. The wheel position h is shown. & WARNING Risk of an accident from driving with aflat tire Warning Tire Malfunction Flat tires aredangerous in thefollowing ways: R The tires can overheat and cause afire. R The driving characteristics, as well as steering and braking, maybegreatlyimpaired. Youcouldthen lose controlofthe vehicle. # Do notdrive withaflat tire. # Observe thenotes on flat tires.

Informationabout flat tires (/ page291). # Stop thevehicle in accordance withthe traffic conditions. # Checkthe tires. Display messagesand warning and indicator lamps 367

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions *The pressureinone or moretires has fallen significantly. The wheel h position is shown. & WARNING Risk of an accident duetoinsufficient tirepres‐ Check Tires sure Tire pressures that aretoo lowpose thefollowing hazards: R The tires mayburst,especiallyasthe load and vehicle speed increase. R The tires maywear excessivelyand/or unevenly,which may greatly impair tiretraction. R The driving characteristics, as well as steering and braking, maybegreatlyimpaired. Youcouldthen lose controlofthe vehicle. # Observe therecommended tirepressure. # Adjustthe tirepressureifnecessary.

# Stop in accordance withthe traffic conditions. # Checkthe tirepressure(/page307)and thetires. *The pressureinatleastone tireistoo loworthe pressures of the h individual tires deviatetoo muchfromeachother. # Checkthe tirepressure, and add air if necessary. Please Correct Tire Pres- # When thetirepressurehas been setcorrectly, re-start thetire sure pressuremonitor (/ page313). Tire PressureMonitor *The tirepressuremonitor is malfunctioning. Inoperative # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop.

Key

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions *This messageremindsyou nottoleave your SmartKey in thevehi‐ Â cle. # Take theSmartKey withyou when youget out of thevehicle. Don't Forget Your Key *SmartKey detection is malfunctioning. Â # Changethe SmartKey's position in thevehicle. # Startthe vehicle withthe SmartKey in themarkedspace Place the Key in the (/ page108). Marked Space See Oper- ator's Manual 368 Displaymessages and warning and indicator lamps

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions *The SmartKey is notdetected and maynolonger be in thevehicle. The SmartKey is no longer in thevehicle and youswitch theengine  off: Key Not Detected (red R Youcan no longerstart theengine. displaymessage) R Youcannotlockthe vehicle centrally.

# Ensurethat theSmartKey is in thevehicle.

If theSmartKey detection function has amalfunction duetoa strong radio signal source, proceed as follows: # Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance withthe trafficcon‐ ditions. # Place theSmartKey in themarkedspace forstartingwiththe SmartKey(/page108). *The SmartKey is currentlynot detected. Â # Changethe SmartKey's position in thevehicle. # If theSmartKey is still notdetected, startthe engine withthe Key Not Detected (white SmartKeyinthe markedspace (/ page108). displaymessage)

*The SmartKey's batteryisdischarged. Â # Changing thebattery(/page45). Replace Key Battery *The SmartKey mustbereplaced. Â # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. Obtain aNew Key

Vehicle

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions *The washer fluid levelinthe washer fluid reservoir has fallen below ¥ theminimum. # Adding washer fluid (/ page281). Check Washer Fluid *Atleast one door is open. 1 # Close allthe doors. f *The hood is open. Displaymessages and warning and indicator lamps 369

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

& WARNING Risk of accident if theengine hood is unlatched while driving An unlockedenginehood mayopen up when thevehicle is in motion and blockyour view. # Neverunlatchthe engine hood while driving. # Beforeevery trip, ensurethat theengine hood is latched.

# Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance withthe trafficcon‐ ditions. # Close thehood. *The stationaryheater is temporarily malfunctioning. # When thevehicle is at astandstill in ahorizontal position and & theengine has cooled down: trytoswitchonthe stationary Inoperative See Opera- heater four times, leavingagap of severalminutes between tor’s Manual eachattempt. # If thestationaryheater does notswitch on: consult aqualified specialistworkshop. *Thereistoo little fuel in thefuel tank. The stationaryheater cannot & be switched on. # Refuel thevehicle. Inoperative Refuel Vehi- cle *The on-boardelectrical system voltageistoo low. & The stationaryheater has switched off. # Driveanextendeddistanceuntil thebatteryhas been suffi‐ Inoperative Battery Low ciently chargedagain. *The steering powerassistanceismalfunctioning.

Ð & WARNING Risk of an accident duetoaltered steering char‐ acteristics Steering Malfunction Increased Physical Effort If thepowerassistanceofthe steering fails partiallyorcom‐ See Operator's Manual pletely,you will need to use moreforce to steer. # If safesteering is possible, driveoncarefully. # Visit or consult aqualified specialistworkshop immedi‐ ately.

# If safesteering is possible, driveoncarefully. # Visit or consult aqualified specialistworkshop immediately. *The steering is malfunctioning. Steerability is heavily impaired.

Ð & WARNING Risk of accident if steering capability is impaired Steering Malfunction If thesteering does notfunction as intended, thevehicle's oper‐ Stop Immediately See ating safetyisjeopardized. Operator's Manual 370 Display messagesand warning and indicator lamps

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# Pull overand stop thevehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and trafficconditions. Do notcon‐ tinue driving under anycircumstances. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop.

# Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance withthe trafficcon‐ ditions. Do notcontinuedriving. # Consultaqualified specialistworkshop. Shift to 'P' or 'N' to Start * Youhave attempted to startthe engine in transmission position h Engine or k. # Shiftthe transmission to position j or i. To Engage Transmiss. * Youhave attempted to shiftfromposition h or i to position k. Position RFirst Depress # Depress thebrake pedal. the Brake # Shiftthe transmission to position k. Air Conditioning Malfunc- *The function of theclimatecontrolsystemistemporarily restricted. tion See Operator's Man- The quantity of air and flow of fresh air arecontrolled automatically. ual # Have theclimatecontrolsystemcheckedataqualified specialist workshop. Auxiliary Battery Mal- *The auxiliary batteryfor thetransmission is no longer being function charged. # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. # Until then, alwaysshiftthe transmission to position j manually beforeyou switchoff theengine. # Beforeleaving thevehicle, apply theparking brake. Reversing Not Possible *The transmission is malfunctioning. It is no longer possible to select ServiceRequired reversegear. # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. Transmission Malfunc- *The transmission is malfunctioning. The transmission automatically tion Stop shifts to position i. # Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance withthe trafficcon‐ ditions. # Shiftthe transmission to position j. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop. *You areabout to exit thevehicle when it is in aready-to-drivestate. # When youexit thevehicle, switchoff theignition and take the d keywithyou. Vehicle Operational # If youdonot exit thevehicle, switchoff theelectrical consum‐ Switch the Ignition Off ers, e.g. theseat heating. Otherwise, the12‑V batterymay dis‐ Before Exiting charge and it will be possible to startthe vehicle onlywiththe aid of asecond battery(starting assistance). Service RequiredDoNot *The transmission is malfunctioning. The transmission position can Shift Gears Visit Dealer no longer be changed. Displaymessages and warning and indicator lamps 371

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# If thetransmission is in position h,visit aqualified specialist workshop, without changing thetransmission position. # Forall other transmission positions, parkthe vehicle in asafe location. # Informaqualified specialistworkshop or breakdown service. Only Shift to 'P' when * The transmission can onlybeshiftedtoposition j if thevehicle is Vehicle is Stationary at astandstill.

NPermanently Active *While thevehicle is rolling or driving,the transmission wasshifted Risk of RollingAway to position i. # To stop, depress thebrake pedal and, when thevehicle is at a standstill,shiftthe transmission to position j. # To continueyour journey, shiftthe transmission to position h or k. Driver's Door Open & *The driver's door is notfullyclosed and thetransmission is in posi‐ Transmission Not in P tion k, i or h. Risk of Vehicle Rolling # When parking thevehicle, shiftthe transmission to position j. Away

Apply BraketoShift *You have attempted to shifttoadifferent transmissionposition from from 'P' position j. # Depress thebrake pedal. *The vehicle features activated services from Mercedes PRO. Locatingthe vehicle maybepossible within theframework of x Mercedes PROconnect. Vehicle Tracker has # Checkthe status of theactivated services at http:// been activated. Details: mercedes.pro. see manual or associ- # Ask thevehicle owner forthe details. ated mobile app. or Vehicle locatingactiva- ted –see manual or mobile app. *The electrical step is not, or is onlypartially,extended. # Ensure thereissufficient clearance forthe electrical step. g # Open or close thesliding door again. Step Not Extended See # If theelectrical step does notcompletely extend again, push it in Operator's Manualor manually (emergency release) (/ page56). Step Not Extended Mal- # Informpassengers that thestepismissing beforetheyexit the function vehicle. *The electrical step is not, or is onlypartially,retracted. # Ensure thereissufficient clearance forthe electrical step. g # Open or close thesliding door again. Step Not Retracted See # If theelectrical step does notcompletely retract again, push it in Operator's Manualor manually (emergency release) (/ page56). Step Not Retracted Mal- function 372 Display messagesand warning and indicator lamps

Lights

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Adaptive Highbeam * The cameraviewisreduced. Possible causes: Assist Camera View R Dirtonthe windshield in thecamera's field of vision Restricted See Opera- R tor's Manual Heavy precipitation or fog Driving systems and driving safetysystems maybemalfunctioning or temporarily unavailable. When thecauses have been eliminated, thedriving systems and driving safetysystems areavailable again. If thedisplaymessagedoes notgoout: # Stop in asafelocation. # Clean thewindshield. Adaptive Highbeam *AdaptiveHighbeam Assististemporarily unavailable. Assist Currently Unavail- The system limits have been reached (/ page84). able See Operator's Man- # Continue driving. ual Whenthe causes have been eliminated, thesystemwill be avail‐ able again. The displaymessage AdaptiveHighbeam Assist Now Available appears. AdaptiveHighbeam *AdaptiveHighbeam Assistismalfunctioning. Assist Inoperative # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. *You aredriving without alow beam. b # Turn thelight switchtoposition L. or Switch On Headlamps # Turn thelight switchtothe à position. *You areleaving thevehicle and thelight is still switched on. b # Turn thelight switchtoposition Ã. Switch Off Lights *The light sensor is malfunctioning. b # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. Auto Lamp Function Inoperative *The exterior lighting is malfunctioning. b # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. * Vehicles with trailerhitch:afuse mayhaveblown. Malfunction See Opera- # Stop in accordance withthe traffic conditions. tor’s Manual # Checkthe fuses, and replace them if necessary(/ page301). Displaymessages and warning and indicator lamps 373

Displaymessages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions *The bulb in question is faulty. b # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. or Check Left Low # Checkwhether changing thebulb is permitted. Beam (example)

Indicator and warning lamps ; Check Engine (/ page 380) Overviewofindicator and warning lamps æ Fuel reserve withfuel filler cap loca‐ tion indicator (/ page380) When theignition is switched on, manysystems ? Coolant toohot/cold (/ page380) perform aself-test. Someindicator and warning · lamps mayswitchonorflash temporarilyduring Distance warning (/ page379) this time. This behavior is no cause foralarm. % Preglow These indicator and warning lamps indicatea h Tire pressuremonitor malfunction onlyiftheylight up or flash afterthe engine has been startedorduring ajourney. Indicator and warning lamps: L Lowbeam (/ page82) T Parking lamps (/ page82) K High beam (/ page83) #! Turn signal lights (/ page83) R Rear foglight (/ page82) ü Seat belt notfastened (/ page379) $ and USA: Brakes (red) (/ page374) J J Canada:Brakes(red) (/ page374) J Brakes (yellow)(/page374) ! ABS malfunction(/page 374) + Off-road gear ÷ ESP® (/ page374) å ESP® OFF (/ page 374) æ ActiveBrake Assist switched off (/ page146) F USA: Electric parking brakeapplied and ! (red) (/ page374) ! Canada:Electric parking brake applied(red) (/ page374) ! Electric parking brake(yellow) (/ page374) Ð Power-assistedsteering malfunction (/ page379) # Electrical malfunction (/ page380) 6 Restraint system (/ page374) 374 Display messagesand warning and indicator lamps

Safetysystems

Warning/indicator Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions lamp Vehicles with electric parking brake: theelectric parking brakered ! indicator lampdoes notlight up. The electricparkingbrake yellowindi‐ cator lamplightsup. and *Meaningofthe indicator lamps: R The redindicator lampdoes notlight up: theelectric parking F brakehas been released. R The yellowindicator lamplightsup: theelectric parking brakeis Electricparkingbrake malfunctioning. applied redindicator # Observe themessages on themultifunction display. lamp(USA) does notlight up # Switchthe ignition offand backon. # If thefault messagepersists,consult aqualified specialistwork‐ ! shop. # Park thevehicle only on levelground and secureitagainstrolling Electricparkingbrake away (/ page141). malfunctioningyellow indicator lamplightsup Vehicles with electric parking brake: thered and yellowelectric ! parking brakeindicator lamps light up. *Meaning of theindicator lamps: and R The electric parking brakered indicator lamplights up: theelec‐ tric parking brakehas been applied. F R The electric parking brakeyellowindicator lamplightsup: the electric parking brakeismalfunctioning. Redelectric parking # Observe themessages on themultifunction display. brakeapplied indicator lamp(USA) lights up # Switchthe ignition offand backon. # If thefault messagepersists,consult aqualified specialistwork‐ ! shop. # If it is notpossible to release theelectric parking brake, do not Electricparkingbrake drivethe vehicle. malfunctioningyellow indicator lamplightsup Displaymessages and warning and indicator lamps 375

Warning/indicator Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions lamp Vehicles with electric parking brake: theelectric parking brakered ! indicator lampflashes. The electric parkingbrake yellowindicator lamp lightsup. and *Meaningofthe indicator lamps: R The electric parking brakered indicator lampflashes: theactiva‐ F tion status of theelectric parking brakeisunknown. R The electric parking brakeyellowindicator lamplightsup: the Redelectric parking electric parking brakeismalfunctioning. brakeapplied indicator # Observe themessages on themultifunction display. lamp(USA) flashes # Switchthe ignition offand backon. ! # Engage and release theelectric parking brakeusing theswitch while depressing thebrake pedal. Electricparkingbrake # If thefault messagepersists,parkthe vehicle on levelground and malfunctioningyellow secureitagainstrolling away (/ page141). indicator lamplightsup # Consultaqualified specialistworkshop. # When thered indicator lampflashes, thevehicle mustnot be driven as thebrake system mayoverheat. Vehicles with electric parking brake: theelectric parking brakered ! indicator lamplightsup. The electricparkingbrake yellowindicator lampdoes notlight up. and *Meaningofthe indicator lamps: R The electric parking brakered indicator lamplights up: theelec‐ F tric parking brakehas been applied. R The electric parking brakeyellowindicator lampdoes notlight up: Redelectric parking thereare no faults withthe electric parking brake. brakeapplied indicator # Do notdrive thevehicle if theelectric parking brakehas been lamp(USA) lights up ! applied.

The electric parking brakemalfunctioning yel‐ lowindicator lampdoes notlight up Vehicles with manual parking brake: theparking brakered indicator ! lamplights up. *Meaning of theindicator lamp: and R The parking brakered indicator lamplights up: theparking brake F has been applied. # Do notdrive thevehicle if theparking brakehas been applied.

Redparking brake applied indicator lamp (USA) lights up 376 Display messagesand warning and indicator lamps

Warning/indicator Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions lamp The brakesystemyellowwarning lamplightsupwhile theengine is on. * J & WARNING Risk of an accident duetoabrake system mal‐ function Brakesystemwarning lamp(yellow) If thebrake system is malfunctioning, braking characteristicsmay be impaired. # Driveoncarefully. # Have thebrake system checkedimmediately at aqualified specialistworkshop.

# Driveoncarefully at an adjustedspeed and at asufficient dis‐ tance from thevehicle in front. # If themultifunction displayshows adisplaymessage, complywith it. # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. The brakesystemred warning lamplightsupwhile theengine is on. J *Possible causes: R The brakeforce boosting is malfunctioning. and R The EBD (electronic brakeforce distribution) is malfunctioning. $ R Thereisnot enough brakefluid in thebrake fluid reservoir. & WARNING Risk of accident and injuryifbrake forceboosting Brakewarning lamp(red) is malfunctioning (USA) If brakeforce boosting is malfunctioning, increased brakepedal forcemay be necessaryfor braking.The braking characteristics maybeimpaired. The brakingdistance can increase in emergency braking situations. # Stop in asafelocation immediately.Donot continue driving. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop.

& WARNING Risk of an accident if theEBD (electronic brake forcedistribution) malfunctions If theEBD malfunctions, thewheels maylockduring braking. The braking characteristicsmay be impaired. The brakingdistance can increase in emergency situations. # Stop in asafelocation immediately.Donot continue driving. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop.

& WARNING Risk of an accident duetolow brakefluid level If thebrake fluid levelistoo low, thebraking effect and thebrak‐ ing characteristicsmay be impaired. # Pull overand stop thevehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and trafficconditions. Do notcon‐ tinue driving under anycircumstances. Display messagesand warning and indicator lamps 377

Warning/indicator Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions lamp

# Consult aqualified specialistworkshop. # Do notadd brakefluid.

# Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance withthe trafficcondi‐ tions. Do notcontinuedriving. # Consultaqualified specialistworkshop. Onlyinthe USA: The brakesystemred warning lamplightsupwhile the J engine is on. *Possible cause: and R The brakepads have reached their wear limit. $ & WARNING Risk of accident duetorestricted braking power When thebrake pads have reached their wear limit,the braking Brakewarning lamp(red) powermay be restricted. (USA) # Driveoncarefully. # Have thebrake system checkedimmediately at aqualified specialistworkshop.

# Driveoncarefully. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop immediately. The restraint system redwarning lampislit while theengine is on. 6 *The restraint system is malfunctioning. Restraint system warning & WARNING Risk of injury due to malfunctions in therestraint lamp system If therestraint system is malfunctioning, restraint system compo‐ nentsmay be triggered unintentionallyormay notdeployasinten‐ ded during an accident.This mayaffect theEmergency Tensioning Devicesorairbags, forexample. # Have therestraint system checkedand repaired immediately at aqualified specialistworkshop.

# Driveoncarefully. # Observe themessages on themultifunction display. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop immediately. The ESP® yellowwarning lamplightsupwhile theengine is on. ÷ *ESP® is malfunctioning. Other driving systems and driving safetysystems mayalso be mal‐ ESP® warning lamplights functioning. up & WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP® is malfunctioning If ESP® is malfunctioning,ESP® cannotcarry out vehicle stabiliza‐ tion. In addition,other driving safetysystems areswitched off. # Driveoncarefully. 378 Display messagesand warning and indicator lamps

Warning/indicator Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions lamp

# Have ESP® checkedataqualified specialistworkshop.

# Driveoncarefully. # Observe themessages on themultifunction display. # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. The ESP® yellowwarning lampflashes during ajourney. ÷ *ESP® intervenes (/ page 145). # Adaptyour driving styletothe weather and road conditions. ESP® warning lamp flashes The ESP® OFF yellowwarning lamplightsupwhile theengine is on. å *ESP® has been switched off. ESP® OFF warning lamp & WARNING Risk of skidding whendriving with ESP® deactiva‐ ted If ESP® is deactivated, ESP® cannotcarry out vehicle stabilization. The availabilityoffurther driving safetysystems is also limited. # Driveoncarefully. # Only deactivateESP® foraslong as thesituation requires.

If ESP® cannotbeactivated, ESP® is malfunctioning. # Have ESP® checkedimmediately at aqualified specialist workshop.

# Complywithinstructions to switchESP® off(/page145). The ABSyellowwarning lamplightsupwhile theengine is on. ! *ABS is malfunctioning. If an additional warning tone sounds, this means theEBD is malfunc‐ ABS warning lamp tioning. Other driving systems and driving safetysystems mayalso be mal‐ functioning.

& WARNING There is risk of skidding if EBD or ABS is malfunc‐ tioning If EBD or ABS is malfunctioning, thewheels could lockwhen brak‐ ing The steering capability and braking characteristicsare thus severely impaired.The brakingdistanceinanemergency braking situation can increase. In addition, other driving safetysystems areswitched off. # Driveoncarefully. # Have thebrake system checkedimmediately at aqualified specialistworkshop. Displaymessages and warning and indicator lamps 379

Warning/indicator Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions lamp

# Driveoncarefully. # Observe themessages on themultifunction display. # Visit aqualified specialistworkshop.

Seat belt

Warning/indicator Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions lamp The seat belt redwarning lampflashes and an intermittent warning tone sounds. 7 *The driver or front passenger doesnot have their belt on while the Seat belt warning lamp vehicle is in motion (speeds above 15 mph(25 km/h)). flashes # Putonthe seat belt (/ page32). *Thereare objectsonthe front passenger seat. # Remove theobjectsfromthe front passenger seat. The seat belt redwarning lamplightsupafter theengine has started. 7 Awarning tone mayalsosound. *Whenthe vehicle is stationary: The seat belt warning lampreminds Seat belt warning lamp driversand front passengerstoput on their seat belt. lightsup # Put on theseat belt (/ page32). Objects on thefront passenger seat mayprevent theseat belt warn‐ ing lampfromgoing out.

Driving systems

Warning/indicator Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions lamp The reddistance warning lamplightsupwhile youare drivingand a · warning tone sounds. *You areapproaching an obstacle at toohigh aspeed. Distance warning lamp # Be ready to applythe brakes immediately. # Increase thedistance.

Vehicle

Warning/indicator Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions lamp The powersteering system redwarning lamplightsupwhile theengine is on. Ð *The powersteering assistance or thesteering itself is malfunctioning. Powersteering system warning lamp 380 Display messagesand warning and indicator lamps

Warning/indicator Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions lamp

& WARNING Risk of accident if steering capability is impaired If thesteering no longer functions as intended, thevehicle's oper‐ ating safetyisjeopardized. # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop.

# Observe themessages on themultifunction display.

Engine

Warning/indicator Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions lamp The redcoolant warning lamplightsupwhile theengine is running. ? *Possible causes: R temperaturesensor malfunctioning Coolant warning lamp R coolant leveltoo low R air supplytothe engine radiator obstructed R engineradiator fanfaulty If awarning tone also sounds, thecoolant has exceeded thetempera‐ tureof248 °F (120 °C).

& WARNING Danger of burnswhen opening thehood If youopen thehood when theengine has overheated or during a fire in theengine compartment, youcouldcomeintocontact with hotgases or other escaping operating fluids. # Beforeopening thehood, allowthe engine to cool down. # In theevent of afireinthe engine compartment, keep the hood closed and call thefireservice.

# Stop immediately in accordance withthe trafficconditions and switchoff theengine. Do notcontinue driving. # Observe themessages on themultifunction display.

If thecoolant temperaturedisplayisatthe lowerend of thetempera‐ turescale: # Consult aqualified specialistworkshop.

Otherwise: # Leave thevehicle and keep asafedistance from thevehicle until theengine has cooled down. # Checkthe coolant level(/ page279). # Ensurethat theair supply to theengine radiator is notobstructed. # Without subjectingthe engine to excessivestrain, continue to the nearest qualified specialistworkshop. Ensurethat thecoolant temperaturedisplayremainsbelow248 °F (120 °C). Displaymessages and warning and indicator lamps 381

Warning/indicator Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions lamp The electrical malfunction redwarning lamplightsup. # *A malfunction has occurredinthe electrics. # Read themessages on themultifunction display. Electrical malfunction warning lamp The fuel reserve yellowwarning lamplightsupwhile theengine is on. æ *The fuel supplieshave reached thereserve level. # Refuel. Fuel reserve warning lamp The yellowCheckEngine warning lamplightsupwhile theengine is on. *A malfunction has occurredinthe engine, theexhaust system or the ; fuel system. Engine diagnosis warning The emissions limit value mayhavebeen exceeded and theengine lamp mayberunninginemergency operation mode. # Have thevehicle checkedassoon as possible at aqualified spe‐ cialistworkshop.

Tires

Warning/indicator Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions lamp The yellowtirepressuremonitoring system warning lamp(pressure loss/malfunction) flashes forroughly one minuteand then lights up per‐ h manently. Tire pressuremonitoring *The tire pressuremonitoring system is malfunctioning. system warning lamp flashes & WARNING There is arisk of an accident if thetirepressure monitoring system is malfunctioning If thetirepressuremonitoring system is malfunctioning, it is not able to issue awarning if thereispressureloss in one or moreof thetires. Underinflated tires may, forexample, impair thedriving, steering and braking characteristics. # Have thetirepressuremonitoring system checkedataquali‐ fied specialistworkshop.

# Visit aqualified specialistworkshop. The tirepressuremonitor yellowwarning lamp(pressureloss/malfunc‐ tion)lightsup. h *The tirepressuremonitor has detected atirepressurelossinatleast Tire pressuremonitoring one tire. system warning lamp lightsup 382 Displaymessages and warning and indicator lamps

Warning/indicator Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions lamp

& WARNING Risk of an accident duetoinsufficient tirepres‐ sure Tire pressures that aretoo lowpose thefollowing hazards: R The tires mayburst,especiallyasthe load and vehicle speed increase. R The tires maywear excessively and/or unevenly, whichmay greatlyimpair tiretraction. R The drivingcharacteristics, as well as steering and braking, maybegreatlyimpaired. Youcouldthen lose controlofthe vehicle. # Observe therecommended tirepressure. # Adjustthe tirepressureifnecessary.

# Stop thevehicle in asafelocation. # Checkthe tirepressureand thetires. Index 383

1, 2, 3... Add-on equipment guidelines ...... 19 3-zone automatic climatecontrol Additional turnsignal light (all- (operating unit) ...... 99 wheel drivevehicles) ...... 90 12 Vsocket Additive ...... 341 see Socket(12 V) DEF ...... 134, 340 Engine oil...... 341 115Vsocket see Socket(115V) Additives Fuel ...... 338 360° Camera ...... 157 Care...... 285 Additives(DEF) Function...... 157 see DEF Selecting aview...... 159 Additives(engine oil) Switching automatic operation see Additive on/off(rear viewcamera) ...... 159 Additives(fuel) see Fuel A Addressbook ABS (Anti-lock BrakingSystem) ...... 144 see Contacts Acceleration ADR(workingspeed control) see Usingkickdown Adjusting ...... 166 Access data Function...... 166 Setting (Bluetooth®)...... 253 Switching on/off...... 166 Acoustic locking verification signal After-sales service center Activating/deactivating ...... 45 see ASSYSTPLUS Activating/deactivatingthe HOLD Air nozzles function ...... 153 see Air vents ActiveBrake Assist ...... 146 Airvents ...... 102, 103 Function/notes...... 146 adjusting(front) ...... 102 Setting ...... 148 Adjusting (roof) ...... 103 Rear passenger compartment ...... 103 ActiveDistance AssistDISTRONIC ..... 150 Callingupaspeed...... 151 Airbag ...... 33 Function...... 150 Activation ...... 30 Increasing/decreasing speed ...... 151 Front airbag (driver,front Requirements ...... 151 passenger) ...... 33 Steering wheel buttons ...... 151 Installation locations ...... 33 Storing aspeed ...... 151 Overview...... 33 Switching off/deactivating ...... 151 Protection impaired ...... 34 Switching on/activating ...... 151 Protection provided ...... 33 System limitations ...... 150 Side airbag ...... 33 Windowcurtain airbag ...... 33 ActiveLaneKeeping Assist ...... 165 Function...... 165 Alarmsystem System limitations ...... 165 see ATA (Anti-TheftAlarmsystem) Trailer operation...... 165 Alertness assistant ActiveParking Assist see ATTENTION ASSIST Maneuvering assistance ...... 159 All-wheel drive Adaptivecruise control Engaging ...... 123 see ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONIC Engaging/disengaging ...... 123 LOWrange...... 124 AdaptiveHighbeam Assist Notes...... 122 Function...... 84 Switching on/off...... 84 Alternativeroute see Route Add-on equipment ...... 19 384 Index

Android Auto ...... 250 Attachments ...... 19 Connecting amobilephone ...... 250 ATTENTION ASSIST ...... 159, 160 Control using theapplication but‐ Function...... 159 tons ...... 251 Setting ...... 160 Ending ...... 251 System limitations ...... 159 Note ...... 250 Overview...... 250 Authorized workshop Sound settings ...... 251 see Qualified specialistworkshop Transferred vehicle data...... 251 Automatic distancecontrol Animals seeActiveDistance Assist DISTRONIC Pets in thevehicle ...... 43 Automatic drivinglights ...... 82 Anti-lockbraking system Automatic transmission see ABS(Anti-lockBrakingSystem) DIRECT SELECTlever...... 120 Anti-skid chains Engaging driveposition...... 121 see Snowchains Engaging neutral ...... 120 Engaging reversegear ...... 120 Anti-theftAlarmsystem Kickdown ...... 122 see ATA(Anti-TheftAlarmsystem) Restricting theshiftrange...... 122 Anti-theftprotection Selecting park position ...... 121 Immobilizer ...... 59 Transmission position display...... 120 Anti-theftprotection Transmission positions...... 120 see ATA(Anti-TheftAlarmsystem) Auxiliaryheating ...... 103 Apple CarPlay® ...... 249 Function...... 103 Connecting an iPhone® ...... 249 Axle load ...... 335 Control usingthe applicationbut‐ tons ...... 250 B Ending ...... 250 Backsupport Notes...... 249 see Lumbar support(4-way) Overview...... 249 Sound settings ...... 249 BAS(BrakeAssistSystem) ...... 144 Transferred vehicle data...... 251 Battery Ashtrays Charging ...... 292 In thewindshield stowagecom‐ Charging avehicle battery...... 292 partment ...... 77 Disconnecting theauxiliarybattery in theengine compartment...... 297 ASR (accelerationskidcontrol) ...... 144 Disconnecting thestarter battery.... 295 Assistance graphic (on-boardcom‐ Jump-starting (vehicle)...... 292 puter) ...... 177 Key...... 45 ASSYSTPLUS ...... 275 Notes(vehicle) ...... 291 Batterydisconnection periods...... 275 Removing or installing thestarter Displaying theservice due date...... 275 battery...... 296 Function/notes...... 275 Starterbattery...... 294 Regular maintenance work ...... 275 Batterymain switch Special service requirements ...... 275 Notes...... 118 ATA (Anti-TheftAlarmsystem) ...... 59 Switching powersupply on/off...... 119 Activating/deactivating theinterior Belt motion sensor ...... 61 see Seatbelt Function...... 59 Beltwarning Interiormotionsensor function...... 61 see Seatbelt Stopping thealarm...... 60 Blind SpotAssist ...... 162 Switching thetow-awayalarm Activating/deactivating ...... 163 on/off...... 60 Function...... 162 Tow-away alarmfunction ...... 60 Rear Cross TrafficAlert...... 163 Index 385

System limitations ...... 162 C Bluetooth® ...... 209 Call list Activating/deactivating ...... 209 Calling up options ...... 247 Information...... 208 Deleting ...... 247 Setting up an Internetconnection.... 253 Making acall ...... 247 Bottle holder ...... 76 Overview...... 247 Brake Calls ...... 244 ABS (Anti-lockBraking System) ...... 144 Accepting ...... 244 Activating/deactivating theHOLD Activating functions during acall..... 244 function ...... 153 Calls withseveral participants...... 244 ActiveBrake Assist ...... 146 Declining ...... 244 BAS(BrakeAssist System) ...... 144 Ending acall...... 244 Braking with parkingbrake:...... 112 Incoming call during an existing Downhillgradient...... 112 call ...... 244 Driving notes...... 109, 112 Making ...... 244 EBD (electronicbrake forcedistri‐ Camera bution) ...... 146 see 360° Camera Heavy and light loads ...... 112 see Rear viewcamera HOLD function...... 152 Car wash Newbrake discs and brakepads/ see Care linings ...... 112 Restricted braking effect (salt-trea‐ Car wash (care) ...... 283 tedroads) ...... 112 Car-to-X-Communication Wetroad surfaces ...... 112 Displaying hazardwarnings...... 233 BrakeAssistSystem Overview...... 233 see BAS(BrakeAssist System) Sending hazardwarnings...... 233 BrakeAssistance Care ...... 287 see BAS(BrakeAssist System) Carwash ...... 283 Brakefluid Carpet...... 287 Notes...... 343 Display ...... 287 Exteriorlighting ...... 285 Brakeforce distribution Headliner...... 287 EBD(electronic brakeforce distri‐ Mattefinish ...... 284 bution) ...... 146 Paint ...... 284 Brakes Plastic trim ...... 287 Breaking-in notes...... 109 Powerwasher...... 283 New/replaced brakepads/brake Real wood/trim elements ...... 287 discs ...... 109 Rear viewcamera/360°Camera..... 285 Breakdown Seat belt ...... 287 Assistance overview...... 15 Seatcover...... 287 Changingawheel ...... 324 Sensors...... 285 Roadside Assistance ...... 21 Tailpipes ...... 285 Towstarting...... 301 Trailer hitch ...... 285 Towing away ...... 298 Washing by hand ...... 284 Transportingthe vehicle ...... 300 Wheels/rims ...... 285 Windows ...... 285 Breakdown Wiper blades ...... 285 see Flat tire Cargo compartment lighting Breaking-in notes ...... 109 Motion detector ...... 87 Bulbs Cargo compartmentventilation Reversing light ...... 92 Deactivating ...... 106 Buttons Setting ...... 106 Steering wheel ...... 174 Cargo tie-down point ...... 270 386 Index

Cargo tie-down points Special seatbeltretractor ...... 38 Information...... 350 Cigarettelighter ...... 77 Carpet(care) ...... 287 Cleaning Central locking see Care Wireless central locking...... 22 Cleaning waterdrain valveofthe air Changebulbs intakebox ...... 281 Additional turnsignal light (all- Climatecontrol wheel drivevehicles) ...... 90 Activating/deactivating ...... 99 Changing abulb Adjusting rear-compartment heat‐ see Changing bulbs ing ...... 100 Changing awheel Air distribution settings ...... 101 Lowering thevehicle ...... 328 automaticallycontrolling(rear Preparing ...... 324 passenger compartment)...... 101 Raising thevehicle ...... 325 Auxiliary heating ...... 103 Removing awheel...... 327 Cargocompartmentventilation ...... 106 Clearing fogged up windows ...... 101 Changing address ...... 21 Control panel fordual-zone auto‐ Changing bulbs ...... 88 matic climate control ...... 98 High beam...... 89 Controlling automatically ...... 100 Indicator(front) ...... 89 Hot-water auxiliaryheater...... 104 Interior lamps (rear compartment) ..... 92 Operating unit for3-zone auto‐ License plate lamp...... 91 matic climate control ...... 99 Light bulbtypes halogenheadlamps .. 89 Refrigerant ...... 345 Lowbeam...... 89 Setting theair distribution ...... 101 Notes...... 88 Switching air-recirculation mode Tail lampbulb types (Cargo Van on/off...... 102 and Passenger Van) ...... 90 Switching synchronization function Tail lampbulb types (chassis) ...... 91 on/off(control panel)...... 101 Turn signal light (rear) (chassis) ...... 92 Switching theA/C function on/off..100 Changing lamps Switching therear window see Changing bulbs defrosteron/off...... 102 Switching thewindshield heater Changing owner ...... 21 on/off...... 102 Characteristics of thetire ...... 318 Ventilating thevehicle (conveni‐ Charging ence opening) ...... 58 Battery ...... 292 Ventilation nozzles at front ...... 102 Mobilephone (wireless)...... 80 Ventilation nozzles in theroof ...... 103 Ventilation nozzles, rear passenger Child safetylock(doors) ...... 42 compartment ...... 103 Child seat Cockpit (overview) ...... 6 Attaching (notes) ...... 38 Basic instructions ...... 34 Combination switch Front-passenger seat (notes) ...... 41 see High beam LATCH-type (ISOFIX)(installing) ...... 39 see High-beam flasher Notesonrisksand dangers...... 35 see Indicator Rearward-facing child restraint sys‐ Compass ...... 237 tem(Information) ...... 41 Computer Securing on thefront passenger see On-boardcomputer seat ...... 41 Securing on therear seat ...... 40 Connection status TopTether ...... 40 Displaying ...... 254 Overview...... 254 Children Avoiding dangersinthe vehicle ...... 35 Contacts ...... 245 Basicinstructions ...... 34 Callingup...... 245 Index 387

Deleting ...... 246 Date Deleting favorites...... 247 Setting thetime and dateautomat‐ Downloading (from mobilephone).... 245 ically...... 208 Importing ...... 246 Dealership Importing (overview) ...... 245 see Qualified specialistworkshop Information...... 245 Making acall ...... 246 Declaration of conformity Name format ...... 245 Vehicle componentswhichreceive Options ...... 246 and/or transmit radio waves ...... 22 Saving as afavorite ...... 246 Wireless vehicle components...... 22 Selecting options forsuggestions ..... 246 DEF ...... 134, 340 Storing ...... 246 Additive...... 134, 340 Convenience closing ...... 58 Displaying thefill level...... 135 Filling capacity ...... 341 Convenience opening ...... 58 Purity ...... 134, 340 Conversions ...... 19 Refilling ...... 135 Coolant Definitions (tiresand loading) ...... 320 Fillingcapacities...... 344 Destination ...... 230 Coolant (engine) Editing intermediatedestinations ..... 223 Checkinglevel ...... 279 Editing thepreviousdestinations..... 230 Notes...... 344 External ...... 231 Copyright Quick-access to destination infor‐ License ...... 27 mation ...... 228 Trademarks ...... 27 Saving (current vehicle position) ...... 230 Cornering light ...... 83 Destination entry ...... 215 Entering 3wordaddresses...... 219 Crosswind Assist Entering aPOI or address ...... 215 Function/notes...... 146 Entering an intermediate destina‐ Cruise control ...... 149 tion ...... 223 Activating ...... 149 Entering geo-coordinates ...... 219 Buttons ...... 149 Notes...... 215 Callingupaspeed...... 149 Selecting acontact ...... 219 Deactivating ...... 149 Selecting aPOI ...... 217 Function...... 149 Selecting from global favorites...... 220 Requirements ...... 149 Selecting from themap ...... 219 Selecting ...... 149 Selecting previous destinations...... 217 Setting thespeed ...... 149 Detectinginattentiveness Storing aspeed ...... 149 see ATTENTION ASSIST System limitations ...... 149 Diagnostics connection ...... 23 Customer Assistance Center (CAC) ...... 24 Dial telephone number (on-board Customer Relations Department ...... 24 computer) ...... 180 D Diesel Lowoutside temperatures ...... 338 Dashboard Notes...... 338 see Cockpit (overview) Diesel particulatefilter Dashboard lighting Automatic regeneration ...... 118 see Instrument lighting Displaying load ...... 118 Data import/export ...... 211 Notes...... 118 Function/notes...... 211 DigitalOperator'sManual ...... 17 Importing/exporting ...... 211 Digitalspeedometer ...... 177 Data recording(vehicle) ...... 25 Dimming theinsiderearview mirror .... 96 388 Index

DIRECT SELECT lever ...... 120 4 Check Engine OilLevel (Add Engaging driveposition...... 121 1Liter) ...... 362 Engaging neutral ...... 120 Engaging park position automati‐ ! Check Fuel Filter ...... 361 cally...... 121 b CheckLeftLow Beam (exam‐ Engaging reversegear ...... 120 ple) ...... 373 Function...... 120 h CheckTires ...... 367 Selecting park position ...... 121 ¥ CheckWasherFluid ...... 368 Direction indicator see Indicator ? Coolant TooHot Stop Vehicle Display(care) ...... 287 Turn Engine Off ...... 363 Display(MBUX multimediasystem) _ Currently Unavailable Cam‐ Settings ...... 207 eraDirty ...... 359 Display(multimedia system) ...... 198 ! Currently Unavailable See Home screen ...... 197 Operator'sManual ...... 357 Notes...... 196 ÷ CurrentlyUnavailable See Operating ...... 198 Setting acoustic operating feed‐ Operator's Manual ...... 357 back...... 198  Don't Forget Your Key ...... 367 Display(on-boardcomputer) ...... 175 5 EngineOil LevelCannot Be Displaymessage ...... 352 Measured ...... 362 Callingup(on-boardcomputer) ...... 352 4 Engine Oil LevelLow Stop Notes...... 352 Vehicle Turn Engine Off ...... 362 Displaymessages 4 Engine OilPressureStop ? ...... 361 SwitchOff Engine ...... 362 ¯ ---mph ...... 358 4 EngineOil Reduce Oil Level .....362 # 12 VBatterySee Operator's 6 Front LeftMalfunction Manual ...... 363 Service Required (example) ...... 353 ¯ AdditiveSystemFault Emer‐ æ Fuel LevelLow ...... 361 gency Op.: XXX mphSee Opera‐ ! Incline TooSteep See Opera‐ tor's Manual ...... 366 tor's Manual ...... 354 ¯ AdditiveSystemFault See & InoperativeBatteryLow ...... 369 Operator'sManual ...... 365 & InoperativeRefuel Vehicle ...... 369 ¯ AdditiveSystemFault Starts ! InoperativeSee Operator's until Emerg. Op.:XXX See Opera‐ Manual ...... 357 tor's Manual ...... 365 ÷ InoperativeSee Operator's ATTENTION ASSISTInopera‐ Û Manual ...... 356 tive ...... 361 T InoperativeSee Operator's ATTENTION ASSIST: Take a Û Manual ...... 356 Break! ...... 361 & InoperativeSee Operator’s b Auto LampFunction Inopera‐ Manual ...... 369 tive ...... 372  KeyNot Detected (red dis‐ J CheckBrake Fluid Level ...... 355 play message) ...... 368 ? CheckCoolant LevelSee  KeyNot Detected (whitedis‐ Operator's Manual ...... 364 play message) ...... 368 4 CheckEngine Oil At Next Refueling ...... 363 Index 389

6 LeftSide Curtain Airbag Mal‐ h Tire Press. Sen. Missing ...... 366 function Service Required (exam‐ d Vehicle Operational Switch ple) ...... 353 theIgnition OffBeforeExiting ...... 370 b Malfunction See Operator’s x Vehicle Trackerhas been Manual ...... 372 activated. Details: see manual or ð Maximum Speed Exceeded ..... 358 associated mobile app. or Vehi‐ Â Obtain aNew Key ...... 368 cle locating activated –see manual ¯ Off ...... 358 or mobile app...... 371 ë Off ...... 359 h Warning Tire Malfunction ...... 366 ! Parking BrakeInoperative ...... 354 ActiveBrake Assist Functions Cur‐ ! Parking BrakeSee Operator's rentlyLimited See Operator's Man‐ Manual ...... 354 ual ...... 355 Â Place theKey in theMarked ActiveBrake Assist Functions Limi‐ Space See Operator's Manual ...... 367 tedSee Operator's Manual ...... 355 h Please Correct Tire Pressure ... 367 ActiveDistance Assist Currently å Refill AdditiveEmergency Unavailable See Operator'sManual Op.: XXX mphSee Operator's Man‐ ...... 358 ual ...... 365 ActiveDistance Assist Inoperative ... 358 å Refill AdditiveSee Operator's ActiveDistance Assist NowAvaila‐ Manual ...... 365 ble ...... 359 å Refill AdditiveStartsuntil ActiveLaneKeeping AssistCamera Emerg. Op.:XXX See Operator's View Restricted See Operator's Manual ...... 365 Manual ...... 360 ¸ Replace Air Filter ...... 361 ActiveLaneKeeping AssistCur‐ Â Replace KeyBattery ...... 368 rentlyUnavailable See Operator's # See Operator's Manual ...... 363 Manual ...... 361 6 SRS Malfunction Service ActiveLaneKeeping AssistInoper‐ Required ...... 353 ative ...... 361 Ð Steering Malfunction AdaptiveHighbeam AssistCamera Increased Physical Effort See View Restricted See Operator's Operator's Manual ...... 369 Manual ...... 372 Ð Steering Malfunction Stop AdaptiveHighbeam AssistCur‐ ImmediatelySee Operator's Man‐ rentlyUnavailable See Operator's ual ...... 369 Manual ...... 372 g Step NotExtended SeeOper‐ AdaptiveHighbeam AssistInopera‐ ator'sManualorStepNot Exten‐ tive ...... 372 dedMalfunction ...... 371 Air Conditioning MalfunctionSee # Stop Vehicle Leave Engine Operator's Manual ...... 370 Running ...... 363 Apply BraketoShiftfrom'P' ...... 371 # Stop Vehicle See Operator's Auxiliary BatteryMalfunction ...... 370 Manual ...... 363 Blind SpotAssist Currently b SwitchOff Lights ...... 372 Unavailable See Operator'sManual b SwitchOnHeadlamps ...... 372 ...... 360 390 Index

Blind SpotAssist Inoperative ...... 360 DISTRONIC Blind SpotAssistTrailer NotMoni‐ see ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONIC tored ...... 360 Door Locking (emergency key) ...... 48 CheckBrake Pads See Operator's Unlocking(emergency key) ...... 48 Manual ...... 355 Door controlpanel ...... 13 Cruise Control Inoperative ...... 358 DOT, Tire Identification Number Currently Unavailable Radar Sen‐ (TIN) ...... 317 sorsDirty ...... 359 Drinking and driving ...... 109 Driver's Door Open &Transmission DriveAwayAssist ...... 163 NotinPRisk of Vehicle Rolling Driver's seat Away ...... 371 see Seats NPermanentlyActiveRiskofRoll‐ Driving and drinking ...... 109 ing Away ...... 371 Drivingcharacteristics (unusual) ...... 305 OnlyShiftto'P' when Vehicle is Driving instructions Stationary ...... 371 Foreign trip (information) ...... 111 Radar SensorsDirty See Opera‐ Drivinglight tor's Manual ...... 355 see Automatic driving lights Regeneration NotPossible ...... 364 Drivingnotes Reversing NotPossible Service Brakesubject to load ...... 112 Braking ...... 112 Required ...... 370 Breaking-innotes ...... 109 Service Required Do NotShift Downhillgradient...... 112 GearsVisit Dealer ...... 370 Drinking and driving ...... 109 Shiftto'P' or 'N' to StartEngine ...... 370 Generaldrivingtips ...... 109 Newbrake discs and brakepads/ SOS NOTREADY ...... 356 linings ...... 112 Tire Press. Monitor Currently Parking brake...... 112 Unavailable ...... 366 Restricted braking effect (salt-trea‐ tedroads) ...... 112 Tire PressureMonitor Inoperative ....367 Transportbyrail ...... 112 Tire PressureMonitor Inoperative Wetroad surfaces ...... 112 No Wheel Sensors ...... 366 DrivingSafetySystem To EngageTransmiss.Position R ABS(Anti-lockBrakingSystem) ...... 144 First Depress theBrake ...... 370 ASR (acceleration skidcontrol)...... 144 BAS(BrakeAssist System) ...... 144 TrafficSign Assist CameraView EBD (electronicbrake forcedistri‐ Restricted See Operator's Manual ... 359 bution) ...... 146 TrafficSign Assist Currently ESP® Crosswind Assist...... 146 Unavailable See Operator'sManual ESP® trailerstabilization...... 146 ...... 360 Overview...... 144 Radar sensors...... 143 TrafficSign Assist Inoperative ...... 359 Responsibility ...... 143 Transmission Malfunction Stop ...... 370 Drivingsafetysystem Displayrange(trip menu) ...... 177 see ActiveBrake Assist ® Displaytotal distance (trip menu) ...... 177 see ESP (Electronic StabilityProgram) Distance control Driving system see ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONIC see 360° Camera see Activating/deactivating the Distance recorder HOLD function see Trip distance Index 391

see ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONIC Electrical consumption see ActiveLaneKeeping Assist Key...... 45 see ATTENTION ASSIST Electrical fuses see Blind SpotAssist see Fuses see Cruise control see HOLD function Electrical step see Lane Keeping Assist Emergency release ...... 56 see Parking AssistPARKTRONIC Extending/retracting ...... 55 seeRear viewcamera Function...... 55 see TrafficSign Assist Obstacle ...... 55 Preventing extending ...... 55 Drivingtips Electronic Stability Program Drivingabroad (symmetrical low ® beam)...... 82 see ESP (Electronic StabilityProgram) Drivinginwinter...... 113 Electronics ...... 334 Driving off-road...... 114 Emergency Driving on flooded roads ...... 113 Assistance overview...... 15 Driving on wetroads ...... 113 First-aidkit (soft sided) ...... 289 Hydroplaning ...... 113 Safetyvest...... 289 Drowsiness detection Warning lamp...... 289 see ATTENTION ASSIST Emergency braking DSR (Downhill Speed Regulation) Electricparkingbrake ...... 142 Activating/deactivating ...... 125 Manual parking brake...... 140 Notes...... 124 Emergency call system Dual-zone automatic climatecon‐ Automatic emergency call ...... 290 trol (control panel) ...... 98 Information...... 289 DYNAMIC SELECT Manual emergency call...... 290 Displaying vehicle data...... 213 Overview...... 289 Transferred data...... 290 E Emergency engine start ...... 301 E10 ...... 338 Emergency operation mode EBD (electronic brakeforce distri‐ Startingthe vehicle ...... 108 bution) ...... 146 Emergency Tensioning Devices ECOdisplay Activation ...... 30 Function...... 117 Engaging driveposition (automatic Resetting...... 178 transmission) ...... 121 Electric parking brake ...... 141 Engaging neutral(automatic trans‐ Applying automatically...... 141 mission) ...... 120 Applying or releasing manually...... 142 Engagingreverse gear ...... 120 Emergency braking ...... 142 Notes...... 140 Engaging/disengaging LOWRANGE ... 124 Releasing automatically...... 141 Engine Electric sliding door Enginenumber ...... 335 Function...... 50 Parking (start/stopbutton) ...... 138 Opening with button ...... 50 Problems ...... 133 Opening withthe door handle ...... 52 Starting(in emergency operation Opening/closing withthe key...... 52 mode) ...... 108 Programming thekey ...... 52 Starting(start/stop button) ...... 108 Resetting...... 53 Startingassistance ...... 292 Unlockingmanually...... 52 Engine data Electrical closing assist Showing ...... 214 Notes...... 50 Engine electronics (notes) ...... 334 392 Index

Engine number ...... 335 Flat tire ...... 291 Engine oil ...... 278 Changingawheel ...... 324 Additive...... 341 Notes...... 291 Checkingthe oil level(on-board Floorcovering computer) ...... 278 Installing/removing (starter bat‐ Checkingthe oil levelwithadip‐ tery)...... 294 stick...... 277 Floor mat ...... 81 Filling capacity ...... 342 Topping up ...... 278 Foreign trip Instructions ...... 111 Engine output symmetrical lowbeam ...... 82 Notesonchanges ...... 23 Free software ...... 27 ENR (electronic levelcontrol) ...... 126 Function...... 126 Frequencies Lowering thevehicle ...... 127 Mobile phone...... 334 Manually inflating air bellows ...... 130 Two-way radio ...... 334 Problems ...... 131 Front airbag (driver,front passenger) .. 33 Raising thevehicle ...... 127 Front door Entering and exiting ...... 48 Opening (from inside) ...... 47 Entering characters ...... 205 Unlocking (from inside) ...... 47 Function/notes...... 205 Front passenger benchseat Settingthe keyboard...... 207 Folding theseat cushion forwards/ Using themedia display...... 206 backwards ...... 69 Environmental protection Front seats Notes...... 18 8-wayadjustmentoptions ...... 65 ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Adjusting (electrically)...... 65 ® Adjusting (manually) ...... 62, 64 see ESP (Electronic StabilityProgram) Memoryfunction ...... 65 ESP® Turning ...... 68 Crosswind Assist...... 146 With SeatComfort Package...... 64 Trailer stabilization...... 146 Without Seat ComfortPackage ...... 62 ESP® (ElectronicStabilityProgram) ... 145 Fuel ...... 338 Activating/deactivating ...... 145 Additives ...... 338 Function/notes...... 145 Diesel ...... 338 Exhaustemission monitoring ...... 111 Draining thefilter ...... 282 E10...... 338 Exterior lighting Flexiblefuel vehicles ...... 338 Care...... 285 Fuel reserve ...... 340 Exterior lighting Gasoline ...... 338 see Lights Lowoutsidetemperatures ...... 338 Problems ...... 133 F Quality (diesel)...... 338 Fatigue detection Quality (gasoline)...... 338 see ATTENTION ASSIST Refueling ...... 131 Sulfur content ...... 338 Favorites Tank capacity ...... 340 Adding ...... 202 Calling up ...... 202 Fuel consumption (on-boardcom‐ Deleting ...... 203 puter) ...... 177 Moving ...... 203 Fuel consumption indicator Overview...... 202 Calling up ...... 214 Renaming ...... 203 Fuses ...... 301, 302 First-aid kit (softsided) ...... 289 Beforereplacing ...... 301 Index 393

Fuse boxinthe front-passenger Home screen (media display) ...... 197 footwell ...... 302 Hot-water auxiliaryheater ...... 104 Fuse boxinthe seat base of the Function...... 104 driver's seat ...... 302 Problems ...... 106 Notes...... 301 switching on/offwiththe button ...... 104 Switching on/offwiththe on- G boardcomputer ...... 105 Gas station search Hotspot Startingautomatic search ...... 225 Setting up (Wi-Fi) ...... 210 Switching automatic searchon/off ...... 224 Hydroplaning ...... 113 Gasoline ...... 338 I Generaloperating permit number Identification plate (EU) ...... 335 Engine ...... 335 Genuine parts ...... 18 Refrigerant ...... 345 Getting intoand out of thevehicle ...... 48 Vehicle ...... 335 Glassescompartment ...... 76 Ignition key see Key Global search Function...... 205 Immobilizer ...... 59 Overview...... 205 Indicator ...... 83 Grab handles ...... 48 Activating/deactivating ...... 83 Using ...... 48 Changing bulbs(front) ...... 89 Changing bulbs(rear)(Cargo Van Grossaxleweight rating ...... 335 and Passenger Van) ...... 90 Grossmass ...... 335 Changing bulbs(rear)(chassis) ...... 92 Installations ...... 19 H Instrument Display Handbrake(electrical) Function/notes...... 173 see Electric parking brake Overview...... 173 Handbrake(manual) Setting thelighting ...... 176 see Manual parkingbrake Instrument lighting ...... 176 Handling control system Intelligent lightsystem see ESP® (Electronic StabilityProgram) AdaptiveHighbeam Assist...... 84 Hazardwarninglights ...... 83 Cornering light ...... 83 Switching on/off...... 83 Interior lamps (rear compartment) Hazardous substances (replacingthe light bulbs) ...... 92 Information...... 21 Interior lighting Head restraint Bus equipment...... 86 Adjusting mechanically ...... 73 Cargo compartment ...... 87 Headliner (care) ...... 287 Readinglampabove thepassenger seat ...... 87 Heating system (control panel) ...... 97 Rear compartment ...... 87 High beam ...... 83 Setting ...... 85 Activating/deactivating ...... 83 Switch-offdelay time...... 88 AdaptiveHighbeam Assist...... 84 Interior motion sensor Changingbulbs ...... 89 Function...... 61 High-beamflasher ...... 83 Switching on/off...... 61 Hill startassist ...... 152 Interior roof carrier system ...... 272 HOLD function ...... 152 394 Index

Intermediatedestination K Calculating aroutewithintermedi‐ atedestinations ...... 224 Key ...... 44 Entering ...... 223 Battery...... 45 Modifying ...... 223 Electricalconsumption...... 45 Startinganautomatic gasstation Functions ...... 44 search ...... 225 Keyring attachment ...... 45 Startingthe automatic service sta‐ Mechanical key...... 45 tionsearch ...... 225 Overview...... 44 Problem ...... 46 Internet Radio connection ...... 44 Callingupaweb page...... 254 Unlockingsetting ...... 45 Calling up theweb browser set‐ tings...... 255 L Calling up webbrowser options ...... 255 Closing thebrowser ...... 256 Labeling(tires) Deleting abookmark ...... 255 see Tire labeling Deleting history ...... 255 Lane detection (automatic) Managing bookmarks ...... 255 seeActiveLaneKeeping Assist Internet connection Lane Keeping Assist ...... 164 Automatic disconnection ...... 254 Function...... 164 Canceling permission (mobile System limitations ...... 164 phone) ...... 253 Trailer operation ...... 164 Communicationmodule function ..... 252 Lane Keeping Assist Connectionstatus ...... 254 see ActiveLaneKeeping Assist Disconnectionfollowing Inactivity .... 254 see Lane Keeping Assist Displaying theconnection status .....254 Establishing ...... 253 Language ...... 211 Establishing automatically...... 253 Notes...... 211 Information ...... 251 Setting ...... 211 Mobile phone details ...... 253 LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child seat Restrictions ...... 251 securing system Setting access data (Bluetooth®)..... 253 Installing...... 39 Settingup(Bluetooth®)...... 253 Levelcontrol Setting up (Wi-Fi) ...... 252 see ENR (electronic levelcontrol) Internetradio License plate lamp(changingbulbs) .... 91 Calling up thestationlist(category Light switch(overview) ...... 82 lastselected) ...... 258 Lighting Internetradio see Lights see TuneIn ® Lights ...... 82 iPhone AdaptiveHighbeam Assist...... 84 ® see Apple CarPlay Automatic driving lights ...... 82 Combination switch...... 83 J Cornering light...... 83 Jack ...... 324 Driving abroad (symmetrical low Hydraulic...... 303 beam) ...... 82 Removing thehydraulic jackfrom Hazardwarning lamps ...... 83 thestowage compartment ...... 304 High beam ...... 83 Storagelocation of hydraulic jack....303 High-beam flasher ...... 83 Jump-startconnection ...... 292 Indicator ...... 83 Light switch...... 82 Lowbeam ...... 82 Parking light ...... 82 Rear foglight ...... 82 Index 395

Responsibility withlighting systems ... 82 Manualparking brake ...... 139 Setting theexteriorlighting switch- Applying/releasing ...... 139 offdelaytime ...... 84 Emergency braking ...... 140 Setting theinstrument lighting ...... 176 Folding up/down ...... 140 Switching thesurround lighting Manuallyinflating air bellows (ENR) ...130 on/off...... 85 Map ...... 231, 234 Limited Warranty (vehicle) ...... 25 Avoiding an area ...... 236 Limiting speed ...... 111 Avoiding an area (overview) ...... 236 LiveTraffic Information Changinganarea...... 236 Displaying thetraffic map ...... 231 Deleting an area ...... 236 Displaying trafficincidents ...... 232 Displaying thecompass ...... 237 Provider information...... 231 Displaying themap version ...... 236 Showinglocal area messages...... 233 Displaying thenextintersecting Switching thetraffic information street ...... 235 displayon...... 232 Displaying thesatellitemap ...... 237 Displaying thetraffic map ...... 231 Load Displaying weather information ...... 238 Determiningthe maximum ...... 315 Map data...... 237 Samplecalculation ...... 315 Moving...... 234 Load distribution ...... 269 SelectingPOI symbols ...... 234 Load index(tire) ...... 318 Selecting text information ...... 235 Selecting themap orientation ...... 234 Load securing Setting themap scale ...... 234 Cargo tie-down point...... 270 Setting themap scale automati‐ Installing and removing tie-down cally...... 237 eyes ...... 271 Showing therange...... 238 Notes...... 269 Switching freewayinformation Load-bearing capacity (tire) ...... 318 on/off...... 235 Loading Updating ...... 237 Definitions ...... 320 Mattefinish (cleaning instructions) ... 284 Loading guidelines ...... 268 Maximum load Loading information table ...... 314 Determining...... 315 Lowbeam Samplecalculation ...... 315 Activating/deactivating ...... 82 Maximum tireload ...... 318 Changing bulbs...... 89 Maximum tirepressure ...... 318 Setting forabroad (symmetrical)...... 82 MBUX multimedia system LOWrange ...... 124 Configuring displaysettings ...... 207 Lubricant additives MBUX multimedia system (over‐ see Additive view) ...... 196 Lumbar support(4-way) ...... 67 Mechanical key Locking door ...... 48 M Removing/inserting ...... 45 M+S tires ...... 306 Unlockingdoor ...... 48 Maintenance Media Vehicle ...... 21 Menu (on-board computer) ...... 180 Operating media playback...... 180 Maintenance Selecting amediasource...... 180 see ASSYSTPLUS Media display Malfunction Entering characters...... 206 Restraint system ...... 29 Homescreen...... 197 Malfunction message Notes...... 196 see Displaymessage 396 Index

Media mode Transferred data...... 194 Adding afavorite song ...... 260 Message(multifunction display) Connecting Bluetooth® audio see Displaymessage equipment ...... 260 Messagememory ...... 352 ConnectingUSB devices ...... 259 Controllingmediaplayback...... 260 Messages ...... 247 Copyright and trademarks ...... 258 Callingamessagesender ...... 248 Making video settings ...... 262 Configuring thedisplayedtext Notesabout thesearch function in messages...... 248 categories ...... 261 Deleting ...... 248 Overviewofthe media menu ...... 259 Forwarding...... 248 Playing backsimilar music tracks..... 260 Overview...... 247 Removing afavorite song ...... 260 Reading...... 248 Searching foramusictrack Using anumber/URL ...... 248 according to mood ...... 261 Using templates ...... 248 Startingasearch in categories ...... 261 Voice commands(Voice Control Startingmediaplayback...... 260 System) ...... 190 Supportedformat and datastorage Mirrors media ...... 258 Adjusting theinside rearviewmirror... 96 Surprise mix ...... 260 Mirrors Using thekeyword search ...... 261 see Outside mirrors Memory function(seat) ...... 67 Mobile phone ...... 334 Menu (on-boardcomputer) Canceling permission forInternet Assistance graphic ...... 177 connection ...... 253 Media ...... 180 Frequencies ...... 334 Navigation ...... 179 Transmission output (maximum)...... 334 Overview...... 174 Wireless charging...... 80 Radio ...... 179 Mobile phone Service ...... 176 seeAndroid Auto Settings ...... 181 ® Telephone...... 180 see Apple CarPlay Trip ...... 177 see Mobile phone see Telephone Mercedesme Mobile phone voice recognition Information ...... 193 Starting...... 244 Mercedesmeconnect Stopping ...... 244 Breakdown assistancecall via the breakdown assistance button ...... 194 Model series ...... 335 Callingthe Customer Center ...... 193 Mountingaload ...... 268 Consentingtodatatransfer ...... 194 Multi Purpose Vehicle(MPV) ...... 24 Information ...... 193 Multifunction display(on-board Making acall via theoverhead con‐ trol panel ...... 194 computer) ...... 175 Transferred data...... 194 Multifunction steering wheel MercedesPRO Buttonoverview...... 174 Information ...... 193 Multifunction steering wheel MercedesPRO connect see Steering wheel Breakdown assistancecall via the Multimedia system breakdown assistance button ...... 194 Adjusting thevolume ...... 200 Callingthe Customer Center ...... 193 Main functions...... 199 Consentingtodatatransfer ...... 194 Restoring (factorysettings) ...... 213 Information ...... 193 Switching thesound on/off...... 199 Making acall via theoverhead con‐ Multimediasystem trol panel ...... 194 see Display(multimedia system) Index 397

see Entering characters O see MBUXmultimedia system (overview) see TouchControl Occupant safety see Airbag N see Pets in thevehicle see Restraint system Navigation see Seat belt Menu (on-boardcomputer) ...... 179 Odometer Overview...... 215 Showing/hiding themenu ...... 214 see Displaytotal distance (trip menu) Switching on ...... 214 Oil Updating themap data...... 237 see Engine oil Voice commands(Voice Control On-boardcomputer ...... 174 System) ...... 185 Adjusting thestationaryheater/ Navigation ventilation ...... 105 see Destination Assistancegraphic menu...... 177 see Destination entry Diesel particulatefilter load display see Parking service ...... 118 see Route Displaying theservice due date...... 275 see Routeguidance Media menu ...... 180 see Trafficinformation Menu navigation...... 179 Navigation announcements Menus overview...... 174 Activating/deactivating ...... 228 Multifunction display...... 175 Adjusting thevolume ...... 229 Operating ...... 174 Repeating ...... 229 Radio menu ...... 179 Switching audio fadeout on/off...... 229 Service menu ...... 176 Settings menu ...... 181 Navigation instructions (on-board Telephonemenu...... 180 computer) ...... 179 Trip menu...... 177 Near Field Communication (NFC) ...... 243 On-boarddiagnostics interface Connecting amobile phone to the see Diagnostics connection MBUX multimedia system ...... 243 On-board electronics Generalinformation...... 243 Engine electronics...... 334 Switching mobilephones ...... 243 Notes...... 334 Using amobile phone ...... 243 Two-way radios ...... 334 NFC Open-source software ...... 27 see NearField Communication(NFC) Opening and closing thelockable Notificationtypes ...... 203 compartment above thewindshield .....76 Notifications Center Opening thecup holder in therear Calling up notifications ...... 204 Editing notifications ...... 204 passenger compartment ...... 76 Global search...... 205 Opening/closing thehood ...... 275 Notification types ...... 203 Operating fluids Overview...... 203 Additives (fuel) ...... 338 Selecting actions fornotifications .... 204 Brakefluid ...... 343 Using theglobal search ...... 205 Coolant (engine) ...... 344 Notifications Center DEF ...... 340 see Notificationtypes Engine oil...... 341 Nozzles Fuel (diesel) ...... 338 see Air vents Fuel (gasoline) ...... 338 Notes...... 337 Windshield washer fluid ...... 344,345 OperatingInstructions (vehicle equipment) ...... 20 398 Index

Operating safety From thedriver's compartment...... 54 Changesinthe engine powerout‐ Permissible gross mass ...... 335 put ...... 23 Declaration of conformity (vehicle Permissible towing methods ...... 297 components that receive and/or Pets in the vehicle ...... 43 transmit radio waves) ...... 22 Phone book Declaration of conformity (wireless see Contacts vehicle components) ...... 22 Information ...... 21 PIN protection Activating/deactivating ...... 211 Operating system On-boardcomputer ...... 174 Placing aload on thewheel arch ...... 274 Operator's Manual(digital) ...... 17 Plastic trim (care) ...... 287 Outsidemirrors ...... 95 POI folding in/out ...... 95 Quickaccess ...... 228 Setting ...... 95 Selecting...... 217 Setting options ...... 13 POI symbols Overhead control panel Selecting...... 234 Adjusting theinterior lighting ...... 85 Powersupply Overview...... 8 Batterymainswitch...... 119 Switching on (start/stopbutton) ...... 107 P Powerwasher (care) ...... 283 Paint (cleaning instructions) ...... 284 Powerwindows Paint code ...... 335 see Side window Park position Previous destinations Engaging ...... 121 Selecting...... 217 Engaging automatically ...... 121 Profile Parking aid Calling up suggestions ...... 201 see Parking AssistPARKTRONIC Configuring suggestions ...... 202 Creating anew profile ...... 200 Parking AssistPARKTRONIC ...... 153 Deleting suggestions ...... 202 Activating ...... 154 Maximum number of profiles ...... 200 Adjusting warning tones ...... 154 Overview...... 200 DriveAwayAssist ...... 163 Renaming suggestions ...... 202 Function...... 153 Selecting aprofile ...... 201 Switching off...... 154 Selecting profileoptions ...... 201 System limitations ...... 153 Showing theprofile selection when Parking brake(electrical) startingthe vehicle ...... 201 see Electric parkingbrake Suggestions (overview) ...... 201 Parking brake(manual) Profile see Manual parkingbrake see User profile Parking foranextended period ...... 142 Q Parking light ...... 82 Parking options QR code (rescue card) ...... 25 see Parking service Qualified specialistworkshop ...... 23 Parking service ...... 238 Notes...... 238 R Selecting parking options ...... 238 Rack systems (information) ...... 271 Showing aparking option on the Radar sensors ...... 143 map ...... 239 Radio Partition sliding door Activating ...... 262 From thecargo compartment...... 55 Activating/deactivating radio text .... 264 Index 399

Callingupthe stationlist...... 263 Registration Deletingstations ...... 263 Vehicle ...... 23 Direct frequencyentry ...... 263 Removing the vehicletool kit ...... 303 Displaying emergency warnings ...... 263 Displaying information...... 264 Replacing awheel Displayingradio text ...... 264 Installing anew wheel ...... 327 Editing stationpresets ...... 263 Replacing light bulbs Menu (on-board computer) ...... 179 Indicators(rear)(Cargo Vanand Moving stations ...... 263 Passenger Van) ...... 90 Overview...... 262 Reversing lights(Cargo Vanand Searching forstations ...... 263 Passenger Van) ...... 90 Settingachannel ...... 263 Reporting safetydefects ...... 24 Setting thewaveband ...... 263 Storing radio stations ...... 263 Rescue card ...... 25 Switching theHDRadio function Resetfunction (multimedia system) ...213 on/off...... 263 Restoring (factorysettings) Voice commands(Voice Control see Resetfunction (multimedia system) System) ...... 188 Restraint system ...... 29 Radio connection Basic instructions forchildren ...... 34 Key...... 44 Functioninanaccident ...... 30 Real wood (care) ...... 287 Functionality ...... 29 Rear Malfunction...... 29 Motion detector ...... 87 Protection limited ...... 29 Protection provided ...... 29 Rear bench seat Self-test...... 29 see Seats Warning lamps ...... 29 Rear Cross TrafficAlert ...... 163 Restrictingthe shift range ...... 122 Rear foglight ...... 82 Reversing light Rear viewcamera ...... 154 Changingbulbs ...... 92 Care...... 285 Reversing lights Function...... 154 Replacing light bulbs (Cargo Van Switching automatic operation and Passenger Van) ...... 90 on/off(360° Camera) ...... 159 Rims (care) ...... 285 Rear windowwiper Replacing ...... 95 Roadside Assistance (breakdown) ...... 21 Switching on/off...... 93 Roll away protection Rear-compartment heating ...... 100 see Activating/deactivating the HOLD function Rear-end doors see HOLD function Opening and closing (from inside) ...... 54 Opening and closing (from outside) ....53 Roof carrier (inside) ...... 272 Reducing agent Roof rack ...... 350 see DEF Roof rack (information) ...... 271 Refrigerant (air conditioning) Route ...... 220, 224 Notes...... 345 Accepting adetour recommenda‐ Refuel tion afteraprompt...... 233 Displaying theDEF level...... 135 Activating acommuter route...... 224 Refilling DEF...... 135 Alternativeroute(quick-access) ...... 228 Calculating ...... 220 Refueling Displaying destination information... 223 Refueling thevehicle ...... 131 Displaying theroutelist...... 224 Regeneration Editing astoredroute...... 226 Notes...... 118 External ...... 231 400 Index

Planning ...... 223 Warning lamps ...... 33 Recording aroute...... 225 Seat cover(care) ...... 287 Saving arecorded route...... 226 Selectingatype ...... 221 Seats ...... 62, 70 Selecting an alternativeroute...... 224 4-way lumbar support...... 67 Selecting notifications ...... 222 8-way adjustment options ...... 65 Selecting options ...... 222 Adjusting armrests ...... 69 Showing astoredrouteonthe map Adjusting thehead restraints ...... 225 mechanically ...... 73 Startingasavedroute...... 225 Adjusting theseat backrests (rear Startingthe automatic service sta‐ benchseat) ...... 73 tionsearch ...... 225 Adjusting theseat cushion (twin Switching theautomatic gassta‐ co-driver's seat) ...... 69 tionsearch on/off...... 224 correct driver's seatposition ...... 62 With intermediatedestinations...... 224 Folding thefolding seat up/down ...... 69 front (adjustelectrically)...... 65 Routeguidance ...... 226 Front (adjusting manually, with Canceling ...... 229 Seat ComfortPackage)...... 64 Changing direction ...... 226 Front (adjusting mechanically, Destination reached ...... 228 without Seat ComfortPackage)...... 62 Freewayinformation ...... 228 Front (adjusting mechanically) ...... 64 From an off-road location ...... 230 Installing and removing rear bench Lane recommendations ...... 227 seat ...... 70 Notes...... 226 Memoryfunction ...... 65 Off-road ...... 230 Operating thememoryfunction ...... 67 To an off-road destination...... 229 Setting options ...... 13 Turning (front seat) ...... 68 S With SeatComfort Package...... 64 Safetyvest ...... 289 Without Seat ComfortPackage ...... 62 Satelliteradio Securing luggage ...... 268 Activating/deactivating TuneStart .... 266 Selectorlever Deleting achannel ...... 265 see DIRECT SELECT lever Displaying service information ...... 267 Information ...... 264 Sensors(care) ...... 285 Information aboutSmartFavorites Service and TuneStart ...... 266 see ASSYSTPLUS Logging in ...... 264 Service (on-boardcomputer) ...... 176 Moving achannel ...... 265 Service center Music and sportalertsfunction ...... 266 Overview...... 265 see Qualified specialistworkshop Pause and playbackfunction ...... 266 Service intervaldisplay Restrictions ...... 264 see ASSYST PLUS Selecting acategory ...... 265 Service products Selecting achannel ...... 265 Refrigerant (airconditioning) ...... 345 Setting musicand sportalerts ...... 266 Servicestationsearch Setting theparental control ...... 265 Startingautomatic search ...... 225 Storing achannel ...... 265 Switching on ...... 264 Setting the dateformat ...... 208 Seat belt ...... 30, 33 Setting thedistance unit ...... 211 Adjusting theheight ...... 32 Setting themap scale Care...... 287 see Map Fastening ...... 32 Setting thespeed Protection impaired ...... 31 see Cruise control Protection provided ...... 30 Releasing ...... 33 Settings (on-board computer) ...... 181 Index 401

Shortmessages Information ...... 267 see Messages Sparewheel Short-distance trips ...... 111 Installing/removing ...... 330 Side airbag ...... 33 Notes...... 329 Side window ...... 56 Special seat belt retractor ...... 38 Closing...... 56 Specialist workshop ...... 23 Closing(all) ...... 56 Speechdialog system Closingusingthe key...... 58 see Voice ControlSystem Convenience closing ...... 58 Convenience opening ...... 58 Speed rating(tire) ...... 318 Opening ...... 56 Speedometer(digital) ...... 177 Opening (all)...... 56 Standbymode Opening with thekey ...... 58 Activating/deactivating ...... 143 Sidewindows Start/stopbutton Problem ...... 59 Parking thevehicle ...... 138 Resetting...... 58 Startingthe vehicle ...... 108 Size designation (tire) ...... 318 Switching on thepowersupply or Sliding door theignition ...... 107 B-pillar door sill (button) ...... 50 Starting Center console (button) ...... 50 see Vehicle Child safetylock...... 42 Starting assistance Closing(from inside) ...... 49 see Jump-start connection Closing(from outside) ...... 49 Starting-off aid Opening (from inside) ...... 49 see Hill startassist Opening (from outside) ...... 49 Station SmartKey Deleting ...... 263 Acoustic locking verification signal .... 45 Direct frequency entry...... 263 Smartphone Moving ...... 263 see Android Auto Searching ...... 263 see Apple CarPlay® Setting ...... 263 see Telephone Storing ...... 263 Snowchains ...... 306 Station list Socket(12 V) ...... 78 Calling up ...... 263 Cargo compartment ...... 79 Station presets Driver'sseat...... 78 Modifying ...... 263 Front center console ...... 78 Stationaryheating Socket(115V) ...... 78 Problems ...... 106 Lowercontrol panel ...... 78 Stationaryheating/ventilation Softwareupdate ...... 212 Adjusting (on-board computer) ...... 105 Information ...... 212 Stationaryheating/ventilation Performing ...... 212 see Auxiliary heating System updates ...... 212 see Hot-water auxiliary heater Sound Steering wheel ...... 174 see Sound settings Adjusting ...... 74 Sound settings ...... 267 Buttons ...... 174 Adjusting thebalance/fader ...... 267 Stopping thealarm (ATA) ...... 60 Adjusting treble,mid-rangeand bass settings...... 267 Stowageareas Automatic volume adjustment ...... 267 see Stowagespace Calls up thesound menu ...... 267 Stowagecompartments see Stowagespace 402 Index

Stowagespace ...... 75 Tank content Armrest...... 75 DEF...... 341 Centerconsole ...... 75 Technical data Cockpit ...... 75 Information ...... 334 Door...... 75 Notes(trailerhitch) ...... 346 Glassescompartment ...... 76 Tire pressuremonitor ...... 314 Glove box...... 75 Vehicle identification plate...... 335 Sulfur content ...... 338 Telephone ...... 180, 240 Summer tires ...... 305 Activating functions during acall..... 244 Surround lighting Calls withseveral participants...... 244 Switching on/off...... 85 Changingthe function of amobile phone ...... 242 Surround View Connecting amobile phone(Near see 360° Camera Field Communication(NFC)) ...... 243 Switch-offdelaytime Connecting amobile phone(Pass‐ Exterior ...... 84 key) ...... 241 Interior ...... 88 Connecting amobile phone Switching air-recirculationmode (SecureSimple Pairing) ...... 241 on/off ...... 102 Connecting asecondmobile phone (SecureSimple Pairing) ...... 242 Switching on ignition (start/stop Disconnecting amobilephone ...... 242 button) ...... 107 Importing contacts ...... 246 Switching seat heating on/off ...... 74 Importing contacts (overview) ...... 245 Switching synchronization function Incoming call during an existing on/off(control panel) ...... 101 call ...... 244 Information ...... 241 Switching theA/C function on/off .... 100 Interchanging mobile phones (two Switching therear window phonemode)...... 242 defrosteron/off ...... 102 Menu (on-boardcomputer) ...... 180 Switching thewindshield heater Mobile phone voice recognition ...... 244 on/off ...... 102 Notes...... 241 Operating modes ...... 240 System settings Reception and transmission vol‐ Activating/deactivating PIN pro‐ ume ...... 243 tection ...... 211 Ringtone volume ...... 243 Resetfunction (multimedia sys‐ Switching mobile phones ...... 242 tem) ...... 213 Switching mobilephones (Near Setting thedistance unit...... 211 Field Communication (NFC)) ...... 243 Setting thetime and dateautomat‐ Telephonemenuoverview...... 240 ically...... 208 Telephoneoperation ...... 244 Setting thetime zone...... 208 Twophone mode (function) ...... 242 Setting thetime/dateformat ...... 208 Using Near Field Communication System settings (NFC) ...... 243 see Bluetooth® Voice commands(Voice Control see Dataimport/export System) ...... 187 see Language Wireless charging(mobile phone) ...... 80 see Softwareupdate Telephonyoperating modes see Wi-Fi Bluetooth® Telephony...... 240 T Temperaturegrade ...... 316 Tailpipes (care) ...... 285 Text messages Voice commands(Voice Control Tank capacity System) ...... 190 Fuel ...... 340 Reserve (fuel) ...... 340 Index 403

Text messages Tire pressuremonitoring system see Messages (function) ...... 311 Tie-downeyes ...... 271 Tire tread ...... 305 Time Tire-changetool kit ...... 324 Manual time setting...... 208 Tires Setting thetime and dateautomat‐ Characteristics...... 318 ically...... 208 Checking...... 305 Setting thetime zone...... 208 Checkingthe tirepressure(tire Setting thetime/dateformat ...... 208 pressuremonitoring system) ...... 313 Tire and Loading Information plac‐ Definitions ...... 320 ard ...... 314 Direction of rotation...... 324 Tire Identification Number(TIN) ...... 317 DOT, Tire Identification Number (TIN) ...... 317 Tire information table ...... 314 Flattire...... 291 Tire labeling ...... 316 Installing ...... 327 Characteristics...... 318 Load index...... 318 DOT, Tire Identification Number Load-bearing capacity ...... 318 (TIN) ...... 317 M+S tires ...... 306 Load index...... 318 Maximum tireload ...... 318 Load-bearing capacity ...... 318 Maximum tirepressure...... 318 Maximum tireload ...... 318 Noise ...... 305 Maximum tirepressure...... 318 Notesoninstalling ...... 321 Overview...... 316 Overviewoftirelabeling ...... 316 Size designation ...... 318 Removing ...... 327 Speedrating ...... 318 Replacing ...... 321, 324 Temperaturegrade ...... 316 Restartingthe tirepressuremoni‐ Tire qualitygrades ...... 316 tor...... 313 Traction grade ...... 316 Selecting ...... 321 Tread wear grade ...... 316 Size designation ...... 318 Tire load (maximum) ...... 318 Snowchains ...... 306 Speed rating ...... 318 Tire pressure Storing ...... 324 Checking (tirepressuremonitoring Summer tires ...... 305 system) ...... 313 Temperaturegrade ...... 316 Maximum ...... 318 Tire and Loading Informationplac‐ Notes...... 307 ard...... 314 Restartingthe tirepressuremoni‐ Tire pressure(notes) ...... 307 tor...... 313 Tire pressuremonitoring system Tire pressuremonitoring system (function) ...... 311 (function) ...... 311 Tire pressuretable ...... 308, 311 Tire pressuretable ...... 308,311 Tire qualitygrades ...... 316 Tire pressuremonitor Traction grade ...... 316 Checkingthe tirepressure...... 313 Tread wear grade ...... 316 Checkingthe tiretemperature...... 313 Unusual drivingcharacteristics ...... 305 Function...... 311 Wheel size categories ...... 323 Restarting...... 313 Tool Technicaldata...... 314 see Removing thevehicle tool kit Tire pressuretable ...... 308, 311 see Vehicle tool kit Tire quality grades ...... 316 see Vehicle tool kit stowagecompartment Tire temperature TopTether ...... 40 Checking(tirepressuremonitoring Topping up the windshield washer system) ...... 313 system ...... 281 404 Index

TouchControl ...... 197 Notes...... 167 On-boardcomputer ...... 174 Permissible trailer loads and trailer Operating ...... 197 drawbar noseweights...... 171 Setting acoustic operating feed‐ Powersupply ...... 172 back...... 198 Socket...... 169 Setting thesensitivity ...... 198 Trailer loads ...... 346 Touchscreen (media display) Trailerstabilization ...... 146 Operating ...... 198 Transferredvehicle data Setting acoustic operating feed‐ Android Auto ...... 251 back...... 198 AppleCarPlay® ...... 251 Towstarting ...... 301 Transmissionposition display ...... 120 Tow-away alarm Transmissionratio Function...... 60 LOWrange...... 124 Switching on/off ...... 60 Transmissionratio Towing away ...... 298 see Engaging/disengaging LOWRANGE Raised front or rear axle ...... 299 Transport by rail ...... 112 Towing eye Installing/removing ...... 301 Transporting (vehicle breakdown) ...... 300 Storagelocation ...... 300 Tread wear grade ...... 316 Towing eye(storage location) Trim element (care) ...... 287 see Vehicle tool kit Trip Towing methods ...... 297 Displaytotal distance ...... 177 Tractiongrade ...... 316 Menu (on-boardcomputer) ...... 177 Trafficinformation ...... 231 Trip computer Displaying thetraffic map ...... 231 Resetting...... 178 Displaying trafficincidents ...... 232 Showing ...... 177 LiveTraffic Information ...... 231 Trip distance ...... 177 Overview...... 231 Showing ...... 177 Switching on thedisplay...... 232 Trip odometer Trafficmap Resetting...... 178 see Map Trip odometer TrafficSign Assist ...... 160 see Trip distance Function/notes...... 160 TuneIn ...... 256 Setting ...... 161 Calling up ...... 256 System limitations ...... 160 Calling up thestationlist(category Trailerhitch lastselected) ...... 258 Care ...... 285 Deletingstations ...... 257 General notes...... 346 Loggingout ...... 257 Information ...... 170 Overview...... 257 Information abouttrailer operation ... 167 Registering ...... 257 Permissible trailer loads and trailer Saving stations ...... 257 drawbar noseweights...... 171 Selecting and connecting to asta‐ Powersupply ...... 172 tion ...... 257 Socket...... 169 Selecting stream ...... 257 Trailerloads ...... 346 Setting options ...... 257 Termsofuse ...... 257 Traileroperation ActiveLaneKeeping Assist...... 165 TuneMix Coupling/Decouplingthe trailer ...... 169 Creating alist...... 266 Gross axle weight rating ...... 335 Turn signal light Information...... 170 Additional turnsignal light (all- Lane Keeping Assist...... 164 wheel drivevehicles) ...... 90 Index 405

Twin co-driver's seat ...... 69 Switching on powersupply (start/ Two-way radio telephone stop button) ...... 107 see Mobile phone Unlocking(from inside) ...... 47 Ventilating (convenience opening) ...... 58 Two-way radios Voice commands(Voice Control Frequencies ...... 334 System) ...... 191 Installation notes...... 334 Transmission output (maximum)...... 334 Vehiclecomponents that receive and/or transmit radio waves(decla‐ U rationofconformity) ...... 22 Units of measurement Vehiclecomponents whichreceive Setting ...... 211 and/or transmit radio waves Declaration of conformity ...... 22 Unlocking setting ...... 45 Vehicledata Unlocking/locking Displaying (DYNAMICSELECT) ...... 213 Switching automatic lockingfea‐ Showing ...... 213 tureon/off...... 48 Transferring to AndroidAuto...... 251 Unlockingand opening front doors Transferring to Apple CarPlay® ...... 251 from inside ...... 47 Vehicle height ...... 345 Updates Vehicle length...... 345 Important system updates ...... 212 Vehicle width...... 345 Performing ...... 212 Wheelbase ...... 345 Softwareupdates ...... 212 Vehicledata memory USB socketinthe rear passenger Electronic control units ...... 25 compartment ...... 79 Service providers...... 26 Userprofile ...... 200 Vehicledata storage Using asun visor ...... 96 Event datarecorders...... 27 Using kickdown ...... 122 Vehicledimensions ...... 345 Using thetelephone Vehicleidentification number see Calls see VIN Vehicleidentification plate V EU general operating permit num‐ Vehicle ...... 108 ber ...... 335 Correct use...... 24 Gross axle weight rating ...... 335 Datarecording ...... 25 Paint code ...... 335 Diagnosticsconnection ...... 23 Permissible grossmass...... 335 Equipment ...... 20 VIN...... 335 LimitedWarranty...... 25 Vehicleidentification plate Locking(automatic) ...... 48 see Modelseries Locking/unlocking(emergency key) .. 48 Vehiclekey Lowering ...... 328 see Key Maintenance ...... 21 Vehiclelevel Notifying problems ...... 24 Lowering ...... 127 Parking (start/stopbutton) ...... 138 Raising ...... 127 Parking foranextendedperiod...... 142 QR code rescue card...... 25 Vehiclemaintenance Qualified specialistworkshop ...... 23 see ASSYSTPLUS Raising ...... 325 Vehicleoperation Registration ...... 23 Outside theUSA or Canada ...... 20 Starting(in emergency operation Vehicletool kit ...... 300, 302 mode) ...... 108 Starting(start/stop button) ...... 108 Vehicletool kit stowage compart‐ ment ...... 303 406 Index

VIN ...... 335 F Electric parking brake Identification plate...... 335 appliedred indicator lamp(USA) Readingout ...... 335 Seat ...... 335 does notlight up ...... 374 Windshield ...... 335 ! Electric parking brakemal‐ Voice command types (Voice Con‐ functioning yellowindicator lamp trol System) ...... 183 lightsup...... 374,375 Voice Control System ...... 182 # Electricalmalfunctionwarn‐ Application specificvoice com‐ ing lamp...... 381 mands ...... 183 Audible help functions...... 184 ; Engine diagnosis warning Entering numbers ...... 183 lamp...... 381 Global voice commands...... 183 å ESP® OFFwarning lamp...... 378 Improving speechquality...... 184 ® Language setting...... 183 ÷ ESP warning lampflashes .....378 Media playervoice commands ...... 189 ÷ ESP® warning lamplightsup... 377 Message voice commands...... 190 æ Fuel reserve warning lamp...... 381 Multifunction steering wheel (oper‐ Ð Powersteering system warn‐ ating) ...... 182 Navigation voice commands...... 185 ing lamp...... 379 Notesonthe voice commands...... 185 F Redelectricparkingbrake Online voice control ...... 184 applied indicator lamp(USA) Operable functions ...... 183 Operating safety...... 182 flashes ...... 375 Radio voice commands...... 188 F Redelectricparkingbrake Setting (MBUX multimediasystem) .. 183 applied indicator lamp(USA) lights Switchvoice commands ...... 185 up ...... 374,375 Telephonevoice controls ...... 187 F Text message voice commands...... 190 Redparkingbrake applied Types of voice commands...... 183 indicator lamp(USA) lights up ...... 375 Vehicle voice commands...... 191 6 Restraint system warning Voice prompting ...... 182 lamp...... 377 Voice control system 7 Seatbeltwarning lamp see Voice ControlSystem flashes ...... 379 W 7 Seatbeltwarning lamplights Warning and indicator lamps up ...... 379 Overview...... 373 ! The electric parking brake Warning lamp ...... 289 malfunctioning yellowindicator Warning system lampdoes notlight up ...... 375 see ATA(Anti-TheftAlarmsystem) h Tire pressuremonitoring sys‐ Warning/indicator lamp temwarning lampflashes ...... 381 ! ABSwarning lamp...... 378 h Tire pressuremonitoring sys‐ ! and ...... 374,375,376,377 temwarning lamplightsup...... 381 J Brakesystemwarning lamp Warranty ...... 25 (yellow) ...... 376 Warranty termsand conditions ...... 20 $ Brakewarning lamp(red) Washer fluid (USA) ...... 376, 377 see Windshield washer fluid (notes) ? Coolantwarning lamp...... 380 Washing by hand (care) ...... 284 · Distancewarning lamp...... 379 Weather information ...... 238 Index 407

Webbrowser Wi-Fi ...... 209 Calling up aweb page...... 254 Adjusting ...... 209 Calling up options...... 255 Overview...... 209 Calling up thesettings ...... 255 Setting up ahotspot ...... 210 Deleting abookmark ...... 255 Setting up an Internetconnection .... 252 Deleting Internethistory ...... 255 Windowcurtain airbag ...... 33 Ending ...... 256 Managing bookmarks ...... 255 Windows Overview...... 255 see Side window Website Windows (care) ...... 285 Calling up ...... 254 Windshield ...... 93 Wheel rotation ...... 323 Replacing thewiper blades ...... 93 Replacing thewiper blades (WET Wheel sizecategories ...... 323 WIPER SYSTEM) ...... 94 Wheel wrench ...... 324 Windshield Wheels see Windshield Care ...... 285 Windshield washer fluid Characteristics of thetire...... 318 Information ...... 345 Checking...... 305 Checkingthe tirepressure(tire Windshield washer fluid (notes) ...... 344 pressuremonitoring system) ...... 313 Windshield wipers Definitions ...... 320 Replacing thewiper blades ...... 93 DOT, Tire Identification Number Replacing thewiper blades (WET (TIN) ...... 317 WIPER SYSTEM) ...... 94 Flattire...... 291 Switching on/off...... 93 Installing ...... 327 Winter driving (snowchains) ...... 306 Load index...... 318 Load-bearing capacity ...... 318 Winter tires ...... 306 Maximum tireload ...... 318 Wiper blades Maximum tirepressure...... 318 Care ...... 285 Noise ...... 305 Replacing (rear window) ...... 95 Notesoninstalling ...... 321 Replacing (WET WIPER SYSTEM) ...... 94 Overviewoftirelabeling ...... 316 Replacing (windshield) ...... 93 Removing ...... 327 Wireless central locking ...... 22 Replacing ...... 321, 324 Wireless charging Restartingthe tirepressuremoni‐ tor...... 313 Function/notes...... 80 Rotating ...... 323 Mobile phone ...... 80 Selecting ...... 321 Workshop Size designation...... 318 see Qualified specialistworkshop Snowchains ...... 306 Speed rating ...... 318 Storing ...... 324 Temperaturegrade ...... 316 Tire and Loading Informationplac‐ ard...... 314 Tire pressure(notes) ...... 307 Tire pressuremonitoring system (function) ...... 311 Tire pressuretable ...... 308,311 Tire qualitygrades ...... 316 Traction grade ...... 316 Tread wear grade ...... 316 Unusual drivingcharacteristics ...... 305

Co-driver airbag warning Publication details Internet Further information about Freightliner Sprinter vehicles and about Mercedes-Benz AG can be found on the following websites: https://www.mbusa.com (USA only) https://www.freightlinersprinterusa.com Documentation team ©Daimler VANS USA, LLC ©Mercedes-Benz AG: not to be reprinted, transla‐ Example ted or otherwise reproduced, in whole or in part, without written permission from Mercedes- & WARNING Risk of injury or fatal injuries Benz AG. if the front-passenger airbag is enabled Vehicle manufacturer If the front-passenger front airbag is enabled, a child on the front-passenger seat may be Mercedes-Benz AG struck by the front-passenger airbag during Mercedesstraße 120 an accident. 70372 Stuttgart NEVER use a rearward-facing child restraint Germany system on a seat with an ENABLED FRONT AIRBAG, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the Vehicle dealer CHILD can occur. Daimler VANS USA, LLC One Mercedes-Benz Drive Observe the chapter "Children in the vehicle". Sandy Springs, GA 30328 https://www.mbusa.com (USA only) https://www.freightlinersprinterusa.com Customer Assistance Center: 1-877-762-8267 Daimler VANS USA, LLC is a Daimler Company.

As at 06.09.19 Your Operating Instructions

Digital in the vehicle Familiarize yourself with the contents of the Operating Instructions directly via the vehicle's multimedia system (Menu item "Vehicle"). Start with the quick guide or deepen your knowledge with practical tips.

Vehicle document wallet in the vehicle Here you can find information on operation, service work and the guarantee for your vehicle in printed form.

Sprinter Operating Instructions

É9075842606wËÍ 9075842606

Order no. T907 0204 13 Part no. 907 584 26 06 Edition B-2020 Sprinter Operating Instructions